ELEMENTS O F MECHANIS M . .

PETER S O H W A M B S B , , . .

of M a c h i n e D es i fi n M ass ac h u e tts Ins ti tu t e of Techn o l o gy

‘
Pr ofess o r ,
s
,

AN D

A LLYN E L . MERRILL ,
S E . .
,

Ass oci at e Pr ofess o r of M ech an is m , Mass achus e tts Ins ti tu t e o f Techno lo gy .

F IR S T E D I TI O N .

FIRS T TH O U S A N D .

NEW Y O RK

J O HN W ILEY SO N S .

LOND ON : CHAPMAN HALL, LIMITED .

1 904 .
 h
C opy r ig t , 1904 ,
BY

PETE R S C H W AM B
AN D

A L LY N E L . M ERRILL .

0?4
3 10 0 0
)
mr
Ro a
-
DRUMMO N D. 9 3 1m m . NEW YO RK.
 PREFA CE .

TH E m ai n sub j e ct m atter o f th i s wo rk w as wri tten during 1 885 b y

-

Pe t er S ch w amb and h as bee n u s ed si n ce the n , in the fo rm o f prin ted

n o t es , at the M ass achu s et t s Ins t i t u t e o f Te ch no lo gy , as a b as i s fo r in

st ru ct io n in m e ch ani sm b ei ng fo ll o wed by a s t udy o f t h e m e ch ani sm o f

,

m achi ne t o o l s and o f co t t o n m achi nery The no tes were wri t t en b e cau se

‘

a s ui t ab le text b o o k c o uld no t b e fo u nd wh i ch w o uld enab le the required

-

i nst ru ct io n t o b e given in t h e t im e avail able They h ave accom plish e d .

t h e des ired res ult an d num ero us i nquiries h ave b een re ceived fo r co p i e s
,

from v ari o u s i ns t i tu t i o ns and i ndividu al s desiri ng t o u se t hem as text

b ooks .
Thi s o u t side de m an d co upled w i t h a des ire t o revi s e t h e no t e s
, ,
,

m aki ng su ch ch ange s a nd additi o ns as experi en ce h as pro ved ad v is able ,

is t h e re as o n fo r pub li shi ng at t hi s tim e .

Very li t t le cl ai m is m ade as t o o ri g i n ality o f the su b j e ct mat t er -

whi ch h as b een s o fully co vered b y previ o us w ri ters S u ch av ail able .

m at t er h as bee n u s ed as appe ared b e st t o acco m plish the o b j e ct de s ired .

Cl ai m fo r co ns ider at i o n res t s l argely o n the m an ner o f pres e nt i ng t h e

“
s ub j e ct whi ch we h ave e n de av o red t o m ake s y s t em at i c cle ar an d
, p ac
r , ,

“
ti cal
.

Amo ng the w o rks co ns ulted and t o wh i ch we ar e i n deb ted fo r su g

“ “
ges t i ons and illus tr at i o ns ar e t h e foll o wing : Kinem at i cs o f Mach i n
”
ery and De r K o nst rukteur by F Re u l e au X the fo r m er fo r t h e
”
,
.
,

“
dis cuss i o n o f li nk ages and t h e l atter fo r v ari o us illu s t rat i o ns o f me ch an
,

“
i sms ; Pri n ciples o f Me ch an ism by S W Rob inso n fo r t h e d i s cus si on
,
”
,
. .
,

“
o f no n cir cul ar wheel s
-

; K i n e m at i cs b y C M ac
,
Co r d fo r the d is
. .
,

cu ss io n o f annul ar wheel s and s crew— ge ari ng ; Machi nery and Mill

wo rk ”
b y Ranki ne ; Elem ent s o f Me ch ani sm ”
by T M G oo d e v e ;
“
. .
, ,

and Elem ents o f Mach i ne Design b y W C Unwin

”
,
. . .

PETE R S C H W A M B .

ALL Y N E L M ERRI L L . .

O ct o b e r 2 0 , 1 9 0 4 .
 CO N TEN TS .

CHAPT ER I .

IN T RO DU CTIO N O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 0 0 9 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

CHA PT ER II .

CO M POS I TI ON AN D RESOLUTI O N O F RI GI D LY VEL O C ITIEs — M O T I O N S

’

OF .

CO NN E CTE D PO I NTS IN STANT ANE O U S AX I S C E NTRO I D S

— — . .

CHAPT ER III .

PAIRS OF E LE ME NTS — B . S W —
E ARI N GS AN D CRE S WORM AN D . WH EEL .

CHAPTER IV .

ROLLI NG CY LI N DERS AN D CON ES CONNE CTE D B Y FO RCE CL O S U RE -

.

R OLLI NG O F N O N C Y LI N DRI C A L S U RFACES L O B E D WH EELS

-
— .

CHA PT ER V .

CON NECTI ON B Y B AN D S O R WRAPPI N G —

CONN E CT O RS B . ELTS CO RDS , ,

AN D CH AI NS .

CHA PT ER VI .

LEVERS —CAMS
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

CHAPT ER VII .

CHAPT ER VIII .

PARALLEL MOTI O N S — S TRA I GH T .

-
LI N E MO TI ON S
 CO N TEN TS .

CHA PT ER IX .

INTERMITTE NT LI N KW O RK —
. INTERM I TTE N T MO T I ON .

CHA PT ER X .

WH EE LS I N

C HA PT ER XI .

AGGREGATE CO M B I NATI O NS .

CHAPT ER X II .

G E A RI NG
.
— CON STR UCTI ON O F G EAR -

TEETH .
 EL EM EN T S O F M EC H A N IS M .

CHAPTER I .

I N TRO D UCTIO N .

I. ien c e
The sc Of Me ch anism tre at s of the des igning and c o n st r u c

tion o f machinery .

A Mach i ne is a co mb inati o n o f re s i s t an t b o die s s o a r r anged t h at

”

2 .

by t heir m e ans t h e me ch ani cal f o r ces O f n ature can b e co mpelled t o

pro du c e so m e effe ct o r wo rk acco mp an ied wit h cert ain determ inate
mo o s
ti n * In gener al i t m ay b e pr o perly s aid t h at a m achin e is an
.
,

as s e mb l age o f mo vin g p art s in te rp os ed b etween t h e s o ur ce o f p o wer

and the w o rk fo r the purp os e o f ad ap t in g t h e o n e t o t h e o t her

,
, .

N O m achin e c an mo ve its elf no r can i t cre at e m o t ive p o wer ; this ,

mu s t b e derived fro m ext ern al so ur ce s su ch as t h e f o r c e o f gr avit at io n , ,

the un co iling o f a spring o r the exp ans io n o f s te am As an ex ample of

,
.

a m achin e co mm o n ly m e t wit h an engin e m ight b e m ent io ned It is

, .

ab le t o d o cert ain defin ite w o rk pro vided s ome ext ernal f o r c e sh all
‘

ac t up o n it s et t i ng t h e w o rking p ar t s in mo t i o n
,
We sh all fi n d th at .

it co ns is ts o f a fixed frame supp o rt ing t h e m o ving p arts so m e o f whi ch

, ,

cau s e t h e r o t at i o n o f the engin e s h af t o thers m o ve t h e v alves d is t r ib ,

nt ing the s t e am t o the cylin der and s t ill o t hers o per at e t h e g o vern o r ,

whi ch co nt ro ls the engin e Thes e mo ving p arts will b e s o arranged

.

th at t hey m ake cert ain defin i t e mo t io ns rel at ive t o e ach o t her when an
ext ern al f o r ce as s team is applied t o the pist o n
, ,
.

3 The
. o per ati o n o f any m ac hi n e depe n d s up o n t w o thi ng s : firs t the ,

transmi ss io n o f cert ain f o r ces an d s e co nd t h e pro du ct ion O f de t ermin at e

, ,

mo t io ns In d esign ing due co ns ider at i o n mu s t b e given t o b o t h o f

.
,

t he s e SO t h at e ach p art m ay b e ad ap t ed t o b e ar t h e st ress e s i mp o s ed o n

,

it as well as h ave the pro per rel at ive mo t io n in reg ard t o the o t her p art s
,

O f t h e m achi n e B u t the n at ure o f t h e m o ve m ent s d o es no t depend up o n

.

the st reng t h o r ab so lu t e di mens io ns o f t h e m o ving p art s as can b e sh o w n ,

Re ul e a ux : K ine m a t ic s of Mach ine r y .

2 IN TROD UC TIO N .

b y mo dels wh o s e d i mens io ns may v ary mu ch fro m tho s e requ is i te fo r

s t re ngth an d yet the m o ti o n s o f the p art s will b e the s am e as th os e o f
,

the m achin e Theref o re the f or ce an d the moti on may b e co ns idered

.
,

s ep arately thu s div i ding the s c ie n ce o f Me ch an is m i n t o t w o p art s v i z

, ,

1 Pu r e M e c h ani sm , whi ch t re at s O f the mo tio ns an d f o rms o f the

°

p ar t s of a m achin e and t h e m ann er O f supp o rt ing and guiding them

, ,

indepe nden t O f their s trength .

°
2 C o n str u ctiv e M e ch anism , wh i ch i n vo lv es the cal cul at i o n o f the
fo r ces act ing o n differen t p art s o f the m achin e ; t h e s ele ction o f mate
ri als as t o s treng t h and dur ab ilit y In o rd er t o withs t and thes e fo r ces ,

“
t aking in t o acc o u n t the co n ven ien ce fo r r e paIr s an d f acilities fo r manu ,

f acture .

In wh at f o ll o ws we s h all In gen er al co n fin e o urs elv es t o the firs t p art

, , , ,

u r e mechani sm o r wh at is s o m eti me s c alled the ge o m etry o f m achi n

p ,
”
ery ; bu t s h al l in s o m e cas es co ns ider the f o r ces l n actio n .

Then o u r defin i t io n o f a machin e m ight b e mo dified t o acco rd with

the ab o ve as f o ll o ws
,

A M achi ne is an ass e mb l age O f m o ving p ar t s so co nn e cted th at when

the firs t o r re cipient h as a cert ain m o t io n t h e p arts where t h e wo rk is
, , ,

d o ne o r effe c t pro du ced will h ave c ert ain o ther defin i te mo tio ns
, , .

4. A M e ch an i sm is ter m applied t o aa p o rti o n o f a m achi n e where

t w o o r m o re pie c es ar e co mb i ned s o th at the m o t i o n o f the firs t co mpel s
,

the mo t i o n O f t h e o thers acco rding t o a l aw depending on t h e nat ure o f

,

the co mb in ati o n Fo r ex ample the co mb in ati o n of a cr ank and co n

.
,

n e ct ing r o d wit h guide s and fr am e in a s t e am engin e s ervi ng t o co n

-

, ,

ver t re ci pro c ating int o circul ar mo tio n wo uld t hu s b e called a mechanism ,

.
.

The ter m El emen tar y Combi nati on is so meti mes u s ed s ynony mo u sly
with A Afe chani sm .

A m achin e is m ade up O f a s erie s o r tr ai n O f me ch an is ms .

5 M
. o ti on an d rily rel at ive ter ms within the lim it s
Re st ar e n c s s a e e
O f o u r k no wledge We m ay co n ceive a b o dy as fixed in sp ace b u t we
.
,

c ann o t k no w t h at t here is o n e s o fixed If t w o b o die s b o t h m o vi ng in .

,

s p ac e re m ai n in the s am e rel ative p o s i t i o n in reg ard t o e ach o t her t hey

, ,

ar e s aid t o be at res t o ne rel at ivel y t o the o ther ; if t hey d o no t ei t her

, ,

may be s aid t o b e in m o t io n rel at ively t o the o ther .

M o tio n m ay t hu s b e eit her r elati ve o r it may b e abs olut e pro vided we

, ,

ass u m e so m e p o in t as fixed In wh at foll o ws t h e e art h will b e a

. ss u m ed ,

t o b e at re st an d al l m o ti o ns referred t o it will b e co ns idered as absolu te

, .

Pat h — A p o i nt m o vi ng in s p ace de s crib e s a lin e called it s pat h

.
,

whi ch may b e re ctilin e ar o r curviline ar The mo t i o n o f a b o dy is .

deter mined b y the p aths O f t hree o f it s p o int s s ele cted at ple asure If .

the mo t io n is in a pl ane t wo p o in t s suffi ce and if re ct ilin e ar One p o int

, , ,

s uffi ce s t o deter mine the mo t io n .

 CO N TIN UO US M O TIO N .

Dir e ction —In g iven p ath a p o in t c an mo ve in eit her o f t w o dirc o

. a ,

t io ns o nly whi ch may b e des ign at ed In v ari o u s ways : as up

,
or ,

d o wn t o t h e right
,
o r left wit h t h e cl o ck
,
o r t h e revers e , , ,

dire ct io n , as well as mo tio n b eing rel at ive ,

.

6 C o n t in u o u s M o t i o n
. .
-

When
p o int g o es o n mo ving indefin itely a

in a given p at h in the s am e dire ct io n it s mo t io n is s aid t o b e conti nu ou s , ,

In t his c as e the p at h mu s t ret urn o n it s elf as a c ir cle o r o t her cl o s ed curve ,

.

A wheel turn ing o n it s b e arings affo rd s an e xampl e o f t his mo t io n f

.

7 . Re cipr o catin g M o ti on
—
. When
p o in t tr avers es the s ame p ath
a

and revers es it s mo t i o n at the end s o f su ch pat h the m o ti o n is s aid t o b e

r eci
p r ocat ng i .

Vi br at i o n an d O s cill at i o n ar e terms pplied

a to r eci
pr ocating c r cu lar
i
mo ti on , as t h at Of a pendulu m .

8Inte rm i t te n t M o t i o n
. When t h e mo tion of a p o int is
.
— interrupted
by peri o ds o f res t , it s m o t i o n is s aid t o b e i nter mi ttent .

Re v o l u tion a n d Ro tat i o np o in t is s aid t o r evolve ab o u t an —A

9 . .

axi s whe n it de s crib e s a cir cle o f whi ch the c e nt re is in an d the pl an e is ,

perpendi cul ar t o th at axis When all t h e p o int s of a b o dy t hu s mo ve

,
.

t h e b o dy is s aid t o rev o lve ab o u t the axis If t h e axi s p ass es thr ough .

t h e b o dy as in the cas e o f a wheel the wo rd r otati on i s u s ed s yn o nym o u s ly

, ,

wit h r evolu ti on It frequent ly o c curs th at a b o dy no t o n ly ro t ates ab o ut

.

an axi s p as s ing thro ugh i t s elf b u t al s o mo ve s in an o rb it ab o ut an o t her

,

axi s . In o rder t o m ake the di s tin cti o n b etween the t w o m o tio ns m o re

cle ar we s h all con s ider the firs t as a r ot ati on an d t h e s e co n d as a r evo
, ,

l u ti on; ju s t as we s ay t h e e art h r o t at e s o n it s axis and rev o lves aro u n d

,

the su n .

An Axi s o f Ro t atio n is a lin e wh os e dire c tio n is n o t ch anged b y t h e

ro t atio n ; a fi xed axis is o ne wh o s e p o s it io n as well as it s dire ctio n , ,

re mains u n ch anged .

A Pl ane o f Ro tat i o n is a pl an e perpen di cul ar t o t h e axis o f ro t at i o n .

Ri gh t h an d e d Ro t at io n is t h e s am e in dire ctio n as the mo t i o n o f t h e

-

h an d s Of a wat ch and is gen er al ly co ns idered t o b e p o s it ive

, L eft .

hand e d r ot ati on i s in the O pp o s it e dire ct i o n and is co ns equen tly co n

s id e r e d as n egative .

10 . Cycl e of M o ti o n s .
— When m e ch an is m is s e t in mo t io n and it s
a

pa rt s go t hrough a s eries O f m o ve m en t s whi ch ar e repe ated o ver an d

o ver t h e rel ati o ns b et ween an d o rder o f t h e different divi s i o n s o f the

,

s eries b ein g t h e s am e fo r e ach repe t it i o n we h ave in o n e o f t he s e s eries ,

wh at is called a cycl e of moti ons Fo r ex ample on e revo lu t i on O f the .

,

cr ank o f a st e am engin e c au s e s a s eries o f differen t p o s it i o n s o f t h e

pis t o n r o d and this s eries o f p o s it i o ns is repe ated o ver and o ver for e ach
-

r e v o lu t i o n o f t h e cr ank .
4 IN TRO D UC TION .

Th e Pe r i o d Of a m o ti o n is the int erv al time el ap si ng b etween t w o of

su cces s ive p ass ages Of a p o int thro ugh the s am e p o s it i o n in the s ame
dire ct i on .

1 1 . Driv e r an d Fo ll o w e r —Th at pie ce Of a m e ch anism whi ch is

mt i
.

supp o s ed t o cau s e mo tio n is called the d r i ver , an d the on e wh os e o on

is effe cted is called t h e f ollow er .

12 . Fr am e The fr ame O f a m achine is a s tru cture th at supp o rt s

.
—

the mo vin g p art s and regul ates the p ath o r kin d o f m o tio n o f m any o f
,

, ,

them dire ctly In dis cus s in g the m o t i o ns O f the mo ving p art s it is co n

.
,

v e n ie nt t o refer the m t o the fr ame even th o ugh it m ay h a ve as in the , ,

l o co mo tive a mo tio n o f it s o wn
,
.

13 . Ve l ocity .
— the r at e o f mo tio n o f a po in t in sp ace
Velo city is .

When the mo t io n is referred t o a p o int in the p ath o f the b o dy it s vel o city

is express ed in lin e ar m e asure When the p o in t is ro t at ing co nt inu ou s ly
‘

.
,

o r fo r the i ns t an t ab o u t s o m e axis it s m o t i o n m ay b e referred t o the

, ,

ax is when it s vel o c i t y is expre s s ed in angul ar m e asure In the firs t .

c as e it h as li n ear v el o ci ty an d in the s e co n d c as e an gu lar v el o ci ty .

Vel o city is u nif or m when equ al sp ac es ar e p ass ed o ver in equ al ti m es ,

h o wever s m all the i nt erv al s int o whi ch the ti m e i s divided The v e l o c .

ity in this c as e is the s p ace p ass ed o ver in a u n it O f t i me and if s r epr e

-

s en t the s p ace p ass ed O ver in the t i m e t the ve l o cit y v will b e ,

t
. .
( )
1

V el o c it y is v ari abl e
when u n equ al s p aces ar e p ass ed o ver in e qu al
interv als O f t ime in cre as ing sp ac es giving acceler ated m o t io n an d d e cr e as
,

ing sp ace s givin g r etar d ed m o tio n The vel o cit y when v ari ab le is t h e
.

limi t o f the sp ac e p ass ed o ver in a s m all int erv al o f t ime divided b y t h e ,

t i m e when t he s e in terv al s o f t i m e b e co m e in fin itely s m all

,
If As r e pr e .

s e nt the s p ac e p ass ed O ver in t h e ti m e At t hen ,

v = l im it O f
é
?as At dim in is he s in defin it el y ,

( )
2

The u ni fo rm lin e ar vel o cit y Of a p o in t is m e asured b y t h e nu mb er of

u n it s O f lin e ar dist an ce p ass ed o ver in a u n it O f t i m e as feet pe r m inu t e , ,

i n ches per s e co nd e t c When t h e vel o cit y is v ariab le it is m e asured by

,
.

t h e di s t an c e whi ch w o uld b e p ass ed o ver in a u n it o f t i m e if t h e p o int ,

ret ai n ed t hro ugh out th at t im e t h e vel o c it y whi ch it h ad at t h e ins t ant

co ns idered .

14 . Angu l ar Ve l o c i t y — The angu lar v eloci ty o f a p o int is me asure d

.

by t h e nu mb er o f u n it s o f angul ar s p ac e wh i ch wo uld b e s wept o v er in

 M O DES O F TRA N S M IS S IO N . 5

a uni t of t ime b y a lin e j o in ing t h e given p o in t with a p o int o uts ide of

it s p at h ab ou t whi ch the angul ar velo cit y is des ired
,
The angul ar .

sp ace is here m e asured b y c ir cul ar m e as ure o r the r at i o O f the ar c t o ,

the r adiu s The u n it angle o r r ad i an is o n e su bt en ded b y an ar e equ al

.
, ,

t o t h e r adiu s The angul ar vel o cit y O f a p o int is t heref o re express ed in

.

r ad i ans per u n it o f tim e ( In wh at f o ll o ws l v will b e u s ed t o des ign ate

. . .

line ar vel o cit y and a v angul ar vel o cit y fo r t h e s ake o f b revit y )

. .
, .

In asm u ch as in c ir cul ar m o t io n t h e lin e ar vel o city o f t h e p o in t is the

vel o ci t y alo ng t h e ar e we m ay write : ,

fr o m whi ch
lv . . a v . . X r ad iu s .
( )
4

Thu s when t h e a v r e mams t h e s am e t h e l v is dire ctly pro p o rt io n al

. .
, . .

t o t h e r adiu s Fo r ex ample given a lin e of sh aft ing with pulleys o f

.
,

v ariou s di ameters t h e a v o f all t h e pulley s is the s am e while the l v s

,
. .
, .
’

o f p o in t s in t h e ri ms O f t h e pulley s ar e dire ct ly pr o p o rt i o n al t o the

respe ctive r adii If N repres ent s t h e nu mb er of rev o lu t ion s per m inute

.

an d R repr es e n t s t h e r adiu s o f o n e O f the pulley s in feet we ,

h ave t he a v e qu al t o 27zN r adi ans per m inute while the l v o f the

. .
,
. .

r im o f t h e pulley w o uld b e 2 CN R feet per m i nu t e ( f

‘

15 M o d e s o f Tr ansm i ss i on
.
—
If we le ave o u t o f ac cou n t the actio n .

o f n atur al f o r ces of attr acti o n an d repul s i o n su ch as m ag n e t i sm o ne , ,

p ie ce cann ot mo ve ano t h e r u nl e ss t h e t w o ar e in cont act o r ar e co nne cted

'

t o e ach o t her b y s o me int erven ingb o dy t h at is cap ab le O f co mmu n i cat ing

t h e m o tio n o f t h e o n e t o t h e o t her In t h e l at t er cas e t h e m o tio n O f .
,

th e conn e ct o r is u su ally u n i mp o rt an t as t h e actio n O f the co mb inatio n ,

as a wh o le depen d s up o n t h e rel at i v e m o t i o n o f t h e co nn e ct ed pie ce s .

Thu s mo t ion can b e t r ansm it t ed fro m driver t o fo llo wer

1 B y dire ct c o n t act
°
.

2 B y int er m edi at e co n n e ct o rs
°
.

—
int ermedi at e conn e ct o r can b e rig id or
Ah
1 6. Link s an d B an d s

flexib le When rigid it is c alled a lin k an d it can either pu sh o r pull

.
, ,

su ch as the co nn e ct ing r o d O f a st e am engin e -

Piv o t s o r o ther j o int s .

ar e n e c ess ary t o c o nn e ct t h e lin k t o t h e driver an d f o llo wer

If t h e conn e ct o r is flexib le it is c alled a band whi ch is supp o s ed t o , ,

b e inext en s ib le an d o n ly c ap ab le O f tr ansm it t ing a pull

,
A fluid co n .

fin ed in a suit ab le re cep t acle m ay also s erve as a co nne ct o r a s in t h e ,

hydrauli c press H ere we m ight call the fluid a pressure o rg an in d is

.
-

t in ct i o n fro m t h e b and whi ch is a t ens i o n o rg an ,

-

1 7 M o d ifi c ati o n
. of M o ti o n .
—
In the act o n i of a m e ch an ism the
m o t ion of t he f o llo wer m ay differ fro m t h at o f t h e driver in kind in ,

l
Ve o c ity ,
in dire ctio n o r in all t hree AS t h e p at hs o f m o t io n o f t h e
, .
6 I N TRO D UC TIO N .

dr i verand f ll w depe d
o o er n O the
up n e ti
co nn c w ith the fr ame O i the
o ns -

machine the ch ange o f mo t i o n in kin d is fixed and it o nly rem ains fo r

, ,
"

u s t o deter m in e the rel ati o n s o f dire cti o n an d vel o city t hro ugh o u t the

mo tio n. No w the l aws g o vern ing the ch anges in d ire c t ion and vel o city
can b e determ in ed b y co mp aring the m o ve m en t s of t h e t w o pie ces at

e ach ins t an t o f their actio n ? and the m o de o f acti o n will fix t h e l aws .

Theref o re wh atever the n ature O f the co mb inati o n if we can d et ermi n e

, ,

thro ugh out the m ot io n o f the driver and f o llo wer the veloci ty r ati o and
, ,
-

d ir ecti onal r elati on the an aly s is will b e co mplete

,
.

Eit her the vel o city r ati o o r the dire c tio n al rel ati o n may v ary o r ,

re main the Same thro ugh o ut the act io n of the t wo p i eces .

 CHAPTER II .

CO MPO S ITI O N AN D RES OLUTI O N O F VEL OCITI ES — MO TI O N S O F .

RI G ID LY C O N N RO TED PO I N TS
-
—I N S T N T N O US AX I S CEN TR O ID S
A A E — . . .

1 8. Gr aphic M t We can repres en t the

Re pr e sent at ion of o ion .
—

mo tio n of a p o int in any given pie ce O f m e ch anism gr aphi cally , b y a ,

right line wh o s e lengt h in u n it s in di cates the vel o cit y an d wh o s e d ir e c ,

tio n indi cat es the dire ctio n o f mo tio n of the p o int at t h e ins t an t co n
s id e e d ;
r an a rr o w he ad is u s ed t o in di c ate
-
t h e dire cti o n in whi ch the
p o int is mo ving If t h e p ath O f the mov mg p o int be a curve o f any
.

ki nd t h e dire ctio n o f the curve at any p o int is th at o f it s t angent at th at

,

p o int whi ch indi cates t h e dire ction o f mo tion as well

,
.

19 t
Re sul ant
.
— If a m ateri al p o int re ce i ves a s ingle impuls e in any
dire ct io n it will mo ve in th at dire ct i o n wit h a cert ain velo cit y If it
,
.

re cei ves at the s ame ins t ant t w o impuls es in d ifi er e nt dire ct i on s it will ,

O b ey b o th and mo ve in an in ter m edi at e dire cti o n with a vel o c i t y differ

,

ing fr o m t h at o f eit her i mpulse alo n e

l
The p o s it io n O f t h e p o in t at the .

e nd o f t h e ins t an t is the s am e as it wo uld h ave b een h ad the m o ti o ns ,

due t o the impuls es o ccurred in su cc ess ive ins t ant s Th is wo uld als o
, .

b e t rue fo r mo re t h an t w o mo t i o ns The m o ti on whi ch o ccurs as a co n .

s equen c e O f t w o o r mo re i mpuls e s is called the Res u l t an t and the s ep a ,

r ate mot i ons whi ch the i mpuls es acting s ingly would h ave cau s ed ar e
, ,

calle d the Co m onents

p .

20 . Par all el o gr am of M o t io n —.S upp o s e the p o in t a ( Fig 1 ) t o h ave .

s i mu lt ane ou sly t h e t w o co mp o n en t m o t i o n s repre s e n ted in mag n it ude

-

an d dire ct i on by ab an d ac Then t h e result ant .

is ad t h e di ag o n al o f the p ar allel o gr am o f wh i ch
,

the co mp onen t m o tio ns ab and ac ar e t h e S ides .

Convers ely t h e mo ti o n ad m ay b e reso lved in t o

,

t w o co mp o nent s o ne al o ng ab an d t h e o ther a
, ,

al o ng ac ( Fig b y dr awing t h e p ar allel o gr am

.
FIG 1 . .

abd c o f whi ch it will b e the di ag o n al

, .

Any t w o comp onent mo t io ns can h ave bu t one result ant b u t

’

,
a given
7
8 COM P OS I TI ON A N D RES O L U TO N I O F VEL O C T ES I I .

re su l t an t mo tio n may h ave infin it e nu mb er o f p airs o f co mp onents

an .

In the l at ter c as e we h ave a defi n it e s o lu

ti on pro vided we kn o w the dire ct i o n o f b o th
co mp o n en t s o r the m ag n itude an d dire cti on ,

d o f o n e If we k n o w t h e m ag n
. i t ude O f b o th
co mp o n en t s there ar e t w o p os s ib le so luti o ns , .

Thu s in Fig 2 where ad is the given result ant .

, ,

if the t w o co m p o n ent s h ave the m ag n itudes ‘

repres ent ed b y a c an d ab the dire ct i ons ac ,

an d ab w o uld so l v e the pr ob lem o r the ,

di re ct io ns ac1 and ab1 would equally well fulfil t h e co nditio ns .

It very o ften h appens t h at we wi s h t o re so lve

a m o ti o n i nt o t w o co mp o n en t s o n e o f whi ch is ,

erpe n di cul ar an d the o t her p ar allel t o a given

p , ,

lin e as cf ( Fig
, H ere ad repres en t s t h e m o
.

tion ; ab = ad co s d ab the co mp o n en t p ar allel t o ci

,

an d ac = ad s in d ab the co mp o n en t perpe n di cu l ar
,
FIG 3 . .

t o cf

2 1 . Parall el o pipe d o f M o ti o ns — If the three co mp onen t m o t io ns

ac and ad ( Fig 4 ) ar e co mb in ed th eir re sul t an t ai will b e the di ag o n al
,
.
, ,

o f the par al l e le pipe d o f whi ch t hey

ar e the edge s The mo ti ons ab and .

a c b eing in the s am e pl an e can b e

, ,

3 co mb i n ed t o f o rm t h e re sult an t ac ;

in the s am e w ay ac an d ad can b e
co mb i n e d givin g the result ant ai ,
.

Co n vers ely the m o t io n ai may b e

FIG 4 .
res o lved int o t h e co mp o n en t s ab ac
.

, ,

an d ad .

If the par all el e pipe d is re ct angul ar the ,

c as e is S impler ,
an d O ft e rr

us ed ; then we h ave
_ 2
_ “ 2 2
= ae + ad = a b + a c + ad
i a

TO fi nd the result an t o f an y n u m b er o f m o t io ns : Firs t co mb i ne any ,

t w o O f them an d fi nd their resul t an t ; th en co mb in e t his re sul t an t wit h ,

the t hird thu s O b t ain ing a n e w resul t ant whi ch can b e co mb in ed wit h the
, ,

f o urt h ; and s o on .

22 . Ve l o c iti e s of e te d Po i nts If t w o p o int s ar e so

Ri gi d ly-
conn c
—

co nn e cted th at t heir dis t an c e ap art is i n v ari ab le and if their vel o ci t ies

ar e re s o lved i n t o co mp o n e n t s at righ t an gl es t o an d al o n g t h e s t r aight

lin e co nn e cting them the c o mp o nen t s alo ng this lin e o f co nne ct i o n mu s t

,

b e equ al o t h e rvvise the di st an ce b etween t h e p o int s wo uld ch ange

,
.

In Fig 5 let a an d b b e t w o rigidly co nn e ct ed p o int s h avi ng the l v

.
-
. .

of a repre s ented in magn i tude and dire ct i n b y ao, and the l v of b in

o . .
 V ELOC T I IES O F RIG IB L Y C O N N EC TED PO IN TS
-
.

d ire cti on b y bbl The co mp onents o f aa1 perpendi cul ar t o and al o ng

.

ab ar e ac an d ad re spe ctively .

The co mp o nent ad will repres ent

t h e en tire tenden cy O f tr an s l at io n
O f t h e li n e ab i n the dire ct i o n ab

due t o the l v aa1 at the p o int a

. . .

S ince t h e p o int s a and b ar e

rigidly conn e cted the l v o f ,
. .

any p o i nt in the lin e ab mu s t

b e su ch t h at when res o lved in t o
c o mp o nent s perpen di cul ar t o and FIG 5 . .

al ong ab the co mp o n ent al o ng

ab sh all b e equ al t o ad Theref o re the l v of b mu st b e bbl s ince be mu st

. . .

'
,

b e equ al t o ad In the figure t h e m o t ions ar e sh o wn in o ne pl an e b u t

. ,

the pr e po sit ion i s also true fo r mo tions n ot in o ne pl ane .

Fo r ex ample in the Series O f links S h o w n in Fig 6 c and d ar e fixed

,
.
,

axes and i S lides o n the li n e f If repre e t the l v Of a the co m

il aa1
s n. s . .
,

p on ent o f transl ation alo ng ab will b e am t o whi ch the co mp o nent bn ,

mu st be e qu al Therefo re bbl will repre sent the l v of b where bbl is

. . .
,

t angent t o the p ath of b in the given p os ition The l v of 6 will be eel . . .

,

where ee1 is t angent t o the p at h of e in the given p os itio n and where ,

eel z bb1 = d e z db s inc e in any r o t ating b o dy the l v s o f any p o in t s ar e

‘ ’
.
,

prop o rt ion al t o their respe ctive dis t an ces fro m the axis .

To fi nd the l v of f we h ave the l v o f the p o int e in ci repres ent ed

. . . .

by ee1 t heref o re the co mp o n ent o f t r ansl atio n alo ng cf w ill b e cc The ’

.

co mp o n ent f p mu s t b e equal t o co whi ch gives ff, as t h e re sult i ng l v o f f

, . . .

23 . Ins tantane o u s Axi s lin e ao ( Fig 5 ) is dr awn through a

— If a .

perpendi cul ar t o the dire ct ion of m ot ion aa1 o f t h e p o int a t hen t h e ,

mo t i o n o f a may b e the result o f a r o t ati o n ab o ut an axis t hro u gh any

p o int in t h e line ao o r in ac pro du ced S im il arly t h e mo t i o n bbl may b e
.
,

t h e result o f a r o t at io n ab ou t an axi s thro ugh any p o int in bo If a and b .

rigidly nn e cted the pie ce o n whi ch they ar e s itu ated mu s t h av e a

a r e co ,
10 CO M PO S I TI O N AN D RES OL U TIO N O F VELO CI TIES .

ro t ati o n ab o xis and the a v of al l p o in ts ab ou t th at axi s mu st

ut o ne a ,
. .

b e t h e s ame The only p o in t s atisfying this co ndit io n is 0 at t h e int er

.
,

s e ct i o n O f ao an d bo an d the pie c e ab h as a m o ti o n at t h at inst ant s u ch

"

as it wo uld h ave if it were r o t at i ng ab o ut an axi s thr o ugh 0 The axis .

through 0 perpendi cul ar t o the pl an e o f the m o t io ns is c alled t h e i nstan

, ,

tan eo u s axi s it b eing the axis ab o u t whi ch the b o dy is r o t at ing fo r the

,

i nst ant in ques ti o n .

The a v ab out the ins t an t aneo u s axis b eing the s am e fo r the ins t ant
. .
,

fo r the p o in t s a an d b the l v s o f a an d b will b e pro p o rt i o n al t o the ir

’
.
,

dis t an ces fro m the ins t an t an eo u s axis ;

aal z bb = o a zo b .

If the m o t i o ns O f the p o in ts a and b ar e n o t in the same pl ane the ,

i ns tan taneou s ax is w ould b e f ou n d as f o ll o ws : Pass a plane through

t h e p o in t a perpen d i cul ar t o aa1 t h e m o t io n aa1 m igh t then b e the res ult
o f a rev o lut i o n of a ab o ut any ax i s in t h at pl an e In the s am e m ann er .
,

t h e m o t io n O f bbl m ight b e t h e res ult O f a rev o lu t io n o f b ab o ut any ax is

in t h e perpen di cular pl an e thr ough b Th e p o in t s a an d b b ei ng r ig i dly
.
,

c o nn e c ted mu s t r o t ate ab o ut o n e ax is wh i ch in t his c as e w i ll b e the

, ,

i nt ers e ct ion of the t w o perpend i cul ar planes .

S upp o s e the m o t io ns of t h e t w o p o i nt s a and b t o b e in the s am e

p lane an d p arallel as in Figs 7 an d 8 H ere ,
. .

the perpen dicul ars t hrough a an d b c o inci de

an d the ab o ve m eth o d f ails L e t aal an d .

bbl b e t h e l v s O f the p o i n ts a and b respe c t

’
.

iv e ly To fi n d the i ns t ant an e o u s ax is draw

.

a right l in e t hr o ugh the p o i nt s a1 and b in

FIG 7 ’ °
1

each c as e an d n o t e t h e p o int 0 where i t inter

s e c t s ab o r ab pr o du c ed T hi s mu st b e the .

ins tantaneou s axis fo r fro m the s imilar tri ,

angles aal o and bbl o we h ave

aal zbb1 = oa zo b
,
FIG 8
the s am e equ ati o n as w as O b t ained b efo re
. .

In the s o l i d i llu s trated b y Fig 9 g iven the l v o f a In m ag ni t ude

,
.
,
. .

an d d ire c ti o n ao als o t h e d i re c ti o n of the l v of b bbl t o fi nd t h e l v . .

, , . .

O f t h e p o i nt 0 K no w in g the d ire c ti o ns O f the m o t i o ns O f a and b at t h e

.

given m o m ent we fi nd the inst antan eou s c en tre at 0 ; t herefo re t h e d ir ce

t i o n o f t h e m o ti o n o f c m u s t b e cc, To fi nd t h e m ag ni tude of the l v of
. . .

c we h ave

Or we may d e t ermm e cc1 by fi nd i ng the co mp onent of aal al ong ac wh ich ,

will b e ac and the co mp on ent O f cc, al o ng ac mu s t b e t h e s am e o r cf

,
.

There is s t ill ano ther m et h o d of s o lu t i o n no t u s ing t h e inst an tan eo us ,

centre We fi nd th at the l v Of 0 must have a comp onent of al ong ac,

. . .
 2 COM PO S I TION A N D RES OL UTI O N O F VELOC T ES I I .

fo r t h e
i ns t an t . The lin ear velo cit i es O f a an d b ar e pro p o rt io n al t o t hei r
dis tanc es fr o m o, t h e i n s t ant an e o u s ax is ;

2 5 . M o ti o n of
Tr an sl at i on .
—If
in Fig 8 t h e t w o p ar allel m o t i o ns
,
.
, .

aa1 an d bbl b e c o m e equ al t o eac h o ther t hen o b w ill b e i nfi nit e an

d t he ,

c o ns e cu t i ve p o s i t i o ns of a b w ill b e p ar allel t o eac h o ther Th is is als o . .

tru e if the m o ti o n s ar e at any angle w it h ab s o lo ng as t hey ar e equ al ,

an d p arallel as in Fig 1 1
,
. .

The m o t io n of a l in e o r O f a b o dy c o nt aining th at lin e at any ins tant

, ,

when it is t hus re v o lvi ng ab o u t an axis

at an i nfi n i te d i s t anc e is c alled tr an s lati on
, .

All p o int s in su c h a b o dy m o ve in t h e
s am e d ire c ti o n with t he sam e vel o c it y
;
the p at h s of the p o i nt s may b e re ct il inear
or curvil i n e ar S traight o r r ec t iline ar .

tr ansl at ion is c o mm o nly c alled s lid ing As an ex ample of s t raight t rans .

l at io n we h ave t h e cr o ss head o f a s t eam eng in e ; of curvilin ear t r ansla

,
-

ti o n t h e p arallel r od of a lo co m o t ive
,
-
.

2 6 . Pe r i o d i c Ce n t r e of M o ti o n .
—
It very ften h appens th at
o we
kno w t w o p o s it io ns o f a li ne as ab an d al b1 , Fi
( g . mo vi ng in t he
pl an e O f t h e p aper an d we w ish t o fi n d an
,

ax is ab o ut wh i ch t his l in e c o uld rev o lve t o

o ccupy the t w o g iven p os it i o ns Draw .

aal and bbl an d fi n d the i n ter s e ct i o n o o f t h e

,
a

per pendi culars drawn at thei r m iddle p o i nts .

Thu s ab c an b e b r o ugh t t o the p o s i ti o n al bl

by rev o lv ing i t ab o ut an axi s t hr ough 0
perpend i c ul ar t o t h e pl an e of t h e p aper ,

the p aths o f a and b b eing arcs of cir cles

draw n fr o m o as a c en tre and wi t h radii ,
1 'IG 12
equ al t o ou an d o b respe ct ively
. .

When the t w o p o s i t io ns of ab ar e t aken infin it ely e r e ach

n a o ther ,

0 b e c o m es the i ns t an t an e o u s c en tre .

Ce n tr o i dThe —
urve p i n g thr ugh t h u e ive p i t i n
2 7 . .c ass o e s cc s s o s o s

O f the i n st an t an e o u s c en tre O f a b o dy h av i ng a co mb in ed m o t i o n o f

r o t at io n an d tran sl ati o n is called a centr oid The surf ac e f o rm ed by t h e .

su c ce s s ive p o s iti o n s of the in s t an t an e o u s axi s is called an axoid .

Supp os e we k no w t h e rel at ive m o tio n s o f t w o link s as ab and cd In

the me ch an is m given in Fig 1 3 where t h e m o tio n o f ab rel at ive t o col
.
, ,

cd b ein g co n s idered as fixed is su ch t h at a m o ves in the p at h a3 aa2

, ,

an d b m o ve s in the p at h b3 bb2 a3 b3 az bz e t c b ei ng p os iti o ns o f ab

, ,
If ,
.
,
.

in any O f t he s e p o s i t i o ns as ab we draw fr o m a an d b n o rm als t o t heir

, ,

respe ct ive p ath s their in ters e ctio n 0 will b e the i nst ant an eo u s cent re
,

o f ab fo r t h at p o s i t i o n A s mo o t h curve p ass ed thro ugh the s u c ces s iv e

.

(
 CEN TRO D I .

p os it io nsO f t h e i n st an t an e o u s ce nt re ,
0 ,
0 1 , 0 2, e t c will be the cent ro id
O f a b .In 2 4 we s a w t h a t t h e

ins t ant aneo u s axis O f o ne b o dy

ro lling o n an o t her w as at t heir
p o int O f con t act Fr o m t his
.

it w o uld f o ll o w th a t c o n s ider
,

b o dy .
Theref o re in Fig 1 3
,
.
,

t h e ax o id o f ab whi ch is repr o
,

s ent ed b y the cent ro id 0 1 0 0 2 ,

m ay b e t aken as t h e surf ace o f

a fixed b o dy co nt ain i ng d c o n
, ,

whi ch t he surf ace o f a m o ving

b o dy , co nt ain ing ab S h all b e ,

ab le t o r o ll ,
giving t h e s am e
mo t i o n t o ab as t h e o rigin al
links would give .

To fi n d t h e t r ace O f t h e s u r
f ace o f t h e b o dy co nt ai i g ab
n n ,
F IG f3

we h ave in e ach o f the p o s it i ons whi ch it m ay o ccupy dis t an ces fr o m a and ,

b t o it s ins t ant an e o u s cen t re fo r th at p o s it i o n whi ch dis t an ces ar e t here

, ,

f o re dist an ces fro m a an d b t o a p o int in t h e t r ace of t h e surf ace o f t h e

,

b o dy co nt ain ing ab Thu s am1 an d bm1 ar e equ al respe ctively t o al o 1 and

.

bl o 1 S i m il arly am2 an d bm2 ar e equ al respe ct ively t o az oz an d bz oz A .

s m o o t h curve t hr o ugh t he s e p o int s om1 m e t c w o uld

,
give t h e tr ace o f t h e
2
.
,

surf ac e o f t h e b o dy co n t ain i ng ab It will al s o b e f ou n d th at thi s curve

.

o ml m2 is t h e cent r o id o f col rel ativ e t o a b when ab is as su m ed fixed

,
.
 CHAPTER III .

PAI RS O F ELEMEN TS .
—B EARI N G S AN D S CREWS — WO RM AN D WHEEL .

2 8. Pai r s of El em en s .
—
rder th at a m o vi ng b o dy as A ( Fig 14)
t In o
, .

may r emain co nt inu ally in co n t act wi t h an o t her b o dy B and at the s ame ,

time m o ve in a definite p ath B would ,

h ave a S h ape whi ch could b e f ou n d by

all o wing A t o o c cupy a s eries O f co ns e cu

tive p o s it i on s rel at ive t o B and drawing ,

the en vel ope O f al l thes e p o s itio ns Thu s .

,

if A were a p ar allel e p iped t h e figure o f ,

FIG 1 4 .
B wo uld b e t h at o f a curved c h ann el .
\

Therefo re in o rder t o co mpel a b o dy t o mo ve In a defin ite p ath it mu s t

, ,

b e p aired with an o ther the s h ape O f whi ch is determ in ed b y the n ature

,

o f the rel at ive m o t i o n O f t h e t w o b o d ie s .

A m achin e co ns is t s of elem ent s whi ch ar e thu s conn e cted in p airs ,

t h e s t ati on ary ele m en t prevent ing every m o ti o n o f the mo v ab le o n e

e x c ep t t h e s i ngle o n e des ired .

Cl o s e d Pai n If o n e ele m en t n o t o n ly f o rms the en vel o pe o f the

—

o ther ,
b u t en cl o s es it the f o rms o f t h e ele m ent s b ei ng ge o m etri cally
,

i denti cal the on e b eing s o lid o r full a n d the o t her b eing h o ll o w o r O pen
‘

, ,
,

we h ave wh at m ay b e c alled a cl os ed pair The p air repres en ted in Fig .

.

1 4 is n o t clo s ed as t h e ele m ent ary b o dies A and B d o no t en cl os e e ach

,

o ther in the ab o ve s e ns e .

O n t h e surf aces o f t w o b o die s f o rm ing a cl o s ed p air we m ay i m agin e

c o i n cide nt li n e s t o b e dr awn o n e o n e ach surf ace ; an d if we supp ose
,

thes e lines t o b e su ch in f o rm as will all o w t hem t o m o ve al o ng e ach

o t h er th at is
,
all o w a c ert ain m o ti o n O f the t w o b o dies p aired we s h all
, ,

fi n d th at o n ly t hree fo rm s can exi st :

°
1 A s tr aight lin e whi ch all o ws st r aight tr ans l ati o n
,
.

2 Amo ng pl an e curves o r cu rve s o f t w o di m ens i o ns a c i r cle whi ch

°
, , ,

all o ws r o t at i o n .

3 Am o ng curve s o f three di men s i o ns the helix whi ch allo ws a

°
, ,

co mb in at i o n o f r o t ati o n an d s tr aight tr ans l ati o n .

 PRIM A RY A N D S ECO N D A RY P IECES . 5

29 Pr im ar y an d S e c on d ar y
. Pi e c e s — In o rder t o dis tinguish b etween
pie ces O f a m achin e whi ch ar e co nn e ct ed dire ct ly t o t h e frame an d t h o s e
carried b y o t her m o ving pie c es , t h e f o r mer ar e c alled pr i mar y , an d t h e

l at t er s econd ar y pi eces .

Thu s if t h e co nn e ct io n o f the primary pie ces t o the fram e b e

,
by
cl os ed p airs O f ele m ent s t h e f o ll o wi ng determ in ate mo t i o ns can ,
be
given t o t hem :
S t r aight tr ans l ati o n o r s liding ;
°
1
2 °
Ro t at io n m o t io n in a c ir c le as a wheel o n it s axis ;
, ,

3
°
A heli c al mo t i o n whi ch m ight b e co ns idered as a co mb inati o n o f
,

1 an d as a s crew
°
.

30 . B the surf aces of co nt act b etween the frame and t he

e ar ings a r e

pri mary pie ces t h e n am e b eing applied t o t h e su rface o f e ach pie ce ; bu t

,

thes e surf aces so meti mes h ave dis tin ct ive n ames O f t heir o w n .

The b e aring s o f pri mary pie c es may b e arranged acco rding t o the ,

mo t i o ns they will allo w in t hree cl ass es : ,

1 Fo r s t r aigh t t r ans l at i o n the b e aring s mu s t h ave pl an e O r cy lin

°

d r ical surf aces cylin dri cal b eing u nders t o o d in it s m o s t gen eral s en s e
, .

The surf aces of t h e mo ving pie c es ar e called S lides th o s e o f the fixed

pie ce s s lides or guides
,
.

2 Fo r ro t at io n o r t u r n ing they mu s t h ave surf aces o f rev o lu t io n as

° f

, , ,

cir cul ar cylinders co n e s co n o id s o r flat di s ks

, The surf ace o f t h e so lid
, , .

o r full pie c e is c alled a j o urn al n e ck spi ndle o r piv o t ; t h at o f t h e , , ,

h o ll o w _
o r o pen pie c e a j ourn al gudge on pedest al plu mb er o r pill o w
, , , ,

b l o ck bu s h o r st ep
, ,
.

3 Fo r tr ansl at io n and r o t at i o n co mb ined o r heli cal m o ti o n they

°
, ,

mu st h ave a heli c al o r s crew s h ape H ere t h e full pie ce is called a s crew .

,

and t h e O pe n pie c e a nu t .

It will b e i nt eres t ing t o n o t e t h e rel at io n th at the s lide an d j o urn al

b e ar t o t h e s crew fro m whi ch t hey m igh t b e co ns idered as derived
, .

If we s upp o s e t h e pit ch o f a s c rew

t o b e di min is hed u nt il it b e co mes
zero o r if we supp os e the pit ch
,

angle t o be co me zer o then the f o rm ,

“
A ( Fig 1 5 ) wo uld b e ch anged t o t h at
.

Of B w hi ch with a mo difi cat i o n o f FIG 1 5 ' °

, ,

t h e t hre ad o u t line wo uld b e co m e like C a co mmon f o rm fo r a j o urnal

, , , .

Thu s by m aking t h e pit ch zero t h e mo t io n alo ng t he axis O f t h e s crew

, ,

h as b een suppres s ed and o nly r o t at i on is p oss ib le fo r the nu t

, If we .

supp o s e the pi t ch angle t o i n cre as e i ns t e ad o f di mi n ish the s crew will ,

b e co m e st eeper and s t eeper If t h e angle t h e s crew t hre ad s . -

b e co me p arallel t o the axis t h e s crew b e co m es a pri s m an d t h e nu t a , ,

co rres p o n ding h o ll o w pri s m as Fi

g 15 D H ere ro t at i o n is suppress ed , .
, .
,
 16 I
B EAR N GS AN D S CREW S — WO RM AN D WH EEL .

and ly S liding al o ng t h e ax1s is p o s s ib le givi ng u s the s lide If t h e

on
‘

, .

angle b e m ade t h e Scre w ch ange s fr o m a right t o a lef t h anded -

o ne b u t s t ill re m ai ns a s crew
,
.

It is very O fte n t h e c as e th at pulleys o r wheel s ar e t o turn freely o n

t h eir cyli n dr ical S h af t s an d at the s am e t i me h ave n o m o t io n al o ng t he m ;
fo r t hi s purp os e r i ng s o r co ll ars ( Fig 16 A ) ar e u s ed the c o ll ars D and
,
.
, ,

E held by se t s c rews pr event t h e m o t i o n o f t h e pulley al o ng t he sh aft

, ,

b u t all o w it s free ro t ati on S o meti mes pulleys o r coupl ing s mu s t b e free

.

FIG . 16 .

t o s lid e
f
g their s h aft s b u t at the s am e ti m e mu s t tu rn wit h t he m ;
l
a on , ,

t hey mu s t t he n b e ch anged t o a S li d ing p air Thi s is o ft en do n e by .

fit t ing t o t h e s h aft an d pulley o r s liding pie c e a key C ( Fig 1 6 B ) .

, ,

p ar allel t o t h e axis O f the sh aft The key m ay b e m ade f ast t o either

.
,

pi e ce t h e o t her h avi ng a gr o o ve in whi ch it c an freely s lide The ab o ve

, .

arr an ge m en t is very c omm o n an d is c alled a f eather an d gr o ove o r spli ne

, ,

or a key an d keyw ay .

3 1 . S c rew an d Nut rew. m— ight b e defi n ed as a s o lid cyli ndri cal

A sc

b o dy wit h a thr ead o r pr o j e ct i o n O f u nif o rm s e ct i o n w o u n d aro u n d it i n

s u c ce s s ive e qui d i s t an t co il s o r heli c e s ; a n u t wo uld b e f o r m ed b y wi ndi ng

t ne t hr ead o n t h e ins ide O f a h o ll o w cylin der Eit her t he s crew o r the

nu t m ay b e the mo v m g p i e ce the n u t b eing the e n vel o pe o f t h e s crew
,

in al l cas e s .

The f o rm o f the s e ct io n o f a s crew thre ad v aries with the u se t d -

w hi ch the s crew is t o b e put ; Fig 1 7 s h o ws s o m e O f the co mmo n f o rms

‘

. . .

FIG . 17 .

The m o st co mmo n f o rm is sh o wn at A and is kno wn as the V thread , ,

it s s e cti o n b ei ng an equil ater al t ri angl e As the s h arp edges m ake t h e

\ .
 S C REW -
PI TC H . 7

t hre ad i njury and l ess e as y t o co nst r u ct t h e mo dified fo r ms

li ab le to , ,

B an d C ar e mu ch u s ed .

Fo r m B kno wn as t h e S ellers o r Un it ed S t at es s t an d ard h as t h e

, ,

angle o f t h e t hre ad an d o n e eigh t h O f t h e dep t h o f t h e V cu t o f f -

at t h e t o p and at t h e b o t t o m ; t his m akes a b e t t er s crew as m o re m ateri al ,

is left b et ween t h e b o t t o ms o f t h e t hre ad s t h e very t hi n p art s re m o ved ,

b eing o f li t t le u se as b e aring s urf ac es o n ac co u nt o f t hei r we akn es s .

Fo rm C k no w n as t h e Whi t wo rt h o r Englis h s t an d ard h as t h e angle

, , ,

o f t h e t hre ad an d o n e s i xt h o f t h e dep t h O f t h e V is r o u nded O ff -

at t h e t o p an d at t h e b o t t o m o f t h e t hre ad .

As t h e res i s t an c e O f pie c e s in s liding co nt act is n o rm al t o the b e aring

s urf ac e s t here is a t e de cy
n n in l —
a l V s h aped t hre ad s t o b urs t t h e nu t .
,

—
D s h o ws t h e s qu are t hre aded s crew mo st co mm o n ly u s ed t o pro du ce ,

m o t i o n as it h as l arge we ari ng surf ace s perpendi cul ar t o t h e m o t i o n

,

give n b y t h e s crew ; it is h o wever n o t s o st ro ng as A as it h as only , , ,

o ne h alf t h e s he ari ng s urf ace O f A in a give n le ng t h o f t h e nu t

-
E is a .

c o mb i n at i o n O f B an d D u s ed fo r s cre w ge aring an d t h e le ad s cr e w s éf ,

e ngin e l at hes This thre ad wit h an angl e o f 2 9 is n o w kno wn as t h e

-

.
°

Acm e s t an d ard Wit h o rdinary pi t ches t his angle will perm it a cl asp
.

n u t t o b e u s ed o n t h e s c rew as in engi n e l athes whi ch is n o t p o s s ib le

—
,

wit h D A mo dified f o rm O f D u s ed fo r r ough w o rk t h e s crews b eing

.
, ,

c as t ,
is s h o wn at F In G whi c h is u s ed where t h e f o r ce is alw ays
.
,

applied in t h e s am e dire c ti o n as in t h e b ree ch s crews O f l arge gu ns ,

-

t h e s he aring s t reng t h o f A is co mb i n ed wit h t h e flat b e arin g surf ace

Of D L ag s c re w s u s ed in wo o d h ave t h e f o rm o f t hread s h o wn at H ;
.
-

, ,

here t h e wo o d is t h e we aker m at eri al an d h as t h e l arger thre ad .

—h d
Ri gh t an d L eft an e S c rew s d — A s crew is s aid t o b e righ t —h an ded
o r lef t h an ded ac c o rdin
-

g as a right h an ded o r left h an ded ro t at i on is - -

r equired t o m ake it adv an c e ; an d t hi s is a perm an e nt d is

t i n ct i o n In Fig 1 8 R s h o ws a right h an ded an d L a

. .
,
-

—
lef h an ded s crew ; it will b e n o t i ced in R t h at when a
t
right h an ded s crew is held verti cally t h e t hre ad s will rise
-

fro m t h e left t o t h e righ t o n t h e vi s ib le s i d e ; in t h e lef t

FIG 1 8 . .

h an ded s crew t h e revers e Is t h e c as e .

3 2 . S c r e w pi t ch -

rew is t h e dist an ce it adv an ces

.
—
The p i t ch of a sc

fo r o n e co mple t e t urn s in gle t hre aded s c rews is m e asured b y

,
an d , in -

t h e dis t an c e b e t ween t w o s i m il ar p o i nt s o n su cc ess i ve t hre ad s m e asured

o n a li n e p ar allel t o t h e axis o f t h e s c re w S u ch s crews ar e c o m m o n ly .

des ig n at ed by t h e nu mb er O f t hre ads t o t h e in ch o f length ; t h at is a ,

1 "
s crew o f 1 s pit ch o r t en t hre ads t o t he in ch is called a s crew of t en
‘

, ,

thre ad s per in ch .

33 . M u l t i ple t h re ad e d S c r e w s
-
inst e ad .
—If
,
of winding o n e t hre ad
r und cyli nder s ever al equid is t an t t hre ad s wo un d at t h e s ame
"

a o a , ar e
18 B EARIN G S AN D S CREWS .
—WO RM AN D WHEEL .

t im e ,t ak ing care in the winding th at the thre ads ar e kept the sa m e d is

t an ce ap art we s h all h ave a multiple thre aded s crew If t w o t hre ads ar e
,
-

u s ed a d ou b le and if t hree thre ads a triple thre aded s cre w will result
, , ,
-

, ,

and S O o n B y t h e ab o ve prin c iple t h e pit ch can b e gre atly in cre as ed

.
,

wit h out n e c ess ari ly i ncre as ing the s ize O f the thre ad H ere t h e pit ch is .

m e asured by the axi al dis t an c e b etween t w o S im il ar p o int s o n su c cess i ve

co ils o f the s am e thre ad o n e p o i n t b eing f o u n d fro m the o t her b y f o llo w
,

ing the t hre ad fo r o ne co mplete turn .

—A
"

34 . Ve l o city Rati o . sc rew may b e u sed to pro du ce mo t ion in t w o

ways :
1
°
The nu t may b e fi xed and the s crew b e made t o turn b y apply ,

ing a f o r ce at the e nd o f a lever o r o n the c ir cu mferen ce o f a wheel ,

att ached t o the Sc re w While the s crew adv an ces through a dist an ce
.

equ al t o the p i t ch t h e p o int at whi ch the f o r ce 1s applied des crib es o ne

“
,

co il o f a hel i x o f equ al pit ch If P repres en ts t h e pit ch o f t h e s crew ,

an d R t h e s h o rtes t di s t an ce b et ween the p o in t o f appli c ati o n o f t h e f o r c e

and t h e axis O f the scre w c alled the lever ar m ,

the velo city r at i o is -

2 The s crew m ay s i mply r o t ate and the nu t may h ave a mOt io n o f

°
,

trans l ati on in a s t raight lin e with o ut turn ing While t h e s crew m akes
’

o n e turn t h e nu t will m o ve t hr o ugh a dis t an c e equ al

,

t o t h e p it ch an d the p o in t o f appli catio n o f t h e,

fo r c e will des crib e a c ir cle o f rad iu s R ; the v e l o c

it y r at io is

P
The l atter f o rm fo r t h e vel o c ity r at io is o n ao ,

co u n t O f it s S i mpli c ity u s ed as an appr o xi m at i o n t o ,

the first .

Eit her o f the ab o ve co mb in atio ns may b e r e

vers ed t h at is th e nu t m ay b e m ade t o t urn and
, ,

the s crew rem ain st at io n ary in o r h ave a s t r aight

FIG ; 1 9 tr ansl atio n in

. This d o es n o t ch ange t h e v e lo c
it y rat i o .

Fo r ex ample in the c as e o f a s i mple j ack s crew as In Fig 1 9 if

,
-
.
,

P is the pit ch o f the s crew an d R t h e le ngth O f the lever ar m we ,

-

h ave
l v of F 27rR
( 5)
. .

l v Of W . P
.

35 C o m
.
po u n d o r Di ffe r e n ti al S c r e w s A Fi
( g 2 0 ) is a .
—If . fixed
nu t c arry ing t h e s c rew S , an d B is a m o v ab le nu t , also o n the s c re w
 O B EARIN G S A N D S CREWS — WORM AN D WHEEL .

sc rew c an b e eas ily turn ed by m o ving t h e nu t al ong i t ; in th is cas e the

s c rew is f o rm ed by a s teep S piral gr o o v e ru n n ing al o ng a cyl ind r i cal

pie c e The nu t fi t s t h is cyl in dri cal p i e c e and h as a proj ect ing feat her
.
,

whi ch fi t s t h e gr o ov e Th is prin ciple is u s ed in a s mall aut o mat ic drill

.
,

where t h e s p in dle wh i ch carri es t h e drill h as a mult iple t hreaded sc rew -

O f r apid p i t ch ou t ab o u t t w o t hird s o f it s l eng t h

,
-

Th is s crew fi t s int o .

a t u b ul ar h an dle c l o s ed at o n e e n d and furn is hed w i t h a n u t wh ic h

fi t s t h e s c rew : by pu s h in g u p o n t h e h an dle t h e s crew wi t h t h e drill

,

is m ad e t o r o t at e ; a c o iled spring pl ac ed b e t we en t h e e n d O f the s crew

a nd the c l o s ed e nd o f t he tub e re t ur ns the S c rew t o it s n o rmal p os i t ion .

3 6 S.crew s ar e corre ct ly cu t in a l athe where t h e cylindrical blank

is m ade t o r o t at e u ni f o r mly O n it s ax is while a t o ol h av ing t h e s am e
, ,

c o n t o ur as t h e S p ac e b etwee n the thread s is m ad e t o m o ve u n if o rm ly o n

,

uide s in a p a th p ar allel t o t h e a xi s O f t h e s c rew an am ou n t equ al t o

g ,

t h e p i t ch fo r each r o t at i o n o f t h e b l ank The screw is c o mplet ed by

.

s u cc e ssi v e c u t s ,
t h e t o o l b e ing adv an c ed n e arer t h e axis fo r each cu t
u n t i l t h e pr o per S i ze is o b tained A nu t can b e cu t in t h e sam e w ay by
.

u s i ng a t o o l of the pr o per sh ape and m o v ing i t aw ay fr om t h e axis for

“
su cc e ss ive cu t s .

S c rews ar e als o cu t w i th s o li d d i es e it her by h an d o r p o wer an d w i th ,

pr e per d ies an d care g o o d w o rk will result Nuts ar e gen erally t hreaded

.

”
by m e ans o f t ap s wh i ch ar e m ade of cylin dri cal pie c es of s teel h av ing
a s c rew —t hread cu t up o n t hem of t h e requ is i t e p it ch ; gr o o v e s o r flu t es ar e

“
then made p arallel t o t h e ax is t o furn is h cu t t ing edges t h e t ap is t hen ,

t apered O ff at the e nd t o all o w it t o ent er t h e nu t an d the t hread s ar e ,

b ac ked O ff t o s upply t he n e c ess ary clearan c e

”
.

S c rews c u t by O pen d i es t h at ar e gradu ally c l os ed in as the s crew is

b ei ng ou t ar e n o t a ccurat e as the s crew is b egu n o n the o u t s ide O f t h e
,

c yli n der b y t h e p ar t o f t h e d ie wh i ch mu s t event u ally cu t the b o t t om O f

t h e t hre ad o n a co ns iderab ly s m aller cyl in der Thu s as t h e angle of t he

.
,

helix is great er t h e s m aller t h e cylind er t h e pit ch remai ning t h e sam e

, ,

t h e di e at firs t tr ac es a gr o o ve h av ing a pit ch du e t o t h e great er angle

o f t h e helix at t h e b o t t o m O f the t hre ad A s.t h e d i e plat es ar e m ade t o
—

appr o ach each o t her they ten d t o b ri ng b ack t hi s hel i c al gr o o ve t o t h e

,

s t an d ard pi t c h ; t h is s t ra i ns t h e m ateri al o f the t hre ad s an d fi nal ly pro ,

f
du c es a s crew O f a different p i t ch th an t h at O h d i e pl at es t e — .

3 7 Wo
.
rm a n d W h eel A . w o
-

r m an d wheel Fi
( g 2 2 ) is a c o m b ina .

t i o n o f a screw and a wheel furnished wit h teet h so sh aped as t o be

c ap ab le o f e ng agi ng w it h t h e s c rew pl ac ed t angent i al t o t h e wheel The .

c o n t i nu o u s r o t at i o n O f t h e s c rew o r w o r m will t hen i m p art c o n t i nu ou s

ro t at i o n t o the wheel an d it will adv anc e t hr ough on e t w o Or t hree

, , ,

t ee t h up o n each t urn of t h e screw acc o rding as the t hread ,

o n t h e s c rew is s i ngle d ou b le o r t riple

, ,
O n acc o u n t of the great
.
 PO WER O F A S CREW 1

redu cti on of veloci t y ob t ainab le by thi s comb na i t io n ,

it is ex
t r e m e ly v alu ab le as a m eans O f o b t aini ng
m e chani cal adv ant age an d is m u ch u s ed ,

in h o ist i ng m ach inery It is als o u s eful .

“
in making fi ne angular adju s t m ent s as ,

in ge ar cut t ing m ach in es ; when t hu s u s ed

-

for m aki ng adj u s t m ent s i t is s o m e t i mes

c alled a t angen t s crew -
.

Velocit y Rati o i n a Wor m and Wheel .

Tw o cas e s m ay b e c o n s idered :
1 Le t P b e the pit ch O f the wo r m , D,
°

the pi t ch di am et er o f the wo r m wheel , D, -

the pit ch di amet er O f t h e dru m up o n whi ch

the res ist an ce W IS exer t ed Fo r o n e t urn O f
FIG
.

. 22 .

the wo rm t h e p o int where the f o r ce F is

applied will mo ve a di s t an c e 27t R an d t he s urf ace of the dru m where
W exerted will mo ve P X
g —
z
is
’
-

l . v . of F m o ti o n O f F 27rR
W m o ti o n o f W D,
’

lv of
P
. .

D1
2
°
Le t the wo r m b e d o ub le thre aded an d -

le t N be t h e n u mb er of

teeth on t h e wo rm wheel t he n we S h all h ave

-

lv
. . Of F 27rR
lv Of W 2
D2
. .

7Z
2V
2
The de no m na o i t r -

D2
7r wo uld be the m o t i o n of W fo r one t urn of t he
N
wo r m .
—
If the wo rm were t riple thre aded ,
t he mo t ion of W fo r o ne t urn
3
of t he wo rm wo uld be —— 7r D2 .

N
3 8 . Po we r of a S cr e w . Re l at i on be t we e n Fo r ce s an d Lin e ar Ve l o c i
e s in M e ch an sm s
— S in c e ,
egle ct t h e lo ss o f wo rk b y fri ct io n o r
ti i if we n

c o n cu s s io n an y m e ch an i c al co mb in at i on m u st deliver as mu ch wo rk as
,

c eives we mu s t h ave t h e f o r ce at t h e p o in t O f appli c at i o n m ult iplied

i it re ,

b y t h e vel o cit y o f th at p o i nt equ al t o t h e f o r c e at t h e p o int o f delivery

mult iplied by it s vel o c it y o r t he f o r ces ar e t o e ach o ther in vers ely as
,

t h e vel o cit ies o f t h e p o int s at whi ch t hey act Fo r ex ample in t h e .

,

previo u s p aragraph we h ave

l v F W
( 8)
. .

W
'
l . v . F
Co mb in ing t his f act wit h previo u s s t at e m ent in reg ard t o t h e r at io
t he
'

of t he lin e ar v e l o c it ie s o f t h e p o int s where t h e f o r c e s act we can fi nd ,

22 B EARIN GS AN D S CREWS — WORM AN D WHEEL .

the f o r ces whi ch may b e t ransm itted In su ch cas es when l oss es due t o ,

fri cti o n ar e n egle cted Thu s in cas e 1 in the pre c edi ng p aragr aph
.
°

we S ho uld h ave
W l . v . F 27t R
F lv W 9
P
. .

0 1

39 . Inv e rsion of Cl o s e d Pai r s —

l ed p air we ex ch ang e. If, in a c os ,

the fixed ele ment fo r t h e mov ab le on e the re Is n o alterat io n in t h e ,

resulting ab s o lute mo t io n ; the ex ch ange o f the fi xe d n e ss of an ele ment

wi th it s p artn er is called the in vers i o n o f the p air Th is h as alre ady .

“
b een n o ti ced in co nn e cti o n wit h the dis cu ss i o n O f t h e s crew where i t ,

m ade n o differen c e in the resulting m o tio n whether the s crew o r the nu t

w as co ns idered as fixed In the o rdin ary b o lt we turn the nu t while in
.
,
”
the t ap b o lt the nu t is s t atio nary and the b o lt is turn ed In t h e
-

co mm o n w ag o n wheel t h e axle is fixed t o the b o dy o f the w ag o n whil e

-

the wheel turns o n it ; in the r ailway tru ck the b e aring is att ached t o t h e
t ru ck fr ame and the axle turn s in it with the wheel whi ch is m ade f as t
, ,

t o the axle .

'

4o . Inco m pl e t e Pai r s of El e m e nt s ; Fo r ce cl o su r e . — H ithert_o it h as

b een u m ed th at the re cipro cal rest r aint o f t w o
as s elem ents f o r m ing a
p air w as co mplete i e t h at e ach o f the t w o b o dies b y t h e rigidit y o f
,
. .
, ,

it s m ater i al an d the f o rm gIv e n t o it res tr ai n ed the o ther In c ert ain

,
.

c as e s it is o n ly n e c e s s ary t o preven t f o r ce s h aving a cert ain de fi n it e

dire ct io n fro m affe cting t he p air and in su ch cas es it is no l o nger ab so

,

lu t el y n e c ess ary t o m ake t h e p air s elf cl os ed ; o n e ele m en t can then b e -

cu t away where i t is n o t n eeded t o re s i s t t h e f o r c es When a p air of .

elem en ts is t hu s in co mplete and the cl osure 1s effe ct ed b y m e ans O f a

,

f o r ce o r f o r ces we h ave wh at is called a for ce clos ed p air O f elem en t s

,
-
.

The b e arings fo r r ailway axles the st ep s fo r wat er wheel sh aft s t h e

,
-

w ays of an iro n pl an er r ailway wheel s kept in co nt act with the r ai ls by

,

the fo r ce of grav ity ar e all ex amples of f o r ce cl os ed p airs

,
-
.
 CHAPTER IV .

ROLL I N G CYL I N D ERS AN D C O N ES CO N N ECTED B Y FO RCE CLO S URE -

.

R OLL I N G O F N O N CYL I N D RICAL S URFACES

-
LO B ED WH EEL S .
-

41. O ne the mo s t co mmo n and mos t u s efu l prob lems o f m e ch an

of

is m is t o co nn e ct t w o axes S O th at they sh all h ave a defini t e angul ar

vel o cit y r at io We m ay h ave three cases : 1 p ar allel axes ; 2 axes
.
° °

°
which int ers e ct ; 3 axes whi ch ar e n eit her p ar allel no r in ter s e ct ing In .

any c as e t h e vel o c it y r at i o m ay b e co n s t an t o r it m ay v ary The firs t .

t w o cas es wit h a co nst ant vel o c it y r at io an d dire cti o n al rel at i o n ar e t h e

, ,

m os t co mmo n and res e mb le e ach o t her in m an y w ay s ; fo r t h at re aso n

,

t hey will b e co n s idered first ; t h e t hird c as e will co m e up l ater .

Pu r e Ro lli ng C o n tact co ns ist s o f su ch a rel ative mo t i o n o f t w o lin es

o r s urf ac es t h at t h e c o n s e cu t ive p o int s o r e le m en t s of o n e co m e su c

c e ss iv e l v i nt o co n t ac t wi t h th o s e O f the o ther in t heir o rder .

42 Ro lling Cylin d e r s
. L e t A an d B ( Fig 23 ) b e t h e
—
. s c e t ions of

t w o r o lling cylin d ers , an d let 0 , an d 0 2 , t h e

c ent res O f t h e c ir cle s A an d B , b e t h e t r ace s

of t h eir a The p o int c is c alled t h e

xes .

o in t of co nt a ct The co m m o n ele m e nt
p .

t hr o ugh c is c alled the li n e o r el emen t of

c ont act The pl an e p ass ing t hro ugh t h e
.

a xes wh o s e t r ac e is t h e co m m o n n o rm al
,
FIG 23 . .

thro ugh the p o i nt c IS c alled t h e p lan e of

c entr es ; t h e co m m on n o r m al o , oz is c alled t h e li ne of centr es .

Acco rding t o t h e defin it i o n O f ro lling cont act the lin e ar vel o c it y ,

r at i o o f t h e t w o r o lli ng surf ac e s mu s t b e u n it y o r S lippi ng will result

,

b et ween the m .

43 . Angu l ar Ve l o ci t y Rat io Fig 2 3 let R, and R2 b e t h e

.
—
In . rad i i Of

t wo r o lling cylinders , V, and V2 t heir angular velo c it i es , an d N, N2 an d

t heir rev o lutio ns per minu t e . S upp o s e t h e t w o c ir cles t o r o ll in su ch a
w ay th at t h e p o int 0 t ravels t o d in A , an d t o e in B ; then , as n o s lippi ng
c an o c c ur ,

ar e cd = ar c cc or
24 ROLL IN G CYL I N D ERS AN D CO N ES ETC , .

Th at is when t w o c i rcles r o ll t o gether thei r u nif o rm angul ar vel o ci t ies

"

, ,

ar e i nvers ely as the r adii o f the c ir c le s .

No w if as is m o re c o mm o nly t h e c as e we take the nu mb er o f rev o

,
'
,

lut io ns per m inu t e N, an d N 2 as g iven t h e l v s per minu t e o f t h e ’

’

.
, , ,

r oll i ng s urf ac es w o u ld b e 2 7t R, N , and 2 7rR2N 2 wh i ch mu s t b e equ al , .

or

N1 R2

Th at is when t w o c i r cles r oll t og ether t hei r rev o lut ions

, ,
In a g iven t i me
ar e invers ely pr o p o r t i o n al t o the r ad ii O f t h e ci r cle s .

44 . G iven t h e
vel o c i t y r at i o an d the d i s t an c e b etwee n c e n tre s O f a

p ai r of r o lling cyl inders t o fi nd their rad ii ,

.

Exter nal Contact ( Fig — If D is t h e d i s t an c e b e t ween t h e axes and

.
,

A m akes N , rev o lut io ns an d B m akes N2 rev o lu t i o ns per minu t e we h av e ,

fr o m equ atio n ( 1 1 )
R, N, l
R. N. l
an d ,
fr o m the figure ,
R,
J
S o lv ing t h e t w o equ ati o ns fo r R, an d R we h ave
N 2D
an d R
N 2 N, 1

In ter nal C o ntact ( Fig .

—Us n i g the sam e
no t ati o n as ab o ve we h ave
,

N, D
FIG 24 an d R2 _N
N:
. .

—
.

Nz N2 1

G r aph i cal S o l u ti o n — Exter nal C o n ta t

c — Le t
b e the l in e of c entres
o, o2

Fi
( g .
Thr ough o, d r aw t h e l in e o, n , and lay O ff up o n i t , t o so m e
c o nveni en t s c ale t h e d i s t anc es o,m an d
,

mn equ al t o t h e nu mb er of u ni ts in N 2
and N, respe ct ively Draw no2 thr ough .

t he c ne tre 02 and the n dr ,

aw m c p ar allel 0 1

t o n o, c wi ll b e the p o int of c on t act

.
‘

and R, an d R2 the r ad ii .

In ter nal Co ntact ( Fig —Draw the lin e .

o , n as b ef o re an d l ay O ff o, m equ al t o the F1 G . 25 .

u nit s in N 2 ; then lay O ff mn to ward 0 , fr o m m e qu al t o t he u n it s in N

 RACK A N D PI I
N ON .
25

draw no, and me p arallel t o n o R, and R2 will b e t h e r adii and c

, ,

t h e p o int O f c o nt act .

It w ill b e n o t i c ed t h at t w o c ir cle s in ext er

nal c o n t ac t ro t at e in O pp os it e direct io ns ,

while t h o s e in in t ern al c o nt ac t r o t at e in
t h e s am e dire ct io n .

The v ari ou s f o rms O f ro ller b earings ,

where a s eries O f r o lling cyli n ders o ccupy t h e

annul ar s p ac e b et ween t w o co ax ial b e ar FIG 26 . .

ing cyli nders and r o ll ex t ernally o n o n e an d

int ernally o n t h e o t her ar e g o o d ex amples o f r o lling cylinders .

We sh all fi nd in t h e st udy of gearing t hat it is p o ssi ble t o u s e teet h

developed fro m ro lli ng cylin ders wh i ch t eet h m ay b e O f su ch sh ap e ,

t h at t h eco ndit i o n s O f pure r o lling co nt ac t O f t h e c yli nders sh all b e pr ac

t i cally O b t ained .

45 R a ck a
. n d Pi n i o n — If w e s upp os e.t h e c i rcle B F
( gi 2 3 ) t o b e .

indefi n i t ely i ncreas ed it s r adiu s w ill even t u ally b e co m e infi n it e an d it s

, ,

c ir cu mferen c e wil l be c o m e s en s ib ly a s t raigh t lin e This c o m b inat i o n is .

O f t en u s ed in gear i ng an d t h e vel o c i t y r at i o is pr o perly c o n s ider ed

,

here As t h e st raigh t l ine or rack h as s t raight t ransl at io n o nly it s

.
,

l in ear “m o t i on n eeds o nly t o b e co ns ider e d If t h e radiu s R an d t h e.

,

a v o r nu mb er o f rev o lu t io ns N O f t h e r o ll i ng c ir c le o r pin io n ar e given

. .
, ,

t h e l v of t h e rack L is f ou n d by t h e equ at io n
. .

L = 2 7IRN .

Fo r , t o s at isfy the c o n ditio ns O f r o lling c o nt ac t t h e l v s mu s t b e ,

.
’

equ al H ere t h e velo ci ty r at IO i s c o nst ant , bu t t h e direct io nal rel at i on

.

mu s t b e revers ed when t h e e nd of t h e rack re aches t h e pini o n .

4 6 Rol l i ng Co n e s
. .
—Le t A an d B F
( g i 2.7 ) b e a p ai r o f ro lling co nes ;
cc , t h e elem en t O f co nt act ; o , coze , t h e
plan e O f c ent res Le t o , cs and o, ct b e
.

planes p ass ing t hro ugh t h e p o in t o f

co n t act c and respect ively pe r pe n
d icu l ar t o o , e and oze ; t h e c ir cles cu t
fro m t h e c o n es by t hes e planes ar e
called base cir cle s S imilar
. cir cle s

c ould b e cu t by plan es p arallel t o

o , cs and o ct t hr o ugh any o t her p o i nt
,

t h e elem ent O f c o nt act

’
on as c ,
.

N o w in o rder t o h ave no s lippi ng t h e ,

lin ear velo ci t y rat io O f all p a irs O f

p o i nt s on t h e co mmo n elem ent o f co n
t act cc m u st b e u n it y t hat is t h e
FIG . 27 .
, ,

c o ns e cutive elemen t s o f o n e c o n e mu s t
“
roll su cc ess ively i nt o c o nt act wit h t h o s e of t h e o t her Fr om t hi s it
.
 ROLLIN G
.

26 CYL IN D ERS AN D CO N ES ETC ,

.

l
a so fo ll o ws th at two or mo re c on s e in pure ro ll ing c o n ac t t mus t h av e a

c o mmo n apex

“
.

— Le t R, R2 b e the
47 . Angu l ar Ve l o city Rat io . the b ase and r ad n of

cir c le s N , an d N2 be the i r rev o lut i o ns per m inute and V, and V2 the ir

, ,

S in c e the l v s o f t h e t w o b as e circles in contact at

’
a ngul ar vel o c i t i es . .

c ar e the s am e we h ave as for r o ll ing c i rc les

, , ,

RI V2 N2
R2 VI N1
,

and fo r any o ther p o in t ,

as c
’
,
we mu t s als o h av e
Rf N2 V2
R, ’
V, N,
’

as R, an d R, ’
b e ing in o ne p i e c e mu s t rev o lve w i th the same a v
,
. . ab o ut
c, c . It can a s o l eas i ly be s een by S imil ar tr iangles th at

RI RI ,

”
‘
R2 R2
Thu s the angul ar velo city r atio o f any t wo cir cles in co n t act on the
c o mm on ele men t is the s am e as th at o f the b as e ci r c l e s a nd th at o f the

t w o axes
In pr acti ce it is cu s t o m ary t o u s e thin fru st a o f the ro lling co n e s fo r
r o lling co n i cal wheels an d we s h all fi nd in this cas e also t h at teeth c an
,
-

b e devel o ped fr o m the co n es and give the s am e result as pure ro lling

c o nt act O f the o rigin al co n e s S u ch t o o t hed wheel s ar e called bevel gear s
. .

G iven t h e a v r ati o the p o s it i o n o f the b as e o f o n e o f the co n e s

. .
, ,

an d the angle b etween t h e axe s : t o fi nd the p o s iti o n o f the b as e o f t h e

o t her co n e an d t h e r adii O f b o th b as es
, .

Al ge br ai cal S o l u t i o n —Le t o , e and oz e ( Fig 28) b e the axes O f a p air

. .

r o lling co nes 0 the angle b et ween t h e axes R, and R2 t h e radii o f

, ,

b as e s N , an d N 2 t h e rev o lutio ns per ,

m inute an d a , and a , the s emi

"

verti cal angles o f the respe ctive co nes .

=
R, cc s in oz

R2 = ec s in a

S in a , R, N2
s m or, R2 N,
’
( 12 )

s ub s t i tu t ing fo r a , the v alue ( 0 —a

,)

an d so lving we h ave ,

FIG 28 N, s in ( —
d a, ) s in 0 co s a , cos (9 S in a,

t an oz,

m — 0 t an
°

e a s in 0 cos a,
sm d — co s 0
28 RO L L IN G C YL IN DERS A N D CO N ES ETC .
,

a xes w i ll give o ne p o int o n the ele me n t o f co n t act whi ch may then ,

b e dr awn thro ugh the p o i nt thu s f o u n d and thro ugh e , .

Fig 30 sh o ws a cas e in whi ch the d at a ar e su ch th at the co nes ar e

.

f o und t o b e in intern al co nt act .

48 Rollin g Cylin d e r an d Sph e r e

. Fig 3 1 sh o w s an ex ample o f a .
-

r o lling cylinder and s phere as u s ed in the Co r adi pl an i me t er The se g .

men t of t h e s phere A turns o n an axis ac p ass ing thro ugh a the cent re ,
”

of the sphere .
The c ylin der B , wh os e xis
a is l o cated in a pl ane a sol

FIG . 31 .

p ass ing through t h e cen tre o f t h e sphere is supp o rted by a frame pivo ted ,

at c an d is held t o the cyli n der b y a s pri ng n o t s h o wn The frame ,

.

piv o t s e ar e m o v ab le ab o ut an axis at right angles t o ac and p ass ing

thro ugh a t h e c ent re o f the sphere When the ro ller is in t h e p os itio n
, .

B with it s axis at right angles t o ac the t urn ing o f t h e sphere pro du ces ,

n o mo t i o n o f B ; wh en h o wever the r o ller is s w u, ng so t h at it s axi s

,

make s an angl e bac, wit h it s fo rm er p o s itio n as s h o wn at B , b y fi ne

‘

lines the p o int o f co n t act is tr ansferred t o c, in t h e per pendi cul ar fro m

, ,

a t o t h e r o ller axi s If n o w we assu m e the r adiu s o f t h e r o lle r = R t h e

.
,

rel ative mo tio n o f ro ller an d sphere in cont act at c, is t h e s am e as t h at

, ,

o f t w o c ir cles o f r adii R an d be , re spe ctively Transferring t h e p o int o f .

co nt ac t t o the o pp o s ite s ide o f ab will re sul t in ch angi ng t h e d ire c ti o n al

rel at i o n o f the mo tio n The action o f t his devi ce is purely ro lling and
.

b u t very lit t le f o r c e c an b e tr ans m itted It is u s ed o n ly in very d eli cate .

me ch an isms .

Disc an d Ro ll er — If in Fig 3 1 we assu m e the rad iu s o f the s phere

. .

ac t o b e co m e in fi ni te and the ro ller B t o b e repl ac ed b y a s phere o f t h e

s am e d i am et er tur ni ng o n it s ax i s we s h all h ave a d i sc a n d r o ller as

,

s h o wn in Fig 3 2 where AA repre s e nt s the d i sc an d B the r o ll er m ad e

.
, ,

up o f the central p o rt i o n o f the s phere .

If we s upp o s e the ro t ati o n o f the d is c t o b e u ni fo rm t h e vel o ci ty ,

r at i o b et ween B and A w ill co n s t an t ly de c re as e as t h e ro ller B is

 FRIC TIO N GEA RIN G ;
-
29

shifted n ae rer the a x i s o f A a n d co n ver s ely

,
I f the r o ller is c ar r i ed .

t o t h e o ther si de o f t h e axi s i t will ro t ate ,

in the o pp o s it e dire cti o n t o t h e firs t .

Th is co mbi nat io n is s o m et i m es u s ed
in feed m ech anis ms fo r mac hi n e t o o ls ,

where i t enabl es t h e feed t o b e adju s t ed

and al s o rever s ed by si mply adju s t i ng t h e

ro ller o n the sh aft CC

“
.

F i t i n a i n R o lli ng cy lin Fm 3 2
49 . r c o ge r g . .

ders and c o nes ar e frequent ly u s ed t o

trans mi t f o rc e and c o nst i t u t e wh at is kno wn as fri cti on geari ng In
,
-

su ch c as es the axes ar e arr anged s o t h at they c a n b e pres s ed t o gether

with c o ns iderab le f o rc e an d in o rder t o prevent slipp i ng t h e surf ac es

, , ,

o f c o nt ac t ar e made o f s ligh t ly y i eldi ng m ateri als su ch as w oo d leather , , ,

rubb er o r p aper whi ch by t heir yi eldi ng t ransf o rm the li ne of co ntact

, , , ,

int o a surf ac e of co ntac t an d also co m pensat e for any slight ir r egu lar i
,

t i es in the r o lli ng surf ac es Frequent ly o n ly o ne surf ac e is m ade y i eld

.

ing t h e o ther b eing u su ally m ade o f ir o n

,
As s lippi ng is li kely t o t ak e
.

pl ace in t hes e combinat i ons the velo city rat i o canno t b e depended up o n
,

as abs o lute ;

When ro lling cylin ders o r co n es ar e us ed t o ch ange sli d ing t o ro lling

fri ct i o n t h at is t o redu c e frict io n their surf ac es sh o uld b e made as h ard
, , ,

and s m o o th as p o s s ib le This is t h e cas e in ro ller b earings prev io usly

.

des crib ed and in t h e v ario u s f o rms of ball b eari ngs where S pheres ar e
arranged t o r o ll in sui t ab ly c o ns t ru c t ed rac es all b e arin g s u r f ac es b eing ,

made of h arden ed st eel an d gro u n d .

Frict io n gearing is u t ilized i n s everal fo rms o f S peed —c o n tro lling

-

devi ces amo ng whi ch the fo llo wing ar e g o o d ex amples :

,

Fig 33 sh ows t h e me ch anism of the Evans frict io n co n es cons is ting

.
-

o f t w o equ al co n es A and B turn ing

on p arallel axes w it h an endless : .

mo vable leather b elt C i n t he ,

«

f o rm of a ring ru nning b etween them ,

i t h e axis of B b eing urged t o ward A

by m eans o f S pr ings o r o therw is e ~
.

B y adju s t ing t h e b elt al o ng t h e

“
c o n es as s h o wn b the arr o ws their
FIG 33 y , ,

rat io may b e vari ed at wil l

. .

a v . .
.

It sh o uld b e o b s erved th at there mu s t b e so m e sl i pp ing s in c e the a v .

rat io varies fro m edge t o edge of t h e b elt the res ult ing rat io appro ach ,

ing t h at of the m ean line o f t h e b elt A leat her f ac ed r o ller m igh t b e

.
-

su b s t i tu t ed fo r t h e b elt an d a s imil ar s eries o f S peeds ob t ain ed t he ,

co n es then turn i ng in t h e s am e inst e ad o f in o pp os i t e dire c t i o ns .

Fig 3 4 sh o ws in p r inc iple ano t her fo rm made by t h e Po wer an d

.
, ,
30 RO LLIN G C YL IN DERS AN D CO N ES ETC , .

S peed Co ntro ller 0 0 . H ere t w o e qu al ro ll ers , C and D fac ed w i th a y i el d

,

ing material , ar e arranged t o r u n -

b etween t w o equ al h o ll o w dis c s

A an d B The ro llers wi t h
. thei r
.

upp o rt ing y o kes ( o nly o n e

s o f wh i ch
‘

is sh o wn i n the elev at io n) ar e ar
ranged as in di cated in the figure
an d ar e m ade by a ge ared c o nn e c

t ion n o t S h o wn t o turn O pp o s i te
”

, ,

each o th er o n the vert i cal y o ke

axe s s The c o nt our of the h o llo w
, .

in the d is cs mu s t t hu s b e an ar c of
a ci rc le o f r ad iu s equ al th at of
t h e r o ller drawn fr o m s as a c en tre .

If n o w the d is c B is made f as t t o
t h e s h aft an d A ru nning l o o s e , , ,

is urged ag ains t B by a spr ing o r ,

o therwi s e a u n if o r m m o t i o n o f A
,

may b e made t o g ive v ary ing ‘

S peed s t o B by turning t h e r o llers .

FIG 3 4 . .
as sh o wn To increas e the p o wer
.

t w o s et s of disc s ar e o ften u s ed .

Fig 3 5 s o s
. h w the S ellers f ee d —
d i s cs u s ed t o give a v aryi ng a v r atio . .

between t w o p arallel sh afts o n e of ,

the m co ntro lling _ the feed o n a

machine .

The t w o o uter wheels ar e th i ck

ened o n t heir per ipheries and r un
b et ween t w o co n ve x d iscs B B w hi ch
ar e co n s t ant ly urged t o gether b y

hidden co il s prings b e aring ag ains t

,

the s pher i cal washers cle ar ly sh o w n .

The d is cs B B ar e supp o rted by the

p ivo t ed f o rked ar m D If no w the .

d is c A b e given a u n if o rm a v the . .
,

dis c C may b e made t o h ave a

gre ate r o r les s a v as the axis of the
. .

d is cs B B _ is m ade t o appro ach or

r e ced e fro m A .

In Fig 3 6 a mo di fied f o rm o f
FIG 3 5
.
. .

the S ellers dis cs u s ed by J o n es and

L ams o n is S h o wn The S h aft A is driven by the pulley P and is carried
.

b y a fo rked ar m supplied wi t h t w o b e arings C C an d s winging ab o u t a

o int n e ar the c en tre o f the pulley driving P b y m e ans o f a b elt
p .
 1
RO LL IN G O F N O N C YL IN DRICAL S URFA CES
-
.

Th e ext ern ally ru bb ing dis cs B ar e free t o s lide axi ally o n the
,

sh af t A b u t turn wi t h it an d ar e
,

co nst ant ly urged ap art b y S pring s

c le arly sh o wn The in tern ally

.

ru bb ing convex dis cs ar e m ade

f ast t o the driven sh aft b y se t
s crews . To v ary t h e s peed o f
D t h at of A b eing co ns t ant it
, ,

is o n ly n e cess ary t o v ary t h e

dist an ce b etween t h e sh aft s In .

t h e p os i t io n sh o wn D h as it s
highest S peed t h e dis cs rubb ing
,

at a . When the sh aft A is urged

in t h e dire c t i o n o f t h e arro ws t h e
FIG 36 . .

rubb ing r adiu s o n B is dimin

ish e d and t h at o n E i n cre as ed the d iScs B B appr o aching each ,

The dis cs B B m ay be made s o lid and o n e of t h e dis cs E b e urg e d

t o ward the ot her by a spring on it s hu b whi ch w o uld s i mplify t h e co n ,

s tru ct i o n .

Gr o ov e d F r i i
c on ge ar in
t g
— A n o ther f o
. rm o f fri cti o n ge aring is -

s h o wn in Fig 37 H ere in cre as ed fri ct io n is ob

. .

t aine d b etween the ro lling b o dies b y supplying their

surf aces o f co n t act wit h a s eries o f int erlo cking
angul ar gr o o ve s ; t h e sh arper t h e angle o f the gro o ves ,

the gre at er the fri c tio n fo r a given pressure pe r pe n

d icu l ar t o t h e axes ; b o t h wheels ar e u su ally m ade

o f cas t iro n H ere the ac ti o n is n o l o nger t hat of

.

ro lling b o dies ; bu t co ns iderable s liding t akes pl ace ,

whi ch v aries with the sh ape and dep t h o f t h e gro o ve .

This f o rm o f ge ar mg 1s very gener ally u s ed in h o is t

ing m achin ery fo r m in e s and als o fo r driving ro t ary ,

pu mp s ; in b ot h cas es a s light s lipping would b e an

adv an t age as s h o ck s ar e quit e frequen t in s t art i ng
,

sudden ly an d t heir effe ct is le ss dis as trou s when

,
FIG 3 7
s lipping c an o c cur
.

The vel o cit y r at io is n o t ab s o lut e bu t is sub st ant i ally t h e s ame as

,

th at o f t w o cyli nders in ro lling co nt act o n a lin e dr awn m id way b e

tween t h e t o p s of t h e pro j e ct io ns o n e ach wheel they b eing supp os ed ,

t o b e in wo rking co nt act .

Ro l l i n g of N on c ylin d r ical
the angul ar velo cit y
Su r face s —If
50
-
. .

r at io o f t w o ro lling b o dies is n o t a co nst an t t h e pit ch lin es will not b e ,

c ir cul ar Wh at ever f o r ms o f curves t h e pit ch lin es t ake t h e co ndit ions

.
,

o f pure ro lling co nt act sh ould b e fulfilled nam ely the p o int o f , ,

 2 RO L L IN G C YL IN DERS A N D C O N ES ,
ETC .

co n ac t t mus t be on the line o f centres an d t he ro l ling ar cs ,

mu s t b e o f equ al length Fo r ex ample .

,

in the ro lling b o dies repre s en ted by Fig 3 8, .

with O , and 0 2 the axes o f rot at ion we mu s t ,

fi nd the su m o f the r adi ant s in co nt act ,

O , c + 0 26 equ al t o the su m o f any o ther p air

, ,
'

as O , d + o, e O
J + 0 2g ; an d
, also t h e length s .

o f the r o lling ar cs mu s t b e e qu al cd = ce , ,

df= eg This will cau s e the su ccess ive p o ints

.

'

o n t h e curves t o m e e t o n the lin e o f cen tre s

an d t h e r o lli ng ar cs b e ing o f equ al length

“ ,
.
,

will ro ll with o ut s lippi ng .

FIG . 38 . There ar e fo ur s imple cas es of curves

wh ich may be a rranged to fulfil thes e c On d it io ns :
A pan l g arithm i c S p irals
of o of the sa me ob li qu i ty .

A p ai ro f equ al ell ip s es .

A p air o f equ al hyperb o las .

A p air of equ al p arab o las .

We s hall als o th at any o f the ab o ve curves may b e transf o rm ed

fi nd (

in o ne w ay o r ano t her an d s till fulfil the co n d it io ns of p erfe c t ro lling

co nt ac t wh i le all o w ing a w i de range o f v ar i ati o n in t he angular Vel o ci ty
,

r at io .

51 . Th e Ro lli n g of t wo
Lo garit h mic Spir al s qu it y .

Fig 39 sh o ws the devel o p m en t of a pair of su ch

‘

ro ll o n t h e co mmo n t angen t d e ,

the axes O , and 0 2 wi ll mo ve

l
a on g the lin es ig and hk r e
S pe ct iv e ly The arcs a, c cb
’

.
,

et c b e ing equ al t o azc 0 62 e t c

“
.
,
.
, , ,

and als o e qu al t o the d is tanc es

cb et c o n the c o mm o n
‘

ac , ,
.
,

tangent i t wi ll b e clear that i f

,

the axes O , an d 0 2 ar e fi x ed ,

the S p irals may turn fulfi ll ing

_
,

the c o ndi t io ns of perfec t ro ll l . - 1

ing co n t ac t ; fo r the ar c cb,

ar c cbz an d a ls o the ra d ian t
,

= FIG ' 3 9
O , b, ra diant b
’ '
+ zo

O ,c +0 c an d s i mi l arly fo r su cc e ss ive ar c s an d radiants

°

5 2 . To co n s tr u ct ,
tw o i n Fig 3 9 , wi th
s pi r als , as . a gi v en o bli qui ty .

The equ at io n fo r s u ch a l og ari thmic spiral is

r acbfi
,
 RO LL IN G O F TWO L O G ARITHM IC SPIRA L3 . 33

1
where a is the value of r
'
w h e n 0 is zero ; an d b ’ 1
() b eing the co n
t an qS
s antt b etween t h e t angent t o t h e curve and t h e radian t t o the
an gle
p o intof t angen cy an d where e is t h e b as e of t h e Nape r ian l o g ar it h ms .

In Fig 40 let = a an d cd = 5 T aking su cc e s s i ve v alues o f 0 ,

0 c .
,
o g .

s t ar t ing fro m 0 0 , we may c al c ul at e t h e v alue s o f r an d thu s plo t the

c urve If, h o w ever , i t is des ired t o p as s

.

a S piral thr o ugh t w o p i t r di t

o n s on a an s 6

a gi ven angle ap art it is t o b e n o t i c ed ,

“
fro m the equ at io n of t h e curve t h at if
t h e su cc ess ive values o f 0 a re taken w i th
a u n if o rm i ncre as e the lengths of the
,

c o rr esp o nding radiant s wi ll b e in ge o

5

m etri cal pr o gr e ss1o n To draw a S piral

.
FIG 40 . .

thro ugh t h e p o int s b an d e Fig 40 b i ,

.
,

s e ct t h e angle bo e an d make O f a m ean pr o p o rt io nal b etween O b an d ac ;

,

i will b e a p o i n t o n t h e S p i ra l The n b y t h e s.a m e m e t h o d b i s e c t ic e ,

and fi n d o h ; al s o b is e c t bO f and fi n d 0 1 0 an d s o o n ; a s m o o th curve ,

thro ugh the p o i nt s t hu s f ou n d will b e t h e des ired S piral .

53 S i
.n c e t h e Se c urve s a r e n o t c l o s ed o n e p a ir c ann o t b e u s ed f or
,

co nt inu o u s mo t i o n ; b u t a p ai r o f s u c h c urve s may b e well adap t ed t o

s e c t i o n al wheels requ iring a vary ing angular

vel o cit y Fo r ex ample in Fig 4 1 g iven t h e
.
,
.
,

axes O , an d 0 the angle co, e t hrough wh i ch A

is t o turn and the l im it s o f t h e a v rat io
,
Make . . .

9 16
— equ l a t o t h e m in imu m a v . . rat io and E equ
(
a l
0 20 o zd

t o t h e max imu m
rat io The n o, e mu s t equ a l a v . . .

o , cl: Now c o ns t ru ct a S piral t hrough t h e p o int s

c and e The S piral for B is t h at p art of t h e
.

spir al A co ns t ru c t ed ab o ut 0 , whi c h w o uld b e

in cluded b et ween radiant s O , b and O , a equal ,

FIG 4 1 res pect ively t o 0 20

an d 0 2g whi ch m ay b e f ou n d by co n
t inu ing t h e S p i r al ab ou t 0 , b ey o n d 0 o r e if
n e c e ss ary S i nc e t hes e c urves ( Fig 4 1 ) ar e
. .

p art s of t h e s am e spiral an d s inc e by co n ,

s t ru c t io n O , c + o 2c o , e + 0 29 A c o uld drive B , ,

t h e p o i nt s e an d g ul t im at ely ro llin g t o get her

at d o n t h e lin e o f c ent res The c o ndi t ions .

o f r o lli ng c o nt ac t ar e eviden t ly fulfill ed as ,

will b e s een b y referri ng t o 5 1 .

FIG 4 2 .

5 4 In Fig 4 2 we h ave a l og arith m i c

. .

S pir al s e ct o r A driving a s lide B

, , H ere t h e drive n surf ace o f the
,
.
34 RO LLIN G C YL IN DERS AN D CO N ES , ETC .

s lide co in ci de s with the t angen t t o the sp i ral the l ine o f centres ,

b eing fro m 0 thro ugh c t o infi ni ty and perpen di cu l ar t o the d ir e c

t i o n o f mo ti o n o f the s lide In this co mb inati o n the l v o f t h e .
. .

s lide will equ al the a v o f A multiplied b the le ngth f the r di ant

y o .
a .

in co n t act 0 0 , .

55 . Wh e e l s u sin g Lo gar ith mic Spir al s ar r an ge d t o all o w Com

pl e t e Ro t at io n s .
— B y c o mb in ing t w o s e ct o rs fr Om t h e Same o r
fro m differen t s pir als u n ilo b ed wheels m ay b e f o un d whi ch may
,

b e p aired in s u ch a w ay as t o fulfil the l aws o f perfe ct ro ll in

g
c o n t act T aking t w o equ al
.

s e ct o rs fro m the s ame spiral

,

we s h o uld h ave a sy mmet r i

cal u n ilo b ed wheel as A
“
,

( Fig an d this will

.
r un

perfe ct ly wit h a wheel B

ex act ly like A as sh o wn If , .

A is t h e driver t h e min imu m ,

a v o f B will o ccur whe n t h e

. .

p o ints d and e ar e in co n t act -

an d we sh all h ave
a v . . B O ,d
'
a v . . A oz e

The max imu m a v o f B w i ll . .

o c cur when t h e p o in t s i and g

FIG 43 FIG 4 4
ar e in co n t act S u ch wheels
.
. . .

ar e re adily f o rm ed if the maxi mu m an d m in i mu m a v r ati o s ar e k n o wn . .

, ,

by the m et h o d in 5 3 o n ly it is t o b e n o ti ced t h at the m in i mu m r ati o

,

mu s t b e t h e re c ipro cal o f t h e m aximu m r at io an d t h at t h e angle w h i h

g ,

e ach s e ct o r su b tends mu s t b e Un il o b ed wheels n eed n o t b e fo r m ed

from equ al s e ct o rs in wh i ch c as e the s e ct o rs u s ed will n o t h ave t h e
,

s am e o b liquity n o r will t h e s ub t e n ded angle s b e equ al b u t t h e wheels ,

mu s t b e so p aired th at s e c to r s o f the s ame o b liquit y s h all b e in co n t act .

Fig 44 s ho ws a p air o f su ch wheel s in whi ch m aximu m and m in imu m

.

a v
. r at i o s o ccur at u n equ al in terv als ; it will h o wever b e no t i c ed t h at
.
, ,

the m ini mu m a v r at i o mu s t here als o b e the re c ipro cal o f t h e m aximu m

. .

r at io .

56 .i m il ar m et h o d wheels m ay b e fo rmed whi ch s h all g ive

By a s

m o re t h an o ne p o s i t i o n of m axi mu m an d o f m in im u m a v r at i o ; th at . .

is we m ay h ave eit her s y m m e t ri cal o r u ns y mm etri cal b il ob ed wheels

, ,

t ril o b ed wheel s et c Fig 4 5 s h o ws a p air o f s y m me t ri c al b il o b ed

,
. .

wheels H ere al l t h e s e c t o rs ar e fr o m t h e s ame s pir al all t h e s ame

.
,

length e ach sub ten ding an angle o f

,
It wi ll b e s een th at t h e
36 RO LL IN G C Y L IN DERS AN D CO N ES ,
ETC .

'

sy mmetri cal wheels A . se t of u nsymmetr i cal wheels co ul d be f o u nd

in a s i m il ar mann er

58 . Th e Roll in g of Equ al Ellips es —If

equ al ell i p s es e ach turn
. two -

mg abo ut o ne o f it s
fo ci ar e,
pl aced in co nt act in su ch a w ay that t h e
d is t ance b et w een the axes Fig 4 8 is equ al t o the m aj o r ax is o f
.
,

the ell ip s es we sh all fi nd th at they ,

w ill be in co n t act o n the li ne o f

“
c en tre s and t h at the ro ll ing ar cs

ar e o f equ al le ng t h _If the p o i nt .

c is o n the li n e o f c e n tre s
f
we s h o uld h ave ,

O , c + cd and therefo re cd = coz

, .

S i n c e the t angent t o an e llips e at

any p o i n t as c m akes equ al angles , ,

w i th the rad ii fro m the t w o fo ci ,

o, c m d cn
= an d ec m = 0 2cn ; bu t
FIG 48 s m ce
the p o i nt 0 is s imi cd = cO

l ar ly s i tu ated in the t w o elli p s es and therefo re the angle o, cm w o uld ,

e qu al the an gle O zcn wh i ch w o uld g i ve a co mm o n t ange nt t o t h e tw o

,

c urve s at c H en c e i f O , O Z is equ al t o the m aj o r ax is the elli p s es could

.
,

b e in ro lling co n t act o n the l in e S i nce the d i s t an ces cd and 60 2 fro m ,

the fo ci d and 0 2 respe ctively ar e equ al i t al so fo llo ws th at the ar c cfis

, ,

e qu al t o the ar c cg wh i ch co m plete s the requ i re m e nt s fo r perfe ct i o l ling

c o n t ac t .
“
It will al s o b e n o t i ced th at the li ne d ce w ill b e s traight and
th at a l in k co uld co n n e c t d and e as w il l b e s een when d i s cu ssing l ink
,

wo rk .

If A ( Fig 4 8) is the dri ver the a v r at io w ill v ary fro m a mi nimu m

.
,
. .

O ,h
w hen k an d k ar e in t
co n ac t ,
an d then equ al to to a m ax imu m when
0 2k

and in t
co n act , when i t w ill equ al
o f Th e rat io w ill be
f g ar e a v
. .

un ity when the m aj o r axes ar e p arallel the p o int o f co nt act b ei ng then

mi dway b etween 0 , and 0 2 .

S u ch ro ll ing ell ip s es suppl i ed w i th tee t h thu s f o rmi ng ell i pt i c gears , ,

ar e s o m et i m es u s ed t o s e cure a qu i ck return m o t i o n in a s l o tti ng -

machine .

59 . Mu l til obe d Wh eel s F o rme d i fro m

nter Rol ling El l ipse s — . N on
-

c h ange ab le wheel s may b e f o rm ed fr o m a p ai r o f ellip s e s b y co n t r act ing

t h e angle s the s am e amo u n t in e ach ell i p s e . Thu s i f the angle s were

’

c o ntr acted t o o n e h alf the i r s i ze a p air o f b il o b ed wheel s co uld b e fo rm ed ;

-

an d i f t o o n e t hird thei r s ize a p ai r o f tril o b ed wh eel s

-

,
S u ch wheel s .

w o uld g i ve perfe ct roll ing co n t act , b u t co uld o nly b e u s ed in p airs as -

s t at ed .
 TH E RO L L IN G OF EQUA L PARAB O L A S . 37

B y a differen t m
e t h o d o f co ntract i on a pair of wheel s may be fo rmed ,

o ne o f whi ch m ay b e , fo r ex am ple , a

b ilo b e an d the o t her a t ril ob e B y .

t his m e t h o d o nly p art s o f t h e o riginal

e llip s e s ar e u s ed ; p arts whi ch wo uld
ro ll co rre ct ly bu t whi ch sub t end u n
,

e qu al angle s in so m e d es ired rati o .

If t h e arcs su b t e nd angles in pro p o rti o n

as 2 is t o 3 t h e angle s may b e co n trac ted
,
°
o r exp anded t o b e 60 an d whi ch
a r e in t h e s am e rat io when we sh all ,

h ave arcs s ui t able fo r a t ril o be and a

b il o b e res pe ctively wh i ch will ro ll co r
,

r e ct l y . Fo r exam ple assu me the fo ci ,

O , and d ( Fig .l ay o ff angles iO , d

and id e as 2 t o 3 Then the p o int
.

i w i ll l i e o n a n ellip s e fro m whi ch a

b il o b e and a tril o b e m ay be fo rm ed by
co nt racti ng the angle o , d t o 60
[
°
and

the angle g0 2d = fd e t o as s h o wn

in the figure .

$ 60 . Th e Roll i ng of Equal Par abol as p arabo l as may be

.
-

Tw o co n

s id er e d as fo cus o f each remo ved t o i nfinit y

'

two ellip ses w i th o ne . In

FIG . 50 .

t heellip ses o f Fig 48 supp ose the fo ci O , and e t o be s o remo ved ; we sh all
.

h ave t h e p ar ab o l as o f Fig 5 0 in co nt act at t he p o in t 0 and in perfe ct

.
38 RO L L IN G C YL IN DERS AN D CO N ES , ETC .

ro lli ng tt o ne turni ng ab o ut it s fo cu s 0 2 as an axi s and t he o ther

co n ac , ,

h avi ng a mo ti o n o f tr ans l ati o n perpe n di cul ar t o O , d .

To pro ve the r o lli ng acti o n perfe c t assu m e the p arab o l as with th e

,
ir
vertexes i n co n t act at m Le t f be the p o i n t o n the turn i ng p arab o l a
“
.

whi ch will mo ve t o c so th at 0 2f= 0 2 c Dr aw j g p ar allel t o 0 20 and s in ce

,
.
,

the p arab o l as ar e equ al we s h all h ave lg= 0 2f therefo re lg = 0 2c ; but ,

s inc e 0 210 is the dire ctrix o f the p ar ab o l a wh o s e fo cu s is no w at l lg = gk ;: ,

therefo re gk= 0 2c and as this p arabo l a slides pe rpendi cul ar t o O , d t h e

, ,
'

p o int g w o u ld also mo ve t o c The ro lling arcs mi and mg ar e equ al

. .

Thu s the p ar ab o l a turn ing ab o ut 0 2 wo uld c au s e the o ther p arab o l a t o

h ave tr ansl ati o n perpendi cul ar t o 0 d the t w o mo ving i n perfe ct ro lli ng
co n t act .

61 . The Ro lling of Equ al Hype r bol as —

e qu al hyperb o l as ar e
. If tw o
pl aced as in Fig 5 1 s o th at the dis t an ces b etween their fo ci O , and 0 2
.
, ,

and d and e are e ach equ al t o f = hk the dis t an c e b etween the ver texes
, g ,

o f the hyperbo l as we s h all fi nd them in co nt act at som e p o int c If

, .

FIG . 51 .

the fo ci O , and 0 2 ar e then t aken as axes o f r o t ati o n the hyperbo l as w ill ,

turn i n perfe ct ro lling co nt act To pr o ve t hi s t ake t h e p o int I o n t h e

.

hy perb o l a wh o s e fo ci ar e at O , and d so th at O, l = d c an d O ,
c = d l T h e.n

i
s nc e t
a an ge n t at a y
n p o i n t o n a hyper b o l a m a ke s equ a l an gles with
the radii fro m the t w o fo ci the t angen t at I will b is e ct the angle 0 , ld
,

and the t an ge t
n at c will b i s e c t the equ a l an gle o ,
cd I f n o w . t h e b r an c h
O , hl is pl ac ed t an ge nt t o the b r an ch d kc with the p o in t s l a n d c in c o n

t act the r ad iu s lo, mu s t fall o n o, e and d l o n d c S i n ce t h e differen ce

,
.
 TH E RO LL IN G O F EQUAL H YPERB O L AS .
39

be t ween the r adii fro m t h e t w o fo ci t o any p o i nt o n a hyperb o l a is a

.

co ns t ant an d equ l
a t the di t n e b e t wee n t h e ver t exe s o — d = hk
o s a c ,
c c ; ,

bu t O , l w as t ake n equ al t o d c hen c e o , c ,

Then S i n ce O , O Z w as ,

o rigi nally ass u m ed equ al t o his we s h all h ave ,

an d t here

fo re the lin e will b e a s t raight line an d the p o int o f cont act c will
,

l i e o n the li ne o f cen t res The ar e lh whi ch is equ al t o ck will also be

.

e qu al t o cf Therefo re the hyperb o l as will b e in perfe ct ro lling co nt act

. .

The same re aso ning will apply fo r any p o s i t i o n o f the p o in t o f co nt act .

It is i n t eres t ing t o no te t h at s in ce co ns t an t and O , d = 0 2e = a,

co ns t ant t h e li nk age O , oz ed wi t h the axes O , and 0 2 fix ed wo uld cau s e the

,

s am e a v r at i o ab o ut 0 , and 0 2 as the r o lli ng hyperb o l as w o uld give

. . .

If t h e hyperbo l a turn i ng ab o ut t h e ax1s 0 2 IS t h e driver the a v r ati o ,

. .

will b e a m inimu m when t h e ver t exes f and k ar e in cont act and will

;
25
2
t hi s r ati o will in cre as e u ntil the p o int o f co n ac
t t is at i nfinity ,
1

when the rat i o wo uld b e u nity and wo uld co rresp ond t o the p o s it io n
,

o f t h e li nk age whe n and d e ar e p ar allel Furt her ro t ati o n wo uld

.

b ri ng t h e o pp os ite b r anches o f the hyperb o l as i nt o co n t act the m axi ,

m u m a v r ati o o ccu rring as the p o ints 9 and h co me to gether when it s

. .
,

0 29
value b e co m e s ° The co ns tru cti on s h o wn ln the figure will ll o w
a
O ,h

on ly a lim ited mo tio n .

 CHAPT ER V .

CO NN ECTIO N B Y B AN DS O R WRAPPIN G CO N N ECTO RS— B ELTS , CO RDS

AN D CHAIN S .

62 . flexible wrapp i ng co nne cto r m a

A y b e p ai red by fo r c e cl o sure
-

wi th a pul ley and t w o s u ch p airs may b e combined t o co nn e ct t w o

,

axes whether p ar allel i nters e cti ng o r n e i t her p ar allel n o r i n t ers e ct in

, , ,
g .

Flex ible co nn e ct o rs may b e d i v i ded int o three gen eral cl ass es :

1 B e l t s m ade o f le athe r ru bb er o r w o ven fab ri cs ar e flat and thin
°
, , ,

an d require pulleys n e arly cyli ndri c al w i th sm o o t h surfaces Fl at ro pes .

may b e cl ass ed as b elts .

2 C o r d s made o f catgut le ather hem p c o tt o n o r w i re ar e ne arly

°
, , , ,

c i r cul ar in s e ct i o n an d req ui re e i ther gr o o ved pulley s o r dru m s w i th

,

fl anges Ro pe gearing e i ther by co tt o n o r w i re ro pes may b e pl ace d

.
, ,

u nder this head .

3 Ch ains ar e co mp o s ed o f li nks o r b ars , u su ally m et all i c j o int ed

°
,

t o gether and require wheels o r dru ms ei t her gro o ved no t ched o r t o o thed
, , ,

s o as t o fit the l i nk s o f t h e ch ai n Fo r co n v e m e n ce the wo rd band m ay

.

be u s ed as a gen eral term t o den o te all k in d s o f flexib le co nn e ct o rs .

B and s fo r co mm u ni cat ing co n t i n u o u s m o ti o n ar e en dless .

B an ds fo r co m m u ni cat i ng re ci pro cat ing m o ti o n ar e u su ally made fas t

at the i r en d s t o t h e pulleys o r dru ms whi ch they co nn e ct .

63 . Th e Line of pai r o f pulleys conne cted by a b and

Co nn e cti on of a

is the n eutral li ne o r ax is o f th at p art o f the b an d whi ch tr ansm i t s t h e

mo t i o n The neutral li ne o f the b and is a lin e wh i ch is n ei ther co m
.

press ed no r s tret ched in p assing ar o u n d t h e pulley .

Th e Pi t ch S u r face o f a pulley o ver whi ch a b an d p ass es is the surfac e

t o whi ch the li ne O f co nnecti on is always t angen t ; th at is an im agi nary ,

s urfac e wh o s e d is t an c e fro m al l p arts o f t h e act i ng s urfac e o f t h e pulley

is equ al t o t h e dis t an ce fro m the act ing s urface o f the b an d t o it s neu t ral
li ne B elts ar e co mmo nly u s ed t o transmi t a nearly co ns t an t and co n
.

t inu o u s vel o ci ty r ati o and in thi s cas e t h e act i ng surface s ar e cyli n dri cal
,
.

Th e Efle ct iv e Radi u s o f a pulley is the rad i u s o f it s p i t ch s urface

’
.

Th e Pit ch Lin e o f a p ulley is the l in e o n it s pit ch surface in whi ch

40
 Vi nco cuarr zai ruzx 41
'
‘

the e re lin e o f th at p art o f t h e b and wh i ch t ou ches t h e pulley li es

c nt .

The li ne o f co nn e ct i o n is t angen t t o t h e pi tch line .

64 Ve l o cit y Rat i o
. If we assu m e t h e b and t o b e i nextens ible and
.
-

t h at t here is n o slippi ng b etween it an d t h e pull ey the l v o f the p i t ch ,

. .

surfaces o f the co nn e ct ed pulley s mu s t b e equ al L e t D, and D2 b e .

t h e di am e t ers o f t h e co nn e ct ed pulleys an d N, and N2 t heir rev o luti o ns

per minu t e res pe ct ively t h e dis t an ce fro m the surface o f the pulley
,

t o the neu t ral axi s o f t h e b el t b eing p ; t hen

”N 1 (D1 =
+ 1 ) 7TN 2 (D2 + 210 )
2 0

D2 +2p
°

N,

Th at is the angul ar vel o ci ty ratio as in roll ing cyl inders 1s 1nv e r sely
, , ,

pro p o rti o nal t o t h e effe ctive di am et ers and is co nst ant fo r cir cul ar ,

pulleys As t h e t h i ck ness o f t hin flat b and s o r b el t s is gen erally small

.

co m p ared with t h e di am eters o f the pulleys c o nn e ct ed it m ay b e n e g ,

le ct e d and the ac ti ng surfac es o f the pulleys m ay t hen b e co ns idered

,

t o h ave the s am e li n e ar vel o ci ty The appro xim ate angul ar vel o ci ty

.

ratio will then b e g iven by the equ at io n

D, N2
D2 N,
°
( 6)
1

Belts and co rds ar e n o t sui t ed t o transmi t a pre 0 1s e velo ci ty rat io ,

be cau s e t hey ar e liable t o s t re t ch o r t o s lip o n the pulleys

-

This freed o m .

t o s t ret ch and S lip is an adv an t age in p o werful an d qui ck ru nn i ng -

m achi nery as it prevent s Sh o cks which ar e li able t o o ccur when a m achi ne

,

is thro wn s udde nly in t o ge ar o r when there is a sudden flu ctu at i o n in

,

the p o wer transm i t t ed .

B EL TS TH I N FL A T B A N D S
OR .

65 Cr o w ning o f Pul l e ys
.
— If we s upp o s e a b elt t o run up o n a r ev olv
.

ing co ni cal pul ley i t wil l t en d t o lie flat up o n the co ni cal surface and ,
, ,

o n acco u n t o f it s l at er al s t iffn e ss will ,

ass u m e the p o s i t i o n s h o wn in Fig 52 . .

If the b el t travels in t h e dire ct i o n o f t h e

.

arro w ,
t h e p o i nt a wil l o n acco unt o f
,

the pull o n t h e b el t tend t o adhere t o

,

the co ne and will b e carried t o b a p oint ,

ne arer t h e b as e o f t h e co n e th an th at

previo usly o ccupied by t he edge o f the

b el t : the b el t w o uld then o ccupy t h e
p o s iti o n sho wn by t h e do tted l ines .

FIG 5 2
No w if a pulley 1s made up o f t w o eq u al . .

co nes pl aced b as e t o b as e the b el t will tend t o climb bo t h and wo uld

, ,

thus r u n wit h it s cent re li ne o n the ridge fo rmed by the u ni o n o f t h e ,

42 C O N N EC TIO N B Y B AN D S OR WRAPPIN G C O N N EC TO RS .

t wo co n s pract i ce pulley ri m s ar e made cro wning ex cept in cas es

e . In .
,

w here the b elt mu s t o ccupy d iffere nt p art s o f the s am e pulley In .

Fig 5 2 t w o co mm o n fo rms o f r im s e ct i o ns are sh o wn at C and D ; th at

.

s h o wn at C is m o s t co mm o nl y m e t w i t h as it is the e as ier t o co ns tru ct , .

When pulleys ar e i mprop erly l o cated the b elt will gener ally wo rk ,

t o ward t h e p o s i tio n where it is t ightes t o r will ru n t o ward the high S i de ,

o f the pulley ; th is is due t o t h e l ateral s t iffn e ss o f the b elt an d co uld ,

b e ex pl ain ed in the s am e w ay as the cl imbi ng o n a co ni cal pulley .

66 Tigh t an d L o o se Pull e ys ar e u s ed fo r t h r o wm
.
g m achi n ery i n t o

and o u t o f ge ar They co ns i s t o f t w o pulleys pl aced s id e by s ide up o n

.

the driven sh aft CD ( Fig 5 3 ) A the tight pulley is .

, ,

keyed t o the S h aft ; while B the l o o s e pulley turns

“
, ,

l oo s e up on the sh aft and is kept in pl ace by the h u b o f ,

the tight pulley and a co ll ar The drivi ng sh aft carries .

-

a pulley G wh o s e width is the s am e as th at o f A and B

,

put t o gether o r tw i ce th at o f A Th e be l t when in

,
.
'

mo t i o n can b e m o ved b y m e ans o f a s hi pper that guide s

,

it s adv an c i ng S i de either o n t o the tight o r the l oos e

,

pulley The tight pulley is s o metim es m ade l arger t h an

.

the l o os e pulley s o th at the b elt m ay b e s l ack when it

,

is o n the l oo s e pulley In s u ch a cas e the l o o se pulley .

h as a fl ange up o n the edge n ext the tigh t pulley o f a ,

d i am eter equ al t oth at o f the tight pulley ; thi s fl ange aid s in the t rans fer
o f the b elt from o n e pulley t o the o ther .

The acti ng surf ace o f a pulley is called it s face; a pulley w ith a s ix

i n ch face is o n e h av i ng a f ace s ix i n ches wide Th e faces o f pulleys ar e .

alw ays m ade a lit t le wider th an the b elt s whi ch t hey carry The pulley .

G ( Fig 5 3 ) h as a flat f ac e b e cau s e the b elt mu s t o c cupy different p o s i

.
,

ti ons up o n it ; wh i le A and B h ave cr owning faces whi ch will all o w the ,

s hif t i ng o f the b elt an d will ret ai n it in p o s iti o n when s hifted u po n

,

t hem .

67 Le ngt h o f B e lts co nn e ct in g Par all e l Axe s

.
— Pulleys fo r b elts
c o n ne ct i ng p ar allel axe s u su ally h ave their pit ch cir cles in o ne pl an e ,

w hi ch is perpendi cul ar t o the axes .

The belts m ay b e cro ss ed as in

Fig 5 4 where the pulleys ro t at e
.
,

in O pp os ite dire cti o ns o r o pe n as ,

in Fig 55 where the pulleys r o t at e

.
,

i n the s am e dire c ti o n .

Cr o s sed B e l ts — Le t D an d d
FIG . 54 .

Fi
( g 5 4 ).b e the di am eter s of the
e ted pu l leys ; C the dis t ance
c o nn c b etween the ir axes ; L the length o f
the b elt Al so let .

an d (D
44 1
, C O N N EC TIO N B Y B A N DS OR WRAPPIN G C O N N EC TO RS
7 f
“
68 Spe e d
.
-
triv an ces for v ary ing and adju sti ng t e
co n e s ar e co n h
“
vel o city r ati o o f a pair o fr o t ati ng p arallel axes b y m e ans o f a shifting
b elt : they m ay b e co n ti nu o u s co n es o r co no id s as in Figs 5 6 an d 5 8 ,
.
,

where the Vel o city r ati o can b e v aried gradu ally while they ar e In m o ti o n
by shifti ng the b elt o r s e t s o f s tepped pulleys as in Fig s 5 7 and 5 9
, ,
. .

In o rder th at the b elt may b e equ ally tight in al l p os iti o ns the length ,

L previ o u s ly fo u n d mu s t no t v ary
, , .

Cr os s ed B el ts ( Figs 56 and 5 7) —H ere ( equ atio n 1 7 ) L depend s o nly

.

o n the di s t an c e b etw ee n c e n tre s C the s u m o f the di am eters 2 an d t h e , ,

angle 0 whi ch is it s elf depe n de n t on C and 2

,
As C is a _ co n s t ant t h e .
,

axe s b e i ng p ar allel therefo re the su m o f the di am eter s

,
in ,

FIG . 56 . FIG . 57 . FIG . 58 .

al lp os iti o ns o f the b elt mu s t b e co ns t an t in o rder th at t he length o f t h e

b elt L m ay no t vary Thi s co nditi o n is fulfilled b y t w o co nes wi th equ al
.

angles at their apexe s as in Fig 56 o r ap air o f s tepped pulleys h avi ng

'

.
, ,

the sum o f the di ameters fo r e ach p air o f s tep s a co nst ant .

O pen B el ts ( Fig s 5 8 and 59 ) — H ere the length o f the b el t is as fo u nd

.

in equ ati o n

( 0)
2

H ence , i f pen b el t is t o r u n o n a p air o f pulleys the su m and dif

an O ,

feren ce o f wh os e di am eters ar e 2 and A and the s am e b elt is al so t o

m
0, d ,

r u n o n ano ther p air o f pulley s the su m an d di ffere n c e o f wh o s e di a e ,

ters ar e 2 and Ax we h ave S in ce the length o f the b el t mu s t be t h e

3, , ,

s ame in b o th cas e s ,

“Z
7:
l ”H
44— “
2
7T

E 2
' ' I
a

A — AJ Z

D n,
Fro m t h 1s equ at i o n and the e q u at l o n = where N represents t he
B N ’

m Of the driv ing sh aft an d n t he ip m

drive n sh aft when t h e of
‘

rp . x r . .

b elt is o n the di ameters D d the di am e t ers D x and d could be ,

 S PEED CO N ES -
.
45

fo u nd It is h o wever generally accurate eno ugh t o s o lve equ ati o n

.
, ,

f b u b i uti g f A whi h h o uld b e D — d fo r t he

'

( )
2 1 o r y s s t t n or c s , , , ,

O pen b elt it s v alue fo u n d b y as su m i ng the b elt cros s ed ; th at is s o lv

, ,

‘
i g for D
n —d ass um i ng
, , , thus
D, n,

d, N
Dx _d n az — N
“
x
,
Dx ‘

l d x nx '
l N ’

and A, ( for a c o ssr ed b elt )

“ “
S ub s tituti ng this in equ ati o n ( 2 1) we h ave
_ —N 2

}
n,

i
2
A 2
n, +N
271 0

Fro m thi s value of 2 , and the fu nd ament al rel ati on we may

l ul ate the v alueso f t h e di am eters D and d
ca c , , .

H en ce the pro cess o f des ig n ing a s e t o f speed pulley s i s thus Having .

given N the r p In o f t h e driving sh aft and C the di st an ce b etween

, . . .
, ,

axe s de c id e o n the s peed s n , n2 n 3 e t c

,
o f t h e driven s h aft ; ch o ose either
, , ,
.
,

di am eter of any p ai r o f s t ep s and cal cul at e the o ther di am eter by equ a

,

tion thu s finding v alues fo r 2 and A Fro m thes e the di am eters , .

o f any o t her p ai r o f pulleys c an b e fo u n d In the cas e o f a cr oss ed b elt .

,

the o ther di ameters ar e fo u nd b y u s i ng t h e t w o equ atio ns

D+ d , ,
= D, + d , a co ns ant t

D, n,
'
d, N
the cas e o f an O pen b elt fi nd values for A, A2 A3 e t c assuming
In .
, , ,
.
,

the b elt cr os s ed as in equ at io n S ub s t itut ing thes e v alues in equ a

tio n ( 2 1 ) will give suffi c ient ly accurate values fo r S , 2 2 2 3 e t c Fro m , , ,
.

thes e v alues o f 2 the su c cess i ve p airs o f di am eters may be fo u nd .

In the cas e Of co no id s ( Fig fo r an o pen b elt a s eries o f equ i .

,

d ist ant di am eters co uld b e cal cul at ed fo r e ach and curves drawn t hrough ,

the ends o f thes e di ameters wo uld give the sh apes fo r the co no ids .

In d es ig ning a p air o f s peed co nes o r pulleys it is very o fte n d es ir a-

bl e t o h ave t he m bo t h alike s o th at t hey can b e m ade fro m o ne p at t ern ,

the velo cit y r at i os b eing t hu s fixed The di am eters o f b o th pulleys as .

,

in Fig s 56 and 5 8 wo uld b e t he s am e fo r the cen t r al p o s iti o n o f t h e

.
,

b elt ; in Figs 5 7 an d 5 9 when t h e numb er of st ep s is o d d the m iddl e

.
, ,

di am et ers w i ll al so b e the s ame o r then A= D

‘
and , , ,

2 -

7 D, + d 2
46 C O N N EC TIO N B Y B A N DS OR WRAPPIN G CO N N EC TO RS .

69 . S upp o s e we w ish to co nstru ct t w o equ al s peed co nes ( Fig 60)

' -

t o give t o the dr i ve n s h af t a r ange o f s peed

b etween n , and n n b e ing gre at er
, ,
.

th an n, Le t the smalles t di ame t ers D, = d n

.

b e g i ven ; it is ne cess ary firs t t o determi ne t h e

l arges t di am eters and N the r p , .

o f the drivi ng s h aft Ass u m Ing the b el t o n.

D, , d , , we m ay write 9— 1 £1 ; and ass um i ng

d, N
F1 G p
° 60 °

the b elt on D give f =fl ;

d ,, N
i
s nc e and D n = d , we h ave

n N
or
( )
2 4

Kno wi ng the v alue N the l arge d i am eters

of ar e re adily fo u nd .

If we ass um e the sm alles t di am eters D, nn = 600

and n, = 60 N will b e fo u nd t o b e r m and the l arges t
.
p . .

will b e 12 65
-
d, , . .

If t h e b elt were c r o ss ed the co n e s s h o wn,

in Fig . 60 wo uld ans wer .

D1 dl
In th i s e the m iddle di ameters wo uld be e q u al
;
'

to
'

cas or

i f a s tepped pulley h avi ng n s tep s were des ired , divide op into ( n —1 )

p ar t s and ere ct perpendi cul ars D, D, e t c wh i ch wo uld give the di am
, , ,
.
,

e t e r s o f t h e s u c ce s s ive s tep s ; the n dr aw in the pulley as s h o w n b y t h e

d o t t ed lines
If t h e b el t is o pe n the l arges t and s m alles t di am eters ar e fo u nd as
,

ab o ve To fi nd the m iddle di am eters

. whi ch ar e equ al si n ce t h e
pulleys ar e t o b e alike equ atio n ( 2 1 ) is u s ed 2 b eing D, + d , o r D + d ;
, , , n

A b ei ng D , d , o r D
,
— a n d A b ei ng the differen ce b etwee n t h e
,,

m iddle di am e t ers D whi ch differen ce is zero S in ce Dm = d m Mak

,, .

ing thes e su b s t i t uti o ns in equ ati o n ( 2 1 ) we h ave

2
A,
z m
= 2 ,+ "

271 0

Usi ng the sa m e d at a as t aken abo ve with “the cross ed b elt , and letting
= ”
t h e dis t anc e b etwee n the axes O Z O we fi nd ,

z m
= 166 5 +

Dm = d m = 8 . 65 .

H av mg thu s determ ined the m iddle di ameter , the curve o f t he co no id

may b e an ar c o f a cir cle p ass i ng thro ugh the extrem i t ies o f t h e three
 EFFEC TIVE P ULL . 47

di amet ers as in Fig 58 Thi s m iddle di am et er w ould al so b e co rre ct

,
. .

fo r t h e m iddle s t ep o f any s tepped pulley h av mg an o d d nu m b er o f st ep s .

O t her s t ep s m igh t b e fo u n d gr aphi cally b y u s e o f t h e pri n ciple o f Fig 60 .

,

t h e curve b ei ng u s ed in pl ac e o f t h e s t r aight lin e ; t h e re sul t s can b e

c he cked by c al cul at i o n .

As a flat b el t t end s t o cli mb a co ni cal pulley i t is ne ce s sary when , ,

s peed co n e s o r c o no id s
-
are u s ed as in Fig s 5 6 and 5 8 t o pro vide a . -

s hipper wh i ch will guide t h e adv an ci ng side o f t h e b el t fo r e ach pulley

and re t ai n it in it s pro per pl ac e ; t h e guidi ng f o rk s ar e m o ved s i m ul

t an e o u sl y and ar e pl ac ed as n e ar e ach pulley as p o s s ib le

,
.

If t he di s t an ce b e t ween t h e axes o f t h e pulley s t o b e co nne ct ed by

an o pe n b el t is co ns iderab le as is o fte n the cas e in b el t i n g fro m an
,

o verhe ad s h aft t o a m achi n e o r if is as so m e t i m e s t h e cas e o n e o f t h e

, , ,

axe s is adju st ab le ( t h e pr o per t e n s i o n o n t h e b el t b ei n g o b t ai n ed by

t h e weight o f t h e pul ley o n t h e adj u s t ab le axis) t h e di am eters can b e ,

c al cul at ed as t h o ugh t h e b el t were c ro ss ed H o wever t h e di s t an ce .

,

b etween t h e axes m ay b e l arge an d y e t t h e r an ge o f speed m ay b e so ,

gre at t hat wi t h a fi xed dis t an c e b etween t h e axes an o pen b el t w o uld

, ,

no t b e s uffi cien t ly t igh t t o w ard t h e m iddle di am e t ers if it were pro perly

t ight at t h e ends In t hi s cas e t h e di am et ers w o uld n eed t o b e fo un d

.

as in the S o lu t i o n alre ady gi ven fo r t h e O pe n b el t .

70 . Efi e ct iv e Pu 11 .
— B y t h e ef fecti ve pu ll o n a b el t we m ean t h e pull
th at is d o ing t h e wo rk t h at is , t h e differen c e in t h e t en s i o n o f t h e t w o
‘

s i d es o f t h e b elt If in Fig 5 5 w e _
. ass u m e A the driver a n d B t h e fo l
.

l o wer T, t h e tens io n in the t ight s ide and T2 t h e t ensio n in t h e l oo s e

,
'
s ide o f t h e b el t t h e effe ctive pull will b e ( T,
,
T, ) = P S upp o s e A -

”
t o be 3 0 in di am e t er t o m ake 200 rev o lu t i o ns per mi nu t e and t o
, ,

carry a b el t t rans mi t ting 4 h o rs e p o wer o r 4 X 3 3 000 ft l b s per m inute - -

'
. .
,

wh at is t h e effe ct ive pull o n the b el t ?

H ere t h e w o rk d o n e b y t h e b el t th at is the effe c t ive pull o n the b elt
, , ,

in lb s mul t iplied b y it s S peed in feet per mi nu t e mus t equ al the h o rse

.
, ,

p o wer transmi t ted m ul t iplied by or

P= .
lbs .

Fro m t h e abo ve ex am ple it can re adily b e seen th at the qui cker a b elt
travel s t h e sm aller t h e pull fo r a given ho rs e p o wer t ransm it t ed -

B EL T S AN D PU L L EY S To CO N N EC T N O N -
PA RA LL EL AX ES .

7 1 . The p l an e of pu lley is a central pl ane thro ugh t h e pulley per

a

pe nd icul ar t o it s axi s , o r is t h e pl ane o f the pit ch li ne o f t h e pulley The .

p o i n t o f d e li v er y of a pulley is t h e p o in t in t h e pi t ch line at whi ch t he

be l t leave s t he pulley .
48 CO N N EC TIO N B Y B AN DS oR .
WRAPPIN G C O N N EC TO RS

The ge eral pri i ple g ver i g the rr

n nc o pul leys upo n
n n a an ge ment o f b el t -

non p ar allel axes m ay b e s t ated as fo ll o w s : The be lt mu s t al ways be

-

d e liver ed i n the plane O f the pu lley tow ar d w hi ch i t i s r u nni ng Th at .

is a b elt le aving a pulley may b e draw n o u t o f the pl an e o f t h e p ul ley ;

,

b u t when appro achi ng a pulley it s cen t re line mu s t li e In t he pla ne

‘

o f the p ul ley .

G ui d e pu l l e ys ar e u s ed t o ch ange t h e d ire cti o ns o f b elt s and ar e

-

plac ed acco rd ing t o the ab o ve rule It is p o ssible by the us e o f t w o .

,

gu i de—pul leys t o co nn e ct any p ai r of pulleys b y an endless b elt and

, ,

the guide pulleys m ay b e s o pl aced th at the b elt wil l travel in ei ther

-

d i re ct io n whi ch is so meti m es a gre at adv ant age

,
.

—
72 . G e ne r al Case Le t . AA and B B ( Fig 61 ) be the verti cal
. an d

h o ri z o nt al of a pa n o f
pul leys t o b e co nn e cted b y a flat belt
pro j e ctions ,

thei r pl an es inters e cting o n S S ,

.

Cho o s e a and c co nveni ent p o int s

o n the tr ac e S S ; fro m a draw a
l in e ab and fro m c d raw Cd bo t h , ,

in the pl an e o f A and t angent

t o the p i t ch l i ne o f A ; s im il arly
draw ac an d cf in the pl ane o f
B The t w o l i nes ab and d e deter .

mine the pl an e o f the guide pu l -

ley C it bei ng so pl aced t hat it s ,

pi t ch l ine is t ange nt t o bo t h ab and

in thi s p o si t i o n it can t ake a
‘

ae ;

b el t deli vered ei t her at c o r b as ,

b o th e and b ar e in it s pl an e ; i t can
"

FIG 61
al so del i ver a b el t t o A o r B , as i t
. .

has it s p o in t s o f del i very in t he pl an es o f A and B In t h e s am e m an .

ne r the t w o l i n es cd an d cf in t h e pl anes A an d B res pe ctively fi x t he

,

p o si t i o n o f D H av ing pl aced C and D the b elt m ay b e put o n as

.
,

s h o wn ; the s am e s i de o f the b elt c o m es in co n t ac t w i t h all o f the pul

l eys and i t is i m m at eri al whi ch w ay i t ru ns

, -
.

AS d o ub le b e n ding b en di ng b ack and fo rth te nd s t o i nj ure a

'

, ,

b elt i t is de
,
s i r ab le whe n p o ss i b le t o h ave
,
t h e s am e s ide o f t h e b el t
,

co m e in co nt ac t w i t h e ach o f t h e pulleys .

73 Q u a r
. t e r B e l t -
W tum
he n a b elt
. a lw a y s tr a vel s in the s am e

re
di c o t i n i t is o n ly n e c e ss a ry t o pr o v i de fo r i t s ru n n i ng pr o perly in t
. h a t
,

d i re t i
c o n an d i n s u ch a c as e the b el t m u s t a l w a y s b e delivered in t h e
,

l an e f the pulley t o w ard w hi ch i t is ru nni ng

p o .

Fig 6 s o s a q
2 h .
w u a r t er tu r n be lt c o n n e
-
c t in g t w o pulley s A a n d B
wh o s e axes ar e in p ar allel pl an es an d at right angles wi t h each o ther .

S S is the tr a c e o f t h e i n ter s e c t i n g p l a n e s
j o f A a n d B a n d i f we s upp os e ,
 QUARTER T URN B EL T -
.
9

the pulley A t o revo lve in the di re ction ind i cated by the arro w it de ,

livers the b elt at a in t h e pl ane o f B while B delivers ,

the b el t in the pl ane o f t h e pulley A ; t hu s t h e r o

t at io n in di cated by the arro ws is all o w able If h o w .
,

e ver we at t e m pt t o turn A in t h e o pp o s i t e dire ct i o n

, ,

the b elt wi ll i mm edi ately le ave the pulleys fo r d the , ,

p o i nt o f delivery o f B is no t in the pl ane o f A no r is

, ,

e in the pl an e o f B If the pulley B wit h it s pl an e is

.

s w u ng ab o u t S S as an ax i s in t o an y p o s i t i o n su ch as

B , the b elt w ill s till ru n in t h e dire cti o n in d i cated by

,

the arro w as the s am e co nditi o ns exist as b efo re In

,
.

fact i f we draw o n a pie ce o f p aper the pit ch lin es o f

,

t w o pulleys as A and C and draw a li ne S S t ange n t t o

,

them the p aper m ay then b e fo lded o n S S and it

, ,

c an e asily b e s ee n th at the p o in t o f delivery a o f

the pulley A is in the pl an e o f C and t h at the p o int ,

o f delivery o f C is in the pl an e o f A n o m at t er h o w
, ,

the pl an e o f C is turn ed ab o ut S S .

It is no t well t o u se qu arter turn b el t s where -

FIG 62
there is any liability o f the mo t i o n b eing revers ed
. .

a s when t hi s h appe ns they wil l i mm edi ately le ave t h e pulleys Th e .

angle at whi ch the b elt is drawn o ff fro m t h e pulleys s h o uld n o t b e

g re at s
,
i n c e whe n thi s is the c as e t h e b elt is m u c h s t r ai n ed an d d o es ,

n o t hug t h e pulley well ; po wer is a l s o l o s t in s ide S lippi ng To m ake -

thi s angle as small as p o ssible t h e pulleys s h o uld be pl aced a su ffi ci ent

,

d is t an c e ap art and t hey sh o uld b e as small in d iam eter and carry as

,

n arro w a b elt as pr acti c ab le .

Fig 63 sh o w s a q u arter t urn b elt arranged wi t h a d o uble pulley

.
-

s o as t o r u n in ei t her d i re c t i o n ; A is the drivi ng pulley and B is the

FIG . 63 .

d ri ven pulley wh i ch is designed fo r t w o p osi t io ns o f the b elt Fo r

,
.

“
the ro t ati o n in t h e dire ct io n o f the full arro w t h e b elt is drawn in full
lines ; fo r t h e o pp o sit e ro t at io n the b elt is drawn d o t t ed Thi s arrang e .

m ent w as m ade u se o f o n a sm all m o uldin g m achin e where t h e s pi ndle -

at t ached t o B co uld b e m ade t o t u r n in o pp o s it e dire ct i o ns it s cutters

'

b ei ng m ade t o w o rl: when ro t at i ng in ei t her dire cti o n .

 50 CO N N EC TIO N B Y B A N DS O R WRA PPIN G C O N N EC TO RS .

Tw o h afts at e ach o ther ar e o ften co nne ct ed by

right gles to
‘

s an

me ans o f a b elt and o ne gu i de

pulley as sh o w n in Fig 64 Here ,
. .

ab is the tr ac e o f t h e t w o int er

s e ct ing pulley pl anes and t h e ,

pl an e o f the gui de pulley C is -

fo u n d by t aking a p o int in ab as ,

c and fro m i t drawi ng lin e s cc,

an d cd t ange n t t o t h e p i t ch li n es
'

o f A and B res pe ct i vely whi ch -

fix the pl ane o f C This arrange .

FIG 64 . m en t is o fte n u s ed t o dri ve mi ll

.

s to nes wh i ch ar e carri ed by t h e ,

upright sh aft s o f t h e pulleys l ike A ; the faces o f t h e upright sh aft pulleys

ar e m ade s tr ai ght an d co n si derab ly w i der th an t h e b el t s o as t o all o w ,

a S l ight m o t i o n up o r d o w n t o adj u s t the s t o n es o r a m o ve m e n t o f t h e ,

gu ide pulley C t o tighten the b elt whi ch then merely runs o n a d ifferent
-

p art o f the pulley A .

The sh aft A might be arranged t o carry a tight and l o o s e pulley and - -

the b elt mi ght be sh i fted by mo vi ng the gu i de pulley C the m o ti o n o f -

wh i ch S h o uld b e su ch th at the b elt h as the pro per tens i o n ine ach p o si

ti o n Whenever a b elt is u s ed in the a b o ve m anner the w o rking p art
.
,

o f the b elt sh o uld p as s fro m a t o b an d no t o ver t he gu i d e pulley C ; th is

,
-

sh o ld b e true o f all cas e s where n —

o e guide pulley is u s ed as the extra
u r ,

fri cti o n due t o the wo rking pull is saved o n the guide pulley b e arings
, ,
-

Figs 65 and 66 sh o w a no t h e r m et h o d o f co nn e ct ing t w o sh aft s at

.

right angles t w o gu i de pulleys b ei ng u s ed l n e ach cas e The b elt can

,
-
.

FIG . 65 . FIG . 66 .

travel in ei ther d i re cti o n and the same si de o f the b elt comes in cont act
,

with each pulley ex cept in the cas e o f D ( Fig

, where i t is no t po s .

s ible o n acco u n t o f the cro ss ed b elt It w ill be no t i ced th at the d i re cti o nal
.

rel at i o n b etween A and B is the s am e in Figs 65 and 66 . .

When a cro ssed b el t is u s ed t o co nnect t w o pulleys as in Fig 5 4 , ,

52 CO N N EC TIO N B Y B A N DS OR WRAPPIN G , CO N N EC TO RS

b eh i nd t h e lip permi ts t he b el t t o l i e flat o n the pulley A s traigh t .

fl ange is l i able t o cau s e the b e l t t o cli m b and s tr ai n it s e d g e

é -

Fig 7 0 s h o ws a m eth o d o f co nne cti ng t w o h o r i

.

z o n t al axe s m aki ng an angle with e ach o ther The .

perpendi cul ar di s tan ce b e t ween the axes mu s t b e a -

.

li t tle gre ater th an the su m o f the radii o f the pulleys

A and B In this cas e A and B ar e o f the s am e size
.
,
-

and b o th guide pulley s c an b e pl ac ed o n the

-

s am e
“
s h aft an d w i ll rev o lve to geth er ; the b elt m ay also
travel in either d i re cti o n A m ight d rive D and .
,

B and C then act as guide pulleys -

.

—
B i n d e r pu ll e y s — —
G u i de pul leys ar e o ften us ed ,
75 . .

as in Fig 64 , t o i ncre as e the ar c o f co nt act o f the b elt ,

.

and al s o , as there , t o tighte n the b elt ; w he n so u s ed ,

they ar e called bind er o r tighteni ng pu ll ys and ar e -

e
,

alw ay s applied t o the l o o s e s ide o f the b elt

"

Pulleys fo r b elts could b e co mb ined in m any o ther

w ays bu t the s ame princi ples g o vern the arr ange
,

m en t in e ach cas e When co nven ient it is b es t t o

.

arr ange the b el t to tr avel in either dire cti o n as e ngi nes ,

ar e s o m eti m e s m o ved b ackw ard a p art o f a tur n thu s ,

FIG .
70 .
ren dering any b elt no t adm i t ti ng o f mo t i o n in either
dire ctio n l iab le t o be t hro wn off .

CO RD S AN D RO PES .

7 6 Pulley
. s fo r r ound ro pes o r co rd s mu st b e pro vi ded wi th V groo v es
t o keep the r o pes in pl ace ; any flat b and s no t h avi ng suffi c ient l at er al
fn es s wo uld al so re q uire fl anges t o keep them o n t he pulley
s ti f .

Co rd s o f s m all di am eter ar e u s ed t o tr ansm it s mall amo u nts o f po wer -

a s fo r drivi n g the s pi ndle s in S pi nn i ng m achi n ery -

H em p and co tto n r o pes ar e no w very ge ne r ally u s e d t o tr ansmit

q uite l arge am o u n t s o f p o wer ; whe n so us ed they ar e o f t e n r u n in s et s ,

e ach p air of pulleys carryi ng s ever al ro pe s The groo ves ar e made .

aped and the r ope s ar e dr aw n i n t o the m thereb y i n cre as i ng the

, ,

h o ld up o n the pulleys Rope pulleys ar e u su ally made o f cas t iro n

.
,

and t h e gr o o ve s ar e turn ed Fig 7 1 A sh o ws a s e ctio n o f the r im o f

. .
\

a pulley fo r carryi ng a nu mb er o f r o pe s .

L arge am o u nt s o f p o wer ar e no w su ccess fully tr ansmi t ted o ver

l o ng di s t ances by r apidly m ov m g W Ir e r o pes e arn ed by l arge groo ved ,

wheel s Wire r o pes will no t supp o rt with o u t i nj ury the l ater al cru shing
.

h —
d u e t o t e V sh aped gro o ve s ; he n ce it is n e c e ss ary t o co ns tru ct the «

pulleys with gro o ves s o wide th at the r o pe res ts o n the r o u nded b o tto m
o f t h e gr o o ve as s h o wn in Fig 7 1 B
,
whi ch S h o ws a S ecti o n o f the r im
.
,

o f a wire r o pe pulley
-
The fri ct io n is gre atly i n cre ase d and t h e wear
.
,
 DR UM , O R B A RREL . 53

of t he ro pe diminished by l ining the bo tt o m of the gro o ve with so m e

,

e l as t i c m at eri al as gutt a per ch a wo o d o r le ather j amm ed in t ight

,
-

, ,
.

FIG . 71 .

Co rds ro pes es pe ci ally wire ro pes ar e i n gener al o nly u s ed t o

and , ,

c o nn e ct p ar allel axes b u t whe n o therwi s e u s ed the s am e rule s as w ere

‘

g ive n fo r flat b an d s g o ver n the a rr an ge m e n t A S r o pe s h ave n o l ater al .

,

s t iffness t hey ar e no t us ed t o co nne ct ver t i cal axes wi t ho ut supplying

,

g uid e pulley
-
s t o i ns ure the pr o per guid in g o f the r o pe s i n t o t he gro o ves .

— When
'
D m rd d o es no t m erely p ass o ver a
77 r u
.
, o r B arr e l
a co .

pull ey , bu t is m ade fas t t o it at one e nd , and wo u nd upo n it , the pulley

u su ally b e co m e s wh at is c al l ed a d r u m , o r bar r e l A drum fo r a ro u nd .

ro pe is cylindri cal and t he ro pe is wo un d u po n it in heli cal co il s Each

,
.

l ayer o f co il s i n cre as es t h e effe ctive r adiu s o f t h e dru m b y an amo u nt

e qu al t o the di am e t er o f t h e r o pe
“A dru m fo r a flat r o pe h as a b re adth
'
.

e qu al t o t h at o f t h e m m whi ch is w o u nd up o n it s elf in s ingle co il s

, ,

e ach o f whi ch i n cre as es t h e effe c t ive r adiu s b y an a mo u n t equ al t o the

thi ckness o f the ro pe .

7 8 S m
. all c o rd s a r e o f t e n u s ed t o co n n e ct n o n p ar allel axe s an d -

v ery o ft e n t he dire cti o n al rel at i o no f th e s e axe s mu s t v ary The m os t .

co mmo n ex ample is fo u nd in S pi nn i ng fr am e s and mule s where the ,

S pi ndle s ar e driven by \

c ords fr o m a l o ng cy l in ,

d r ical dru m wh o s e axi s,

is at right angles t o the

axes o f the S pi ndles In .

s u ch cas es t h e co mmo n
,

p erpendi cul ar t o the t w o

axes mu s t co n tai n t he
pl anes o f the co nn e ct ed
pulleys ; bo t h pulleys
may b e gro o ved o r o ne ,

m ay b e cyli ndri cal as in ,

the exam ple given ab o ve FIG 72 .

FIG 73
. . . .

Fig
,

. 72 S ho ws two
gro o ved pulleys wh o s e axes ar e at right angles t o e ach o ther co nne cted
, ,

by a co rd whi ch can r u n in ei t her direct io n pro vided the gr o o ve is dee

p ,
54 C O N NEC TIO N B Y B A N DS OR WRAPPIN G C O N N EC TO RS .

e no ugh To deter mi ne whether a groo ve h as suffi cie nt de pth in any

.

cas e t h e fo ll o wi ng co ns t r uc ti o n ( Fig 7 3 ) m ay b e u s ed Le t ab and a b ’ ’

. .
,

b e the pro j e cti o ns o f the appr o aching s ide o f t he co rd ; p ass a pl ane

t hro ugh ab par all e l t o the axi s o f the pulley ; it will cu t th e hyperbo l a
' '

e bd fr o m the co n e f eg whi ch f o rms o ne s i d e o f t h e gr oo ve

,
The co rd .

will lie up o n the pulley ir o m b t o i where it will le ave t h e hyperbo l a

,

o n a t ange n t If t h e t angen t at i fall s well within the edge o f the

.

pulley c t h e gro o ve is deep e no ugh It will u su ally b e su ffi cient t o

,
.

draw a s tr aight li n e as ab ( Fig ,

and s e e th at it falls well i ns ide
.

o f the p o i n t co rre s p o ndi ng t o c in Fig 7 3 . .

G EARIN G C H A IN S
-

79 In e where
c as s a co ns i der ab le am o u n t Of p o wer h as t o be t rans
“
.

mit t e d between t wo s h afts ru nnin g at a s l o w S peed m et al ch ai ns called , ,

g e a r i ng c
-
ha i n s o r
p itch chai ns ar e u s ed wi th t o o thed wheel s o r s r ocket
-

, p
w heels . When a chain is t o dri ve o r b e dri ven by a S pro cket wheel t h e -

ac t in g s urfac e o f t h e wheel m u s t b e ad apted t o the figure o f t h e c h ai n ,

s o as t o i s ure s u fi i e t h ld
n f c n o b etwee the
n m —
G u i de s he aves fo r ch ain s
.

ar e m ade c ir cul ar an d gr oo ved t o s u i t the f o rm o f the ch ain

, Cha in .

d r u ms o r bar r els h ave o n e e nd o f the ch ai n m ade fas t t o th em and t h e ,

ch ai n is gu i ded b y a s u i t ab ly fo rm ed hel i c al r o o ve S u c h dru m s ar e

,

g .

u sed in cranes .

e r g —
G a n ch ains ar e u s u ally m ade o f flat l inks ri veted o r p inn e d
i ,

t o gether at thei r end s so as t o all o w a free turn ing o f the links at t h e

, ,

j o ints The mo s t simple fo rm co nsi s t s o f d o uble and single link s arranged

.

al t ern ately the si n gle l in k b e in g m ade th i ck eno ugh t o h ave the s am e

,
“
s tre ngth as the d o ub le li nk s .

A wheel fo r s u ch a_ch ain ( Fig 7 4) h as a p o lyg o nal pris m abc fo r it s

.

p i t ch surface and when the links ar e o f the s am e length t h e pi t ch line

, ,

is a regul ar p o lyg o n ; e ach sid e

o f the p o lyg o n is equ al t o t h e

effe ct i ve length o f a l ink o r ,

the dis tan ce fro m cen tre t o

cen tre o f t h e ri vets The teeth .

o f the wheel ar e arr anged t o

co r r e s pOn d t o the ch ai n and ,

are al t ern ately s i n gle an d d o u

bl e : the s i ngle tee t h p ass be

tween the t w o th i n flat p arts
o f the d o u b le li nk s an d t h e
.

d o u ble teeth p ass o n bo t h sides

o f the t hi cker s i n gle link s On .

l arger wheel s the d o u ble t eeth ,

FIG 7 4
ar e so m eti m e s left o ff and t heir
. .

pl aces ar e suppl i ed by sh o rt pro j e ct ing lugs whi ch s erve t o keep t he ch ai n,

 GEA RIN G CH AIN S -

. 55

in p o s i t io n sidewis e The act i ng p arts o f t h e teeth o ut si de o f the p i t ch

.

line are m ade up o f ar cs o f circles wh o s e c e nt res ar e t he adj acent angles ,

'

o f the pi t c h p o lyg o n ; t hu s the ar e d e is dr aw n wi t h b a s a ce n t r e and ,

fg w i t h c as a ce n t re The S p ac e b etwee n
. t h e teet h is s h aped t o re ce i ve
the chai n as d mn The le ng t h o f the t ee t h s h o uld be s u ch th at t hey
,
.

c o m e up t o o r pr o j e c t a li t t le b ey o nd t h e o u t er edge o f the ch ai n whe n

, ,

it is in p o s i t i o n o n t h e ch ai n—wheel .

The spro cket wheel m ay b e co ns t ru c t ed w i tho ut the d o uble tee t h w n

-

when the links are sh o rt and t h e si ngle and d o uble links m ay h ave dif
fe r e nt le ng t hs t h e l at t er b ei ng l o nger t o g i ve sfi ffi cie nt s t re ng t h t o the
,

t o o t h o r s pro cket In su ch cas e the wheel is m ade a li t t le t hi nner than

.

the si ngle links it s t ee t h de cre asing in thi ckness t o ward t heir p o in ts t o

,

b et t er e nt er t he ch ai n The pit ch lin e is a p o lyg o n h aving al t ernate

.

l o ng and s ho r t s ides and the pi t ch is u s u ally t aken as t h e co mb i ned

, ,

leng t h o f a l o ng and s ho rt li nk Th is fo rm o f a ch ai n (kno wn as a blo ck .

c h ai n) an d wheel o f o n e i n ch pi t ch is n o w very accurately and e co no m

,

i cally made o f h arde n ed s teel and is ex t ens ively u s ed o n bi cy cles .

A ge ari ng ch ai n is so m e t i mes m ad e up o f t w o s ys te ms o f l inks s ep a

-

r at ed by an enl argem ent o f t h e pins co nne ct i ng

the su ccess ive li nks as sh o wn in Fig 75 The ,
. .

s pr o cke t wheel is pl ac ed in the s p ac e b e t wee n t h e

-

t w o s ys t ems o f li nk s an d t h e tee t h ge ar wi t h t h e,

e nl arged p o r t i o ns o f the pi n s co nnect i ng t h e li nks ;

their acting surfaces ar e ar cs o f cir cles as in the ,

pre cedi ng case .

Light ch ains o f th is fo rm ar e no w e xt e nsi vely

u s ed o n au t o mo biles an d ar e s upplied wi t h r o llers F IG 75

t o redu ce fri c t i o n an d we ar Fig 7 6 sho w s a ro ller—ch ai n as m ade b y the

. .

Whitney Mfg Co The ro llers R t urn . .

o n t h e h o ll o w sl eeves S s upplied wi t h

flat s at t heir ends t o keep them fro m

turning in t h e i nner links The rivet s .

FIG 7 6 .
P a r e.
f as t i n t h e o u t er li nks L and

turn o n t h e i ns ide o f the sleeves S .

Fig 7 7 sh o ws a wheel fo r a chain h aving o v al

.

li nks ; here t h e pi t ch line is a p o lygo n wi t h al t er ,

.

n at e l o ng an d s h o r t S ides ; t h e pi t ch o f t h e link ,

lying flat w is e is equ al t o it s l o nger di am et er plus

the di amet er o f t he link i ro n while that o f the link ,

s t an di ng edgewi s e is equ al t o it s l o nger d i am eter

mInu s t h e di am e t er o f the link iro n In thi s cas e .

,

the S h o rt s ides o f the p o lygo n o nl y ar e pro vided

“
wi t h t ee t h whi ch act o n t h e ends o f t h e flat lying
FIG 7 7
-
. .

l inks and re ce ive tho s e s t andi ng edgewi s e b e t ween t hem

, .
56 CO N N EC TIO N B Y B A N DS
‘

OR WRA PPIN G CO N N EC TO RS .

—
Ch ai n wheel s v al ch ai ns wh i c h ar e the mos t co mm o n are
fo r o , ,

o fte n m ade w i t h a gr o o ve t o re c e i ve the li nk s s t and i ng edgewis e ,

and a s eri e s o f p o cket s i nt o whi c h the li nk s lyi ng flat wise fit This .

fo rm o f wheel IS o ft en us ed t o exert a pull o n a ch ai n p assing p art ially

aro u n d i t as s h o wn in Fig 7 8
,
H ere t he pull is a d ownward o ne
.

o n t h e ch ain X wh i ch p ass es u nder t h e p o cke t ed ch ai n wheel A

, and -

o ver a gu i de s he ave E fro m whi ch it p ass es d o w nw ard and i s dep o s i t ed

-

, ,

in a b ox A chai n guid e C is placed under the wheel A t o i nsure t he

.
-

, , ,

FIG . 78 .

p r o per p o cket i n g o f the ch ai n an d gu i d an c e t o t h e s h e av e E th i s

is pro v i ded w i th a groo ve in w h i c h the links s t an di ng edgewi s e mo ve ,

and it is pl aced far e n o ugh aw ay fro m t h e c h ai n wheel t o all o w the l i nks

,
-

t o mo ve freely whe n o —
pr perly p o cketed A chai n s tr i pper D p assing .
, ,
'

int o the gro o ve o f the whe el A rem o ves the ch ain fr Om the wheel at
,

the pro per pl ace : it s ac t i on can be clearly s een fro m the figure A pr o
.
.

lo ngat io n o f t h e s tr i pper D co ve rs
the gui de s he ave E and i nsures the -

,
V
pro per passing d o wnward o f t he
ch ai n .

The ch ai n co uld be arranged t o

p ass o ver a ch ain wheel : it wo uld -

t he n exer t an upw ard pull In su ch .

c as e s t h e gu i de s he ave is di s pe ns ed ,
-

wi t h and a gu i d e is pl aced at t h e ,

p o int where the ch ain co m es In co n

t act w i th t he wheel t o insure t he
pro per p o cke t ing o f t h e links This
FIG 79
.

arr ange m e nt is o f t en u s ed in s mall

. .

h ois t i ng mach in es the wei ght b e ing d ire ctly l i fted by the ch ain whi ch
-

a s s es o ver the ch ai n wheel

p
-

.
 H IGH -
S PEED C H A IN S . 57

A ge ared h ain fo rmed of s qu are o pen links m ade o f malleable Iron

c
‘

is no w very ex t ensi vely used In agri cul t ural an d o t her m ach in ery r e q u ir
ing ligh t g e ared chains Fig 7 9 A sh o w s a S ide elevat io n o f t he ch ain
. .

and S pro cket an d at B the fo rm of the l i nk an d the m e t ho d o f f as t e ni ng

,

are s h o wn .The si des and o ne e nd o f each rect angul ar li nk are r o und In

e
s ct o i n ,
a d t e
n h re m a i n i n g e n d c arrie s a h o o k—s h aped proj e ct i o n whi c h

Is as wi de as t h e re ct angul ar O peni n g and ho o ks o ver the r o u n d e d e nd o f

,

the adj acent li nk ; the re ct angul ar S p aces b etween the ho oks and O ppo
“
site e n d s o f the l i nks re c e i ve the t e e t h o f the wheel whi c h act ag ai n s t

the ro u nded inner p arts o f the h o o ks as o n ro u nd pins The li nks

’
,

ar e so m ade th at they can b e sl i d t ogether s i dewi s e whe n their pl an es

ar e ab o u t at r igh t an gle s .

Very l arge c hain wheel s m ay h ave cyl i ndri cal faces pro vided wi th
-

s u i t ab ly fo r m ed pr o j e c t i o ns o r h o ll o ws .

The chief o bj e ct io ns t o ch ain ge ari ng ar e the li ab il it y o f s tret ching

o f the li nk s fo r mi n g the ch ai n an d t h e we aring o f the pi ns
,
o r lin ks , ,

bo th o f whi ch t e nd t o al t er the pi t ch and thu s caus e b a d fi t t i ng b e t ween

,

t h e ch ai n and t h e wheel The ne cess i t y fo r sl o w m o t io n is al so so m e

.

ti m es a dis advant age .

8 0 H i gh spe e d Ch ain s — No n e o f t h e ab o ve m ent i o ned ch ai ns even

.
-

.
-

if very accurately m ade can b e r u n at high speeds wi t h out n0 1se whi ch

,

rap idly i n creas es wi th t he wear A fo rm o f hig h speed ch ai n h as b een

.
-

devel o ped by Hans Reyno ld kno wn as t h e Reyno ld silent chai n It .

Co n si s t s o f l inks C o f a pe culi ar fo rm wi t h s traigh t b e ari ng edges a b

, ,

Fig 8 0 whi ch r u n o ver cu t S pro cket —wheels with s t r aight si ded tee t h
.
,
-

FIG .so .

whose angles vary wi th the d iam e t er o f the wheel The ch ain may be .

m ade any co nven ient wid t h the pins b inding the wh o le t o ge t her
, O ne .

spr o cke t o f e ach p air is s uppli ed wi t h fl anges t o re t ai n t h e ch ai n In pl ace .

58 C O N N EC TIO N B Y B AN DS OR WRAPPIN G C O N N EC TO RS

The upper figure sh o ws a ne w ch ai n in p o si ti o n o n it s s pro cke t the be ar ,

ing p o i nts o f t h e link s a b c b ei ng o n the s t raight edges o f the l i nk s Onl

, , y ,

no t o n the t o p s o r r o o t s o f t h e tee t h Th e ch ai n thu s adj us t s i t s elf t o

.

the S pro cke t at a d i am e t er co rres p o n d ing wi t h it s pi t ch and as any t o o t h ,

co mes i n t o o r o u t o f ge ar t here is n ei t her s l i p i ng n o r no i s e The l wer

p o .

figure s h o ws t h e p o s i ti o n t aken by aw o rn ch ai n o f i n creas ed pi t ch o n

the sam e wheel a, and b, b ei ng the ne w b e ari ng s urfaces o n the wheel W,
, .

M o r s e Rocke r j o int Ch aim Th is ch ai n is an i m pro ved fo rm o f the

-
—

s ile nt ru nni ng type an d is no w exte ns i vely u s ed in pl ac e o f b el t i ng and

-

g e a ri ng a t s peed s up t o 2 00 0 ft per mi nute In. i t t h e l i nk s ar e r o u n ded .

at o ne e n d and m ade t o fit the s pr o cket wheel at the o t her as s ho w n -

in Fig 8 1 . The teeth

. o f t h e —
s pr o cket wheel are u ns y mm etri cal thei r ,

F
“
IG . 81 .

w o rk i ng faces d b eing m o re ne arly radi al t hu s redu ci ng any tenden c ,

y
t o sl i pp i ng in t h e ch ai n The o rdi nary pin b e ari ngs ar e here repl aced
.

by ro cker j o i nt s co ns i s t ing o f t w o pie ces o f h arde n ed t o o l s t eel a and b

- -

, ,

s o s h aped and arr an ged t h a t in p ass i ng o n an d o ff t h e s pro cke t o ne

pie ce ro cks up o n the o ther Each l i nk A h as f ast in o ne e nd the s eat
.

pie ce a and at the o ther a ro cker pie c e like b an d is so sh aped as t o b e free

-

t o mo ve t hr o ugh t h e requ i red angle o n p arts s i m il arly held in the adj o i n

ing li nks s u ch as b in li nk B
,
Each o u t s id e link is b ent l aterally s o
.

'
th at the l arge e nd co m es u nder the s m all e nd o f the adj o ini ng link t o
permi t o f the pro per e ng agem ent wi th b o th s e at and ro cker pie ce The .

s h o uldere d e nd s o f the s e at pie c e s a ar e s o fte n ed t o a llo w t heir b e i ng

-

ri ve t ed ei t her t o t h e o u t s ide li nks o r t o w as hers .

To preve n t u ndue vib rat i o n u nder hi gh s peed s and co ns equent wear ,

t h e r o cker p i e c es ar e so s h aped th at the co n t act s urf aces ar e gre at ly

-

i ncre as ed when t h e ch ai n is drawn s t raight as s h o wn at c t hus givi ng , ,

a b ro ad b e ari ng s urfac e wh i ch whi le s t i ffe n i ng the ch ain al so redu ces

, ,

t h e pres sure o n t h e p ar t s des ig ned fo r ro lling ex cept when t h e ch ai n

1s pass m g o ver it s S pr o cke t s This ch ai n h aving so very l i ttle fri ctio n
.
-

, ,

h as an ex ceedingly high e ffi cie n cy .

To keep the ch ai n in pl ac e o n it s S pro ckets s pe ci al guid ing l i nks ar e

s upplied whi ch pr o j e c t b el o w the ch ai n i n t o gro o ves turned in t h e

S pro cke t s .
 0 LEVERS .
-

CA M S .

mo ti o ns g th o s e l i ne s and drawing thro ugh t heir extremi t ies lin es

l
a on ,

p ar allel t o ad and bd re spe ctively ; the in ters e c ti o n o f t hes e l in es at c

determ in es the l ine d e Ch o o se any p o i n t c in d e and d IO p the pe r pe n
.
,

d icu l ar s ca and cb o n ad and bd res pe c tively ; the n acb is the b ell cr ank
.
-

lever required .

H ere as in the pr e v io ii s c as e if we supp o s e the lever t o m o ve w e

, , ,

h ave
l . v . a ac s in cd a
'
lv . . b bc s in cd b

It is ev i den t th at fo r a sm all angul ar m o tio n the mo vements in ad

, ,

an d bd ar e very n e arly re ctilin e ar ari d they will b e co m e m o re and m o re

,

s o the farther we remo ve c fr o m the p o i n t d .

Any sl ight mo t io n th at m ay o ccur perpe n di cul ar t o t h e lines ad and

bd m ay b e pr o vided fo r b y t h e co nn e c t o r s u s ed It is t o b e n o t i ced
‘

.
,

h o wever th at fo r a given mo ti o n o n the l in es ad and bd th e s e pe r pe n;

,

d icu l ar m o vem e n t s o r devi ati o ns a r e le ss w hen the lever ar m s V i br at e

, ,
-

equ al angles e ach s ide o f their p os iti o ns when perpendi cul ar t o t h e li nes
o f m o ti o n an d they sho
,
uld always b e arranged t o s o vib r ate B y m ov .

ing the p o in t c n e arer t o d at the s am e ti m e keepin g the leve r ,

arm s the s am e thi s perpe ndi cul ar devi a ,

ti o n co uld b e d is p o s ed equ al ly on e ach

s ide o f the li n e s o f m o ti o n whi ch is ,

l advi s ab le e s pe c i ally in cas e s where t he

devi at io n is all o wed fo r by the spri ng o f

the co nn e cti ng p 1e ce This is sh o w n in .

p o s iti o n Fig 83 In Fig 83 it will . . .

b e s een th at a an d b m o ve in o pp o s it e
dire c ti o ns while Fig 8 4 s h o ws the re sul t
FIG 8 4
.
,
. .

i f a and b ar e t o mo ve in the s ame d ire ctio n .

In 3 we h ave t h e h u e s o f m o ti o n ad and bc ( Fig 8 5 ) n ei t her

°
.

p arallel no r int ers e cti ng Draw cc, the co mmo n perpe ndi cul ar t o t he
"

,
.

li nes ad and be ; thro ugh c, draw

c, d , p ar allel t o ed ; co ns tru ct a
b ell —c r ank lever a , i, b fo r the de ,

s ired m o v e me n t s co n s idered as tr an s

ferred t o t h e li nes bc and e , d , in

o ne pl an e ; draw ff, p ar allel t o cc,
an d equ al t o it and fur t her m ake
,

ai p ar allel an d e q i ra to i,
‘
The ,
.

pie ce afi , b will be t h e lever req u ired .

Wh at has b een d o n e is t hi s : a
6
b ell c r ank lever h as b een
-
co n 1

F IG 8 5
s t ru c t ed in a pl an e p ass i ng thr o ugh
.

the firs t line o f m o t io n and p ar allel t o the s e co n d li ne t he trans ferred ,

 CAM S AN D WIPERS . 61

e
s co n d li ne of mo ti o n in t his pl ane b ei ng
pro j e cti o n o f t h e s e co nd li ne o f
a

mo t i on ; o r t h e lever a, f, b h as b ee n arr anged t o t rans fer t h e mo t io n fro m

be t o a, d , ; t he n t h e m o t i o n al o ng a, d , h as b ee n tr ans ferred t o the s e co nd
l i ne ad p arallel t o a, d , b y mo vi ng the lever a,i, p ar allel t o its elf an
amo u n t equ al t o the perpe n di cul ar di s t an ce b etwee n t h e t w o li n e s of

mo t i o n and co nne ct i ng f, and f by me ans o f a sh aft so th at ai and bi,

, ,

turn t oge t her abo ut if, The r ocker ar m o n a l o co mo t ive whi ch t rans
-

fers t h e mo t i o n fro m t h e li nk i ns ide o f t h e e ngine fr am e t o t h e valve

,
-

ro d o ut s ide o f the e ngi ne fr am e is an ex ample o f thi s fo r m of lever

'

.
, ,

83 . Cam s an d W ipe r s — A m is
urved pl ate or gro o ve whi ch
ca a c

co m mu n i c ate s m o ti o n t o ano t her pie c e b y the acti o n o f it s curved edge .

Thi s mo t i o n m ay b e t ransm i t t ed by s liding co nt act ; bu t where there is

mu ch for ce t o b e transm itt ed it is o ft en by ro lling co ntact
, .

o f the pie c e is i n term i t ten t

If t h e ac t i o n “ it is so metim es call ed a ,

w iper ; t h at is a cam in m os t p l aces is co n tinu ou s in it s ac ti o n while

, , , ,

a wiper is alw ays i nterm i t te n t : bu t a w ipe r is o ften called a c am n o t

with s t andi ng .

In mo s t cas es whi ch o ccur in practi ce the co ndi t i o n t o b e fulfilled In

des igni ng a cam d o es no t dire ctly inv o lve t h e vel o ci t y rat i o bu t ass ig ns ,

a c er t ai n s erie s o f defi nite p o s i t i o ns whi ch the foll o wer is t o as su m e

while t h e driver o ccu pIe s a co rres p onding s eries o f definite p o s iti o ns .

The rel at i o ns b e t ween the su c cess ive p o s i t i o ns o f t h e driver and fol

lo wer in a cam mo t ion may always b e repres ent ed by means o f a di agram

FIG . 86 .

su ch as given in Fig 8 6, wher e t h e lin e O abc repres ents the mo t i on

gi ven b y t he ca m . The perp endi cul ar dis t an ce o f any p o int in t h e line
62 LEVERS — CAM S . .

fro m the ax is O Y repres ents the angu l ar mo ti o n o f the dri ver while the ,

perpendi cul ar d is t an c e o f t h e p o i nt fro m O X repres en t s the c o rres p ond

ing mo vem e n t o f the fo ll o wer fro m s o m e p o i n t co nsi dered as a s t arti ng , ,
,

po i nt Thu s the l ine o f mo ti o n O abc i ndi cates th at fro m t h e p o s it i o n

.

0 t o 4 o f the driv er the fo ll o wer h ad no mo ti o n ; fro m the p o s itio n 4 t o

,

1 2 o f the driver the fo llovi e r h ad a u nifo rm upw ard m o ti o n b1 2 ; and

,
r

fro m p os it i o n 12 t o 1 6 o f the driver the fo ll o wer h ad a u nifo rm d own ,

w ard m o t i o n b12 thu s b ri ngi ng it ag ain t o it s s t arti ng p o i nt

,
-

84 . Where the ca m
t up o n the p o i nt fo r whi ch t h e mo ti o n is
ac s

g Iv e n
'
a s
,
d in F ig 8 6 a n d where .the m o ti o n
,
o f t h e p o i n t is in a s tr aight
l ine pass ing thro ugh t h e axis o f the cam it is o nly n e ces s ary in co n
, ,

s t ru C t ing the pit ch li n e o f the cam t o m ake the r adii o f su ch length

as t o b ri ng the fo ll o wer t o the de s ired p o s i t i o ns aft er the required i n ter

vals o f ro t ati o n o f the c am Thu s in Fig 86 t h e p o int d the axis o f the . .

,

r o l l e r is t o b e s till fo r o n e qu arter o f a turn ; then it is t o m o ve up the

, '

dis ta n c e d e u n ifo rmly in o ne h alf a tur n ; an d then d o w n the s ame d is

t anc e u nifo rm ly in o ne qu ar ter o f a turn Le t the cam turn right .

h and ed Draw r adi al lines from t h e axis o f the cam at interv al s cor
.
‘

res p on ding with th os e t aken o n O X in the di agram in this cas e s ix ,

teen li nes at equ al interval s The pit ch li n e fro m 0 t o 4 is an ar e o f

'

.
,

a c ir c le sub te n di ng 9 0 with a r adiu s equ al t o O d In the next 180

°
.
°

there ar e eight equ al i nterval s and the r adii O 6 ar e m ade equ al ,

t o t h e dis t an ces O 6 0 8 e t c o n the li n e o f m o ti o n O d e

, ,
.
,
The remaini ng .

9 0 is divided i n t o fo ur equ al i n terv al s and the r adii 0 1 3 0 1 4 e t c ar e

°
, , ,
.
,

m ade equ al t o the di s t anc es 0 1 3 0 14 e t c on od e The curve thro ugh , ,

.
, .

the p o ints 4 , 6 8 e t c wil l give the pit ch l ine o f the cam whi ch line
, ,
.
, ,

wo uld cau s e the axi s o f the ro ller t o m o ve wi t h the des ir ed mo tio n .

If a ro ller is u s ed the cam o utli ne l i es in s ide t h e d o tted li ne as sh o w n

, ,

in Fig 8 6 a di s t an c e equ al t o the radiu s o f the r o ller and m ay b e fo u n

.
,
d ,

by s tri k ing ar cs fro m the p i t ch lin e w i th a radiu s equ al t o th at o f t he

'

ro ller as sh o wn and drawi ng a smo o t h cu r v e t angent t o t hes e ar cs

, ,
.

The he avy curve sh o ws the cam o utlin e whi ch acting up o n the ro ller , , ,

will gi ve it s ax is the desi red mo ti o n

‘
‘

It wi ll b e n o t i ced th at at the p o i n t 12 u si ng the ro ller t h e axi s is no t , ,

mo ved qu i te so far as e The u se o f a ro ller will o ft en b e fo u nd t o pre

.

ve nt the ex act equi v alent o f the mo ti o n as g iven b y t h e pi t ch lin e the ,

two n o r m a l curve s o verl app i n g at the i r j u n c ture thu s c utt i n g o f

f a p art ,

i ll b e no ti c ed (Fig 8 6) t h at the cam can o nly d ri ve t h e ro ller.

in o n e d i re c t i o n v i z aw a y fr
,
o m the c e n tre 0
. ; ,
in o rder t o pr o v ide
fo r t h e re t ur n a s pr i n g o r the we i ght w o uld h a ve t o b e relied up o n ,
,

ten di ng t o fo r ce d t o w ard 0 N o w i f we s upp o s e the cam pl at e t o b e .

-

ex t ended b eyo n d the ro ller and cu t a groo ve i n i t wh i ch w o uld be the ,

 DIA G RAM S FO R C AM S G IV IN G RAPID M O VEM EN TS . 63

e nvel o pe u ccessive p o si t i o ns o f the ro ller by t h e pr in cIple o f

of t he s ,

Fig 1 4 it w o uld act up o n t h e ro ller equ ally well in e i t her dire c t io n The
. .

gro o ve in t hi s case wo uld have p arallel S ides and sho uld be a lit t le ,

wider t h an the roller t o preven t b i nding t h e play b eing all o wed by ,

t aki ng m at eri al fro m the no n acti ng s urfac e o f the cam

-

Cams ar e .

u su ally suppli ed wi t h ro llers as they greatly redu ce the fr ict io

,

85 . Di agr am s fo r C am s givin g Rapid M ov e m ent s — It

the e that a cam is required t o g i ve a defini t e m o t i o n in a S ho rt in ter
cas

v al o f t i m e the n at ure o f t h e mo ti o n no t b eing fixed We will no w

,
.

dis cu ss the fo rm o f t h e di ag ram fo r su ch a motio n .

In t h e di agram s h o wn in co nne ct i o n wi t h Fig 8 6 the fo ll o wer h ad .

t w o u n ifo r m m o t i o ns an d i f t h e cam b e m ade t o revo lve qui ckly qui t e

, ,
'

a s h o ck will o ccur at e ach o f t h e p o i n t s where the mo t i o n ch anges as a b , , ,

and c ; t o o b vi ate t hi s t h e fo rm o f t h e di agram can b e ch anged pr o ,

v id e d it is all o wab le t o ch ange t h e nat ure o f t h e m o t i o n .

S upp o s e we wi s h a cam t o r api dly ra1s e a b o dy fro m c t o f ( Fig 8 7) .

t h e n at ure o f t h e m o t i o n t o b e
Y
s u ch t h at t h e s h o ck s h all b e

as ligh t as p o ss i b le .

If we draw t h e s t raigh t
line O a we h ave t h e case o f a
,

unifo rm mo t i o n ( as in Fig .

t h e bo dy b ei ng r ai s ed fro m e
t o f in an i n t erv al pro p o r t io n al
t o o b here the m o t i o n ch anges
sudde nly at O an d a ae c o m
FIG 8 7 .

a n ie d wi t h a per c ep t i ble
p
S h o ck . The li ne God a w o uld be an i mpro vem ent the foll o w er no t ,

requi ri ng s o gre at an i mpul s e at t h e s t ar t o r ne ar t h e e nd o f t h e m o ti o n

J
,

e ach b eing m u ch m o re gradu al t han befo re .

The b o dy m ay b e m ade t o m o ve wi t h a s i mple harmoni c motion ,

the d iagram fo r whi ch wo uld b e drawn as fo llo ws (Fig .

Draw t he s e mi circle c5 i o n cf as a di am et er ; divide t h e ti me l in e

O h i n t o a co nve ni ent nu mb er o f equ al p ar t s ( in t his cas e t e n) and t hen
'

divide the s e mi cir cle i n t o t h e s am e nu mb er o f equ al p art s ; thro ugh t h e

divisi o ns o f t h e s em i cir cle draw h o riz o n tal lin es int ers e ct i ng t h e vert ic al
lines drawn t hro ugh t h e co rres p o nding p o ints o f divis i o n o f t h e tim e
li ne O h t hus o b t ai ni ng p o i nt s as a b 0 e t c A sm o o t h curve drawn
, , , , ,
.

thro ugh t hes e p o i nt s g i ves t h e full curve O abcd n H ere t h e b o d y

. .

o r fo ll o wer re c eives a vel o c i t y i n c re as i n g fro m zero at the s t art t o a

m axi mu m at t h e m iddle o f it s p at h when it is ag ai n gradu ally di mi nis hed

,

t o zero at f t h e e n d o f it s p at h
, .

This fo rm o f di agram g i ves very g o o d resul t s and is sat is facto ry ,

in m any o f it s pract i cal appli cati o ns .

64 L EVERS .
—CA M S .

A b o dy dro pped fro m the h and h as no ini t i al velo ci t y at the St ar t bu t ,

h as a u ni fo rmly i ncre asing velo ci ty u nder the ac tion o f grav i t y u nt i l it

, ,

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 . 10

FIG . 88 .

reaches the gro u nd ; si mi l arly i f the bo dy 1s thro wn upward wi t h t he

,

vel o ci t y i t h ad o n s triki ng the groun d i t will co me t o res t at a he ig ht ,

equ al t o th at fro m wh i ch it w as dro pped and it s upward mo ti o n i s t he

revers e o f the d o wnw ard o ne th at Is a u ni fo rm
,

,
ly re t arded m oti o n
, .

In desig ni ng a cam fo r r ap i d m o vem en t the m o t i o n o f the fo ll o wer

s h o uld o b ey the s am e l aw o f gr av i ty an d h ave a u n ifo rm ly accelerated
,

m o t i o n u n t il the m i ddle o f it s p ath is re ached t hen a u ni fo rm ly re t a rded ,

m o t i o n t o t he e nd o f it s p ath .

A b o dy free t o fall de s cen d s thr o ugh s p aces during s u cce s s1v e u ni ts ,

o f t i me ,
pro p o rti o nal t o the o d d n u mb ers 1 3 5 7 9 e t c and the , , , , ,
.
,

t o t al s p ac e p ass ed O Ve r equ als the su m o f thes e S p aces .

To devel o p a l in e o f act i o n ac co rd i ng t o th is l aw up o n the s ame t i m e

l ine O h and wi t h t he s ame m ot io n ,

ci as b efo re pro ceed as fo l low s z 2

, , ,

Divide the t im e li n e O h i n t o
'

any even nu m b er o f equ al p ar t s as ,

t e n ; the n d i vide the l i ne o f m o t i on

cf i nt o s u cc e ss i ve s p ace s pro p o r
t io nal t o t h e nu mb ers 1 3 5 7 9 9 , , , , , ,

7 5 3 1 and draw h o riz o nt al l i ne s

, , , ,

t hro ugh the e n d s o f t hes e s p aces ,

'
o b t ai n i ng the i n ters e c t i o ns a b c
’ ’
, , ,

et c wi t h t h e verti cal lines thro ugh .

,

t h e co rrespo nd i ng t i m e d i visi o ns 1 ,
,

2 3 et é f; a s m o o t h curve sh o wn
, ,
'
,
'

d o t t e d in t h e figure drawn t hro ugh

‘

t he s e p o i nts will give t he cam ,

diagram .

86 H e ar t Cam —
des iredIf the
FIG
.

89
mo t i o n is t o
. .

b e o n a lin e p ass ing

‘

th ro ugh the a x is of the ca m , u n i fo rm ly up in ,

o ne h alf a t urn o f
 HEAR T CAM .
65

the cam and u ni fo rmly d o wn the rem aining half turn , a heart in -

s h aped c am will b e the res ult as sh o wn in Fig 8 9 The curve fo r t h e

,
. .

pi t ch li ne o f su ch a cam w ill b e fo u nd t o b e t he spi r al of Ar chimed es ,

‘

as it fulfils t he p o l ar equ at i o n fo r th at curve ,

= d +m
r d
w here T repres en ts the r adi ant d the dis t an ce o f the s t art ing p o i nt c o n
,
-

the i ni ti al li n e cc, fro m t he or igi n of co—or d i nates O 0 t h e angul ar ,

-

m o t io n o f t h e radius ve ct o r and md t he In c re as e in the radius ve ct o r

,

fo r t h e angul ar mo t i o n 0 o r t h e m o ti o n o f t h e cam
,
If the s piral s tar t s .

a t t h e o rigi n 0 d = 0 an d the equ at i o n then b e co m e s

, ,

r = mI
9 .

87 . If t h e m o t i o n o f t h e fo ll o wer—p o int d o es no t p as s
line of

t hro ugh t h e axi s o f t h e cam t h e co ns t ru ct i o n S h o wn in Fig 90 is u s ed

, . .

Here ab is t h e li n e o f m o t i o n o f the fo llo wer and t h e p o i nt a is t o ,

.

b e u n ifo rmly r ai s ed t hro ugh

t he dist an ce ab while t h e
c am t urns u nifo rmly left
h anded five eigh t hs o f a turn ;
it is then t o b e suddenly
d ro pped t o it s first p os i t i o n a ,

a nd re mai n there fo r t h e r e

m ai ni ng p art o f t h e cam ro t a
t ion . Draw t h e s m all cir cle
co, e 6 t an gent t o the lin e cab
wi t h o as a centre ; all t h e
p o s i t i o n s o f the li n e a b will b e

t an g ent t o the s m all cir cle if

we supp o s e the line ab t o r e
v o lve ab o u t 0 righ t h anded ; -

FIG 9 0
draw a cir cle t hro ugh any . .

p o int o n t h e li ne o f mo t i o n ab as d wi th O as a cent re and make the , , ,

angle d od 6 = co c6 Divide t h e ar c d d e i nto any co nven ient numb er o f

.

e q u al par t s and d i v ide the dis t an c e a b i nt o t h e Sam e n u mb e r o f equ al p art s

, .

Fro m t h e divisi o ns o n t h e ar c d d 6 draw lin es d , c, d , c, e t c t angent t o , ,

.
,

t h e ci r cle co, e, These lines o n ro t at ing t h e cam will co in cId e su c cess

, ,

iv e ly wit h th e li ne o f m o t i o n ab To fi nd a p o i nt o n t h e cam o u t li ne
.

a s e , draw an a r c thro ugh a, wi t h o as a c en t re and no t e e, where it

, ,

i nt erse ct s d , c, ; o t her p o int s can b e fo u nd in a simil ar w a

'

y The p a rt .

o f t h e cam pr o du ci ng n o mo ti o n is m ade cir cul ar .

88 . Inv o l u t e Cam .
—
the dis t an ce ab ( Fig 90) is equ al t o the
If .

a r c cc, c6 o f t h e sm al l ci rcle t h e p o in t a w ould h ave a m

, o t i o n s u ch as

w o uld b e derived b y u nwrapping a b an d fro m t h e s m all cir cle and t he ,

66 LEVERS — C A M S .

curve o f the cam wo uld then be the i nv o lute o f the sm all ci rcle thu s ,

givi ng an i nvolu te cam .

If the d is t an ce t hro ug h wh i ch the p o in t is t o be rais ed a nd the co r

res p o nding angul ar m o tio n (9 o f the cam ar e kno wn we h ave for t h e ,

u nkno wn rad iu s r o f the in vo lu t e ci r cle the equ at io n

Dis t an c e

0 b eing expre ss ed in ci r cul ar m eas ure .

Aft er de t ermi ni ng the radiu s r o f the sm al l ci r cle , the lme of mo t i o n

c an b e l o cated , an d t h e cam co ns t ru c t ed , as in Fig 9 0 . .

This fo rm o f cam is o ft en u s ed t o r ais e the s t am p s o f an o r e cr usher -

or fo r g i vi ng a u nifo rm upw ard m o vem e nt t o a r o d p as si ng by the sh aft

of t he ca m .

89 . G e ne r al Case — we have g i ve n ( Fig 9 1 ) the p o si t i on o f

. S upp o s e .

the ax is 0 o f a pl ate c am ; th at the cam t urns u nifo rm ly ri gh t h anded -

an d g i ve s m o t i o n t o t h e sl i de D in a s t r aigh t li n e ci by m e ans o f t h e ,

lever d cb cen tred at c and the r o d ab the cam t o act o n t he p o int d

, , ,

o n whi ch as an ax is a r o ller co uld b e pl aced ; th at t h e slide D sh all

rem ai n s t at io nary fo r the firs t qu arter o f a t urn m o ve u ni fo rmly up
“
,

o n ci an amou n t aa6 in the n ext h alf turn and the n m o ve w i t h si m pl e

-

h arm o ni c m o t i o n d o wn an am o u nt aea In the rem aining qu arter o f a

turn t o fi nd the p i t ch lin e o f t h e cam
,
.

Firs t draw the m o ti o n di agram where O h is t ake n t o repres ent

, ,

3 60 o f mo ti o n o f t h e cam
°
Fo r the firs t qu arter o f a t urn t here is no
.

mo t io n o f D t h us gi ving the lin e d o = l O h co in cide nt w i t h O X ;

‘

- ~

, ,

fo r t h e nex t h alf tur n fro m 0 t o 6 equ al to 4 O h t here is a u nifo rm

-

, ,

upw ard m o t io n g6 = aa t h is wo uld b e in di cat e d by t h e s t raight line 09 ,

and any in t er m edi ate p o si t i on o f D b etwee n a and a6 co uld b e fo u nd b y

drawing an o rdin ate at the c am p o si t i o n ; s imil arly fo r th e next qu arter ,

o f a tur n t h e curve gh w o uld repre s e n t the m o t i o n o f D t hi s curve ,

b eing f o und b y dr aw ing the s emi cir cle sh o wn o n O Y w i t h a d i am , ,

eter equ al t o aa, t h e d i st an ce t o b e m o ved t hrough and t hen pro ceed

, ,

ing as i F i Tr fer t h rdi t e t hu f u n d t t h p i n t f

g 88
n an s . e o .
n a s s o a e o s o ,

di vi si o n o f O h t o t h e li ne o f m o tio n aa6 as i ndi cat e d

,
.

r p i
F o m t h e o s t o ns a i 1 2 3 e t c o f t h ,
e p o
,
i,
n t a we
,
c.
a n
,
k n o wi n
g ,

t he l en gt h o f t h e r o d ab and t a
‘

h t t h e p o i n
,
t s b a n d d m o ve in a r cs o f
u
ab o t c
”
de er
t min e the co rre s p o n di n g p o s i t i o n s o f t h e p o i n t d
,

t h e cam is t o act m arked d 1 2 3 e t c , , , , ,

.

h avi ng fo u nd a series o f definite p os itio ns o f t h e p o i nt d co rre

w h
it a defi ite erie f p i t i n f the m we wil l c o n c er n
spo nd ing a
n s s o o s o s o c ,

ur elve ly w ith it s mo t i o n o n a n a r e a b o u t t h e c e n t re c rel a t ive t o

o s s on ,

t hh ié
” xi T fi d the pi t h l i e f the m n t e
‘

fi rri t u r n ing o n t h e a n n c a o
’

.
s 0 o c . o ,
,

t ha ll l tive i
mo t o n o f the m d t h p i t d m vi g b u t t h
t t he re a
‘
‘

c a a n e o n o n a o e
,
68 L EVERS — CA MS .

m o ved u nifo r m ly a dis t ance O h al o ng O X ( it s edge acti ng o n a) , whi le

t h e c am d is c tur ns u n ifo rm ly o n ce right h an d e d , a pen cil carried at d
"

wo uld t race the o u t li ne o f the Cam o n the disc The di agram co uld also .

b e dr aw n up o n a pie c e o f p aper mo v ing u n ifo rm ly al o ng O X a dis t anc e

”

O h , by a pe n c il c arr ied at th e p oi nt a , and m o vi ng u n der t h e i nflue nce

-

o f a u n ifo r m right h an ded r o t ati o n o f the c am

-

90 . Po sitive m o t i o nCam
-
Wh e n a cam actu ates it s fo llo wer equ ally
.
—

well in bo th dire c ti o ns with o ut ex t ernal aid , as fo r ce cl os ure it is called -

o s i ti ve mo ti on cam , t h e ele m en ts b ei ng so p aired th at o n ly o ne mo t i o n

a
p
-

_
is p o s s ib le b etwee n them .

There ar e o ther m e ans th an the u se o f a groo ve fo r i nsuri ng the

p o s itive m o ti o n o f t h e fo ll o wer no t o pen t o t h e o b j e ct io n o f b indi ng the
fo ll o wer ro ller in it s gro o ve Tw o r o lle r s might b e u s ed w o rking o n
.
,

O pp o s ite s ide s o f t h e s am e c am , an d alw ays s itu at ed di am e t ri c ally o pp o

s ite e ach o ther ; in s u ch a cas e t h e o rigi nal c am o u t li n e , t h at is , t h e o u t

line p ass ing thro ugh the c en t re o i the r o llers , mu s t h ave a co ns t ant ‘

di am eter equ al t o t h e d is t an ce b e t w e e n the cen tres o f the ro llers .

S u ch a cam is sh o wn in Fig 9 2 where t h e r o llers A and B b e ar o n

.
,

o pp os ite s ides o f t h e cam and ar e ,

c arried b y t he frame C C Duri ng .

t h e fir s t i t urn o f t h e cam in t h e
dire ct i o n o f t h e arr o w the ro ller '
,

A mo v e s t o A , wi t h a u n ifo rm
m o t i o n ; it r o ll s o n t h e cam s u r
face fro m s t o S , while B ro l ls ,

fr o m 3 2 t o s 3 ; duri ng the s e co nd -

i tur n A rem ai ns at A , the c ir

on l ar p art o f the c am s s2 ac ti ng
FIG 9 2 .
,

up o n it 3 33 act ing at t h e s am e ,

tim e o n B ; during the third 4 turn A , m o ves b ack t o A u nder t h e act i o n

o f 3 23 3 S S , act i ng o n B ; an d duri ng t h e l as t
,
t u r n A re m ai ns s t at io n ary
8 38 ac t i ng up o n it while s , s 2 ac t s o n B
,
.

Tw o cam s m igh t b e arr anged s ide by s ide

o n t h e s am e s h af t an d ac t o n t w o co nne c t ed
,

ro llers o n e runn ing o n o ne and t h e o t her o n the

, ,

o t her c am ; t hi s w o uld re n der p o s s i b le a m o re

c o m pli c at ed m o t i o n t h an th at s h o w n in Fig 9 2 . .

Tw o cam s m ight al s o b e u s ed as in Fig 9 3 ,

.
,

tur n ing o n s ep arate sh aft s bu t u n ifo rm ly in ,

rel at io n t o e ach o t her .

H ere the cams ar e co u nterp art s o f e ach P1 G ; 93 .

o t her an d h ave t h e s u m s o f t h e r adii fr o m the

,

c e n t re s o f A and B t o the c e ntres o f t h e r o lle rs a co ns t ant This arrange .

 PO S ITIVE M O -
TIO N CA M . 69

m e nt h as b een u s ed t o o perat e t h e h arn e ss es o f l o o ms b y ,

Co nn e c ting
the e nd D of t he lever CD t o t h e h arn es s fr am e .

1. f
It is t e n t hoe c as e t h a t O nly a few p os i t i on s of t h e fo ll o wer o f
9
a c am ar e fi xed an d it is no t p ar t i cul ar wh at t h e i n t erm edi at e m o t i o n
,

is In su ch a cas e the o utlin e o f t h e cam m ay be co nst r u ct e d b y p as s

' '

.
,

ing ar cs o f cir cles t hr o ugh t h e fi xed p o int s o f the cam in s u ch a way as

t o m ake a sm o o th curve .

Fig 9 4 s h o ws su ch a cam as appl ie d t o the lever o f

.

m achi ne H ere t h e c am tur ns right h and ed ; t he lef t h and end o f t h e

.
-
r -
-
'

lever is rai s ed b y the act io n o f t h e ar c

o f t h e cam e xt endi ng fro m d t o 0 t hu s ,

b ri ngi ng t h e pu n ch the s lider o f whi ch

«

,
: .at

is w o rked b y t h e e n d o f t h e lever t o
the righ t o f t h e ful cru m e d own t o t h e
met al A wheel is pl aced at c t o le s
,

.
FIG 9 4

s e n t h e fri c t i o n duri ng t h e pu n chi ng ; after t h e p un chi ng the lever 1s ,

l o wered b y t h e ac t io n o f t h e ar e cb The p ar t of t h e cam d ab is m ade .

c ir cul ar ab o u t t h e axi s 0 an d fo r n e arly o ne h alf a ; tur n o f t h e c am

,
. :

t h e lever rem ai ns at r es t wi t h t h e pu n ch r ai s ed fro m t h e m et al , thus .

a ll o wi ng t h e w o rk m an ti m e t o adju s t t h e pl at e fo r t h e n ex t pu n chi ng
"
-

The cam is o ft en arr ang ed t o s lide b y m e ans o f a key an d ke y way o n , ,

it s sh af t an d is b ro ugh t u nder t h e lever w h e n r e q u ir e d by m e ans o f a

, ,
'
,
'

tre adle m o ved b y the fo o t o f t h e pers o n o perat i ng t h e m achin e -

.

9 2 . Al l c am s t hu s f ar di s c u s s ed h a ve c o m ple t ed t heir a ct i o n in o n e

t urn ; b y su i t ab ly s h api ng t h e fo ll o wer this acti o n can b e ext en d ed ,

s o as t o require m ore th an o n e turn b u t t h e cam s then be come co m

,

p li c a t ed a n,
d a r e n o t m u ch u s ed o n th at acco u nt .

Fig 9 5 sh o ws a cam where t w o t urns ar e n e ces sary t o co mplete

.
.

it s act i o n The foll o wer h as the el o ng at ed fo rm sh o wn at F in o rder

.

t h at it m ay pro perly p ass t h e i n ter

s e ct i o n o f t h e cam gr o o ve whi ch is ,

the e nv e l O pe o f t h e fo ll o wer If the .

cam t urns right h anded t here is a -

peri o d o f res t fo r t h e fo ll ower duri ng

the firs t t urn o f the cam due t o t h e ,

FIG 9 5 cir cul ar gro o ve a b ; duri ng t h e s e co nd

5 turn t h e lever m o ves t o t h e d o t ted p osi t io n u nder the act io n o f be ; .

cd t hen re t ai n s it fo r the t hird turn and d a ret urns it t o i ts first p o s itio n

,

du ing t h e r emaining 5 turn

r — .

9 3 Tw o cams m ight b e m ade b y m e ans o f a s ystem o f levers and

.
,

ro ds t o act o n t h e s am e p o int t h e m o t i o ns g o vern ed by each cam b eing

, ,

in lines S i t u ated in o ne pl an e an d m aking righ t angl e s w it h e ach o t h e r ; '

.

t h e p o in t s o g o verned co uld b e m ade t o t race any pl ane c u rv e withi n the

l i mi t s o f it s m o vement s .
70 L EVERS — CAM S . .

If a pl ate c am is requ i red t o pr o d u ce mo re th an o ne d o u ble o s cill a

.

t io n o f a vib rati ng lever during o ne rev oluti o n it s e d ge w o uld be fo rm ed , r

int o a co rresp o ndi ng nu mb er o f w aves ; i f a gr o o ve is u sed the centre ,

lin e o f the gro o ve w o uld h ave the s am e s eri es o f w aves .

94 . Cyli n d r i c al C am s — A m may b e made by

ca ut t ing th e p ro per c

r o ve ar o u nd a cyl i nder ; the m o t i o n o f t h e fo ll o wer w o uld the n b e in a

g o

d i re ctio n p ar allel t o the axis o f the

c am S u ch a cam s h o wn in Fig 9 6
.
, .

A pr o d u ce s a m o ti o n s imil ar t o t h at
’

g i ven by th e cam sh o wn at B B o th .

fo rms ar e very extens ively appli ed t o

actu ate the feed m e c h ani s ms in so me

m achin e—t o o l s ; their peri o d o f actio n

a— —
fi b o nly o ccup i e s a s m all p ar t o f the i r

r o t at i o n an d com e s j u s t b efo re t h e
FIG 9 6 . .
,

t o o l is re ady fo r a cu t .

A cam l ike th at s h o w n in Fig 9 6 A can b e co ns tru cted by l ay .

ing o u t u p o n p aper it s m o t i o n di agram ( Fig 96 C ) o n a li ne ab equ al

, ,
.
,

in le ng t h t o the ci r cum fere n c e o f the cam cyl in der and wr app ing th is ,

d iagram aro u nd the cyl in der t aki ng care th at t h e li ne ab is kept in a

,

pl an e perpendi cul ar t o the axi s o f the cyl inder The centre li n e o f .

the gro o ve b ei ng t hu s determ in ed the gro o ve can b e m ade the e nvel o p e

,

o f the f o ll o wer whe n i t m o ve s al o ng thi s c e n tre l i ne .

A gro o ve h av ing a c ent re lin e acd eb ( Fig 9 6 C ) m ight b e cu t in a .

flat pl ate wh i ch h as a re ctilin e ar m o tio n al o n g ab ; a fo ll o wer m o v ing o n

“
a li n e perpe nd i cul ar t o ab s uppl i ed w i th a r o ller w o rki ng in t h e groo ve
, ,

w ould h ave a m o t i o n very n e arly the s am e as th at o b t ained by A and B ,

If the li nes o f m o ti o n in A and B were s traight i ns te ad o f curved the ,

ro ller in C w o uld h ave ex actly the s am e m o t i o n as in A and B Cam .

g r o o ve s ,
c u t in pl ate s h av i ng a re c t i l i ne ar m o t io n ar e o fte n u s ed in ,
”

practi ce .

A cyli ndri cal cam h av m g a heli cal gro o ve is sh o w n In Fig 9 7 The . .

fo ll o wer F is m ade t o fit the gro o ve sid e w is e and is arranged t o t urn

-

in the sl idi ng r o d t o whi ch i t

,

giv es m o t i o n in a l ine p arallel

w i t h the ax is o f t h e cam The .

guides fo r thi s r o d ar e att ached

t o t h e b e ari n g s o f the cam A ,

and B ,
whi ch fo rm a p art o f t h e
fram e o f the m achine A pl an .

o f t h e fo ll o wer is s h o w n at G :

it s el o n at ed s h ape is n e ce ss ary
g
s o t h at it m ay pro perly cr o ss the j u n c ture s o f the gr o o ve In th is cam .

there is a peri o d o f res t during o ne h alfr a turn o f the cam at each e nd

-
 C YL IN DRIC A L CA M S . 71

o f t he mo t i o n ; t h e mo t io n fro m o ne li mi t t o t h e o t her is u ni fo rm and ,

co n s u m e s o n e a n d o n e h a
-
lf u n if o r m tur n s o f t h e c a m .

The cyli nder ( Fig 9 7 ) may b e i ncre as ed in leng t h and t h e gro o ve

. ,

m ay be m ade o f any des irab le pi t ch ; t h e perio d o f rest can b e redu ced

to zer o or ,
i n c re a s e d t o n e a rly o n e t ur n o f the c a m A cyli ndri c al c am
.
,

ha vi n g a righ t a n d a lef t h -
an ded gr o o ve is o f t,e n u s ed t o pro du ce a
u nifo rm re cipro cat i ng m o t i o n t h e righ t and left h anded t hreads o r
,
-

g r o o ve s p a s s in g i n t o e a c h o t her a t the e n d s o f t h e m o t i o n s o th at there ,

i s no peri o d o f re st .

The peri o d o f res t in a cyl i ndri cal cam like t h at sh o wn In Fig 9 7 ,

.
,

c an b e pr o l o nged t hr o ugh n e arly t w o turns o f the cyli nder by m e ans

o f t h e devi ce S h o wn in Fig 9 8 . A .

s wi t ch is pl aced at t h e j u n c t i o n o f

t h e righ t an d left h anded gro o ve s

-

w i t h t h e cir cul ar gro o ve an d it ,

r o vided t h a t t h e s wi t ch s h all b e
p
c ap ab le o f t urni ng a li t t le in ei t her

dire ct io n up o n it s suppo r t i ng pin ,

w hile t h e pin is cap able o f a s ligh t

l o ngi t udi nal m o vem ent p arallel wi t h
Fm 9 8
the axis o f t h e cyli nder This °

s upp o rt i ng pin is c o ns t ant ly urged t o t h e right b y a S pri ng S h o w n in A , ,

w hi ch act s o n a S lide carryi ng t h e pin ; whe n in t hi s p osi t i o n t h e S p ace a

b e t wee n t h e s wi t ch an d t h e cir cu l ar p art o f t h e gro o ve is t o o sm all t o
a ll o w t h e fo ll o wer t o p ass an d whe n t h e fo ll o wer IS in the p os i t i o n s h o w n
,

i n B t h e s pri ng is co m pres s ed ; t hen i f t h e fo ll o wer m o ves o n t h e

, , ,

s p ace b ehi n d it is cl o s ed as t h e s pri ng will te nd t o pu s h t h e supp o r t

,

t o t h e righ t an d s wi ng t h e s wi t ch o n t h e fo ll o wer as a ful cru m

,
.

If t h e cam t ur ns in t h e di re c t i o n o f t h e arro w in A t h e shu t t le ,

s h aped fo ll o wer is e n t eri ng t h e cir cul ar p o r t i o n o f t h e gr o o ve and le ave s ,

the swi t ch in a p o si t i o n whi ch will guide t h e fo ll o wer i nt o t h e ci r cul ar

g r o o ve whe n it ag ai n re aches t h e s wi t ch ; in B t h e s wi t ch is press ed
t o ward t h e left t o al lo w t h e fo ll o wer t o p ass As m o t i o n co nt i nues t h e .
,

s upp o r t o f t h e s w it ch is pre s s ed t o t h e ri gh t an d t h e s wi t ch is t hr o w n
,

i n t o t h e p o s i t i o n sh o w n in C re ady t o guide t h e shu t t le i n t o t h e re t urn

i ng gro o ve . The peri o d o f res t in t his cas e co nt i nues fo r ab o u t o ne and
t w o t hird s t urns o f t h e cyli nder
-

95 F
. ig 99 s h o ws a m e t h o d o f dr awi ng a cyli nd ri cal cam b y m e ans
.
.

o f t he pro j e c t i o n o f it s pi t c h li n e L e t the p o i nt p m o ve u n ifo rmly

.

t o t h e righ t t h e di s t anc e pp , in 1 } t urns o f t h e cyli nder in t h e dire ct i o n

i ndi cat ed ; t he n l e t p re m ai n s t ati o nary fo r a qu art er t urn o ft h e cyli nder ; -

the n m o ve t o t h e left t h e dis t an ce p p wi t h u nifo rm ly accelerat ed and

,

re t arded m o t i o n in o ne t urn ; and fi n ally remai n s t il l fo r a h alf t urn -

.

In t erv al s o f r o t at i o n m ay b e ch os e n as m ay b e desirab le In t h e figu re .

t h e s urfac e o f t h e cyli nder is divided i n t o s p ac es e ach s u b t e n di ng

72 LEVERS — C AM S '

: Fo r the u ni fo rm m o tio n t o t he right the l i ne

'
of m o ti o n p arallel
to t he ylin der and
.
a xi s of t he c

equ al t o pp, is d i vided i nt o ten

‘

equal p art s s1n ce there ar e t e n ,

°
45 i nt erv als in t urns A
’

sm o o t h curve dr aw n through t he
p o in t s a b, c, et c t he int e r se c ,

, ,
~
.
,

ti ons o f perpendi cul ars fro m the

p o i nt s a b, 0 e t c o n the li ne o f , ,
.
, ,

m o t i o n w i th the c o rres p o nding

elements on the surface o f the .

cyli nder will gIv e the pi t ch line o f

the cam Fo r the m o t i o n t o t h e
‘
‘

l eft the li n e o f m o t i o n is d i v i ded in t o

ei ght s p a ces ( s i n ce t here ar e eight 4 5
°
,

int erv al s in o n e t urn) and in pro p o r ,

ti on t o t h e nu mb ers 1 3 5 7 7 5 3 1 , , , , , , , ,

and the i n t ers e c t io ns o f pe r pe n d icu

l ars fro m t h e end s o f t hese s p aces .

w i t h the co rres p o ndi ng elem ent s wil l

g i ve the p o i n t s t hr o ugh whi c h the
pit ch lin e is drawn The pi t ch li ne fo r .

the t w o peri o ds o f res t wil l b e p arallel

t o t h e b as e o f t h e cy lin d e r as sh o w n . .

Fig 1 00 is a devel o p m en t o f Fig , .

'

99 and co uld b e plo t t e d in a s imi l ar

,

m ann er t o th at des c rib ed fo r Fig 99 ,

.
,

as is i n d ic at ed o n t h e figure ex c ept ,

ing that the el em e nt s ar e s p ac ed o n t h e devel o p m en t o f t h e cylin der ,

in thi s cas e b e co mi ng eight equ al sp aces

,
Wrapping t his develo pment
.

ar o un d the c yli n der as w as s ugges t ed in co nn e c t i o n w i th

,
96 w o ii ld ,

gi ve the p i t ch l in e as pr o j e cted In Fig 99 . .

If the p ath o f the f o ll o wer in Fig 9 7 is in cl i ned t o t heax is o f the

,
.
,

c am , the gr o o ve w o uld b e cu t in a co n e o r hyperb o l o i d ge n erated b y

, ,

rev o lving the l in e o f ac t io n ab o u t the axis o f t h e cam .

9 6 .A co n i c al c am m ight
r

al so b e co n s tru c ted t o ac t u a t e a f o ll o wer in

a l in e perpe n d i cul ar t o it s axi s an d b y ch an gi ng t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e b as e

, ,

o ft h e co n e rel at ively t o the f o ll o wer ( t h e cam s lid i ng alo ng it s axi s ) a ,

v ari at i o n in the m o t i o n co uld b e o b t ai n ed A co ni cal o r cylindri cal .

gro o ved cam migh t b e m ade t o actu ate a r Oll e r in t w o dire ct i o ns radi ally
an d axially s u ch r o ller b e i ng s upp o rted by an ar m m o vi n g o n a s pheri cal
,

j o i nt o r it s equiv alent A pl ate cam might al so b e arranged t o t urn

.

sl i ghtly rel at i ve t o it s s h aft b y m e an s o f a heli c ally gr o o ved s leeve an d

-

roller an d t h e rel at ive ti m es o f t h e m o t i o ns w o uld t hu s b e ch anged

, ,

an arr an ge m e n t m ade u s e o f in s o m e g o vern i n g dev i ce s .

 CHAPT ER VII.
i

LIN KWO RK .

Linkage — ele m e n t s may b e co mb ined

Fo ur p airs of a nd th i s
‘

97. .
,

co mb i n at i o n m ay t ake pl ac e in differen t w ay s S up po s e we h ave given

t h e fo ur p arallel cylin dri c p airs Fig 1 0 1 e ach el em
.

ent o f o ne p air rigidly

,
.
,

j o ined t o o ne elem ent o f ano t her p air we sh all h ave an endless ch ain , ,

o r li n kage re t urn i ng o n i t s elf

,
.

Lin k The rigid b o dy j o ini ng t w o elem en ts o f d ifferent p ai rs is

m
-

called a li n k a li nk age bei ng ,

ade up o f a nu mber o f links Fig 10 1 . .

m ay b e t aken as an exam ple o f a si mple

linkage whi ch co ns is ts o f fo ur p ai rs e ach
, ,

b ei n g a cylin dri cal pin fi t ting a co rrespo nd

ing eye t h e axes o f the p ins b eing p arallel
,
.

Here e ach link h as a m o t io n in a ci r cle

FIG 1 0 1
rel at i ve t o it s adj acent link ; bu t every
. .

mo tio n o f any link m us t ac co rding t o it s co nne ct IOn be acco mp ani ed

, ,

by alter ati o ns i n the p o si t i o ns o f t h e rem aining li nks H en c e if w e .

,
'

co ns i der o ne link o f the c h ai n t o b e fixed t h e m o t IO ns o f t h e re m ai n i n g ,

links m ay b e referred t o it an d th eir rel at ive m o t io ns det ermined

,
.

When in su ch a clo s ed li nk age we co nsider o ne o f t h e links as fixed ,

we have a mechani sm An y link m ay b e fixed t hu s grv mg r rse t o as

.
,

m any me chani sms as the li nk age h as links The fixed link fo rms a p art .

o f t h e fr am e o f t h e m achi n e an d m ay h ave a pe culi ar fo rm , .

The different p art s o f a linkage are n am ed acco rding t o t h e m o t io n

t hey h ave In res pe ct t o t h e s t at i o n ary link o r fram e
‘

Cr anks , Le ve rs , an d B e am s —
Lin ks whi ch turn o r o s c ill at e ar e c alled
cr an ks ,
lever s o r beams ; t h e t erm cr an k b ei ng u s u ally applied t o li nk s
,

m aki ng co mple t e t urn s as the crank o f a s t e am engin e, .

Co nn e ct in g r o d ; C o u plin g r o d — The rigid link co nn e ct i ng t h e o s cil

-
-

l at ing o r ro t at ing links is called b y v ari o u s names , as conn ecti ng r od -

cr an k— ro d e ccentr i c r od cou li ng— d l l l—r od et c ac co rdi n g t o it s

p r o
p a r a e
-

, , , , .
,

l o cat i o n It is at t ached t o the pie ces whi ch it co nn e ct s by pi ns o r b all

.

and s o cke t j o i nt s an d m ai n t ain s t h e di s t an c e b etwee n t h e ce n t re s o f t h e

-

pins o r j o int s in v ariable H e n ce it s c ent re lin e is called the li n e of

.

co nn e cti on and t h e c en t re s o f t h e p i ns ar e c alled t h e conn ecte d o i n t s

,
p .

C r ank ar m — In -
a t urn i n g pie c e t h e perpe n di cul ar l e t fall fr o m t h e
.

t urn i ng p o i n t up o n it s ax i s o f ro t ati o n is called the ar m o r cr ank ar m -

73
74 L IN K WO RK .

Angul ar Ve l o cit y Rat i o —B

98 . efo re pro ceed ing t o the d is cu ssio n .

o f t he different me ch ani sms t h at

can b e deri ved fro m the s i m ple l i nkage

s h o wn in Fig 1 0 1 we w ill d etermi n e the angul ar vel o ci t y rat i os o f the

.
,

c o nn e cted o sci ll at i ng li nk s
,
Thi s m ay be fo u nd in t w o ways : .

1 B y reference t o t h e i nst an t ane o u s ax i s o f t h e co nn e c t ing l ink ;

°

L e t A B CD ( Fig 1 02 ) repres e nt the l ink age D b ei ng the fi xed li nk

’
.
, ,

A and C o s cill ati ng abo u t the

p o i nts a and d res pe ctively .

Then 0 is the ins t an t aneo us axis

“
ab o ut w hi c h B is rev o lv i ng at

the g i ven i ns t ant Pro du ce bc .

t o m eet a d at e and draw as d r , , ,

an d o t perpe nd i cul ar t o be By .

referen ce t o the ins t ant aneo us

t h e l v s o f c and b fo r
’
axi s , .

FIG 1 0 2
,

the ins t an t ar e pro p o rti o nal t o ,

co and bo re s pe ct i vely o r ,

l v c co . .

'
l v b bo . . .

B u t the a v o f C is equ al t o the l v o f 0 d i v i ded by the rad ius ed and

. .
’
. .
,

the a v o f A is equ al t o t h e l v o f b divided by ab ; so we m ay wri t e

. . . . .

no t i ci ng th at the tri angle s oct and d cr ar e s i m il ar as ar e als o o bt and abs , ,

l v c oc . .

a v 0 ad ad oc ab at as
= x x
. .

E ib lf
- -

’
av . . A l . v . b ab t c t dr
ab ab

an d , by the si mil ar tri angles as e an d dr e ,

C
’
a v . . as ao
'
a v
. . A dr de
2 B y t h e res o lutio n o f vel o ci tie s
°
.

In Fig 1 02 let bbl repre s en t the l

. v o f b ; bf will b e t h e comp o nen t . .
"

i d h b f = b b
o f t h s l v a l o n g.be an. cc1
will t eref o re e the l v
,
o c cg f ei n g . .
,
.

the co mp o ne nt o f the l v o f c al o ng bc ; . .

l v c cc . .

’
l v b bb . .

a nd s i n ce a v equ al s l v divided b y radius and the tr iangles cc, g and

. . . .
,

d cr ar e s im il ar as ar e al s o bb1 f and abs we m ay write

, ,

a v . . C cc1
z
bb _ og
><
as
’
a v . . A cal ab dr b
b ut the co mp o n e n t s cg and bi a on l g be ar e equ al ,

C
’
a v . . as ae
'
a v . . A dr de
Thus the angul ar ye lo cit ie s of t he co nn e ct ed osc ill ati n
g links ar e to
76 L IN K WO RK .

IO O . Cr ank Ro cke r s an d l ink D ( Fig 105) be fixed a

—L e t t e
hnd su p , ,
,
.
,

p o s e the crank A t o r e v o l v e w hil e t he lever C o s cill at es ab o ut it s axi s d

~
.

In rder th at thi s may o ccur w e

o ,

mu s t alw ays h ave t h e co ndi t i o ns :

1fl A + B + C > D Q

32 A + B — C< D .

4fl B

1
°
an d 2
°
mu s t h o ld in o rder
FIG . 1 05 .

mo t io n s h all b e th at any p o ss ib le ;
3 can b e s een fr o m the tri angle aczd , in t h e extrem e right p o s i t i o n abz czd ,
°
.

whi ch mu s t no t b e co m e a s t r aight line ; and 4 can b e s een fro m t h e

°

“
tri angle acl d , in the left ex t rem e p o s iti o n abl cl d .

There ar e t w o p o i nt s c1 and 0 2 in t h e p ath of c at whi ch t h e mo t io n o f

’

the lever is revers ed and it will be no t iced t h at if t h e lever C is t h e

,

driver it canno t u n ai ded dri v e t h e cr ank A as a pu ll o r a thrus t o n

, , ,
*

,
‘

the r o d B wo uld o nly cau s e pres sure o n a when 0 is at e ither c1 o r c2 , .

If A is the driver t hi s is n o t the c as e

, .

De ad Po in t s — The t w
o p o i nt s in the p ath o f the cr ank at whi ch i t

is im p o ss ib le t o s t art it b y m e ans o f the co nn e ct ing r o d al o ne ar e calle d -

d ead poin ts
-
.

The ab o v e fo rm o f linkag e is applied in t h e b eam eng in e as sho wn

in Fig 1 06, the l ink D b eing fo rm ed by the engin e fr ame ; co rres p o nd
.

ing p arts ar e le t t ered t h e s am e as in Fig 1 05 . .

'

The ins t an t an eo u s axi s is fo r the p os it io n

.

sh o wn at o an d fo r the i n s t an t the l v o f b
, ,
. .

is t o the l v o f c as o b is t o oc o r as bfis t o cc
. . .
, ,

the line ef drawn p ar allel t o bc b ein g m ade

, ,

u s e o f whe n the p o i n t 0 co m e s b ey o n d the

lim its o f the drawi ng . FIG 1 0 6 .

The angle thr o ugh whi ch the lever C ( Fig 1 05 ) swi ngs can b e . cal cu

l ated fo r kno wn v alues o f A B C and D , , ,

.

Fro m t h e tri angle aczd

C +DZ 2

co s ad c2
20 1)
and from the tri angle acl d

C +D
Z 2 — 2
-

(B A)
c os ad c1
2 CD
an d cl d cz = ad c
z

Thu s the t w o angles ad c2 and ad c1 can be cal cul ated and thei r differ ,

ence will g i ve t h e angle required .

If t h e link B is m ade s t atio nary the m e ch ani sm is s i mil ar t h e , ,

o nly differe n c e b ei ng in t h e rel ative le ngth s o f the co nne cti ng ro d and -

s t ati o n ary pie c e o r fr am e .

 DRA G LIN K -
7

10 1 . Dr ag li nk -

.
— If t h e link A is m ade the s t atio nary pie ce o r fr am e
( Fig . t he links B an d C ro t ate abo u t a and b respe ctively t h at is , ,

b e co m e r
c an ks ,
an d D
beco m es . a co nn ct n e i g
r od . Th is m e chani sm is
k no w n as t h e d r ag -
link .

In o rder t h at t he
c anr ks m ay make co m
l e t e r o t at i o n s and
p ,

th at t here m ay b e n o
dead —p o int s t he fo l ,

l o wing co n di t io ns mu st
h o ld :
1 Each cr ank mu s t
°

b e l o nger th a t he line
n F IG 1 0 7 . °

o f c en t r es whi ch needs no expl an ati o n

, .

2 The lin k col mu st be gre at er t h an t h e les s er s eg m en t cj an d less

°

th an the gre at er s egmen t c4d 2 in t o whi ch t h e di am e t er o f t h e gr eat er

.

o f the t w o cr ank c ir cles is d ivided by t h e sm aller c1r cl e This m ay be .

expres s ed as fo ll o ws :
cd > A B C ( se e t ri angle ac4d 4) -
’ ‘

cd < B —
C A ( s e e t ri angle bcz d z )
’

Pro du c ing the lin e o f t h e conne ct ing r o d u n til it in ters e ct s the l ine o f -

ce n tre s at c and dr o ppi ng t h e perpen di cul ars a s an d br up o n it w e h av e

'

, ,

a v . . B be br
'
a v
. . C ae as

p o s i t ions abc1 d 1 and a bc3d 3 when cd is p ar allel t o the line o f

In t he
cent res t h e an gul ar vel o c ities o f B and C ar e e qu al as t h e pe r pe nd icu
, ,

l ars br and as t hen b e co m e equ al .

If C rev o lves l eft h an ded and is co ns idered the driver it will b e -

no t i c ed t h at b e t ween t h e p o s i t i o ns a bcsd 3

an d abcl d 1 t h e li n k B is g ain in g o n C ’
,

an d b e t wee n abc1 d 1 an d abc d it is fall

g 3

ing b ehi nd C Therefo re fro m abc3 d 3 .

t o abcl d 1 we h ave as e fall s t o t h e righ t ,

of A,
a v . . B br
> u n ity ’
FIG . 1 08 .
a . v . C as

while from abc,d 1 t oabc3 d 3 as e woul d fall , t o the left of A, we s h oul d

h ave t h e a v rat i o less t h an u ni t y
. . .

"

Th e Do u bl e Rockin g L e v e r — The rem aini ng cas e is sh ow n in

‘

Fig . 1 08 , where C is t h e fixed link ,

an d t h e levers B an d D m erely oscil
 78 L IN K WO RK

lat e? on the ir centres c and d the extrem e p osi t io ns ar e s h ow n at al b

l

“
and a2b2 .

A m o d ified
"

fo rm of t h is m e ch ani sm ( Fig .

1 0 9 ) is u s edin m e ch ams m s fo r tracing s t rai ght

l in e s ,
c o mm o nl y kno wn as p arallel mo
0 t io ns .

The fo ll o wi ng figures sho w a few ap

10 3 .

FIG 1 09 .

pli cati o ns o f the pre ced ing forms o f l i nkwo rk :

.

Fig 1 1 0 s h o ws a cas e o f the cr ank and r ocker as appli ed in wo o l co mb

. -

ing mach i n ery H ere the cr ank ab turns u ni

.

fo rmly o n it s axi s a while cd os cill at es ab o u t d ;

,

bo t h axes a and d ar e att ac hed t o the fram e o f

the machin e whi ch fo rms t h e fixed link ad
, .

Th e co nn e ct ing r o d cb is pr o l o nged b ey o nd b
-
.

and carn e s a co mb e at it s extre mit y wh i ch ,

t akes a tuft o f wo o l fro m the co mb f and trans

fers i t t o the co mb g b o th co mb s f and g b ein g ,

att ach e d t o the fr am e o f the m achi n e The .

ful l li nes s ho w the p o si t i o n o f the links when FIG 1 1 0 . .

the co mb e is in t h e act o f rising thro ugh t h e

woo l o n f thus det achi ng it _
,
and the d o t t ed l ine s s h o w the po sit l o n o f the
,

li nks when the co mb e1 is ab o ut t o dep o s it the tuft o f w o o l o n g The .

am e c omb in at i o n in ver t ed is us ed in so m e fo rm s o f w oo l w as h ing

s
-

machi n es .

In Fig 1 1 1 whi ch repres ent s Mo rg an s fe atheri ng p addle wheel an

’
-
.
, ,

applicat i o n o f the d rag— li nk is

sh o wn Each flo at is at tached .

t o o ne end o f a l in k D and t urn s ,

o n a b e ari ng in t h e p ad d le— wheel

fram e carri ed b y the p ad di e
s h aft ; the l ines j o ining thes e
b e ar i ngs w it h the ax is o f the
p addle sh aft gi ve the l i nks B -

To t h e o ther e n d o f D the l i nks

C whi ch rev o lve ab o u t a fixed
c e ntre in t h e p addle bo x ar e -

at t ached As the s p ace fo r the .

'
link s C is l imi ted t h e arrange ,

FIG 1 1 1 .
ment s h o wn in the figure is u s ed
.

ins te ad o f h avi ng t h e l inks turn o n o ne pin an d l o cated s ide by side

. .

H ere t h e l ink C is att ached t o a so l i d ri ng whi ch ro t at es ab o u t the cen t re

'
in t h e p addle b o x and t h e o ther lin ks c o rres p o ndi ng t o C ar e at t ached
-

, , ,

t o thi s ri ng and h ave m o t i o n s very n e ar wh at t hey would h ave if t hey

,

turn ed ab o ut t h e axis o f the ring The li nks ar e let t ered t h e s am e as .

”
 PA RAL LEL O RAN K S -
. 9

in Fig 1 0 7 , A b eing the fixed link , B and C the

. the co n “
cr ank s and D
,

ne ct ing r o d -

If we s upp o s e the p addle wheel t o h ave no sli p , the pro per angl e fo r
-

the flo ats t o en t er t h e wat er wit ho u t dis turb an ce can b e fo u nd as fo ll o ws :

T ake o ne o f t h e fl o ats , as sh o wn j ust after entering the water , and ,
it s m o ti o n is m ade up o f t w o co m
po n e n t s ,
o ne b ei ng
due t o the
mo t io n o f the vess el while t h e o ther
is due t o the ro t at i o n o f t h e wheel ,

draw the p arallel o gram o f m o t i ons ,

and it will b e fo u n d t h at the fl o at

while in t h e wat er sho ul d always

h ave the lin e o f it s face p ass thro ugh
t h e highes t p o i nt o f t h e wheel .

Ano t her ex ample o f the d r ag li nk -

me ch ani s m is sh o wn in Fig 1 12 .
,

whi ch repres ent s a L e mielle v e nt il at

ing m achin e
-
The app aratu s co n
.

si s t s o f a ci r cul ar ch amb er w i t h cl o s ed

end s h aving a p ass age M fo r t h e

,

inlet and o ne N o n t h e o t her side

, , ,
FIG 1 1 2
fo r t h e d i s ch arge o f air A r e v o lv
. .

ing drum B centred o n the axis a carri es a s eri es o f v an es cd fr e e t o

tu rn o n t h e axes d and at t h e s am e t im e g o vern ed in thei r p os it io ns by
,

the link s be at t ached t o t heir free en d s and t u r nmg ab o ut a fixed ce nt re ,

b in t h e e nd o f t h e ch amb er It c an eas ily b e s een th at when t h e d r um

.
,

revo lves in t h e dire cti o n i ndi cat ed b y the arr o w air wil l b e drawn throu gh ,

t h e p ass age M and delivered t o N ; the v an es O pen i n g o u t o n p ass ing ,

the i nl et and cl osing o n p assing the o u t let sweep t h e air b efo re t hem ,
.

1 0 4. Par al l e l -

cr an ks .
—
If in Fig 1 0 5 o f the fo ur b ar
.
-
linkage we ,

make t he pp o si t e li nks equ al , i e , A = O and B = D, t h e cr ank ch ain

‘

o . .
-

b e co m e s
p arallelo gram as
a
'
AB CD
,

in t h e l o wer p ar t o f Fig 1 1 3 The . .

lever C t hen b e com es a crank equ al

t o 1 an d ( i f D is fixed and so m e
$ :

mea ns o f p ass i ng t h e de ad pom t s is -

p ro vided) mo ves t hro ugh the same

angle as A The nat ure o f this
.

me ch ani sm is no t ch anged by fi xing

any o f t h e o t her li nk s .

If in t h e co mb in at io n o f t w o
,

equ al cranks A and C ( Fig 11 3 ) ,

.

FIG 1 13
. .

w i t h a co nn e ct i ng r o d B equ al in-

leng t h to the dist an ce b etween c ent res o f cr ank s t h e crank A rot ates
,
 0 LIN K WO RK .

right h anded u ntil i t co mes o ver D thu s b ring ing the fo ur l i nks in lin e
-

w i th e ach o ther i t w ill b e no t i ced t h at in th i s p osi t i o n ( o ne o f the dead

,

po ints ) a further m o t i on o f A might caus e C t o turn e it h e r righ t h and e d '

a

o r left han ded -

Th at is fo r any gi ven p osi t i on o f A ex cep t the dead

.
, ,

p o in ts there ar e t w o p ossible p o si ti o ns o f C whi ch can b e fo u nd by

‘

, ,

drawi ng an ar c o f r ad i u s B ab o ut the extremi ty o f A as a cent re and ,

n o t i ng where i t cut s the p ath o f the extre m i t y o f C Thu s a u nifo rm

right h anded ro t at i o n o f A mi ght cau s e a u ni fo rm right h ande d ro t a
- -

t io n o f C o r a v ari able left h an ded ro t ati o n as sh o wn m Fig 1 1 6 To

, , .

prevent thi s ch ange o f m o ti o n and t o insure the p assage o f the cranks ,

by t hei r de ad p o i n t s t w o s e t s o f equ al cr ank s m ay b e co mb i n ed as

-

,
\
,

h
s o n w in Fig 1 1 3 the a n gle. b etwee n the t w o s et s o f c r a n k s b e i n g c om i

mo nl y t aken s o th at whe n o ne s e t o f cr ank s is at a de ad p o i nt the -

ot h e r is in it s b e s t w o rk in g p o s i t i o n _ Then a u nifo r m ro t atio n o f t h e cranks .

A AI will cau s e a u ni fo rm r o t at i o n o f C 0 1 thu s gi vi ng a u ni fo r m and co n

, , ,

t inu o u s velo ci ty r at i o b etween the axes o f the t w o s ets o f cranks L o c0 .

~

mo t i ves w ith co upled d ri vers ar e famil iar ex am ples o f t h is arrangem ent

, .

Fig 1 14 sh o w s an o ther m eth o d o f p ass in g t h e dead p o i nts where a

.
,
-

thi rd equ al crank C I is pl aced in t h e , ,

'

pl an e o f the o t her t w o and c o n ,

.

n e ct e d t o t hem by links equ al in

length t o the di st an ce b etween it s axis
and t h e axes o f the other c rank s

\ re s pe c t i vely .

Tw o cr a nk s at ri ght angles t o e ach

o ther and l o cated in o ne pl an e , ,

Y

co ul d b e co nn e c t ed with t wo o t hers
FIG 1 1 4
righ t angles , and l o cat ed in
. .

al so at

ano ther pl an e p arallel t o the fir s t b y m e ans o f t w o p arallel co n ,

ne c t ing—ro d s su ffi cie nt ly o ffs e t t o e nab le them t o c le ar e ach o ther in

s

their mo t io n the di s t ance b etween the t w o c ran k pl an es being m ade

,

u
s f fi c ie n t t o a d m it o f s u c h a n a rr a n ge m e n t Thi s a rr a n ge m e n t i s .

practi cally o f l it t le v alue es pe ci ally when m u ch for c e is t o b e trans

l
,

m i t t e d as o f s
,
f et r o d s u n e s s m a d e very
-
he a vy ,
a r e likely t o b e n d a n d ,

cau s e b i n di n g o n the cr ank p ins

-
.

It w i ll be s ee n o n refere n c e t o F i g s 1 1 3 a n d 1 1 4 th a t t h e co n n e c t in.g ,
,

rods B B 1 mo ve in su ch a w ay th at they ar e p arallel t o the line co n

, ,

n e c t ing the a xe s of the equ a l c r an k s w h i c h c a rry t he m in a l l t he i r p o s i ,

i
t o ns and a s o l th a at ll p o i n t s in the s e r o d s m o v e in c ir c ul a r p a th s o f a
, '
r adius equal t o the length o f the crank 1 e t h e ro d s may b e s aid t o ,
. .
,

h ave cir cul ar transl at io n

Par all e l r o d — The - ter m p a r a l
.
l e l r o d o r co u l
p gi n ro d is u s ed t o
-
-

des ign ate t h e ro d s su ch as B and B 1 ( Fig em pl o yed t o co nne ct the

.

.
,

d ri v ing axles o f l o co mo t ives .

 AN TI—
PARAL LEL C RAN KS . 81

If t wo ir cul ar rings co} and d gh ( Fig

c ar e arr anged t o turn o n
,
.

their cent res b and a respe cti vely wi t h equ al angul ar vel o cit ies t hey , ,

m ay b e co nn e cted b y a series o f equ al

p arallel links cd cg ih e t c equ al in
, , , ,
.
,

length t o t h e dis t an ce ab bet ween the

c ent re s o f t h e ri ng s Thes e l inks wo uld .

then h ave mo tio ns in cir cul ar p at hs but .

,

w o uld alw ays rem ai n p arallel t o ab t h e ,

l i nk A b ei ng here fixed i ns t e ad o f D as
in Fig 1 1 3 This co mb i nati o n has b een
.

u s ed in wi re ro pe m achinery W here i t ,

i s ne ce s s ary th at the w i res o f t h e ro pe

be l aid wi t h o ut h avi ng any t wist put
FIG 1 1 5 . .

i nt o t he m As t h e ro pe in b ei ng drawn
.

fro m t h e l ayi ng bl o ck d o es no t t urn t h e i ndivi du al wire s al so mus t no t ,

turn ; this is acco mpli shed b y at t achi ng t h e b o bbins E Whi ch carry t h e "
,

w ire s t o t h e p arallel li nk s cd eg e t c
,
whi ch h ave cir cul ar t rans l at io n
, ,.
.
,

b u t no ro t at i o n t h e l ayi ng b l o ck turni ng wi t h t h e cir cul ar ring d gh o n

.

a n axi s t hro ugh a perpen di c u l ar t o t h e pl an e o f the p aper .

10 5 A n.t i par all e l-

C r an ks ed in 1 04 t h at in t h e co m
— It w as st at ,

b i nat i o n o f t w o equ al c r ank s with a co nne ct ing r o d equ al in leng t h t o -

t h e dis t an ce b e t ween cen tres o f cr anks a righ t h anded ro t atio n Of o ne , ,

-

O f the cr anks m igh t c au s e a lef t h an ded r o t at i o n o f t h e o t her Fig 1 1 6

-

. .

s ho ws su ch a c as e w h e r e a u n ifo rm r ight h an ded r o t at i o n O f ab c au s e s a

’

v ari ab le lef t h anded r o t at i o n o f cd when so m e m e t ho d o f p ass ing t h e ,

d e ad p o i nts is pro vided

-

N o w if we can pro vide t hes e li nks whi c

. h ,

ar e c ap ab le o f t w o m o t i o ns at t heir de ad p o i n t s o r ch ange p os i t i o ns -

, ,

wi t h p airs o f ele ment s so fo rm ed t h at they will give t he required m o ,

ti o n at t hes e ch ange p o int s t h e p ass age o f t h e dead p o i nts will b e

,
-

s e cured .

In o rder t o d o this we mu s t by t h e prin c iples o f 27 de t erm i ne the

, , ,

ax o id s o r c e nt ro id s O f t h e b o d ie s t o b e

p aired Thes e bo dies ar e here fo r .

,

ex am ple t h e t w o cranks A and C o r , ,

o therwis e t h e t w o li nks B an d D In .

A t h e c as e o f t h e general fo ur link ch ain

» -

S h o wn in Fig 1 0 1 t h e c e n t ro id s ar e v ery .
,

co mpli cat ed fig ures ; here t hey ar e

made yery s im ple by t h e equ ali ty o f
the O ppos ite links ( Th e link age t aken .

in § 27 t o illu s t ra a ce nt r o id wa s

t hi s link age )
te
Rem emb eri ng t h at the
“ ' {

FIG 1 16 . .
.

c r ank s ar e a lways t o revo l ve l n O pp o s ite

d ire ctio ns t h e centro id s will b e fo u nd t o h ave t h e fo rms s ho wn In Fig 1 1 6
, . .
82 L IN K WO RK .

Fo r the li nks ab and cd , t he

h o r t er p air they ar e ellip s es , h avi ng
s ,

t heir fo c i at the e n d s a b and c d o f the cr ank s and their m aj o r ax es

, , , , ,

equ al in leng t h t o the links be and d a The i ns t an t aneo u s cen tre mo ves .

b ackw ard s and fo rward s alo ng t h e links be and d a b ei ng alw ays fo u n d at ,

their int ers e ct io n as e FO E be and d a the centr o id s ar e hyperbo l as t he ir

,
.
,

trans vers e axe s fg and hk lyi ng o n the li nks them s elves and b ei ng equ al
to a b = ad ; their f o c i ar e the p o i nt s b c and a d The ins t ant aneo u s ,
.
,

ce n t re tr avers e s e ach b r an ch o f the curve t o i n fi nity turni ng fro m ,

— oo al o ng the o ther b r an che s Thu s the t w o ell ip s es o r the t w o hyper

.

bo l as co uld repl ac e the link age In 58 i t w as fo u n d t h at t w o equ al

’

ro lling ellip s es were equivalent t o thi s linkage and al so in 61 the s ame ,

w as fo u nd t o b e true O f t w o equ al r o lli ng hyperb o las .

If it b e re qu i red t o p air the t w o o pp o s ite link s at their ch ange p o i nt s ,

a p air o f ele m e n t s m u s t b e e m pl o y ed

In e ach cas e ; s u ch p air s n eed no t ,

h o wever go fur t her th an co rres p o nd ,

t o the ele m en t s o f the ro lli ng co ni cs

in co n t act at the ch ange p o s i t i o ns .

If the li nks ch o s en b e t h e t w o s h o rter

o ne s ab and cd thes e ar e t h e ele , ,

m ent s O f the ellip s es at the ex

t r e m it ie s o f t heir m aj o r axes By .

putti ng a pin and a gab ( o r O pen

FIG 1 1 7 . . eye ) at thes e p o i nts as sh o wn in ,
‘

Fig 1 1 7 at l and m ZI and ml the .

, ,

me ch an ism b e co mes a cl o s ed ch ai n ; l ge aring w i th l1 cau s es t h e p assage

O f o ne de ad p o i nt and m ge ari ng with m1 c au s e s the p ass age o f the
'
-

o ther .

If the t w o l o nger li nks ar e t o b e p ai red i ns te ad O f the t w o sh o rter

o ne s ,
we h ave o nly t o no ti c e th at
the t w o vertexes g and h and f and ,

k t o u ch e ach o ther in t h e ch ange

p o s i t io ns B y pl acing at thes e p o in t s
.

a pin an d co rre s p o n di ng gab ( Fig .

1 1 8) we h ave ag ai n a p airi ng whi ch

effe ctu ally cl o s es t h e ch ain Thu s .

we h ave t w o so luti o ns O f t h e prob FIG 1 1 8 . .

l e m b efo re u s If it were des ired

.
,

it wo uld b e p o ss ible t o cl o s e the ch ain at o ne de ad po i nt b y o ne m e t ho d -

and at the o ther b y ano ther A few teeth o n the ellip s e s o r h v pe r bo l as

.

gab .

e tro id s the ro lli ng ellips es is c n , ,

u s ed t o g i ve a qui ck return mo tio n o n s o m e fo rms O fs l o t ting machines In

-
-
.

Fig 119 , i f ab turns u nifo rmly E H t he u pward motio n o f the s lid e

. ,
. .
,
84 L IN K WO RK .

3. c urve s h o uld b e d ra w n h avi n g fo r o rdi n a te s t h e l v o f the s lide E . .

and fo r a b s c i s s as the c o rre s p o n di n g a n gu l ar p o s iti o n s O f a b .

10 7 Sl o w M o
.
t io n b y Li n k w o r k f
— The s i m ple l.i n k age s h o w n in F i g .

1 0 5 can i f pro perly pro p o rtio ned ,

b e m ade t o pro du c e a sl o w m o t io n
o f o n e o f t h e cr anks S u ch a co m .

b in at i o n is s h o wn in Fig 120 where .

,

t w o cranks A an d C ar e arranged t o
tur n o n fixed c e ntres an d ar e co n
FIG 1 20 . .

ne ct e d b y the li nk B If the cr ank

‘

A is turn ed right h anded the cr ank C w ill al so turn right h an ded bu t

-

,
-

wi th de cre as i ng vel o city w hi ch w ill ,

'

b e co m e zero when t h e cr ank A .

re aches p o si t i o n A 1 in l in e with t h e, .

l ink B 1 : any further m o t i o n o f A

will cau s e the l ink C t o re t urn
t o w ard it s firs t p o si ti o n it s m o ti o n ,

b eing sl o w at firs t and then gr adu ally

1 n cr e as 1ng . This type O f m o t i on is
u s ed in t h e Co rl i s s v alve ge ar
‘

as -

sh o wn in Fig 1 2 1 . The link age

.

a bcd ,
m o v i ng o ne o f t h e exh au s t
valves will give t o the crank ed a
,
FIG 12 1
very sl o w m o t i o n when 0 is n e ar cl
. .

, ,

when the v alve is cl o s ed while b et wee n cand c, wh en the v alve is O pen

, ,

ing o r cl os i ng the m o t i o n is mu ch fas ter

,
The s ame is true fo r the ad
.
‘ '

mi ssi o n v alves as sh o wn b y the l ink age aefg

—
,
.

10 8 Fo r c e s Tr an sm i t t e d by Link w o r k
.
— If we kn o w the fo r ce .

appl i ed at s o m e p o i n t in a l i nk age as t h e pull o n the e nd Of a lever

’

, ,

i t is p o ss ible by equ ati ng the mo , ;

ment s o f t h e fo r ces act i ng aro und

e ach ax is o f r o t ati o n t o deter ,

m i ne t h e fo r ce re sulti ng at s o m e
o ther p o i n t in the li nk age n egle ct ,

ing the l o s s es due t o fri ct i o n In .

at the l i nk age in Fig 122 l e t a fo r ce .

,

F act at the p o int a in t h e b ell . .

cr ank lever abc and at right angle s

wi t h ab ; it wi ll c au se a pul l F,
FIG 1 22 .
at c in the dire ct i o n o f t h e li nk cd

whi ch w ill act o n t h e p o i nt d o f t h e lever d ef with the s am e i ntens i t y F1

in t h e sa m e direct i o n ( Th e a rr.o w s in t he s e figure s rep r e s e n t the d ir ec
t i o n s in wh i ch t h e fo r ces may b e co ns i dered t o act bu t d o no t r e pr e ,

s e n t t he mag ni t u des Of t he fo r ces u nl ess Otherwis e s tated ) S in ce the .

 TOG GL E J O IN T-
. 85

t wo fo rces F and E, acti ng aro und the axis b ar e b al anced , thei r mo ments
a b o u t b mu s t b e equ al ; therefo re we h ave

F >< ab
and F1
by

a nd the fo r ce W whi ch w o uld b e exert ed by the point f agai nst a res ist
an c e ac ti ng at r ight angles wi t h ci w o uld b e fou n d b y the rel at i o n

_F >< eh ab eh
1
— F ><
l

the links ar e pro po rti o ned as in the figure so t h at fo r a u ni fo rm

If
‘

E H mo t io n o f abc the l ever d ef h as a de creasi ng m o ti o n we s ho ul d

. .
,

fi nd t h at fo r a give n res is t an ce W at f the fo r ce F requ i red at a w o ul d

, ,

d i mi nish it s li mi t b e1ng zer o at t h e m o m en t when bc and cd co m e int o

‘

li ne ; o r if we co ns ider a co ns t ant fo r ce F at a t h e fo r ce W wh i ch co uld

b e exerted b y i w o uld i ncre as e it s li m
,

it b ei ng infin ity whi ch m eans

, ,

that a very l arge fo r ce m ay b e pro du ced by su ch a li nk age when n e ar ,

this p o s iti on O f sl o wes t m o t io n by t h e appli cat i o n O f a rel atively sm all

,

fo r ce This prin ciple is u sed i n m any fo rms o f ri vet i ng she aring and
.
, ,
'

pu n ching m ach inery .

— There ar e t w o fbr ms o f th is j o in t sho wn in

'

10 9 To ggl e j o int
.
-

Figs 123 and 124

. In e ach cas e the p o int a is fixed an d the p o int 0
.

FIG . 1 23 .

s li des the line ac If a fo r ce F is appl i ed at b in t h e d ire cti o n i nd i

on .

'

c at e d it s m o m e nt ar m ab o u t a will b e as an d the m o m ent ar m ab o ut a

, ,

o f the t hrus t E1 al o ng the co n n e c t i ng li n k be will b e ar theref o re

;
a8
an d F1 = F

Us ing the p arallel ogram of f o r ce s at t he p o in t c as indi cated ,

F1 co s a

W = F >< cos a .

As the l inks ab and be co me mo re and mo re i nt o l ine , the d ist ance

ar b e co mes s m aller t h e co mp o nent o f the thru s t al o ng ac appro aches
,
86 L IN K WORK .

e rer and ne arer t o the thrus t o n bc and when the l i nks ar e in l i ne t he

n a ,

thru st al o ng be is theo ret i cally i nfi nite ar b ei ng then equ al t o zero ,

.
.

Fig 125 sh o ws a met al she ari ng machine in whi ch a slo w mo t l o n

.
-

,
.

an d co ns eque n tly an adv ant age in

p o wer is O b tai ned by me ans o f li nk
wo rk H ere the l o ng lever A is .

fo rmed by a co n ti nu at io n o f the
cr ank ab ; the crank o r lever C turn
ing On d is co nne cted t o ab by the
l ink bc a and d b eing fixed ce ntres ,

carri ed b y the fr am e o f the mach in e ,

whi ch fo rms the f o urth l i n k O f the

FIG 1 25 . .

ch ai n The m e t al t o b e sheared is .

pl aced at S and the p o wer 1s applied at the e nd o f the lever A The

‘
,
.

O per at i on O f the m ac hi n e can b e e as ily u nder s t o o d fro m the figure .

The l inks ab and bc 0 mo v ing ne arly in a s traight l in e fo rm a toggle j oi nt

, ,
-

1 10 . Do u bl e O s cill at i on by Linkw o r k .
— If we co mb ine the link s d o,
an d ie ho wn in Fig
’

ac, as s .

12 6 d and i b eing fixed ce n

,

tres with a crank ab ( turn

,

ing o n the fixed ce ntre a) ,

and a co nn e c ti ng r o d be the -

lever i e c an b e m ade t o m ake

a d o ub le o s c ill ati o n during

o ne r o tatio n o f the crank

ab . In o rder th at thi s m ay
pro perly o ccur the extrem e ,

p os itio ns O f the p o int 0 sho uld ‘

b e equ i dis t an t fro m the ce n

tre line d e and the extreme
,

p o s iti o ns o f e sh o uld b e
equidi s t an t fro m the per '

e n d i c u l ar dro pped fr o m the

p FIG 1 26 . .

c e nt re i o n t h e li n e d e If .

we co ntinue the link i e t o f and co nn e ct it with the links fg and gh h

, ,

b ei ng a fixed cen tre and so cho s e n th at the ex t rem e p o s itio ns O f g ar e

,

eq uid is t ant fro m the perpend i cul ar dro pped fro m h up o n ig the lever ,

hm will m ake f o ur o s c ill ati o ns fo r e ach r o t at i o n o f the c r ank a b

I I I Linkw o r
. k wi t h O n e S l i d in g P a i r L i n e o f C on n e c t.i o n in a Sl i d
ing Pai n R — etur i
n ng a a g i n to the f o ur b a r l i n k a ge o f F i-

g 1 0 5 , we c a n .

u
s bs titu e
t fo r the li n k Ca s m a ll s e c t o r o f a n a n nul a r c yli n d er ,
an d e n

l e thi ir ul r l t F i 1 2 7 ) r i gidly e ted with t h

c os s in a c c a s o ( g . co n n c e

e
c nt re u
ab o t whi h the r n k A rev l e s I f the c e n tre li n e O f t h e
c c a o
v .
 B LO C K L IN KA GE
TH E S L ID IN G — . 87 1

l
s ot pl aced at a dis t ance fro m d e qu al t o the dis tance d o in Fig
be .

1 05 and if t h e link B is at
,

t ach e d in the cent re o f the

s e ct o r the li nk B h as ex ac tly
,

the s ame rel at ive m o t io ns as it

w o uld have h ad h ad it b een co n 1
n e ct e d t o the li nk C The ele FIG 1 27
.

me nt ary link D and the s liding

b l o ck C t hu s t ake the pl ace o f the l inks D and C o f Fig 105 . .

We can no w wit ho ut intro du cing any co ns t ru ctive difficult i es make

, ,

t h e r adiu s O f the sl o t ( Fig 12 7) o f any requ i red m ag n itude the s l o t and

.
,

the s l ider b e co m ing fl at t er th an

b efo re If we m ake t h e radiu s .

infinite and at the s am e ti me ,

make the link D infin ite th at is , ,

m ake t h e di s t an ces cd and ad

FIG 1 28
( F i 105 ) b th i fi i te i m ul
. .

g o n n s .

t ane o u sl y we s h all O b t ai n the m e ch an i s m s h o wn in Fig 1 28 whi ch

, .
,

will be called t he s lid ing block linkage We t hus se e t h at the line o f -

.

c o nne cti o n in a s lidi ng p air is a n o r mal t o the s lid i ng s urface fr o m the

axis O f t h e pivo t in the s lider and t h e s am e is true if a r o ller is s ub s ti t uted

;
fo r the s lide thes e appli ances repl aci ng the equivalent li nk so far as the
,

m o t io n is co n cerned .

1 12 . Th e S liding bl o ck Linkage — C o ns ideri ng the li nk D ( Fig 128 )

-

. .

as fixed , we ob t ai n the m e ch anism commo nly u s ed in pum ps and d ire ct

acti ng s t e am e ngi ne s When em plo yed in a s t e am engine the b lo ck C
.
,
,

c alled t h e cro s s he ad is the driver and the c r ank A the fo ll o wer i n a

;
-

pump the revers e is t h e cas e .

M ovement of Cr os s head — In Fig 1 29 let a b repres ent the crank be

-

. .
,

the co nne cting r o d and mn t h e p ath of the p o int 0 in the cro ss he ad

-

,
-

The trave l o f the cross he ad 0 -

mn is equ al t o twice the length

o f the cr ank ab and the d is ,

t ance Of 0 from a varies be

tween B + A = an and B — A =
am A b ei ng t he le ngth o f the
,

c r ank and B t h e le ng th o f the

,

c o nne c t i ng r o d -

To fi nd the dis t ance the

p o i nt c h as mo ved fro m n the ,

b eginning o f it s s t r o ke o n t r avel FIG 129 . .

l e t the angle made by the crank with the li ne an b e repres en ted by 0 ,

88 L IN K WO RK .

and draw bg perpendi cul ar to an . The mo vem ent o f t he cro ss he ad fro m -

the b eginning O f it s s t ro ke is , fo r the angul ar m o tio n 6 O fr t h e c rank ,

cn = an — ac = an —
( g g)
+ac .

Fro m t h e r ight tri angle bcg,

H en ce

=A + — d VE
— A
Z — z z
B A co s sin fi .
( 7)
2

—A I
( -

co s ( 28 )

If thelength o f the co nne ctin rel atio nt o th a t Of

the crank A b e ing the length
,
that o f t h e r o d w e ,

h ave sub s t i tuting lA fo r B In equ at i o n ( 2 7 )

,

cn =A( 1+ —
l co s 0 — si n2

The mo tio n may b e epres ented graphi cally b y plo tt ing a c urve
r ,

where the o rdinat es represent su c

'

ce ss iv e v al u e s o f cn and the ab s c is s as ,

r epre s e n t angul ar p o s iti o ns o f t h e

cr ank ab Fig 130 s ho ws t he curve .

‘

fo r the li nk age give n in Fig 1 3 2 . .

L V Ra ti o In Fig 129 co n ti nu e . . .
-

t h e line o f the co nn e c ting r o d t o s -

and dr aw the l ine a s t hro ugh a and

perpen di cul ar t o am The ins t an .

15 0 180 t ane o u s ce n tre o f th e r o d bc Is at 0

° °
,

FIG 130 . ,
fo u nd b y drawi ng the li nes bo and
co p erpendi cul ar t o the lines o f
mo t ion fo r the ins t ant o f the p o in t s b and c res pe c t ively ,

As t h e l v s Of the p o i n t s b and c ar e pr o po r t io nal t o their di s t anc es

’
.

from the inst ant aneo u s centre o -

we h ave
l . v . of c ao as as

l . v . Ofb ob ab A
’

as the tri angles abs and obc are s im i l ar .

Fro m the s im il ar t ri angles cas and cbg we h ave

nZ
as a ag+ ga
g or as =b °

’ g 2
by 9 6
go

A s 1n 0{A co s A 2
s in
z
dl
 TH E S L IDIN G B L O C -
K L IN KAGE . 89

Subs t i t u t ing in ( 30) we h ave

lv of c
_ aS As in d cos o
s in 0+
m
. .

— -

lv
. . of b A V
The vel o city of b b eing co ns an t t th at
,
O f c can be f o u nd by equ a
tio n
Th is sam e result may be ob a n t i ed by ano ther m etho d . S i n ce vel o c i t y
if v ariable may be express ed by the equ at i o n we m ay fi nd t h e

l v o f c by differentiating equ at io n ( 27 where cn = s and where

. . t he
angle 0 mu s t b e expre s s ed in t erm s o f the a v o f t h e cr ank A and
‘

a . .
, , ,

O f t h e t i me t : Wr iting equ ati on ( 27 ) in this fo rm gives

=d A s in a

A s in a t c os a t
= S in aft .

\/ B —
Z 2 2
A $ 111 a t

When as =A
,
and the velo citi es O f c and b ar e equ al To .

fi nd o
ther values fo r 0, when the vel o cit i es c an d b ar e equ al we h ave
, ,

fro m equ at i o n (3 1 )
A sin 0 co s 0

"
1 — s in 0

fé
— A2 2 —
A 2
SH
2
l { -

s m
S qu ari ng , B sin
Z
0
; i B n
S o lvi ng , fo r s n i 0, we h ave
B
= —
4A ,

The l v r at io b et ween b and

. . c may b e s h own graph i cally u sing ,

coo rdi n at e axe s the o rd i n ates rep

,

resent ing t h e ratio and t h e a b

s cis s as repres en ti ng angul ar p o s i

t io ns o f t h e crank ab Fig 1 3 1 . .

sh o ws t h e curve fo r t h e li nk age

gi ven in Fig 1 3 2 . .

Fig 1 32
. illu strates o t h er FIG . 13 1 .

metho d s o f sho win g the l v rat io . . . In this figure the co ns ant t lv

. . Of b
90 L IN K WO RK .

is repres ented by the c anr k leng t h ab = A . Fro m equ at io n ( 30 ) -

we
h ave

Therefo re i f we l ay off o n the l in e ab wh i ch sh o ws the crank p os i

, ,

t i o n the d is t ance at = as and r epeat this co ns tru ct io n fo r a suffi cien t

, ,

n u mb er o f cran k p o si t io n s we s h all O b t ai n the full curve ata where the

, ,
'

inter cep t at o n the cr ank lin e s h o ws the vel o city O f c ab b e ing the co n -

s t an t vel o ci ty o f b A simil ar cu rve w o uld b e fo u nd for the crank p o si

.

t io ns b el o w the l ine ma S imi l arly we might ob t ain the full curve nt1m
.

b y l ay ing O ff o n the su c cess i ve perpend i cul ars drawn thro u gh the p o int 0

FIG . 1 3 20

the co rresp o nd ing d is t an ces as ; then the o rd inates o f th is curve

d rawn thro ugh the cro ss head p o s i t io n w o uld g ive the vel o ci ty O f c
-

at th at p o sit i o n the o rd inate n o = ab repres enting the co ns t ant l v

, ,
. .

of b.

If the length o f t h e co nn e cti ng r o d B ( Fig 12 9 ) is made infini te

-

.
,

the m o ti o n o f t h e p o i nt 0 w ill b e equ al t o the pro j e ct i o n o f the m o tio n

o f b o n t h e d i am eter bl bz an d w ill b e therefo re s im ple harm o ni c
, , ,

m o tio n . Fo r any angle 0 this m o ti o n w ill b e

bl g ab (1 co s

R eferring t o e q u at io n ( 28) the m o tio n o fc whe n the

'

co nn c e t ing
-
rod is fi nite

va ries fro m h armo ni c mo ti o n by the qu anti t y B

whi ch appro aches zero as a limi t as B is m ade greater .

The conne ct ing r o d i s r ar el y m ade mo re t h an s1x o r s even tim es

- J

as l o ng as the c r ank as t h e addi t i o n al s p ac e required is no t co m

,

pe n s at e d fo r b y the s l i gh t ly n e arer appr o ac h t o h arm o ni c m o t i o n .

Th e d o tted curve in Fig 1 30 w o uld b e the curve fo r h armo ni c

.

m o ti o n .
92 L IN K WO RK .

Fig 1 3 5 s h o ws another metho d O f p ass i ng the de ad p o i nts so metime s

.
-

Us ed in m arin e e ngi n e s H ere t h e t w o co nne c tin

. g ro ds B and B 1 ar e -

l o cated in p ar allel pl anes and act up o n t h e s ame crank A B y suit ab ly ’

.

fo rm i ng the e nd s o f t h e ro d s they m ight b e l o cated in the same pl ane

'

, .

1 1 3. Th e S winging bl o ck Linkage
-
. If we co ns ider the link B
F
( g i 12 8
.
) a s fixed we ob ,

t ain the s w inging block -

linkage co mm o nly u s ed
in o s c ill at ing engines .

S u ch a m e ch an i sm is
s h o wn in Fig 1 3 6 fro m .
,
FIG 13 6
. .

whi ch we o bt ai n t h e
me ch an ism sho wn in Fig .

1 37 by inverting the p air

CD this h avi ng no effe ct
,
.

o n the rel at i ve m o ti o ns

o f C and D H er e
A repres e n t s the cr ank
FIG . 13 7 .
,

D the pis to n r o d and C -

“
, ,

the s wingi ng slide o r b l o ck the cyl inder ,

.

In Fig 13 8 whi ch repres e nts an o s cill ati ng e ngIne three rel ati o ns
.
, ,

may be s tudied 1 the mo t io n o f the pis to n D r el ative t o the cyl inder

°

FIG . 13 8 .

C; 2 the r at io of
the l v o f t h e p is to n rel at i ve t o the cyl inder and
°
. .

the l v o f b ; and 3 the a v r ati o o f t h e cylinder ab o u t the ax is c o f

. .
°
. .
,

t h e tru nn i o ns wh i ch s upp o r t it t o the cr ank A ,

.

1 To fi nd the di s t an c e d n ( Fig 1 3 8) whi ch the pi s t o n h as mo ve d

°
.

fro m the b egi nn i ng o f its s tro ke fo r a given angle bac = 0 Le t e b e ,

.

the p o int o n t h e pis t o n r o d D whi ch is co inc i den t wi t h 0 when A and D

-

ar e in the s am e li n e ; the n cc will b e e q u al t o the mo ti o n o f the p i s t o n d n

'
..

”if
Fro m the figu re we h ave

d n ec bc be = bc — ( B —A)
= = — .
 TH E S WIN GIN G B L O C -
K L IN KA GE .
93

2
°
the l v o f the pi st o n
To fi nd the yli der . .
in c n ; In Fig . 1 39 l e t
”
’
repre e t t h l v f b r u n d a the n the co m p o n e nt bb al o ng t h e
bb s n e o a o ; . .

pi s t o n r o d wo uld b e t h e
-

/ f
°

desired l v o f the pi s ton . .

’
rel at i ve t o t h e cylinder ,
l .

The rati o o f the l v o f . .

pisto n in the cylinder t o

the l v O f the crank pin
. .
-

b may b e fo und by
reference t o t h e ins t an
t ane o u s ax1s o f t h e li nk
bd .In the li nk bd the
dire ct io n o f t h e mo t io n
of b W ill b e al o ng the li ne
bb and the dire cti o n o f
’
,

the p o i nt o n the li nk fi
r
\
g
h
,

whi ch co i n cides at the

inst ant wi t h the axis c FIG 1 3 9

O f the t run n i o n s W h iCh s upp o r t the cyli nder will b e al o ng the li n e bd ;

therefo re the ins t antaneo u s axi s o f bd will b e fo und at o the in ters e c t io n ,

O f the li ne s bo and co perpe ndi cul ar re s pe c tively t o bb and be

’
.

lv
. . of pis t o n rel ative t o cylinder co bb
l v o f crank pin b
. .
-

bo bb
”
i
s nc e the tri angle o bc is s im il ar t o bb b
’

To fi nd t he ac t u al l v . . o f any p i t
o n in the pi ts on r o d or
-
pis to n ,
as d,
we h ave
lv . . of d do
’
lv . . of b bo

and dire ctio n o f m o tio n would b e al o ng d d perpendi cul ar t o d o

it s ’
.

°
3 To fi nd the r ati o O f the a v o f t h e cyli nder ab o ut t h e axi s 0 and . .
,

the a v o f the crank ab To determ i ne this ratio by us i ng the l aw

. . .
,

dedu ced in 9 8 fo r a v ratio it will b e ne cessary t o draw t h e centre . .

,

i nfini t e li nks whi ch h ave b een repl aced

s mu s t b e
pe r pe nd i
will b e be and co S i nce ac
b e the centre l i ne o f the i nfi nite co nne cting Apply
ing the l aw fo r a v ratio . .
,

a v . . c ylinder ae ai
a v . . ab be of
,

1 1 4. Q u i ck r e t u r n
-
M o tion u sin g . the S w inging bl ock Linkage
-
.
'

Ii in Fig 1 3 6 o r 1 3 7 t h e pie c e C is m ade

. l o ng , and t h e link D is redu ced
t o a s lidi ng b l o ck , we have a linkage whi ch m ay b e
'
"

drawn as s ho wn
94 L IN K WO RK .

in Fig 1 40 , w here
. u ni fo rm ro t atio n O f A will cau s e an o s cill atio n o f
a

the link C If A .turns R H t h r o ugh the angle 04 the link C and the
. .
j . ,

co nne cted t o o l s lide E w i ll travel t o the r igh t ; and while A turns thro ugh
-

the angle fl C and E mo ve t o the left ; t hus we have

,

t ime o f advan ce o f E a
'
tim e o f return o f E B
,

If
we h ave gi ven the desi red t i me rat i o o f adv an ce t o return ; the -

o f ce ntre s ac ; the centre a ; and the length o f the crank ab ; t o

, , ,
.

l o cate the centre

0 draw the crank
p in c i r c le b b l a nd
make t h e angle bl ac
equ al t o w here
a adv anc e
The 0

8 return ,

t angent bl e t o t h e
cr ank pin ci r cle at -

b1 will gi ve t h e de
s ired c e n tre 0 .

To d et erm i ne the
l v o f t h e slide E at . .

any m o m e n t gi ven ‘

the l v o f b aro u nd a . .
,

l e t bb repres e nt the ’

l v o f b aro u nd a . .
,

t he n bb will b e the
l v b ar o imd c ; dd . ;
’

FIG will be t h e l v O f d . .

aro u nd c and cc w ill repre s e nt the l v o f the sl i de E

’
. . .

a v of C
F1g 1 39 , the slId mg pal r
. .

To fi nd the rati o we h ave ,

as In .

a v
. . ofA

re pl aci ng infi ni t e links t h e centre li ne s O f whi ch mu s t b e pe r pe n

two ,

d icular t o t h e ce ntre l i ne o f the sl i di ng p air Therefo re the centre .

line o f t he infi ni te co nne cti ng l i nk w o uld b e t he line bk thro ugh t h e

cr ank pin b perpe ndi cul ar t o the ce n tre li n e a t o f t he s l i d ing p ai r
-
Th is .

w o uld g i ve
c
a v C a) ag . .

a v
. . A bc cg

When the crank the p os i ti o ns ab and abz i t w ill be s ee n th at the

IS in
c e n tre l i ne o f the i nfi ni te co nn e c t i ng l i nk w o u l d p ass thro ugh a g i ving ,

a v C 0
o r the l i nk C h as no angul ar m o ti o n as w o uld h ave b ee n
. .

A
’ ,
a v bl c
“
. .

e v ident fro m it s p o s iti o n . Fro m the p i t io n

os b1 the a v . . of C in c re as es
 6 L IN K WO RK .

t he rati o d im i nis hes u ntil 0 is at c whe n it b e co m es whi ch is it s

3

m i n i mu m v alue ; it then i n cre as es t o u n ity at 0 st ill fur t her incre as ing

bc4
u nt il at c, ,
it h as it s m ax i mu m v alue
a c,

Fo r the devel o p m e n t Of this link ag e as practi cal ly u s ed se e 1 18 ,

Fig 1 5 1
. .

1 1 6. B y fixi ng t he b l o ck C ( Fig 1 28) we o b t ai n the fo urth fo rm .

of t he l inkage having o ne s liding p air , as sh o wn in Fig 14 3 The l ink . .

wings abo u t a fixed axis in C B no w s ,

an d the s lide D m o ves r e ct i li ne arly t o

and fr o in t h e b l o ck C wh i ch is no w the ,

fr am e ; the link A no w a co nne cting ,

rod h as a co m plex mo ti o n mad e up ,

o f a co mb i ned o s c ill at i o n an d ro t ati o n

FIG 1 43
.

. .

If the li nk A is so exp anded th at it can

be caus ed t o m ake co mplete r o t atio ns rel ative t o the axi s a the li“ nk D ,

w o uld h ave a re c ipro catio n rel ative t o the b l o ck C the s tro ke o f D b ei ng

'

t wi ce ab S u ch a devel o p me nt is sh o wn in Fig 1 5 2
. 1 18 .
,
.

1 1 7. Th e Is o s ce l e s S lidin g bl ock Li If -
nkage — . we m ake the length ,

of the co nnec t i ng r o d B -
F
( gi 1 2 8 ) equ al t o that . o f the cr ank A we ,

s h all O b t ai n the li nk age abc ( Fig .

H ere i f we co ns ider ab as the dr i ver

, ,

and c t o s t art fr o m the p o si ti o n c it

w i ll b e fo und th at whe n the cr ank ab
is at an angl e o f 9 0 w i t h a o, the p at h °
‘

o f c the b lo ck c is dire ctly o ver a an d

, ,

any fur t her ro t at io n o f ab Wi ll o nly c au s e

a s im il ar r o t ati o n o f be In o rd er t o .

c au s e c t o co n ti n ue in it s p ath whe n

ab re aches the 9 0 p o s iti o n it will b e

°
,

ne ces s ary t o fi nd the c e n tro id s o f B

and D and apply the pri n c iple s O f 1 05

FI
.
,
G 1 44 . .

If we as s u m e the pie ce D as fi xed ,

t he ce nt roid O f B will b e the light cir cle o, e, cz ez the p o in t b mo ving

“
in the c ir cul ar p ath bl bbz and c in the re c tili ne ar p ath cl cc2 The trace
,

, .
.

o f the s urface fo r be whi ch b y ro lli ng o n the cen tro i d o f bc wo uld give

“
t h e s am e m o ti o n t o be as the li nk age w o uld b e fo u nd by the m eth o d , ,

of 2 7 t o b e the s maller c ir cle co ea

,
N o w if we co nti nue the li n e cb .

t o e m aki ng be = bc the p o i nt e will b e fo u n d at c1 and e when ab and

, ,
2
be ar e in li ne ; and if we supply the ce ntro id s with p airs o f elem ent s
whi ch will be in co nt act at e, and c, t hes e p airs will cau s e the p o in t c ,

t o t r avel b y a The mo ti o n o f c will t hen be fo ur times the leng t h Of

.

the crank ab .
 TH E IS OS CELES S L IDIN G B L O CK L IN KA GE
-
. 7

the p o i nt c in the sliding b lo ck is always u nder the p o int _0

S i nc e ,

and s i n ce 0 is alw ays in t h e co nt i nu ation o f ab if ab turns u n ifo rm ly ,

the b l o ck C will h ave s imple h armo ni c mo tio n This can also b e sh own .

as fo ll o ws :

l v c co co . .

l . v . b bo
lv . . b >< s in 0,
or the l v c is o f t h e s am e nature as t h at illus trated by Fig 13 3 bu t
. . .
,

twi ce as fas t assu m ing t h e s ame length o f cr ank and the s am e vel o c i t y
o f cr ank pin -
.

The fo ur m e ch an ism s o f the li nkage w i th o ne s liding pa1r here b e co m e

t w o o n ly the fir s t o f whi ch h as ju s t b ee n di s cuss ed
,
The s ame me ch an ism .

'
is o b t ained whe t her we co ns ider t h e b l o ck C o r the s l o t in D t o b e s t a
t iO nar y The s e co nd cas e is when t h e link ab is fixed ; o r the s am e
.

m e ch an i sm wo uld result by fixing t h e l ink be .

If we fix t h e li nk ab the li nk bc r o t at ing abo u t b wo uld cau s e the

, , ,

li nk acl t o turn abo ut a and if the centro ids ar e u s ed the sm all cir cle
,

coe ,
co n t ai ni ng bc t u r m ng u n i fo rm ly ar o u n d b w o uld cau s e the l arge
, ,

c ir cle cl oe l co n t ai ni ng ac,
,
t o m ake co mplete ro t atio ns ab o ut a the
, ,

a v
. . ratio b eing
a v . . D bo 1
a v . . B ( 10 2
the r adiu s o f the smaller cir cle b eing o ne h alf th at o f the l arger .

The a v r at i o can al so b e s h o wn fro m the li nk age In t he given

. . .

p os it io n the centre li ne o f t h e infini t e co nne cting link will b e co ; there

fore
a v ac1 bf bo 1 . .

a v . . bc ac ao 2

It is interes ting t o no te th at the p ath of the p o int e rel ative t o ac, .

is a di am e t er o f t h e cir cle cl cl cz e2 at righ t angles t o cl cz and if we repl ace ,

D b y a dis c h avi ng t w o gro o ves at right angles t o e ach o ther in ter

‘

s e c t ing at a at t h e s am e t i m e supplyi ng c wi t h a s l i di ng b l o ck s im il ar
,

t o c the di sc D will make o ne rev o luti o n while cc m akes t wo r e v o lu

,

ti o ns Thu s cc can b e co ns idered as a wheel o f t w o teeth ro lling ins i de

.

o f ano t her D o f f o ur t eeth : in s u ch a c as e the b l o ck s c ar e u su ally made

, , ,

cylin dri cal and r o ll in the gr o o ve s s o as t o redu c e the fri ctio n

,
Three .

gro o ves m ight b e m ade in the dis c in ters e cting at a and m aking angles ,

o f 60 wi t h e ach o t her ; the c ir cle cc w o uld t hen n eed t o b e s upplied with

°

three rollers S p aced equidis t an t o n it s cir cum feren ce ; the rel at ive mo t i o n
o f t h e di sc and be w o uld b e t h e s am e as b ef o re .

I 1 8 Expan sio n o f El e m e n t s in t h e Linkage s wi t h O n e Sl i d in g Pai r

. .

S o far we h ave no t co n cer ned o urs elves wi t h t h e di am eter o f t h e cy l in

dri c p airs in t hes e m e ch anisms as al t eratio ns in t h e di am e t ers wo uld ,

n o t affe c t the rel at ive m o ti o ns Al so a ch ange in sh ape o r s ize o f t h e

‘

.
98 L IN K WO RK .

links w i ll no t alter the rel ative mo ti o ns so l o ng as the centre li nes o f ,

the e lement ary li nks remain u nch anged and yet su ch ch ange may ,

make t h e ac tio n o f the link age p o ss ib le S i nc e thes e e n l arge me nts o f .

the elem e nts o f the cylindr i c p ai rs s o m eti mes co nceal the re al nat ure
o f the m e ch ani sm and cau s e m u ch i ndi s ti n ct ne ss i t will b e well t o co n
,

s ider a few cas e s here .

We will cons i der firs t the s lid ing block linkage sho wn in Fig 128 -

, . .

FIG . 1 45 .

Each o f it s fo u r l inks is mo re o r less cl os ely co nne cted with it s three

cyli ndri c p air s and their fo rms ar e therefo re depe nde n t up o n the rel at i ve
,

s ize s o f the l atter alth o ugh thi s s iz e d o e s no t affe ct the n ature o f their
,

rel ative mo ti o n Evidently we d o not alter the co mb i nati o n kinemat

.

ically if we i n cre as e the di am eter o f the cr an k s h aft s o as t o i nclude

,
-

t h e cr ank pin as sh o wn in Fig 1 4 5 where the di ffere nt links ar e

-

.
,

letter ed the s ame as in Fig 128 The o pen cylinder o f D mu s t b e

. .

enl arged t o the s am e exten t as the shaft so th at the p ai r is s till ,

cl o s ed .

“
Thi s arr angement is u s ed in pr acti ce in s o me sl o tt i ng and s he ari ng ,

machine s ; t o w o rk a s h o rt s tro ke pu mp fro m t h e e nd o f an e ngi ne s h aft ;

-

and in o ther c as e s where a s h o rt c r ank fo rms o ne pi ece with it s o w n

s h aft .

If we exp and the cr ank pin u ntil i t i n cludes the sh aft as sh o wn in

-

Fig 1 4 6 we o b t ain the co m mo neccentr i c and r od whi ch can be s een t o

.
, ,

d iffer o nl y in fo rm fro m the co mmo n cr ank and connecti ng r od This -

.

m e ch ani s m is mu c h
u s ed t o o pe rat e t h e
v alve m o t io ns in
s t e am e n g i n e s ,

where it is ne ces
s ary t o o b t ai n a
re ci pro cat i ng mo
ti o n o ften less than ,

the di ameter o f t he
e ng i ne s h aft Th e
FIG 1 4 6
.

. .

p art o f t h e r o d B
whi ch e n cl o ses A is called the eccentri c str ap and is made in t w o p arts-

, , ,
100 L IN K WO RK .

and s ep ar ate fr om B the eccentr i c r od wh i ch is u su ally b o lted t o on e o f

,
-

thes e p arts ; the cyl indri cal p ai r is also so sh aped as t o all o w no ax ial
mo t i o n o f B o n A .

_
If the c rank pin is s t ill further exp anded u n t i l i t i n cludes the cross
-

he ad pin we s h all o b t ain t h e arrange—m en t sh o wn in Fig 1 4 7 In t h is

,
.

c as e the ele m e n t o f the cylin dric p air wh i ch b el o ng s t o the crank A h as

,

b een in verted and thu s m ade o pen

,
The r o d B b e co mes an
'
e cc e n tri c di s c wh i ch s wi n g s ab o ut the b e ari ng in the p i e c e C an d is ,

alw ay s in co n t act w i th the h o ll o w di s c A carri ed b y t h e s h aft turnin g ,

in D .

If,ins te ad o f enl arging the crank pin t o i n clude the cross head pin - -

we enl arge the l atter t o in clude the fo rm er t he arr angem en t sho w n in ,

Fig 1 48 is o b t ained
. Th e r o d B is ag ai n an e ccen tri c d isc o r annul ar
.

r i ng ; b u t i t no w o s cil l ate s in a ri ng fo rmi ng p art o f the p i e ce C ,

,

while the cr ank pin dri ves i t b y int e rnal co n t act

-
In o rder t o make .

the rel at i o ns o f thes e exp ansio ns m o re cle ar fi ne l i ght l in es h ave b een ,

d raw n in e ach cas e s h o w ing the elem en t ary lin ks

,
The ab o ve exh au s t s .

all t h e pr ac t i cab le co mb i n ati o n s o f the three cyli n dri c p ai rs .

In Fig 1 4 8 we can repl ac e the l i nk B b y an annul ar ri ng co n t aining

.

the crank pin and o scil l ati ng in a co rres p ond ing annul ar gro o ve in the
-

pie c e C S o l o ng as we keep the c en tre o f thi s ring the s am e as th at o f

.

B we h ave no t altered the me ch anis m and as the mo t io n Of the ring is

, ,

h “
.

FIG . 1 49 .

m erely ll at o ry we need o nl y u se a s e ct o r o f i t and eno ugh o f the

o s ci , ,

annul ar gro o ve t o ad mi t o f s uffi cie nt m o ti o n o ft h e s e c t o r in it s s wi ng Fig . .

1 4 9 repres ents the arrangem en t al t ered in thi s w ay t h e d iffere nt p arts ,

b ei ng lettered the s am e as in Figs 1 4 8 and 12 8 ; B _ is s till the co nne ct ing

.

r o d an d it s m o t i o n as a l i n k in the ch ai n re mai ns the s am e as b efo re an d

, ,

is c o mple t ely res tr ai n ed ; the sh ape o f t h e s e ct o r alw ays fixe s the l eng t h
o f the c o n n e cti ng r o d Th is m e ch anis m is m ade u se O f in the S t evenso n
-

an d G o o ch revers i ng ge ar s fo r l o c o mo t i ves and in o ther pl aces ; the

-

c h ai ns ar e n o t there s i m ple b u t co m p o u nd ,
.

The m e ch ani sm s h o wn in Fig 1 5 0 wh ich s o meti m es o ccurs in s l o t t ing

.
,
 '
EXPA N S IO N 0 F ELEM EN TS IN L IN KAGES . 01

and —
m e t al pu n chi ng m achi ne s , is
her illu s t rati o n o f pin exp ansi o n
ano t .

T he wh o le fo r ms a s lidi ng bl o ck link age ; t h e -

li nk B is fo rm ed ess e nt i ally as in Fig 1 4 9 b u t .

,

here t h e pro files ag ai ns t whi ch it wo rks ar e co n

c ave o n b o t h s i des o f t h e c rank pin the upper -

pro file b ei ng o f l arge and t h e l o wer o f very s mall

, ,

radius bu t bo th fo rming p ar t o f the bl o ck C

, .

The w o rk is d o ne whe n t h e b lo ck C is mo ving

d o wnw ards and t h e s m all r adius pro file b ei ng
,

t he n in u s e t h e fri c t io n is redu c ed
, In th is cas e .

the bl o ck C is so e n cl os ed by t h e s lide D th at
“
the pro files repres ent i ng the cro ss—head pin lie
e ntirely wi t hin the sliding p air an illu s t rat i o n o f ,
FIG 1 50
h o w the m e t h o d o f exp ans i o n ca n b e applied t o
. .

the fo ur t h o r sl i ding p air .

To make p o ss ible the acti o n o f the Wh i t w o r t h Qui c k Re t urn 1 15 , ,

Fig 142 the axi s b may be exp anded u n t il t h e axi s a can be pl aced up o n
.
,

it o r a s h aft p ass ed t hro ugh it if

,

the crank ad is required o n t h e

o t her s i de o f t h e fram e Fig 1 5 1 . .

s h o ws the exp ans i o n where A is the

enl arged axis b and is p ar t o f t h e

fram e o f t h e m achi n e ; t h e c rank bc
h as b e co m e a s pur ge ar B turni ng -

On A and dri ven u ni fo rmly b

y a ,

s mall p i ni o n b el o w i t The crank .

p in w o rk s i n a b l o c k C t ur ni ng o n

the face o f B and fit t ing in a sl o t

FIG 1 5 1
in t h e cran k D the exp ans i o n o f t h e
. .

l ink ad p i vo t ed o n a pin a pro vided fo r it in the fram e A

, Wh ile the-

ge ar B t urns s o t hat t h e axis o f t h e crank pin m o ves t hro ugh the -

l arger angle cl bcz t h e slide E wil l h ave it s sl o w m o t ion o r advan ce the

,
,

re t urn o ccurring while t he ge ar mo ves t hro ugh t h e sm aller angle czbcl .

A devel o pm e nt o f t he fo urt h fo rm o f the li nk age wi t h o ne slide

,

menti o ned in 1 1 6 Fig 1 4 3 is s h o wn in Fi

,
.

g 1
, 5 2 The c o nn e c t i ng . .

link ab is exp anded i n t o a

wo rm wheel A whi ch m ay be
-

made t o ro t at e abo u t t h e axis

a by a w o rm keyed t o t h e

sh aft D The w o rm and W heel

.

ar e kep t in co n t ac t b a pie e
y c

whi ch supp o r t s t h e b earin g o f

A h angs fro m the sh aft D
,
,
FIG 1 5 2
and co nfi n es t h e Wo rm b e t wee n

it s b eari ngs A ro t at io n o f t h e sh af t D will turn A c au s i ng a re i pr

.

c o ca ,
1 02 LIN K WO RK

_
t io n o f t h e ax i s a and co ns eque ntly o f t h e driv i ng sh aft D t h ro ugh a
, ,

d is t ance al a2 e q u al t o twi c e ab .

A ch ange in the s h ape o f an element ary li nk freque ntly per

m i ts m o ti o ns t o t ake
pl ac e wh ich ar e no t
i

o therwi s e p os s ib le In .

Fig 1 53 fo r ex am ple .
, ,

a co mple t e ro t atio n o f
A t o caus e a re c i pro c a
“
FIG 1 53
. .
t i o n o f C w o uld b e pos

sib le wi t h the O pe n r o d
B mo vi ng aro u nd the fixed sh aft E bu t no t with elem e nt ary li nk be
, ,

sh o w n b a l igh t l i n e
y .

1 19. Linkw o r k w it h Tw o Sliding Pa1 r s — If we apply the princ ipl e

.

of 1 1 1 t o Fig 1 4 9 and all o w the le ngth o f the li nk B t o b e co me

.
,

infi n i te the s lo t in the

,

s l i de C w i ll b e co me
s tr aight and at righ t
an gles t o t h e s lid ing
p air C and the co n
,

ne c t ing b l o ck B b e co m es

a pri sm ati c s lide .

S u ch a m e ch an i s m
is sho w n in Fig 15 4 .
,

the d ifferen t p ar t s b eing

lettered t h e s am e as in
FIG 1 5 4
Fig 149. . The b lo ck 0 "

no w co ns i s t s o f t w o s lidi ng p ai rs at righ t angles t o e a ch o ther and t h e ,

co nn e c t ing r o d is infi ni t e in le ngth

-

H ere as in the link age with o ne

.
,

s lide s i n c e there are fo ur el e

,

m e nt ary link s fo ur me ch an ,

isms wo uld result It will be .

see n h o wever th at t w o ar e
, ,

identi cal leav ing three dis ti nct,

me ch an is ms Fig 1 55 co r . .

resp o nd s with Fig 1 5 4 With .

o u t t h e exp ans i o n o f t h e c r o ss

C whi ch wo uld b e required t o

,

m ake the mo t o n p o ss ib le and

'

w i ll be mo re co nvenient t o u se .

in s tudy i ng the rel ative mo t i o n .

Fi g 1 5 5
. .
120 This m e ch anism wi t h
.
.

t h e li nk D fi xed is o fte n u s ed ,

and is k no wn u nder v ar io u s nam e s as c ank and s lo t t ed cr os s head cr ank

r
-

, ,

w i th an i nfi n i te con ne cti ng r od har mon ic mo ti on e t c

-

, .
,
10 4 LIN K WO RK .

S i nc e t h e b ar C rem ai ns al w ays p ar allel t o the axi s o f t he s haft , the

p ath o f t h e p o i nt 0 , pro j e ct ed up o n an i mag i nary pl ane thro ugh the
l o wes t po s itio n o f O and perpe ndi cul ar t o the s h af t S , will b e a cir cl e,
and t h e act u al p ath of O pl at e A will be an ellips e
on t he .

In Fig 1 5 8 l e t eba repres e nt the angul ar in cli nat i o n o f t h e pl ate t o

.

the axis o f t h e sh af t ab t h e axis o f t h e s h af t eof the actu al p ath o f t h e

, ,

p o in t 0 o n the pl ate and t h e d o t ted c ir cle er d the

,

pro j e c t io n o f this p ath up o n a pl ane thr o ugh c

( t h e l o we s t p o s i t i o n o f o ) perpe n d i c ul ar t o the
axi s ab .

Draw om perpendi cul ar t o of or perpend i cul ar ,

t o the pl an e er d and r n perpendi cul ar t o ed t he

, ,

di am eter o f the c ir cle er d J o in mn and supp ose

.
, F1g 1 58 . .

the pl ate t o r o t ate thro ugh an angle ear = 0 and ,

,

thu s t o carry the p o 1nt 0 thro ugh a ver t i cal dis t an ce e qu al t o or .

Then

—
a b( 1 — co s

or the sa m e fo rm ul a deri ved in the cas e o f h armo ni c mo t io n In

as w as .

t his cas e ab repres e nts the leng t h o f the equ i v alent crank and is equ al ,

in leng t h t o o ne h alf o f the s tr o ke o f the r o d C

-
.

1 2 I If i ns te ad o f fix i ng the b l o ck D o r t h e b l o ck B
. Fig 1 5 5 w e as ,
.
,

s u m e the l ink A t o b e fixed we O b t ai n t h e s e co nd fo rmo f t h e m e ch anis m

,
.

Thi s is s h o wn in Fig 1 5 9 .
,

where t h e axes a and b a r e

fixed and the blo cks B and D
ar e free t o turn wh ile the ,

cross C w ill slide t hro ugh t he m ,

b e i ng fo r ced at the sam e t i me

t o rev o lve If D turns u n i .

fo rmly B w ill al so turn u ni ,

fo rmly ; fo r if D turns t hro ugh

any angle 0 as sh o w n the ce n ,

tre li nes o f the s lo t s in the

cro s s C mu s t o ccupy t h e p o si

tio n s ho wn by t he light lines ,

and t h e angle abc h as d i min

ish e d by t h e s ame am o u n t as
h as incre as ed o r B h as turn ed thr o u g h the s am e a ngle as D It is .
 L IN K WO RK WITH TWO S L IDIN G PA IRS . 1 05

i nt eres ting t o no t i ce t h at t h e pie ce C h as an e ccen t ri c rev o lu t io n t h e ,

i nt ers e ct i o n c o f t h e cent re lin es mo vi ng in a cir cul ar p at h wi t h ab as it s

di ame t er .

O l d h am s Co u plin g
’ — The me ch am s m sh o wn In Fig 160 kn o w n as .
,

O ld ham s cou pling is an i nterest i ng ex am ple o f t h e ab o ve m e ch ani s m

’
.
,

It s o b j e ct is t o co nn e ct t w o p arallel sh aft s pl aced a sh o rt dis t an ce ap ar t

so as t o co mmuni cat e a u nifo rm r o t at i o n fro m o n e t o the o ther .

FIG . 1 60 .

The b e arings fo r the t w o sh aft s a and b ar e l n the p i e ce A Whi ch ,

takes the pl ace o ft h e crank A ( Fig the pie ces B C and D (Fig 1 60)
take the pl aces o f tho s e si m
. .
, ,

il arly let tered in Fig 1 5 9 an d ar e dr awn

.
,

s ep arated at the right o f t h e fi gure t o m ake their co ns tru cti o n cle arer .

The pie ce C h as t w o di am etri cal slides c and d pl aced o n it s o pp osi te sides

and at ri gh t angles t o e ach o t her The gro o ves cl and d l in the pie ces
.
,

B and D res pe c t i vely fit the co rre s p o ndi ng slides s imi l arly lettered o n C
,
.

Fig 1 60 is an exp ansi o n o f t h e ele m en t ary li nk s in Fig 1 5 9

. . .

122 .If in the li nk age w i th t w o slides Fig 1 55 we fix the cro ss C we

,
.
, ,

FIG . 1 61 .

h ave the th i rd me ch ani sm This is sh o wn in Fig 1 61 w here i f we

.
, ,

repl ace t he cro ss by gro o ves t h e bl o cks B and D m ay slide in t hei r r e

,

spe ct iv e groo ve s wi t h the resul t t h at any p o i nt o n of b e t wee n e and f

, ,
 06 L IN K WO RK .

or on o f pr o du c ed w i ll tr a c e an
, ellip s e The p o int m will trac e an elli ps e .

o f whi ch the s e mi m aj o r axi s is f m and the s emi m ino r axi s is cm

-

The -

p o in t n w ill trace an elli p s e o f whi ch the s emi m aj o r and s emi mi no r

,
- -

axe s ar e in an d en r e s pe ctively The l ink age thus arranged is called an

.

e ll i pt i c tr ammel Al l ell i p ses tr aced b y p o i nt s o n ci b ey o n d e h ave the

.

difference o f thei r s emi m aj o r and s em i mino r axes equ al t o cf All

-
-

ellips es traced by p o i n ts b etween e and i h ave the su m o f the s emi .

maj o r and s em i mino r axes equ al t o cf The p o in t m1 h alf w ay b etween

-

.
-

6 and i trac e s a ci r cle w i th a d iam e t er l e

f( se e F i g I n the elli pt i c .

tramm el t h e elli p s e is u su ally traced by a p oin t o utsi de o f e ; e and i

ar e m ade s o th at their d i s t an c e ap art is adj u s t ab l e and t hey ar e se t o n e

h alf t h e differen ce o f the m aj o r and mi no r axes ap art .

An ellip s e can b e re ad ily drawn by t ak ing a card o ne co rn er o f

wh i ch sh all repres en t the traci ng—p o int n Po in t s co rres p o nd ing t o .

the des i red p o si tio ns o f e and i ( Fig 1 61 ) ar e t hen m arked o n t h e edge .

o f the c ard and b y pl aci n g the s e p o in t s in s u cc e ss ive p o s i t i o ns o n li n es

,

at ri ght an gle s with e ach o ther co rre s p o n d i ng t o the s l o ts In whi ch the

bl o ck s In Fig 1 61 m o ve and m
,

. ark i ng the s u cc e s s i ve p osi ti o ns o f n w i ll

, ,

give a s eri es o f p o int s o n the requi red ellip s e .

To pro ve th at t h e p o in t n m o ves o n an ellip s e let np = x and nr = y ; ,

“
nf( s emi m aj o r ax i s) a and no ( s em i m ino r axi s) b The equ at i o n fo r
- = — -

an elli p s e referred to the Centre as the o rig i n 2

b
In Fig 1 61 . we h ave
L— EE
a T nf

an d , s n ci e the tri angles em an d n p f ar e s i m il ar

— 2 — 2
_ 2
,

”p
ii if i f
z z z 2
i
n n i n i n f

z
Z i i é

and t he p oint n mo ves o n an elli p s e .

N o w in draw i ng an ellip s e t h e p aper is fixed and t h e pencil is mo ved

, ,

o ver it ; b u t in t urni ng an ellip s e In a l athe the t o o l whi ch h as the s am e , ,

p o si t i o n as the pen cil is fixed and th e piece t o b e t urned sh o uld h ave

, ,

s u ch a m o t i o n as w o uld co m pel t h e t oo l t o cu t ellip s es .

This 1s acco m pl ished 1n the elli pti c chu ck Fig 1 62 t h e p o int s f an d ,

.
,

c whi ch co rre s p o n d wi t h the p o i n t s i and c ( Fig

,
b eing fixed and .
,

the t o o l act ing at the p o in t n Fig 162 co rresp o nd ing w it h the tracing
,
.
,

p o int n in Fig 1 61 The slidi ng b l o cks B B and DD as well as t h e

. .
,

po i nt s f e and n co rresp o nd w i th the p arts simil ar ly l et t e re d in Fig

'

.
, , ,

1 61 b u t in th i s cas e ofis fixed i ns te ad o f C

,
,
10 8 L IN K WO RK .

be turn ed Fo r ex am ple i f the axes o f the elli p s e ar e 6 and

.
, t he
”
d i s t an ce cfis l .

In the link ages W i th o ne s l i de ,the centre l in

—

123 . e o f the s lid ing p ai r

may no t p ass thro ugh the p o int a as in Fig 128 This will give r i s e ,
. .
,

0 t o ano t her s eri es o f

A
I me ch ani sms so m e ,

wh at si m il ar t o t h os e
des cri bed .

In t he s l i d ing

bl o ck“ link age Fig ,

.

1 63 the mo t i o n o ft h e ,

bl o ck C fro m o ne e nd
o f it s s tro ke t o t h e .

o ther w ill requ i re a

m o t i o n o f les s th an
°
1 80 o f t h e c rank ab .

in o ne d i re ct i o n and ,
FIG 1 63
mor e th an 1 80 in t h e
°
. .

t
,

o ther S light d iffere n ces w o uld a

. l s o o ccu r in the l v r at i o bu t the s am e . .
,

l aws apply the ins t an t an eo u s centre b eing at o and

,

l . v =c .

co _ as
’

l . v . b bo ab

the swingi ng blo ck l inkage the m e ch ani sm

In -
co uld be a rr anged as

in Fig 1 64 In t h e p o s i t i o n sh o wn in the figure

‘

. .

a v . . cd ao
’
f a v . . ab c

S i n ce be is the c e n tre l i n e o f the i nfi n i te co nne ct i ng

link To pro ve t hat t hi s is s o let bg repres ent the

.
,

l v o f b aro u nd a Reso lve th is int o t w o co m

. .
,
.

p o n e n t s o n e o f S lidi
,
n g al o n g cd an d t h e o t her o f
ro t ati o n o f b aro u nd c This will give bh as the .

l v o f b aro u nd 0 We m ay then wri te

. . .

lv . . b a o r und 0 bh
a v
. . cd bc bc
av
. . ab lv . . b a o r und a bg
ab ab

s imil ar tri angles bhk an d i

ob ,
and bgk
FIG . 1 64 .

bg bk .

’
ab ae

cd
k
a v . . ae
’

ab f bk
a v . . c c
f
 THE CO N IC FO UR B A R L IN -

KA GE . 10 9

i i l rly li nk ages wi t h t w o sl ides t h e arms o f the cro ss C

m
S m a in t he
may no t b e at right a n gle s in wh i c h c as e a n e w
,
s erie s o f m e c h an i s s

“
w ill result o ne ex ample b eing sho wn by Fig 1 65
,
. .

In Fig 1 65 let be repre

.
s e n t the l v o f b a r o u n d a t he n bi .
w i ll.
b e t he ,

l v o f t h e cro ss C If t h e crank co in cides wi t h t h e cen tre line o f t h e

. .
.

s o m C
l t the l v o f b
C l) 1 a t
.
a.
b l
w ill b e gre
,
a t er t h an the,
l v o f t h e c r a n k . .

p in be ,
If a b .
tur n s u n if o rm ly the m o t io n o f C W ill ,
b e f o u n d t o b e

h armo ni c bu t the lengt h o f s tro ke is gre ater th an twi ce ab

,
.

FIG . 1 65 . FIG . 1 66 .

fo rms o f t h e link age wit h t w o sli des o ccur as in Fig 1 66

O ther , ,

W here a sl ight pe r l o d o f res t is des ired fo r t h e p i e c e C at t h e e nd o f e ach

d o wnw ard s tro ke To fi nd t h e l v o f C at any p o int as when the crank
. . .
,
'

1S at ab i t is n e ces s ary t o re so lve the l v

,
o f b repre s e nt ed b y be i nto . .
, ,

t w o co mp o nent s o ne bf in the d i re ct i o n o f m o tio n o f t h e p i e ce C and

, , , ,

the o ther bg t angen t t o the cen tre l in e o f the sl o t in C

, ,
.

1 2 4. Th e C o ni c Fo u r bar Lin kage — If t h e axes

-
. of t he fo ur cyl indri c
p airs ( Fig 10 1 ) o f the fo ur b ar linkage ar e no t
.
-

p arallel ,
bu t have a common
p o in t o f int erse ct i o n at a fini te d is
t ance the ch ain rem ains mo v able and
,

al s o cl o s ed F
( gi The le ng t hs '

“
.

o f the different links will no w b e

m e asured o n the surface o f a Sphere
wh o s e c ent re is at the p o int o f int er
s e ct i o n O f the axes The ax o id s will .

no l o nger b e cylinders bu t co nes , ,

as all t h e ins t ant an eo us axes mu s t

FIG 1 67 . .

p ass t hro ugh t h e co m mo n p o i nt o f

int ers e ct io n o f t h e pin axes .

The different fo rm s o f t he cylindri c link age repeat t hems elves in

t h e co ni cal o ne b u t w i t h cert ai n di fferen ces i n t heir rel at i on s
,
Th e : .
1 10 L IN K WORK

p r i n ci p al d iffere n c e is in the rel at i ve le ngth s o f the l i nk s wh i c h w o uld ,

var y i f they were m e as ured up o n s pheri cal surfaces o f d ifferen t radii ,

t h e links b ei ng n e cess arily l ocated at different d i s tan ces fro m the c entre
.
—

o f the S phere in o rder th at t hey m ay p ass e ach o t her in t heir m o t i o ns

“t
.

“
The ra i o h o wever b etween the length o f
, ,

a li nk and it s r ad i u s re m ai ns co ns t an t fo r

al l v alues o f the r ad iu s and t he s e r ati os ar e ,

merely the v alues o f the ci r cular m easures

o f the angle s s ub te n ded by the l ink s In .

“
pl ac e o f the li nk lengths we can co nsi der ,
'

the rel ati ve m agni t ud es o f thes e angles ,

wh i ch can b e al so designated by t h e letters

A, B ,
C, an d D .

The al t er at io ns in the lengths o f the

l inks will no w b e repres ented by co rresp o nd
ing angul ar ch anges The infinit ely l o ng .

l ink corres p o nd s t o an angle o f as th is

gives m o t io n o n a g re at ci r cle wh i ch co rre

s po nd s t o s tr ai ght li n e m o t i o n in the cy lin -

dri c l ink ages .

Fig 1 68 S h o ws pl an and elev ati o n

.

o f a co ni c fo ur b ar l i nk age a bcd the li nk -

a b turni ng ab o ut a an d fo r a co mplete , ,

turn cau si ng an o s cill at i o n o f the link cd

,

ab o ut d thro ugh the angle 0 s h o wn in the

FIG 1 68 . .
,

elev at i o n In the figure each o f the li nks

.
‘

bit and cd s ub ten d s W h ile the link ab su b tend s ab o u t Vary ing

t he angles whi ch the li nks s u b tend w ill o f co urs e vary the rel at i ve , ,

mo ti o ns O f ab and ed .

If in Fig 1 68 e ach o f t h e links ab be an

‘

125 H o o ke 8 Jo nt
’
i — d ,

i
. . .
,

ad s 1 m ade t o s u b te n d a n a n gle o f we s h all fi n d t h at ab a r d c d

will e ach m ake co m plete r o t at i o ns Th is .

me ch ani sm kno wn as a H oo ke 3 j oint is

, ,

repres ented by Fig 1 69 ; a and d ar e the

.

t w o i nters e c t i ng s h aft s and the li nks ab

,

and cd fast t o t h e s h aft s a an d d re s pe ct

,

iv e l y s ub t en d
,
whil e t h e co nn e cting
li nk bc als o su b t end s
In o rder t o make the app aratu s s tro nger
and s tiffer t w o s et s o f li nk s ar e u s ed
,
and ,

the li nk cb is co nt i nued aro u nd as sho wn ,

thu s g iving an annul ar ring j o ining t h e FIG 1 69 . .

’
ends o f the d o u ble links cd c and bab ’
Thi s .

ring is so me t i m es repl aced by a S phere i nt o whi ch t h e pins c b c and , ,

’
,
 1 12 K WO RK
'

L IN
‘
:

The t er m u ni ver sal j oint is ften us ed

“
des ig nat e the e de
o to abov -

s c rib ed m e ch am sm .

FIG . 171
.

An u larg Veloci ty Ratio i n a S i ngle H ooke

’
s J oint —Fig 1 72 repro d u ces
. .

the e l e v at l o n g i ven In Fig 1 7 0 whi ch .

,

s h o w s the angle s (9 and ( b t hr o ugh whi ch ,

a an d d m o ve r e s pe ct ively The angle .

eac = a will b e the t rue angle b etween

t h e pl an es in whi ch t h e p at h s o f the
'
c
°4
p o i n t s b and c lie ; t o fi nd t h e angle oS
an aly t i c ally In t erm s o f (9 an d a We ,

h ave fr o m Fig 1 7 2
,
.

t an 0 =
PIG . 172 .

fX af= af =_
t an oS c,

E
CO S oz ,
t an 0 ag I
f ga dd a e

= 40 )
b t an 0
t an g
“
co s a .

(
Tot i the vel o city r ati o
ob a n ,
we mu s t different iate equ at io n
rememb ering th at co s a is a co ns t ant ; then

( )
4 1
 H O O KE S J O IN T
’
. 11 3

eli minat e (15 and

If we 0 fro m equ atio n by u se of equ atio n ( 40 )
‘

we s hall o b t ai n
q c os a

1 — s in 0
2
s in
2
a

s in
2 2
1 co s ( b or

co s a

Assume ab and ed the s t aft ing p osi t ions o f t he arms ab and cd r e spe c
t iv e ly t hen equ at io ns (4 2 ) and (4 3 ) will h ave m inimum Values when
s in 6 = 0 and th is wil l h appen when °
co s 0 and gs are 0 and

d¢
= co s a in bo th e
cas s . Thu s the mi ni mum v e l o c1t y r at l o
d
o cc urs when the drivingar m is at ab and ab the co rres p o nding p os i
t i o ns o f t h e fo ll o w ing ar m b e ing cd an d ozd Max imum v alues o ccur .

d (fi
when S in and cos 5
o
=0
; t hen —
00 2 a
,
whi ch will h appen when
of
°
6 and 5
(1 ar e 90 and the co rres p o nding p o si t i o ns the driving
a
r
m b eing ab3 an d ab,

H en ce in o ne ro t atio n of t h edri v ing s haft the velo city rati o v an e s

1
twi ce b etween t he limi t s an d co s a ; an d b etween t hes e p o ints there
co s a

ar e fo ur p ositi o ns where the v alue is u nit y .

If t h e angle 04 in cre as es t h e v ari at io n in the angul ar vel o city rati o o f

,

the t w o co nne ct ed S h aft s als o i ncreas es ; and when t his v ari at i o n b e co mes
t o o gre at t o b e ad missible in any cas e o ther arr angem ent s mus t b e ,

e mpl o yed .
 CHAPT ER VIII .

PARALL EL MO O N S
TI — S TRAIG H T L IN E
.
-
MO TIO N S .

A PA R AL L EL M O TIO N 1s a linkage d esig ned t o gu i de a re cipro cating p 1e ce

ei ther ex actly o r appro x im ately in a straight li ne in o rder t o avo id the
,

fri ct i o n arisi ng fro m the u se o f s traight guides S o me p arallel mo ti o ns

.

ar e ex ac t th at 1s t hey gu i de the re ci pr o cat i ng p i ece in an ex act s tr aigh t

, ,

lin e ; o thers wh i ch o c cur m o re frequently ar e appro x imate and ar e

, , ,

us u ally des ig n ed s o th at the m i ddl e an d t w o extrem e p o s i ti o ns o f t h e

gu ided p o int S hall b e in o ne s traight l in e while at the same ti m e care is

,

t aken th at the in term ed i at e p osi t io ns dev iate as l i ttle as p ossible fro m

th at li n e .

126 . Pe au ce l l ie r s S t r aigh t line M o tio n — Fig 1 7 3 s h o ws a l ink age ,

’ -
.

inven ted b y M Pe au ce llie r , fo r describi ng an ex act s traight lin e w i th in

.

the l i mi t s o f it s m o t i on .

It co ns ists o f eight l i nk s j o in ed at thei r end s Fo ur o f t hes e l inks ,

.

A B C , and D , , ,

ar e equ al to e ac h
o ther and fo r m '

a c ell ; the t wo
‘

equ al l inks E and

F conn e ct t h e
o pp o s i te p o i nt s .

o f the cell a and .

c w i th t h e fixed .

cen tre O f mo t i o n

d ; the l ink G

FIG “1 73 °
é—bd o s cill ates o n:

the fixed cen tre

c, cd thu s fo rmi ng the fixed lin k equ al in lengt h t o G .

If no w the link age b e m o ved w ithi n t h e lim i t s p o ssi ble by it s co n

st ru ct i o n ( t h at is u nt il the li nk s B an d G and C and G c o m e i nt o li ne
, ,

o n o pp o s i t e si de s o f the ce n t re l in e o f m o t i o n ed ) the cell will o pen,

11 4
1 16 PA RA LL EL M oTIO N S .
-
S TRAIGH T L IN E -
M O TIO N S .

at a , is j o i ned t o the mi ddle p o i nt b the l i nk pc and ab be and pb of , , ,

ar e t ake n e q u al t o e ach o ther ;

'

and the p o i nt c is co ns tr ai n ed

t o m o ve in the s traight l i ne
ac b y m e an s o f the S lid ing

b l o ck In th is cas e the mo .

ti o n o f the S l i d i ng b lo ck c is
S ligh t as the e nt i re m o t i o n o fp ,

is s eld o m t ake n a s gre at as cp .

To S h o w th at the p o int p
describ es a s trai ght l in e pp1p2
perpendi cul ar t o ac thro ugh
a a s e m i ci r cle m ay b e dr aw n ,
FIG 1 74
thro ugh p and c w i t h b as a
. .

c e ntre ; i t W ill al so p ass thro ugh a so th at pac w ill b e a right angle ; there
fo re the p o i nt p is o n ap whi ch is true fo r al l p o sit i o ns o f p
, .

Th e p o i n t a s h o uld b e l o c ated in the middle o f the p ath o r s tro ke o f p .

Th e m o t i o n o f c may the n b e fo u n d b y the equ at i o n

2
=o — ap
col p
w here ap is the h alf s tro ke o f p -

Appr o x im ate s t r ai ght l in e m o t i o ns so m ewh at res embl ing the pre ce d ing
m ay b e o b t ain ed by gu iding the l ink cp en tirely by o s cill ati ng l ink s ,

i ns tead o f b y a l ink and slide . .

1 In t h e l i nk cp ( Fig 1 74 ) ch o o s e a co nve ni e nt p o i nt e wh o s e m e an
°
.

o s i t i o n i s e a n d wh o s e extre m e p o s i t i o n s ar e e an d e, Thr o ugh the s e

p , .

t hree p o in t s p ass a cir cul ar ar c cel ez the c en tre o f whi ch f will b e fo u nd

, ,

o n the l in e a c . J o i n e and f by a l i nk ef and the t w o li nk s ab and ef ,

will so guide pe th at the m e an and extrem e p o si ti o ns o f p will b e fo u nd

o n the l i n e pp2 pr o v i ded s uit ab le p airs ar e s upplied t o c au s e p ass age by
, .

the central p o s iti o n

2 The p o i n t c m ay b e m ade t o m
.

o ve very n e arly in a s tr ai ght l i n e

°

cc1 b y me ans o f a li nk cd c e n tred o n a perpe n di cul ar ere cted at the

’

m i ddle p o in t o f the p at h o f c The l o nger t hi s link the n e arer the p at h

.

o f c w ill appr o ach a s tr ai ght l i n e .

Thi s S trai ght l in e m o ti o n h as b een applied in a fo rm o f s mall st a

-

i
t o n a r y e ngi n e s ,
c o m m o n ly k n o w n a s gr a s s hopper engi n es where cbp ,

F
( g i . e xt e n d e d b e y o n d p . f o r m s the b e a m O f
,
the e n gi n e it s ri gh t ,

h and e nd b eing supp o rted b y the l ink cd The pis to n r o d is at t ached .

-

e
b y m ans o f a c o r S S —he ad t o the po i nt p whi ch des crib es a s t raigh t line , ,
,

an d t h e co nn e c t ing r o d is att ached t o a p o i n t in the l i n e cp pr o du ced

-

bot h p i t
s o n rod a
-
n d c o n n e c ti n g —r o d p as s i n g d o w n w ard fro m c
p I n .

this cas e i t w ill b e no t i ced th at t h e press ure o n t h e ful c ru m c o f t h e

,
,

b e am is equ al t o the differenc e o f t h e pres sures o n the cro ss he ad pin and

,
-

cr ank p in i ns t e ad o f the su m as in the Ord i n ary f o rm o f b e am e ngi n e

-

,
.
 S CO TT RUS S EL L S S TRAIGH T L IN E M O TIO N 1 17
‘

’
-
.

In th is se co nd fo rm o f m o ti o n i t is no t always co n veni ent to pl ace the

p o n i t a in the li ne o f m o t i o n pp, and i t i s o ft en l o cat ed o n
,
o ne S ide as
,

s h o wn in Fig 1 75 . .

The pro po rtio ns o f t h e different li nks whi ch will cau s e the p o int p
t o b e n e arly o n the
s traight li n e at t h e ex

trem e p o si t io ns and at
the m iddle m ay b e
f ou nd as fo ll o ws :
Le t pg b e o ne h alf
the s tro ke o f the po in t
and let the angle
p ,

In thi s ex t rem e p o s i t i o n
w e may write FIG . 1 75

= af — = —
ag
fg af be
-

a b co s fi —
p b co s

2 s in
2 — b —2 S in
p

B if
ut t he li nk s ar e t ake n l o ng eno ugh ,
so t h at fo r a given r ke t he
st o

angle s 0 and 5 ar e s m all then s in d = 0 n a e rly and s in 5 = b ne arly

o , , , g g , ,

an d

ag = ab

2 2

ab —
p
—
b ab
% p b
q
;
If the li nkage is no w pl aced in it s m id -
p o siti on ,

ag = ab — b
p .

Equ at i ng equ at io ns ( 4 6) and

2 2
0 ¢
ab —= b
p § 2

B ut in t h e t ri angle abc

ab s in
—
bc s n i d E
z
ab a b z
bc
b
"

13
2
.

P
Hence the link s m u s t b e pro p o rti o ned t h at be is a mean pro p o r
so

t io n al b e t ween ab an d pb whi ch al s o ho lds true when the p at h o f

“
,
p
falls t o t h e left o f a i ns t e ad o f b etween a an d c .
1 18 PA RALL EL M O TIO N S — S TRAIGH T—L IN E M O TIO N S
. .
a .

AS ex ample o f the cas e where the p ath o f the guided p o int falls
an

t o the left o f a we h ave the s traigh t li ne mo tio n of the Tho m ps o n s te am

-

engi ne indi cat o r Fig 18 1 ,

. .

128 W att s Par all e l M ot ion This mo tio n is an appli cati o n Of t h e

’ —
"

. .

mo dified fo rm o f the d o ubl e r ocki ng l ever ( Fig .

Fig 1 7 6 sh o w s s u ch a mo t io n ; here the t w o link s ad and bc co n

.

ne ct e d by the l ink ab o s cil l ate o n the fixed ce n tre s d and c and any ,

p o int as p in the co nne c t ing link , ,

'

ab w ill de scrib e a co mplex curve .

If the p o i nt p b e pro perly ch o s e n ,

a d o uble l o o ped curve will be -

o b t ai ned t wo p arts o f whi ch ,

ar e n e arly s tr aight li n e s In de .

s ig n i ng s u ch a m o t i o n it is cu s

t o m ar y t o u se o nly a p o rtio n of o f
o ne o f the appro xi m at e s t r aight

lines and t o s o pro po r t i o n t he ,

differe nt li nk s t hat the extreme

FIG 1 7 6 .

and m iddle p o int s e f and p S h all

.

, ,

b e o n a l ine perpe ndi cul ar t o the centre li nes o f the levers ad and be
in their m l d d le p o s i
tio ns ,
when they
S h o uld b e t ake n par

allel t o e ach o ther .

The linkage is
S h o wn in it s m id po -

s it io n by d abo, Fig .

177 , and in
the upper
extrem e p ositio n by
d al bl c where pp1 is
,

t o b e o ne h alf the
s tro ke of G ive n
p .

t h e p o s iti o ns o f the
li nks ab and d c when
in their m id p o s iti o n
-

t h e axes c and d t h e ,

li ne o f s t ro ke 3 3 and ,

the leng t h o f the

s t r o ke des ired ; t o
fi nd the p o i nt s a and
FIG 1 77 . .

b givi ng the link ab

, ,

and t o pr o ve th at the p o i n t where ab cr oss e s ss will b e fo u n d o n t h e

p , ,

line 3 3 when it is m o ved up ( o r d o w n) o ne h alf the given s tro ke Lay off .

o n 3 3 fr o m the p o i nt s 9 and h where t h e li nk s ad and bc cr o ss t h e li ne

,
 120 PA RAL L EL M O TIO N S .
—
S TRAIGH T L IN E M O TIO N S
-

In Fig 1 77 . l etting the angle ada1 =0 and we have from ,

e quatio n ( 5 0)
a ag ao
p
bp bh bf

ad 2 sin

bc 2 S in

wh i ch may be wri t ten

ad S 1n

B u t ad S in 0 = bo sin i e S
q; a
nd s nc t he
an gles 0 o r (15 w o uld r arely ex c eed

we m ay assu me th at ad sin
g = bc S in
2 .

be
’
e r] y
n a ,
bp ad

eg m ents o f the l i nk ar e 1n or the s

v e rs e l y pr o p o r t i o nal t o the leng t h s o f

FIG 1 78 t h e nearer lever s whi ch is the rul e
. .
,

u su ally e mpl o yed whe n extre m e p o s iti o ns c an v ary a very little fr o m

“
the
the s traight l ine When the levers ar e equ al this rule is ex act
. .

129. Th e Pan t o gr aph .

—The p t
an o g a r ph is a fo ur bar l ink age
-
so

arr anged as to fo rm a p aral

l el o gr am abcd , Fig . 1 79 .

Fixing so m e p o int in the

link age as e cert ain o ther
, ,

p o in ts as f g and h will
, , , ,

mo ve p ar allel and S im il ar t o
e ach o ther o ver any p ath
eithe r s traight o r curved .

Thes e po in ts , as f , g, and h,
mu s t li e on the s ame s tr aight
'

line p a ss ing thr ou gh the

fi x e d po i n t e ,
an d the ir mo

tio ns w i ll then be pr o por

tiona l to their di s tances fr om FIG . 1 79 .

the fi xed p in t
o pro ve . To
th at this is so m o ve t h e p o in t f t o
,
any o ther p o s i t i o n , as f, ;
the link age
will t he n b e fo u nd t o o c cupy the po s it i n
p Co nne c t fl wi t h e
 THE PAN TO GRAPH 12 1

t hen h, , where f, e cross es the link b, c, can b e pro ved t o b e the s ame ,

dis t anc e fro m c, t h at h is fro m c and the line hh, will be p arallel t o ii, , .

In the o rigi nal p o s itio n s i n c e fd is p arallel t o ho we may wri t e

, ,

'
hc cc he

In the s e co nd p o s it io n S i nce f, d , ,
is p arall el t O h, c, and s n c i e f, éis drawn
‘

a s t raigh t li n e we h ave ,

i1 i
d dl e h e

h, c, h, e
‘

c, c

N ow 1n thes e e q u at l o ns
de
’
therefo re
d
f
— _i, ,
d
,
bu t id d
f, , ,
cc c, c hc hl cl
whi ch gives hc = h, c, whi ch pro ves th at ,
the p o int h h as m o ved t o h, . Al so

fro m whi ch i t fo ll o ws th at ff, is p arallel t o hh an d

”

iil L e de
’
hh, he cc

or the mo t i o ns are pro p o rti onal to t h e dis t an ces of the points f an d h

fro m c .

To p o int s as a and b Fig 1 80 by a pant o gr aph so th at

ect tw o
’

co nn , ,
.
, ,

thei r m o tio ns S h all b e p arallel

and sim il ar an d in a give n r at i o ,

we h ave firs t t h at the fixed

, ,

p oint c mus t be o n the straight

line ab co ntinued and so l o cated ,

that ac is t o bc as the d esired

rat io of t h e mo t i o n o f a t o b .

After lo cat i ng c an infi ni t e nu m

,
F1G 1 80
b e r o f p an t o gr aphs m igh t b e
. .

drawn . Care mu s t b e t aken t h at t h e l inks ar e s o prop o rt io n ed as t o

all o w the des ired m ag ni t ude and dire cti o n o f m o t i o n .

It is in terest i ng t o no t e th at if b w e r e t h e fixed p o i nt a and c wo uld ,

'
m o ve in o pp osi t e dire ct i o ns It can b e s ho wn as b efo re th at t hei r
.

mo t i o ns w o uld b e p arallel and as ab is t o bc .

The p ant o graph is o ften u sed t o redu c e o r enl arge drawings fo r it ,

is evide nt t h at s i mi l ar curves m ay b e traced as well as s t raight lines .

Als o p ant o graph s ar e u se d t o i n cre as e o r redu ce m o t i o n in s o m e defi ni t e

‘

pro po rt i o n as in t he indi cato r rig o n an engi ne where t h e m o t i o n o f

,

the cro ss head is redu ced p ro p o rt i o nally t o t h e des ired leng t h o f t h e

-

i ndi cat o r di agram Whe n the p o i nt s as f and h ( Fig

. ar e required .

t o m o ve in p arallel s t r aight li n es it 1s no t always ne ces s ary t o empl o y

a co mplete p ar allel o gram pro vided t h e m e ch anis m is s u ch th at t h e
,
 1 22 PA RAL L EL M O TIO N S — S TRA IGH T—
. LIN E M O TIO N S .

p oi t f and h ar e pro perly gu i ded S u ch a cas e is s ho wn inFi 1 8 1

n s
g
. —
.
. ,

w hi ch IS a di agram o f the me ch ani s m fo r mo vi ng the pen cil o n a Th o mp

s o n s te am e ng i n e i n d i c at o r
-

The pencil at f whi ch traces the d i agram

.
,

o n a p aper carri ed b
y an osci ll at i ng dru m is gui ded b y a S co t t Ru ss ell
,
-

s traight li n e m o t i o n abcd s o th at i t m o ve s n e arly in a s tr aigh

t l i ne s s
-

p arallel t o the axi s o f t he dru m and t o the ce nt re l ine o f t h e cyl i nder

,

tt It mu s t al so b e arranged th at the mo t i o n o f the pe n cil

.

f a lw ay s
b e ars the s am e rel ati o n t o the mo ti o n o f the p is t o n o f the ind i cat o r
o n the l i n e tt To s e cure t h i s draw a l i n e fro m f t o d and no te the p o in t
.

e where it crosses t he l i ne tt : 6 will be a p o int o n the p i s t n r o d whi ch

o -

FIG . 18 1 .

r od gu i ded in an ex act s traight li n e by t he cyl inder If no w th e li nk

is .

e h is added s o th at it s c en tre li n e is p arallel t o cd we s h o uld h ave as s u m

, ,

i ng f t o m o ve o n an ex act s traight l in e the m o t i o n o f f p ar allel t o t h e

,

m o t io n o f e and in a co ns t ant rati o as cfzch o r as d fzd e This can be s ee n .

by s upp os ing the li nk eg t o b e ad ded whi ch co m pletes the p ant ograph ,

.
dgehcf If eg were added the l ink ab coul d no t b e u s ed as t he l inkage
.
, ,

abod i d o es n o t g i ve an ex act s tr ai ght lin e m o t i o n t o

f -

F o r co ns t ru ct i ve .

re as o ns the l ink eg is o mi t t ed ; a b all j o int is l o cate d at c wh i ch m o ves

’

in an ex act s trai ght l i n e and t h e p o i nt fis gu i ded b y t he S co tt Russ ell

,
-

m o ti o n the err o r in the m o ti o n b eing very s light i ndeed

,
.

S lides ar e O fte n sub s t i tuted in t h e m anner j u s t expl ai n ed fo r li nks

, ,

o f a p ant o gr aph an d ex ac t redu ct i o ns ar e thereb y o b t ai n ed

,
In Fig 1 82 . .

t h e p o i nt s f an d h ar e m ade t o mo ve o n the p arallel li nes mm and nn

r e s pe c t ively S upp o s e i t is des ired t o h ave t h e p o i nt h mo ve 3, as mu ch
.
1

as f .Draw the l i ne fhe and ay off the p o i t

l n 6 so th a t e h ze =
f l 3 ; draw
'
1 24 PA RA L L EL M 0 TIO N S — S TRA IG H T—LIN E M 0 TIO N S

d o u blepu mp r o d mu s t b e u s ed The l ink age is s ho wn in it s extreme

-
.

upper p o si t io n t o render it s co nst ru ct i o n cle arer

The v ari o u s links ar e usu ally desig nated as fo ll o ws : or the mai n
beam ad the r ad iu s bar o r br i dle pzr t h e mai n li nk a b t h e back li nk
,
-

, , ,
'

an d p, a the par allel bar co nn e ct m g t ne m am an d b ack li nk s

, .

In o rder t o pr o p o rt i o n the l i nk age so th at t h e p o i nt p2 s h all fall at

the e nd o f t h e l ink r p2 we h ave by S im il ar tri angles cbp and cr pz , ,

cb bp = cr r p, = cr ab .

ab cb

bp

The rel at ive s tro ke S of t he p o int p2 an d s o f t h e p o int p ar e express ed

by t h e equ at i o n

the perpend i cul ars dro pped

'

If w e d e n o t e by M and N t he length s of

fro m c to the li nes of mo ti o n P2 an d P res pe c ti vely the n ,

S :s =M :N

E .
N
'
N
’
M

The problem WIll generally be given the centres o f the m ai n b e am ,

0 and b r i dle d t h e s tr o ke S o f the p o i n t p, and the p ath s o f the guided

-

, ,

p o in ts pfpf, and p, t o fi nd the rem aini ng p art s The s tro kes o f the
‘

.
,

g u id ed po in t s c an b e f o u n d fr o m e q u at i o n ( A) an d the n the m eth o d .

o f § 12 8 Fig 1 77 can b e appl i ed

,
.
,

13 1. Robe rt s ’
s Appr o xim ate S t r aigh t line M o tion — This migh t -
.

a so b e c a
l lled the W s tr ai ght —l in e m o t i o n , and
is sh o w n in Fig 1 8 4 It co nsi s t s o f a rigi d
. .

t r i angul ar fram e abp fo rmin g an i s osceles

the p o i nts a and b b eing guided
t ri angle o n ab,

by li n ks ad = bc = bp o s ci ll at i ng o n t h e c e n tres ,

d and c res pe ct i vely wh i ch ar e o n the li n e of ,

FIG 1 84 . mo t i o n d c
. .

To l ay o u t the mo t i o n let d o b e the s trai ght ,

l ine o f the s tro ke al o ng whi ch the gu i ded p o int p is t o mo ve appr o xi .

“
mately and p b e the mi ddle p o int o f th at li ne
,
Dr aw t w o equ al i s os celes .

t ri an gles d ap and cbp ; j o i n ab wh i c h m u s t equ al d p = pc

,
Then abp
,
.

is t h e rigid t ri angul ar fr am e p t h e guided p o i n t and d and c ar e t h e

, ,

c e n t re s o f t h e t w o li nks The extrem e p os i t i o ns when p is at d and c

.

ar e sh o w n at d a, a2 an d ca2 b2 the p o i n t a2 b ei ng co m mo n t o b o t h
,
The .

leng t h o f e ach S ide o f the tri angle as ap = d a S h o uld no t b e less t h an , ,

d p s i n c e in thi s cas e the p o i nt s ca

, an d ola2b2 lie in s tr aight li nes
,
.
 TC H EB IC H EFF
’
s A PPRO X IM A TE S TRA IGH T LIN E M O TIO N -
. 125

It m ay b e m ade as mu ch gre at er as the s p ac e

'

will permi t and t h e gre at er ,

it is t h e m o re ac curat e will t h e m o ti o n b e The int ermedi ate p o s i t i o ns

.

b e t wee n d p and cp v ary s o m ewh at fro m t h e lin e d c .

1 32 . Tc e b c e s Appr o xim at e S t r aigh t li n e M o t i o n

h i h f
f ’ — Fig 1 8 5 -

. .

s h o ws ano t her cl os e appr o xi m ati o n t o a s t r aigh t

li ne _ m o t i o n i nven ted b y Pr o f Tch e bich e ff o f S t

. .

Pe t ers burg It is an appl ic at i o n o f t h e d o u ble

.

r ocki ng lever F
( g i 1 09
.
) wi t h t h e lever s cr o s s ed ,

cd b ei ng t h e fixed li nk .

The links ar e m ade in the fo ll o wing pro p o rtio n :

If cd = 4 t he n,
a c = bd = 5 an d a b = 2 The guided .

FIG 1 8 5
p o i nt p is l o cat ed m idway b e t ween a and b o n t h e . .

li nk ab and is di s t an t fro m cal an amo unt equ al t o \/ 5 z

When
i o d =
the po in t p mo ves t o p, d re ct ly ver d p1 d b1 b, p1 5 1 = 4 Thu s — = —
.
, .

t h e m iddle an d e xt rem e p o s i t i o n s o f p as sh o wn ar e m lin e bu t t h e , , ,

i nt erm edi at e p o s i t i o ns will b e fo und t o devi at e sligh t ly fro m t h e s t raigh t

lin e To render t h e range o f m o ti o n sh o wn o n t h e figure p o ss ible t h e
.

li nks ac and bd w o uld need t o b e o ffs e t .

1 33. Par all e l M o t i o n by M e ans o f Fo u r bar Li nkage —The p arall el -

.

crank m e ch an i s m ,
104 Fig 1 0 5 is very o ft e n u s ed t o pro du ce p arallel
,
.
,

m o t io ns The co mm o n p arallel ruler ,co ns is t i ng o f t w o p arallel st raight

’

—
'

edges conne cted by t w o equ al a d p arallelly pl aced l inks is a famil i ar

n

FIG .

ex ample o f su ch appl i catio n d o ub le p arallel crank me ch ani sm

.
—
A is
appl i ed in the Un ivers al Draft i ng m achi ne no w ex t ens ively u s ed in
-

pl ace o f T squ are and t ri angles It s ess ent i al feat ures ar e sh o wn

. in
 '
1 26 PA RALLEL M O TIO N S .
—S TRA IGH T—
L IN E M O TIO N S .

Fig . 1 86 The cl amp C is m ade fas t t o the upper left h and edge o f
.
-

the drawing bo ard and s upp o rts the firs t l inkage abd c The ri ng ced i
-
.

carri es the s e co n d l i nk age efhg gu i di ng t h e he ad P

,
The t w o co mbi n ed .

s cales and s trai ght edge s A and B -

fixed at ri ght angles t o each o ther

, ,

ar e arranged t o sw i vel o n P and b y m e ans o f a gradu at ed ci r cle and

,

cl amp nu t m ay b e s e t at any des i red angle the dev i ce th u s s erv in g as a

-

, '

pro t racto r The fi ne li n es sho w h o w t h e l ink age s appear when the head
.

is m o ved t o P1 and i t is e as ily s een th at the s traight edges w ill always

,
-

be gui ded in t o p arallel p o s i t i o ns .

1 34 Par all e l M o t i on by o d s
. C r — C o rd s Wi re r o pe s o r sm al l s teel
.
, ,

wire s ar e fre quent ly used t o co mpel the m o ti o n o f l o ng n arro w car ri ages

o r s l i der s i n t o p ar allel p o s i t io ns In .

Fig 1 8 7 t h e s lider R h as at ei ther e nd

.

t e d o ub le gro o ved wheels E and F

h — .

A co rd at t ached t o t h e h oo k A p as s es
v ert i c ally d o w nw ard u nde r F acro s s ,
_

o ver E an d d o w nw ard t o the h o o k C

’
.

,
.

A s imil arly arranged co rd s t arts fro m

B p ass es aro u nd E and F u s ing the
, ,

r em ai ni ng gro o ve s and is m ade fas t ,

t o h oo k D O n m o v i ng the slider .

d o wnw ard it wil l b e s een th at fo r a

mo ti o n o f 1 t h e wheel F w ill give o u t
”

” ”
1 o f t h e ro pe fro m A and t ake up 1
o f ro pe fr o m D whi ch is o nly p o ss i ble
'

,
”
when E t akes up 1 fro m C and g ives
out 1 to B Thus t h e slid er
. c o ns tr ai ned t o mo ve i n t o p arallel

me . 1 88 FIG . 1 89 .

po s i tions In pract i ce tu rnbu ckl es

. or o ther m eans ar e pro vi ded to keep
t h e co r d s t au t .
 CHAPT ER IX .

IN TERM ITTEN T L IN KWO RK .

—IN TERMITTE T
N MO TIO N .

A REC IPRO C A TIN G m o ti o n in pi e ce may cau s e an i ntermitte nt o ne

c ir cul ar o r re ctili n e ar m o t i o n in
an o ther p 1 e c e It may b e arr anged .

that o ne h alf o f t h e re cipro cating m o vem en t i s s uppress ed and th at t h e

other h alf alw ays pr o du ce s mo ti o n in t h e s am e d ire c t i o n givi ng the ,

r atche t w he el ; or-

the re cipro cati ng pie ce m ay ac t o n o pp o s i t e s ides

o f a t o o t hed wheel al t er n at ely an d all o w t h e tee t h t o p as s o n e at a
,

tim e fo r e ach h alf re cip r o cat i o n giving the differen t fo rms o f es cape
"

ments as applied in t im epie ce s .

Rat ch e t h — A
1 35. -
W eel .
wheel , pr o vi ded with suit ably s haped
p i ns o r teeth re c e ivi ng
,
an i nterm i t tent c ir cul ar m o ti o n fro m s o m e
vibrat ing o r r e cipro cat i ng pie ce is called a r atchet—wheel , .

In Fig: 1 90 A repres en t s the r at ch et wheel turni ng up o n the s h af t -

a ; C is an o s cill ati ng lever c arryi ng the d e ten t cli ck o r catch B whi ch ‘

,
, , ,

ac t s o n the tee t h o f the wheel The wh o l e fo rms t he three b ar linkage

.
-

aob . When the ar m C m o ve s left h anded _ t h e cli ck B will pu s h the -

wheel A b efo re it thro ugh a S p ace dependen t up on the mo tio n of C .

Wh en the ar m mo ves b ack the click will s lide o ver the p o int s o f the
,

teeth and will b e ready t o pu s h the wheel o n it s fo rw ard mo t io n as

, .

b efo re ; in any cas e the cli ck is held ag ai ns t the wheel either by it s

,

weight o r the acti o n o f a S pri ng In o rder th at the arm C may pro du c e .

mo t io n in the wheel A it s o s c ill ati o n mu s t b e at le as t s uffi cie nt t o caus e

,

t h e wheel t o adv an c e o ne t o o th .

It is o fte n the cas e th at the wheel A mu s t b e preve nted fro m mo vi ng

b ackw ard o n t h e return o f the cli ck B In s u ch a cas e a fi x ed paw l click .
, ,

o r d e ten t S i mil ar t o B
,
turni ng o n a fixed pin is arranged t o b e ar o n t h e
, ,

wheel it b ei ng held in pl ace b y it s weigh t o r a S pring Fig 1 90 m igh t

,
. .

b e t ake n t o repre s e n t a ret ai ning p awl in whi ch c as e ac is a fixed li nk -

and t h e cli ck B w o uld preven t any right h an ded m o t i o n o f the wheel A

-

_
Fig 1 9 1 S h o ws a re t aining p awl whi ch w o uld preve n t ro t at io n o f t he
.
-

128
 '
RA TCH ET -
WH EEL . 1 29

w heel A in either dire cti o n ; su ch pawl s ar e o ft e n u s ed t o ret ai n pie c es ‘

in defi ni t e adju s t ed p o s i t io ns .

If t h e di am eter o f t h e wheel A ( Fig 1 90) b e i n cre as ed i n defi ni t ely .

,

i t will b e co m e a r ack whi ch w o uld t he n re ceive an i nt erm i t t e nt t rans

l at io n o n t h e vibr at io n o f the ar m C a re t aining p awl m ight b e required ‘

f -

in thi s cas e al s o t o preve n t a b ackw ard m o t i on o f t h e r ack .

A cli ck may b e arr anged t o pu sh as in Fig 1 9 0 o r t o pull as in Fig ,

.
, , .

FIG . 19 0 . FIG . 19 1 ,

1 97 In rder th at a cl ick or p awl m ay ret ain it s h o l d o n the t e e t h o f a

‘

. o

r at che t wheel the co mm o n no rm al t o t h e ac t i n g s urface s o f t h e cli ck an d

-

t o o t h o r p awl and t o o t h mu s t p ass in s id e o f t h e axi s o f a pu shing cli ck

, ,
‘

o r p awl as sh o w n o n t h e l o we s t cli ck Fig 1 9 2 an d ou ts i d e t h e axi s o f

, ,
.
,

t h e pulli ng cli ck o r p awl ; t h e no rm al m ight p as s t hr o ugh t h e axi s b u t ,

t h e p awl w o uld b e m o re s e curely held if t h e no rmal is l o cat ed acco rd

i ng t o t h e ab o ve rule whi ch al s o s e cures t h e e as y f alli ng o f t h e p awl
,

o ver t h e p o i n t s o f t h e t eeth It is so m e t i m es n e c es s ary o r m o re co n

.
,

v e nie nt t o pl ace t h e cli ck act u ating lever o n an axi s differen t fro m t h at

,
-

o f t h e r at chet wheel ; -
in su ch a cas e care m u s t b e t aken th at in all
p o s i t i o n s o f t h e cli ck t h e c o mm o n n o rm al o c cupie s t h e pr o per p o s i t io n ;
i t will ge n er al ly b e su ffi cient t o co ns ider o nly t h e ex t rem e p o s i t i o ns o f
the p awl in any cas e ; S i n ce when t h e lever vib rates o n t h e axi s o f t h e
wheel t he co mm o n n o rmal always m akes t h e s am e angle wi t h i t in all
,

p os i t i o n s t hu s s e curi ng a g o o d b e ari n g o f t h e p awl o n the t o o t h it is

, ,

b es t t o u s e t hi s co ns t ru cti o n when pr act i c ab le

’

The efi ective s tr o ke o f a cli ck o r p awl is t h e sp ace t hro ugh whi ch the

r at che t wheel is driven fo r e ach fo rw ard s t r o ke o f t h e ar m
-

The t o t al .

s t r oke o f t h e ar m S h o uld ex c eed t h e effe ct ive s tr o ke b an a m o u n t

y
s uffi cien t t o all o w the cli ck t o f all freel y i n t o pl ace .

A co mm o n ex ample o f t h e appli catio n o f t h e cli ck and r at che t W heel

.

'

m ay b e s ee n in s ever al fo rm s o f rat che t drill s u s ed t o drill m e t als b y -

h and . AS ex ample s o f t h e re t ai n ing p awl and wheel we h ave c ap s t ans

-

'

and wi ndl ass e s where it is applied t o preve n t t h e r e co il o f the drum o r

,

b arrel fo r whi ch purp o s e it is al so applied in cl o cks

, .
13 0 IN TER M ITTEN T L IN K WO RK — IN TERM ITTEN T M O TIO N
. .

It ism e t i m e s des ir ab le t o h o ld a dru m at S h o rter i nt erv al s th an

so

wo uld co rresp o nd t o the mo vem en t o f o ne to o th o f t h e rat che t wh eel ; -

in u ch
e s everal equ al p awls
s a c as

may b e u s ed Fig 1 9 2 sh o ws a . .

c as e where t hree p awl s were us ed ,

all att ached b y pi ns c cl 0 2 t o t h e , ,

fixed pie c e 0 and so pro p o rt ioned ,

th at they co m e int o acti o n alter

nat e ly Thu s when the wheel A .
,

h as mo ved an am o u nt co rre
s po nd ing t o on e third o f a t o o th -

the p awl B 1 b e in co nt act with

the t o o t h bl ; after the next o ne
third m o vem en t B 2 wil l b e in co n ,

FIG 1 9 2 . . t act with b2 then aft er t h e remain

’

ing o ne third m o vem en t B will -

co m e i nt o co n t ac t wi t h the t oo th u nder b ; an d s o o n Thi s arrange ment

'
.

enab les u s t o o bt ai n a S light mo tio n and at t h e s ame tim e u s e comp ara

t iv e l y l arge an d s tr o ng t ee t h o n the wheel in pl ac e o f s mall we ak o nes .

The pie c e C mi ght al so be u s ed as a drivi ng arm and t h e wheel co uld ,

then b e m o ved thro ugh a S p ac e less th an th at o f a t o o t h ; The three

p awl s m igh t b e m ade o f di fferen t length s and pl aced S ide b y side o n o ne
p in ,
as c l
in whi c h c a
,
s e a wide wheel w o uld b e n e c e ss ary : t h e nu m b e r

o f p awl s required w o uld b e fi xe d b y the co n di t i o ns in e ach c as e .

Rev e r sibl e Cli ck o r PaW1 —The u s u al fo rm o f the teeth o f a

1 3 6. .

rat chet wheel is th at gi ven in Fig 1 9 2 , wh i ch o nly ad mi t s o f mo t io n In

-
.

o n e d i re ct io n ; b u t in f eed mechani s ms , su ch as th o s e in u se o n sh apers ,

an d pl an ers , it is o ften n e c e s s ary t o m ake u s e o f a cli ck a

, nd r at chet wheel -

th at will dri ve in ei ther dire cti o n S u ch an arrangem ent is sh o wn

.

in Fig 1 93 where the wheel A h as r adi al teeth and the cli ck w h icli is
.
, , ,

made symm etri cal , can o ccupy e i t her o f the p o s i t i o ns B o r B , thu s g iv

’

ing t o A ar ight o r a left h anded m o ti o n -

In o rder t h at t h e cl i ck B may
.

b e held fi rmly ag ainst t h e r at chet wheel A in all p o s i t i o ns o f the arm C ,

-

it s ax is c, aft er p ass ing thro ugh the ar m is pro v ided w it h a sm all t riangu
,

l ar p i e ce ( S h o wn d o tted ) ; th is pie c e turning w i th

‘

B h as a fi at —
ended
p r e ss er alw ays urged upward by a S pri ng ( al so S h o wn d o t t ed ) b earing
,

ag ains t t h e l o wer angle o pp o s i te B thu s urgi ng the cli ck t o w ard t h e

,

wheel ; a s imil ar act i o n t akes pl ac when t h e cli ck is in t h e d o t t ed p o s i

e

ti on B When the cli ck is pl aced in line wit h t h e arm C it is held in

’
.
,

p o siti on b y t h e side o f the tri angle p arallel t o t h e face o f t h e cli ck ; t hu s .

thi s S imple co ntri v an ce s erv es t o h o ld the cli ck so as t o drive in ei t her

dire ct ion and al so t o ret ain i t in p o si t io n when thro w n ou t o f
,

g e a r ,
13 3 IN TERM ITTEN T L IN K WO R K IN TERM ITTEN T
— .
M O TIO N .

l , to pro vi de a sh o ulder ag ains t wh i ch S is held b y t h e nu t The arm .

C c arries a p awl B o f a thickness equ al t o th at o f the wheel plus th at o f

t h e s h i eld S ; the extrem e p o s i t i o ns o f th is p awl ar e s h o wn by d o t ted
”
lines at B and B ’
The tee t h o f the wheel A m ay b e made o f s u ch
.

S h ape as t o ge ar wi th ano ther wheel o per at i ng the feed m e ch anis m r

; o

ano ther wheel ge ari ng w i th the feed m e ch ani s m m ight b e m ade fas t t o
, ,

the b ack o f A i f m o re co n venien t in the l atter cas e t h e arm C w o uld b e

,
.
,

pl aced b ack o f t hi s s e co n d wheel .

If we s upp o s e the lever in it s ex t rem e left p o s i t i o n the cl i ck will b e ,

”
at B res t i ng up o n the face o f the S h i eld S whi ch pro j e ct s b eyo nd the ,

p o ints o f the teeth o f A ; and in the right h anded m o t i o n o f the lever the -

c l i ck w ill b e carr i ed b y the s hield S u n t i l i t re ache s the p os i t i o n B where ,

i t will le ave the s hi eld an d c o m e in co n t act wit h th e t o ot h b whi ch it wi ll ,

pu sh t o b in the rem ainder o f t h e s w in g In the b ackward swing o f the

’
. .

lever the cli ck wil l b e drawn o ver t h e teeth o f the wheel and face o f t he
”
S h i eld t o t h e p o s i t i o n B In t h e p o s i t i o n o f the s hield S h o wn in the
.

figure a feed co rres p o nd ing t o three t eeth o f the wheel A is pro du ced ; by
turning the S h i eld t o t he left o ne t w o o r three teeth a feed o f fo ur five , , , , ,

o r S ix tee t h m ight b e o b t ai n ed ; while b y turn ing it t o t h e ri ght t h e feed , ,

c o uld b e di mi n i s hed the s hield S b ei ng u s u ally m ade l arge enough t o

,

co n s u m e the e n tire s wi n g o f the ar m C T hi s fo rm o f fe e d me ch anism

'

is o ft e n u s ed in s l o t t i ng m ac hi nes and in s u ch cas e s as well as in Figs

-

, , .

1 9 4 an d 1 9 5 t h e cli ck is u su ally held t o it s w o rk b y gr av i t y

,
.

1 37 .Do u bl e act i n g Cli ck —

-
Th iS dev i ce co nsi s t s o f t w o cl i cks mak
.

ing al t ern at e s tr o ke s , so as t o pro du c e a n e arly co nt i nu o u s m o t i o n o f t h e

r at chet wheel wh i ch th e y drive t h at m o t i o n b ei ng i n termi ttent o nly at t h e -

i ns t an t o frevers al o fthe m o vem

-

en t o ft h e cl i ck s ; In Fig 1 9 6 the cli cks act .

FIG . 19 6 .

by pu sh ing and in Fig 1 9 7 b y pull in g ; t h e fo rmer arrangement is generally

,
.

b es t ad apted t o cas e s where mu ch s t ren gth is required as in w i ndl as s es , .

Each single s t ro ke o f the cli ck arm s cd c ( Fig 1 9 6) adv an c es t h e -

’
.

rat chet—wheel t h r o u gh o ne h alf o f it s pit ch o r s o m e mul t iple o f it s h alf

'
-

p i t ch To m ake th is evi dent supp o s e t h at the d o ub le cli ck is t o advan ce

.
,

the r at chet wheel o ne t o o th fo r e ach d o ub le s tro ke o f the cli ck arms

- -

,
 DO UB LE A C TIN G CL ICK -
.
I3 3

“
t he arms h o wn in thei r
b e i ng s t r o ke p os i t i o n in t h e figure
S N ow m id -
.

w hen t h e cli ck be is b egi n ni ng it s fo rw ard s t ro ke the cli ck b c h as j u s t

‘
’ ’
,

co mple t ed it s fo rw ard s t r o ke an d is b egin i ng it s b ac kw ard s t ro ke ; durin g

the fo rward s t ro ke o f be t h e r at chet wheel will b e adv an ced o ne h alf - -

a t e e t h ; the cli ck b c b ei ng at t h e s am e ti m e dr aw n b ack o n e h alf

’ ’
-

a t o o t h will fall i n t o p o s i t i o n re ady t o drive it s t o o t h in t h e re m a1ni ng

,

S i ngle s t r o ke o f t h e cli ck ar ms whi ch ar e m ade equ al in leng t h -

By ,
.

the s am e re aso ni ng it m ay b e s een t h at t h e wheel c an b e m o ved ahead ‘

s o me wh o le n u mb er o f t ee t h fo r e ach d o u b le st r o ke o f t h e cli ck ar m s
-

In Fig 1 9 6 let t h e axi s a an d dim ensi o ns o f t h e rat che t wheel b e

.
-

n al s o it s pi t ch c ir cle B B whi ch is l o c at ed h alf w ay b e t ween t h e

g l v e
-

, ,

tip s an d ro o t s o f the tee t h Draw any co nvenient r adiu s ab and fro m i t .

,

l ay o ff t h e angle bae equ al t o t h e m e an o b liqui t y o f act i o n o f t h e cli ck s ,

th at is the angle t h at t h e li nes o f act i o n o f t h e cli cks at mid s t ro ke ar e

,
-

t o m ake wi t h t h e t angen t t o t h e pi t ch cir cle t hro ugh t h e p o in t s o f act i o n .

O n ae l e t fall t h e perpen di cul ar be an d with t h e r adius ae des c rib e the ,

ci r cle CC : t hi s is t h e base ci r cle t o wh i ch the li n es o f act i o n o f t h e cli ck s ,

s h o uld b e t angen t L ay o ff t h e angle eaf equ al t o an od d nu mber ofti mes

.

t he half pi tch angle and t hr o ugh the p o int s e an d f o n t h e b as e cir cle

-

, , ,

d r aw t w o t ange nt s cu t t i ng e ach o t her in h Draw hd bi s e ct ing t h e angle .

a t h and ch o o s e an y c o nve n ie nt p o i nt in it as d fo r t h e c e nt re o f t h e
, , ,

r o cking sh aft t o carry the cli ck arms Fro m d let fall the perpendi cul ars
,
-
.

d c and d c o n t h e t angent s hec and fhc res pe ct i vely ; t hen c and c will b e
’ ’ ’

the p o si ti o ns o f t h e cli ck pins and d o and d c t h e cen t re li n es o f t h e -

,
’

c li ck arm s at m id —s t ro ke L e t b an d b b e the p o i nt s where cc and c i cu t ’ ’

-

t h e pit ch cir cle ; t hen cb and c b will b e the len g t h s o f t h e cli cks The ’ ’
.

e ff ecti ve s tr oke o f e a ch cli ck will b e equ al t o h alf t h e pi t ch as m e as ured

o n t h e b as e ci r cle C C ( o r so m e wh o le nu m b er o f t i m e s t hi s h alf pi t ch ) -

an d t h e t o t al s t ro ke m u s t b e e n o ugh gre at er t o m ake the cli cks cle ar

the t eeth an d dro p well i nt o pl ace .

In Fig 1 9 7 the cli cks pull i ns t e ad o f pu sh the o bliqui t y o f acti o n is

.
,

zero and t h e b as e cir cle and pit ch

,

c ir cle b e co m e o n e t h e p o in t s b , ,

e and b
,
F
i ( g i 1
’
96 )
,
b e co m i ng e .
,

an d f ( Fig In all o t her

.

res pe ct s t h e co ns t ru ct i o n is t h e
s am e as when the cli cks act
b y pu shing and t h e different " f
,

p o i nt s ar e let t ered t h e s am e as in
Fig 1 96
. .

pri ngs ar e li ab le t o l o s e
S in ce S

their el as t i ci t y o r b ec o m e b ro ken FIG 1 9 7 .

aft er b ei ng in u s e so m e ti m e it is
.

o ften de s ir able t o ge t al o ng wi t h o u t applyi ng t he m t o keep cli cks in p o si ti o n .

 134 IN TERM IT TEN T L IN K WO RK —IN TERM ITTEN T M O TION .

Fig . 198 ho ws in elev ati o n a m e ch anism where n o S pr1 ngs ar e requ i red
S

t o keep the cl i cks 1n pl ace it b ei ng u s ed l n s o m e fo rm s o f l aw n m o wers t o

,
-

con n e c t the wheel s t o the rev o lv i n g cu t t er whe n t h e m o wer

is pu s he d
fo r ward and t o allo w a free b ackw ard m o t i o n o f t h e m o wer whil e the
,

cut t er s t ill rev o lves The rat chet A is u su ally made o n the i nside o f t h e
‘

“
.

wheel s carrying t h e m o w er and the p i e ce C turning o n t he sam e axis as A ,

c arries the three equidi s t an t p awl s o r cl i ck s B s h aped t o m o ve l n the , ,

c av i ti e s pro vided fo r the m In any p o s i t i o n o f C at le as t o ne o f t h e

.
,

cl i ck s w ill b e held 1n co nt ac t wi t h A b y the act i o n o f gravity and an

y ,

mo ti o n o f A in the d i re ct i o n o f th e arro w w ill b e g1v e n t o the p 1 e ce C .

H ere the rat chet wheel dri ves the cli ck ac b ei ng the act u ated cl i ck lever
-

,
-
.

FIG . 19 8 . FIG . 1 99 .

The p 1e ce C is so meti m es att ached t o a ro ller b y m e ans o f t h e S h aft a ;

then any left h anded m o ti o n o f C will b e g i v en t o A while the right
h anded m o ti o n will sim
-

,
'

pyl c a u se t h e cl i ck s t o s l i de o ver t h e tee t h of A .

The cl i cks B ar e u su ally held in pl ace b y a cap attached t o C

“
.

Fig 1 99 S h o w s a fo rm o f cl i ck whi ch is alw ay s thro wn in to acti o n

.

whe a left h anded ro t at io n is gi ven t o it s ar m C While any m o ti o n o f

n —

the wheel A left handed will imm ed i ately thro w the cli ck o u t o f act io n
-

The wheel A carries a pro j e cti ng h u b d o ver wh i ch a spri ng D is fi t t ed ,

s o as t o m o ve w i th s l i ght fri ct i o n O n e e n d o f thi s S pring pass es b etween

.

t w o p ins e pl aced up o n an ar m att ached t o the cli ck B

, , When t h e .

ar m C is turn ed left h anded the wheel A and the Spri ng D b ei n g st a

-

“
,

t io nar y the cl i c k B wil l b e thro w n t o w ard t h e wheel by the ac t i o n o f

, S

the s pring o n the p in e The m o t io n o f the wheel A will b e equal t o .

th at o f the arm C m inu s the mo t i o n o f C ne c ess ary t o thro w the cli ck

,

int o ge ar S i m il arly when A turns left h anded , the cl i ck B is thro wn

.
,
-

o u t o f ge ar Th is m e ch anism is em pl o yed in so m e fo rms o f s p inning

.
.

mules t o actu ate the S p indles whe n wind i ng o n the S pun y arn .

1 38. Fr ict io n cat ch — fo rms o f cat ches depend ing upo n

Vari o u s
-
.

fri cti on ar e o ften u sed in pl ace o f cl i cks ; thes e cat ches u su ally act u po n
the face o f the wheel o r in a su i t ably fo rmed gro o ve cu t in the face .
1 36 .
IN TERM ITTEN T L IN K WO RK — IN TERM ITTEN T
. M O TIO N .

fri ct io n is pr o p o rt i onal t o the pressure ; thu s the amo u nt o f fri c t io n

devel o ped will depend up o n the res is t an ce t o m o t i o n o f A Up o n ‘
.

revers i ng t h e fo r c e at the e nd o f the c at ch t h e h o ll o w face o f t h e cat ch ,

w ill b e drawn aw ay fro m the face o f A and the r o unding t O p p art ,

'

o f the cat ch co m i ng in co n t ac t wi t h the t o p o f t h e cavi t y in the ri ng

, ,

will cau s e the ring t o S lide b ack up o n t h e dis c An upw ard m o t i o n o f .

the cli ck e nd will ag ain cau s e the wheel A t o m ove fo rward and thus ,
.

the actio n is t h e s am e as in a r at chet and wheel .

FIG 20 2 . . FIG . 203 .

Fig 203 S h o ws in s e ctio n a devi ce whi ch h as b een applied t o actu

.
, ,

at e s ew m g m ac hi n-
e s in pl ac e o f the co mm o n c r an k Tw o s u c h —
m e ch an .

is ms were u s ed o ne t o ro t ate the s h aft e f the m achine o n a d own ward

-
l ”
‘

tip o f the tre adle wh ile the o ther ac ted d uring the upw ard tip t h e
, ,

tre adle r o d s b eing att ached t o the pro j e cti o ns o f t h e pie ces B
-
The .

me ch ani sm sh o w n in the figure act s U p o n the sh aft during t h e d own

w ard m o tio n o f the pro j e ct io n B as S h o wn by the arro w .

The pie ce C co ntaining an annul ar gro o ve is m ade f as t t o t h e

, ,

S h aft a the S i des of t h i s gro o ve b eing turn e d ci rcul ar and co ncentri c

,

w i th the S h af t The pie ec .B h av i g a pro j e cting h u b fitting l o o s ely o

n ,
n?

th e inn er surface o f the gro o ve in C is pl ac ed o ver the O pen gro o ve , ,

an d is held in pl ac e b y a co ll ar o n t h e S h aft The h u b o n t h e pie ce B . ,

an d the pie ce C ar e sh o wn in s e c ti o n
,
The fri ct i o n cat ch D wo rki ng in .
-

,
“
the gro o ve is fitted o ver the h u b o f B the h o le in D b eing el o ng ated in
, ,

the dire ctio n ab so th at D can mo ve S lightly up o n t h e h u b and b e t ween

the t w o pins e fas t In t h e pie ce B A cylin dri c al r o ller c is pl aced in
.

the wedge S h aped S p ace b etween the o u t er s ide o f t h e groo ve and t h e

-

p i e ce D a S pring alw ay s actu at ing thi s rol ler in a dire ct i o n O pp os ite t o

,

th at o f the arro w o r t o w ards t h e narro wer p art o f t h e s p ace

,
.

N o w when t h e pie ce B is tur ned in t h e dire c ti o n o f the arr o w b y a

d ownw ard s t r oke o f the tre adle r o d it will mo ve t h e pie ce D wi t h it by
-

me ans o f t h e pins 6 ; at t h e s am e ti m e t h e r o ller c will m o v e int o t h e

‘

narr o w p art o f t h e wedge S h aped s p ac e b etwee n C an d D an d c au s e

-

b i nding b etween the pie ce s D and C at b and at t h e surface of t h e ro ll er

'

The fri cti o n at b t hu s s e t up will c aus e t h e mo t io n o f D t o b e given t o

C . O n the upw ard m o ti o n o f the pro j e cti o n B the ro ller will b e m o ved
 FRIC TIO N CA TCH-
.
13 7

to the l arge p art o f it s s p ace by the acti o n o f the pie c e C revo lvi ng wi t h
t h e sh af t co mbi n ed wi t h t h at o f t h e b ackw ard m o vem e nt o f D t hu s r é ,

le as ing t he press ure at b an d all o wi ng C t o m o ve freely o nward The .

an d wo u l d act
'

o t her cat c h w o uld b e m ade ju s t t h e revers e o f t hi s o ne ,

o n an upw ard m o ve m n t f
e o the re dle r o d
t a — .

Ano t her fo r m o f fri ct i o n cat ch so m etim es u s ed in g ang s aws t o ,

s e cure the adv anc e o f t h e t i mb er fo r e ach s t ro ke o f the s aw an d c alled ,

the s ilent feed is sho wn in Fig 204, ,

. .

The saddle bl o ck B whi ch res ts up on

-

t h e o u t er r im o f t h e annul ar wheel A ,

c arri es t h e lever C t ur ni ng up o n t h e pin

c. The b l o ck D whi ch fi t s t h e inner ,

rim o f t h e wheel is carried b y the lever

“
,

C and is s e curely held t o it s l o wer e nd

,

b y t h e pin d o n whi ch D c an freely turn .

When t h e pie ces o ccupy t h e p o siti o ns

S h o w n in the figure a s m all S p ac e exi s t s ,

b e t ween the p i e c e D and t h e i nside o f the

FIG . 204 .

The upper e nd o f t he lever C h as a re ci pro cati ng mo tio n imp art ed t o

it by means o f the r o d E The o s cill at io n o f t h e lever abo ut t h e pin c is
.

li mited by t h e s t e ps e and G carried b y t h e s addle bl o ck B When t h e -

.

r o d E is mo ved in t h e d i re ct i o n in di cated b y t h e arr o w the lever turni n g ,

o n 0 w ill c au s e t h e b l o c k D t o appr o ach B and t hu s ni p t h e r im at a and ,

'

b and any fu r t h e r m o ti o n o f C will b e g i ven t o t h e wheel A

' o

O n mov .

ing E in the O pp o site dire ct i o n t h e gr1 p wil l firs t b e l o o s en ed and t h e ,

lever s triking ag ainst the s t e p e will cau s e t h e comb in atio n t o slide freely
back o n the r im A The amo u n t O f mo vem ent g iven t o t h e wheel can b e
.

regul at ed by ch anging the s tro ke o f t h e r o d E by an arrangem ent sim il ar

t o t h at des c ri b ed in co nn e ct i o n w i th t h e revers ible cli ck 136 Th e ,
.

st o p G can b e adj u s ted b y me ans o f the s c rew F S O as t o preve nt t h e

o s cill at i o n o f t h e lever up o n it s c e ntre 0 t hu s thro w ing the grip o u t o f ,

act i o n The s addle b l o ck B t hen m erely slides b ack and fo rt h o n t h e

.
-

rim t h e act i o n b ei n g t h e s am e as th at O b t ai n ed b y t hr o w i n g the o rdi n ar

,
y
cli ck o u t o f ge ar .

1 39 M as e d Wh e e l s
k .
—
It is so m et im es requi red th at cert ai n s tro kes
.

o f t h e cli ck actu at i ng lever s h all r e m al n m o pe r at iv e up o n t h e r at che t

-

S u ch arrangem ent s ar e m ade use o f in num b eri ng m achin es

'

wheel .
-

where it is des ired t o pri nt t h e same numb er twi c e in su cc ess io n ; they

ar e c alled mas ked w he el s .

Fig 20 5 t aken fro m a m o del ill us t r ate s t h e act i o n o f a m asked

.
, ,

wheel ; the pin w heel D repres en t s the firs t r at chet wheel and is fas t t o
- -

t h e axis a ; t h e s e co n d wheel A h as it s teet h arran ged in p airs every ,

al t ern at e t oo th b ei ng cu t deeper an d it turn s l o os ely o n t h e axi s a , .

1 38 E
IN T RM IT TEN T LIN K WO RK — IN TERM ITTEN T M O TIO N . .

Th e l i ck
c B is so made th at o ne of
ti ng surfaces i b ears ag ai nst it s ac , ,

t h e p i ns e o f t h e wheel D while the o t her 9 is , , ,

pl aced so as t o cle ar the p ins and ye t b ear u po n

the teeth o f A the wheel A b eing l o cated so as ,

t o adm it o f th is .

If no w we supp o s e the lever C t o v i brat e

thro ugh an angle s uffi ci en t t o m ove ei ther wheel
al o ng o ne t o o t h b o t h h avi ng the s am e n u m b er , ,

it w ill b e no t i ced t h at whe n t h e pr o j e c t ing pie ce

9 i s re s t i ng in a S h all o w t e e t h o f _
the wheel A ,

the act i ng surface i w ill b e re t ai ned t o o far fro m '

the ax is t o act up o n the t oo th e and thus th i s ,

v ib rat i o n Of the lever w ill h ave no effe ct upo n

t h e pin wheel D wh i le when the p i e c e g res t s in a deep t o o th as b the
’
-

, , ,

c li ck w ill b e all o wed t o dro p s o as t o b ri n g t h e s urf ac e i i n t o act i o n w i th

t h e pin e
’
.

In the figure the cl i ck B h as j u s t pu shed the t o o th e int o it s pres ent ’

p o s i t i o n the pr o j e
,
c t i o n g h av mg re s ted l n t h e deep t o o th b o f t h e wheel ’

A ; o n m o ving b ack g h as slipped in t o th e s h all o w t o o t h b and t hu s t h e

, ,

n ext s tro ke o f the lever an d cli ck w il l re mai n i n o perative o n _ t h e wheel

D whi ch advan c es bu t o n e t o oth fo r every t w o co m plete os cill at i o ns o f
,

t h e leve r C .

B o th wheel s S h ould b e pr o v i ded w i th ret ai ni ng p awl s o ne o f wh i ch -

, ,

is h w n Th i s f o rm o f p awl c o n s i s t i ng o f a r o lle r p turn i n g ab o ut

p ,
s o .
,

an axis c arried b y the S pri n g 3 at t ac hed t o the fr am e c arryi ng the m e ch

,

a nis m is O ft en u s ed in co nn e c t i o n wi t h pin wheel s as b y r o lli ng b etwee n

,
-

the teeth it alw ays ret ain s them in t h e s am e p os iti o n rel at ive t o the ax1s
o f the r o ller ; a tri angul ar p o i n ted p awl wh i ch al so p ass e s b etwee n the
-

m IS so m et i m e s u s ed 111 pl ac e o f t h e r o ller
p s . .

The pi n s o f the wheel D might b e repl aced by teeth so m ade t h at

thei r p o ints w o uld b e j u s t insi de o f t h e b o tt o ms o f the s h all o w t eet h o f
A ; a wide p awl w o uld t he n b e u s ed an d when it res t ed in a sh allo w ,

t o o th O f A i t w o uld rem ain in o perat i ve o n D while when it res t ed m a ,

d eep t o o th i t w o uld co m e in co nt ac t w i th the adj acen t t o o t h o f D and

pu sh it al o ng .

S o l o ng as the cli ck B and the wheel s h ave the pr o p er rel at i ve m o ti o n

i t m akes n o d ifferen c e whi ch we co n s ider as fixed as the act i o n will b e ,

the s am e whether we co nsider the axis o f the wheel s as fixed and t h e

c l i ck t o m o ve o r t h e cli ck t o b e fixed an d t h e ax i s t o h ave the pr O pe r
,

rel at i ve m o t i o n in reg ard t o i t The l at t er m eth o d is m ade u se o f in

.

s o m e fo r m s o f n u mb eri n g m ac hi n e s -
.

1 40 Fig 20 6 s h o ws t h e m e ch ani sm o f a co u n ter u s ed t o re co rd

. .

t h e nu mb er o f d o u b le s t ro ke s m ade b y a pu m p ; t h e revo lu t i o n s m ade

b y a s te am en gi ne p addle pro peller o r o t her s h aft e t c Tw o views

‘

.
, , , ,
 '

1 40
: IN TERM IT TEN T L IN K WO RK .
— IN TERM IT TEN T M O TIO N .

the ar m
will adv an ce bo th t h e wheel s A and A 1 giving the re ading ,

1 0 ; t he no t ch n h aving no w mo ved al o ng the cli ck b1 will re mai n ,

ino per at i ve u nt il the re ading i s 1 9 when b1 will ag ai n co me i nt o ac t io n

,

an d adv an c e A I o n e t o o t h giv i ng t h e re adi ng 20 ; and s o o n up t o 9 0

, ,

when the no t ch m co mes u nder the cli ck b, To preven t t h e c l ick b2 .

fro m acting o n the next fo rward s tro ke o f the ar m whi ch wo uld m ake t h e
J

re ading 1 0 1 ins te ad O f 9 1 as it sho uld b e a small s trip i is fas tened firmly

, ,

t o the e nd O f the cli ck b It s free e nd res t ing up o n the cli ck b, This .

s trip p reve n ts the cli ck b2 fr o m ac ti ng u n til t h e cli ck b1 fall s whi ch o c cu rs ,

wh en t h e re ading is 99 ; o n the n ext fo rw ard s tro ke t he cli cks b1 and b2

ac t ,
thu s giving the re ading 1 00 As the s trip merely res ts upo n b, , it
.

c ann o t preve n t it s ac ti o n at any tim e If a

_n o ther wheel were added .
,

it s cli ck w o uld require a s trip res t i ng o n the e nd o f b, A s ub st itu t e .

fo r thes e s trip s mi ght b e O b t ain ed b y m aking the wheel A fas t t o t h e

s h af t a and all o wi ng the r e m a1n 1ng wheel s t o turn l o o s e up o n it thi n
, ,

d i s cs h avi ng t h e s am e co n t o ur as t h e n o t ched edge o f t h e wheel A b eing

, ,

pl ac ed b etwee n the wheel s A I A 2 A 2 A 3 e t c and made fas t t o the S h aft

, ,
.
, ,

the no t ches all b eing pl aced o pp o site n ; thu s the edges o f the di s cs
w o uld k eep the cli ck s b2 b3 e t c o u t o f acti o n exc ept when t h e figure
, ,
.
, ,

9 O f the wheel A is o pp o s ite the s l o t and the no t che s m e t c ar e in pr o per

, , .
,

p os iti o n A s impler fo rm o f co u n ter will b e des crib ed in 14 1

. .

IN TERM ITT EN T MO TIO N .

S O far we h ave co ns id ered a u nifo rm re ciprocati ng m otio n in o ne

pie ce as gi v 1ng an in termi t t en t cir cul ar o r re ctiline ar m o ti o n t o ano t her
, ,

t h e cl i ck b e in g the drive r an d t h e wheel the fo ll o wer .

141 . ften required t h at a u ni fo rm cir cul ar mo ti o n o f t h e dr i ver

It is o

S h all pr o du c e an i nt ermi t ten t c ir cul ar o r re c tili ne ar mo t io n o f t h e

fo ll o wer The fo ll o wi ng ex am ple s will give s o m e so lutio ns o f the prob
.

le m :
Fig 207 . s h o ws a co mb i n atio n by whi ch the t o o t hed wheel A is '

mo ved in t h e dire c tio n

the arro w of ,

o ne t o o t h fo r every c o m plete tur n o f

t h e S h af t d t h e p awl B re t ai ni ng t he ,

wheel in p o s iti o n when the t o o t h t o n

the S h aft d is o u t o f act i o n The s t a .

t io n ar y l ink ad c fo rms the fr am e and ,

pro vides b e arings fo r t h e s h aft s d and

a an d a pin c fo r the p awl B The ‘

.
,

ar me pl aced b y the S ide o f the t oo t h ,

up o n t h e sh aft is arranged t o clear ,

the wheel A in it s mo tio n an d t o lift t h e p awl B at the tim e when the

,

to o th t co me s i nt o act io n wi t h the wheel and t o dro p t h e p awl when t he ,

 GEN EVA S TO P .
14 1

i
ac t o n o f e e i e w hen the wheel h as b een adv an ced o ne t o o th
t c as s , . .
,
.

This is acco mpli s hed by at t achi ng the pie ce n t o t h e p awl it s co n t o ur ,

in t h e r ai s ed p os i t i o n o f t h e p awl b eing an ar c o f a cir cle abo u t t h e cen tre

o f the S h af t d ; it s le ngth is arr anged t o suit the ab o ve requ ireme n t s .

When the to o th t co mes in co nt act wi t h t h e wheel t h e ar m e s t riking the , ,

pie ce n rais es t h e p awl ( whi ch is held in p o si t io n b y t h e S pri ng

,
and

retai ns it in t h e rais ed p o s i t i o n u nt il t h e t o o t h t is ready t o leave t h e

wheel when e p ass i ng o ff fr o m the e nd o f n all o ws t h e p awl t o
, , ,

dr o p .

In Fig 208 the wheel A m akes o ne third o f a revo lu t io n for e very

.
-

t urn o f t h e wheel be it s peri o d o f res t b eing ab o u t o ne

,

h alf t h e perio d o f rev olu t io n o f be If we supp o s e A t h e .

n n t —
foll o wer a d t o t ur righ h anded while t h e driver bc
,

turns left h anded o ne o f t h e ro u nd pins b is ju s t ab o ut

-

t o pu sh ahe ad t h e l o ng t o o t h o f A t h e cir cul ar re t ain ing ,

s e ct o r c b ei ng in su ch a p o s i t i o n as t o fo ll o w a righ t h anded -

mo t i o n o f A The first pin S lides d o wn t h e l o ng to o t h

“
.
,

and t h e o t her pi ns p ass i nt o an d ge ar wi t h t h e t eeth b

’
FIG 208 , . .

t h e l as t pin p ass ing O ff o n t h e l o ng t o o t h e w hen the

an d re t ain t h e w
,

s e ct o r c will co m e i n co n t ac t wi t h t h e ar e c heel A ’
,

u nt il t h e wheel be ag ai n reaches it s pres ent p o si t io n .

G e e v a S to p
n —
In Fig 2 0 9 t h e wheel A m akes o ne S ixth o f a revo
. .
-

lu t io n fo r o ne t ur n o f t h e driver ac t h e pin b w o rki ng ,

in the S l o t s b cau s ing t h e m o t i o n O f A ; while t h e cir cul ar

’

p ortio n 0 o f t h e drive r co m Ing In co ntact wi t h t h e co r ,

r es p o ndi ng cir cul ar h o ll o ws c re t ains A in p o s i t i o n when ’

,

the to o t h b is ou t o f act i o n The wheel a is cu t away .

ju st b ack o f t h e pin b t o pro vide cle ar an ce fo r t h e wheel

A in it s m o t io n If we cl o s e up o ne o f t h e S l o t s as b
.
,
’
,

it will b e fo u n d t h at t h e S h aft a c an o nly m ake a li t t le

FIG 209
o ver fi v e and o ne h alf revo luti o ns in ei t her d ire c t i o n b efo re
-

the pin b will st rike t h e cl o s ed S l o t This m e ch anism when S O mo di .

,

fi e d h as b ee n applied t o w at ches t o preve nt o verw inding and is called

, ,

the G eneva s top t h e wheel a b eing at t ached t o t h e S pring—s h aft so as t o

,

turn wi t h it while A t urns o n an axi s d in t h e spri ng b arrel The nu m

,
-
.

b e r o f s lo t s in A depend s up on t h e nu mb er O f t i m es it is des ired t o t urn

t h e S pring s h aft -

B y pl aci ng ano t her pin o pp o si t e b in t h e wheel ac as S h o wn by ,

d o t t ed li nes and pro vi di ng the n e ce ss ary clearan c e the wheel A co ul d

, ,

b e m o ved thro ugh o ne S ix t h o f a t urn fo r every h alf t urn o f ac

-
.

A s imple t e o f co u nter ex t e ns iv ely u s ed o n w at er m e t ers is sh own -

in Fig 2 1 0 . It co ns i s t s o f a s eri es o f wheel s A B C m o u nt ed S ide by

.
, , ,

S ide and t urni ng l o os ely o n the S h aft S ; o r the firs t wheel t o righ t may

b e fas t t o t h e sh aft and all the rem ai ni ng wheel s l oo s e up on it Each .

142 IN TERM ITTEN T L IN K WO RK — IN TERM ITTEN T
. MO TIO N
.

Wheel is n u mb ered o n it s face as in Fig 206 and i t is pro vi ded as sh o wn

.
, , ,

t h at the mi ddle r o w o f figures appears in a su i t able S l o t in the face o f

the co u nter The firs t wheel A is at t ached t o t he wo rm wheel E hav
.
-

ing 20 tee t h and dri ve n by the w o rm F ge ared t o turn twi ce fo r o ne

turn o f the co u nter dri vi ng S h aft
'
.

O n a p arallel S h aft T l o o s e p ini o ns D are arranged b etween e ach

p ai r o f wheels Each p ini o n is supplied wi th six tee t h o n it s left S i de
.

e x t e ndi ng o ver a l i t tle m o re th an o n e h alf it s f ac e an d w i th three t eeth

.
-

e ach altern at e t o o th b e in g cut aw ay fo r the re m ai n der o f the fac e as

,

The middl e elevat i o n ( Fig

,

c le arly S h o wn in the s e ct i o n al elev at i o n s .

.

2 10 ) s h o ws a vi ew o f the wheel B fro m the ri ght o f t h e l i n e ab w i th t h e

p i ni o n D Se c ti o n ed o n the l i n e ed The right elevati o n S h o ws a vi ew o f
.

FIG 2 1 0
. .

the wheel A fro m the left o f the lin e ab wi th the p i ni o n D s e ct i oned o n

t h e l i n e ed
. The firs t wheel A and all o thers ex cept the l as t at the left
,
'

, ,

have o n t heir left S i des a d o uble t o o th G wh i ch is arranged t o co m e in

,

co n t act wi th the S ix t o o th p
-

o r t i o n o f t h e p i ni o n ; the S p ace b e t ween

thes e t ee t h is exten ded thro ugh the b r ass pl ate wh os e periphery H act s ,

as a s t o p fo r t h e three t o o th p o r t i o n o f the p ini o n _

-
as cle arly S h o wn in ,

the figure t o t h e right S i mil arly o n the right s ide o f e ach wheel ex cept
.
,

the firs t is pl aced a wheel o f 20 teeth ge ari ng wi th the S ix t o o th p art

,
-

o f t h e pi n i o n as s h o w n in the mi ddle figure

,
When the digit 9 o n any .

Wheel ex c ep t the o n e at the left co mes u n der the S l o t the d o u ble t o o th

, , ,

G is re ady t o co m e in co n t act wi th the p ini o n ; as t h e digi t 9 p ass es u nder

the S l o t the t o o t h G s t ar t s the p ini o n wh i ch is then free t o m ake o ne
,

h i rd o f a turn an d ag ain b e co m e l o cked b y the periphery H Thu

t s any .

wheel t o the left re cei ves o ne tenth o f a turn fo r eve ry p assage o f t h e

-

di gi t 9 o n the wheel t o it s ri ght In the fi gure the re adi ng 3 2 9 will

.

ch ange t o 33 0 o n the p as s i ng o f t h e digi t 9 This co u nter can be made.

t o re co rd o s ci ll at i o ns by supply i ng it s act u ati ng S h aft wi th a t e n t o o t h -

144 IN TERM ITTEN T LIN K WO RK — IN TERM ITTEN T M O TIO N . .

C am an d S l o tte d S li d in g B an —
h o ws an equ il ateral Fig 2 1 4 S
1 42 . .

t ri angle abc fo rm ed by three ci r cul ar ar cs wh os e cen tres ar e at a b

, , , ,

and c the wh o le t urn ing ab o u t the ax i s a an d pr o du ci ng an interm it ten t

, ,

m o ti o n in t h e S l o t t ed p i e ce B The w i dth o f the sl o t is equ al t o t h e .

radiu s o f t h e three ci r cul ar ar cs co m p o si ng t h e three equ al Sides o f the

t ri angul ar cam A and therefo re t h e cam wi ll alw ays b e ar ag ai ns t b o th
,

s i des o f t h e gro o ve .

If we Im agm e the cam t o s t art fro m the p os i t i o n S h o wn in Fig 2 1 5 . .

whe n b is at 1 the sl o tted p i e ce B wil l remain at rest whi le b mo ves

‘

fro m 1 t o 2 ( o ne si xth o f the cir cle 1 2 -

the cam edge be m erely ,

S lidi ng o ver the l o wer S i de o f the S l o t When b mo ves fro m 2 t o 3 i e .

'
,
. .
,

fro m the p o s i t io n o f A S h o wn b y light full li nes t o th at sh o wn b y , ,

d o tted li nes t h e edge ab w ill act up o n the upper si de o f the S l o t and

, ,

i mp art t o B a mo ti on s imil ar to th at o b t ain ed in Fig: 1 56 b ei ng th at o f ,

acran k wi th an infi ni te co nne ct ing r o d fro m 3 t o 4 the p o int b will dri ve -

t h e upper s ide o f the sl o t ca sliding o ver the l o wer si de t h e mo ti o n here

, ,

b ei ng also th at o f a co nne c t i ng r o d w i th an infi ni t e li nk bu t de cre asing -

i ns t e ad o f i ncre asing as from

2 to 3 When b mo ves fro m .

4 t o 5 there is n o mo ti o n in B ;
fro m 5 t o 6 c acts up on the ,

upper side o f t h e S l o t and B ,

m o ves d o w nw ard ; from 6 t o

1 ac act s o n t h e upper S i de O f ,

the S l o t and B mo ves d o wn ,

w ard t o it s s t art i ng p o s i t i o n .

The m o ti o n o f B is accelerated
fro m 5 t o 6 and retarded fro m
FIG . 21 4 . FIG . 215 .

6 t o 1;
At A
’
a fo r m o f ca wh o lly co nt ained
m is S h o w n wh ere the sh aft a is
In the cam I n th i s .c a s e dr a w the ar cs d e a n d c b fr o m the a xi s o f the
s h aft as a c en tre m ak i ng ce equ al t o the w i d t h o f the sl o t in B ; fro m c
,

as a c e n tre w i th a r a d i u s c c dr aw the a r c e b a n d n o t e t h e p o i n t b where

,

i t cuts t h e ar c cb ; w i th the s am e rad iu s and b as a centre draw the ar c

'

d c wh i c h w i ll c o m l e t e t h e c am In th i s c a s e the a n gle c a b w i ll n o t b e
, p .

eq u al t o an d the m o t i o ns in the i r dur at i o n s an d extent w ill v ary a

l it t le fro m th o s e des crib ed ab o ve .

Lo c k i n D e vi c e s — The pri n c iple o f the s l o tted S lidi n g b a r c o m b i n ed

-

g .

with th at o f the G en ev a s t e p is applied in t he shipper m e ch anism sh o wn

in Fig 2 1 6 o t n s. f e u ed ,
o n m ac hi n e s where the m o ti o n is a ut o m at i c a lly
revers ed The S hipper b ar B S lides in the pie ce CC whi ch also pr o
. ,

vides a piv o t a fo r the weighted lever w ab The e nd o f t h e lever b .

O pp o s i t e the weight w c arries a pin wh i ch w o rk s in the gr o o ved lug s

o n the S hipper ba r I n the pre s e n t p os. i t i o n o f t h e pie c e s t h e p in b is ,

 LO C K IN O DE VIC ES .

in the upper p ar t o f t h e S l o t and t he weight w tending t o fall u nder , ,

the act io n o f gr avi t y h o lds it t here t h e S hipper b eing t hu s effe ct u ally

, , .

l o cked in it s pres en t p o s i t io n If n o w the .

lever b e t urned left h anded ab o u t it s axis a-

u nt il t h e weigh t w is ju s t a li t t le t o t h e left
o f a gr avity will c arry t h e weigh t and lever
,

int o the d o t ted p o s i t i o n sh o wn where it will ,

b e l o cked u nt il t h e lever is turned right FIG 2 1 6 . .

h anded The prin ciple o f u s ing a weigh t t o

.

co m ple t e t h e mo t i o n is very co n ven ie nt as t h e p ar t o f the m achi n e act u at ,

-

ing t h e shipper o f t en s t o p s b efo re t h e b el t is carried t o t h e wheel wh i ch

pro du ces t h e revers e mo t i o n and the m achine is thus s t e ppe d The ,
.

m o ti o n can alw ays b e m ade suffi cien t t o r ais e a weigh t ed lever as sh o wn ,

abo ve an d t h e weigh t will in f allin g co m ple t e the mo t i o n o f t h e s hipper

, , ,
.

The devi ce S hown in Fig 2 1 7 o f whi ch we m ay h ave m any for ms .

, ,

s erves t o re t ai n a wheel A in defi ni t e adju s t ed p o s iti o ns it s u se b ei ng ,

the s am e as t h at o f t h e ret aining p awl S h o wn in Fig 1 9 1 The wheels -

. .

B and A turn o n t h e S h aft s c and a respe ct ivel y carried by the link C , , ,

w hi ch is S h o wn d o t t ed as it h as b een cu t aw ay in t aking t h e s e ct i o n
,
.

Tw o p o s i t i o ns o f t h e wheel B will all o w t h e t ee t h b o f A t o p as s freely

t hro ugh it s S l o t t ed o pening while any o t her p o s i t io n effe ct u ally l o cks
,

the wheel A The sh ape o f the sl o t in B and t h e teeth o f A ar e clearly

.

S h o w n i n t h e figure .

FIG . 21 7 .
FIG . 218 .

Fig 2 18 S ho ws
.
ther devi ce for l o cking the wheel A t he teeth O f
an o
,

w hi ch ar e r o u nd pi ns ; b u t in thi s cas e it is n e cess ary t o t urn B o n ce t o

p ass a t o o t h o f A If we supp o s e the wheel A under t h e influen ce o f a
.

S pring whi ch t end s t o t ur n it righ t h anded and t he n t urn B u nif rm l

o y
-

e ither right o r left h anded the wheel A will adv an c e o n e t o o t h fo r e ach

-

co mplete turn o f B a pin firs t S lippi ng i nt o t h e gr o o ve o n t h e left and '

,

le aving it when the gro o ve O pens t o w ard t h e right t h e n ext pin t hen
,
,
‘

'

c o mi ng ag ai ns t t h e cir cul ar p ar t o f B O pp o s i t e t h e gr
o o ve It will be .
14 6 IN TERM ITTEN T L IN K WO R K — IN TERM ITTEN T
. MOTIO N .

no ti ced th at wh ile t here ar e o nly S ix pins o n the wheel A yet there ar e ,

twelve p o s iti o ns in whi ch A can b e l o cked as a t o o th m ay b e in the ,

b o t t o m O f the gr o o ve o r t w o tee t h m ay b e b e ar Ing ag ai nst the c ir cu lar

o ut s ide o f B Devi ce s S im il ar in pri n ciple t o tho s e s h o w n _
. in Figs 2 1 7 .

and 2 1 8 ar e O ften u s ed t o adj u s t s t e ps in co nne c t i on wi t h fee d

.

m e ch an i sm s .

Cli ck s an d p awl s as u s ed in pr act i c e may h ave m an y di ffere n t fo rm s

an d arr angem e n t s ; t heir s h ape depe n d s very m u c h u p o n t heir s t re ng t h
an d t h e s p ac e In whi ch they ar e _ t o b e pl aced and the arr angem ent ,

depend s o n the requirem en ts in each cas e .

ES C A P EM EN TS .

1 43 . An e s c apem en t is a co mb in at i o n in whi ch a t oo thed wheel acts

up o n t w o di s ti n ct pie ces o r pallets at t ached t o a re ci pr ocat i ng fr am e it
'
,

b eing so arr anged th at when o ne t o o t h e s capes o r c e as es t o dr ive it s

p allet ano ther to o th sh all b egi n it s acti o n o n the o ther p alle t
,
.

A S i m ple fo rm o f e scapem en t is s h o wn in Fig 2 1 9 The fram e cc

. .
’

is arr anged t o slide l o ngi t udi nally in

the b earing s CC whi ch ar e att ached ,

t o the b e ari ng fo r t h e t o o t hed wheel .

Th e wheel a tu rns co n tinu ally in t h e

dire cti o n o f the arr o w and is pro vided ,

”
wit h t hree t e e t h b b b the fram e / ,
’
, ,

c and c In t h e ’
h aving t w o p allet s
FIG 219
.
,
. .

p o s i t i o n s ho wn, the t o o t h b is j us t
ce as i ng t o drive t h e p all et c t o the righ t an d is es caping while the t o o t h
, ,

b is j u s t co m Ing In co n t ac t wi t h the p allet c whe n it will drive t h e

’ ’
,

fram e t o the left .

While es capements ar e gen er ally u s ed t o co nvert cir cul ar in t o re cip

r o cat ing m o ti o n as in t h e a
,
b o ve ex am ple t h e wheel b ei ng the driven
, ,

yet in m any cas es the acti o n m ay b e revers ed In Fig 2 1 9 i f we co n

, ,
. .
,

s ider the fr a m e t o h ave a re c ipr o cating m o t i o n and u se it as the driver ,

the wheel will b e m ade t o turn in t h e o pp o s ite dire c ti o n t o th at in

whi ch it w o uld i t s elf t urn t o pro du c e re cipro cating m o t i o n in the frame .

It will b e n o t i c ed al s o t h at there is a S h o rt i n t erv al at t h e b egi nni ng

o f e a c h s t r o ke o f t h e fr a m e in whi c h n o m o ti o n will b e g iv e n t o t h e wheel .

It is cle ar th at t h e wheel a mu s t h ave 1 3 5 o r s om e o d d nu mb er o f , , ,

tee t h up o n it s cir c u m feren ce .

h
T e C own wr h-
e e l E s c ap e m e n t .
— The c r o w n wheel e
-
s c ape m e n t F
( g i .

220 ) is s u ed fo r c a s u i n g a vi b r a t i o n in o n e a xi s b v m e a n s O f a r o t a t i o n

o f an o t her .
The l t
a t er c arrie s a c r o w n wheel A c o n s i s t
, i n g o f a cir c ul ar
b an d wi t h an o d d n mb r u e o f l a rge t ee t h like
,
th o s e O f a s plit t i n g s a w -

cu t o n it s upper edge The .

vi b r a t i ng a x i s 0 o r ,
ver ,g e as it i s O f t e n

ca lled l
is o ca ted ju s t ab o ve t h e tee t h o f t h e c r o w n wheel i n a pl a n e ,
,
1 48 IN TERM IT TEN T K
L IN WO RK — IN TERM ITTEN T
. M O TIO N .

u rg e d upward b y the t o o th 0 1 t hu s urg ing the pe ndulu m t o the right

,

while p1 p ass es fro m l1 t o n , when 0 1 escapes Re co il then o ccurs o n

,
. -

t h e p allet d 1 fro m nl t o k and fro m k1 t o m1 an iInpu l se is g i ven t o the

p e n dulu m t o t h e lef t,
whe n the ab o ve de s c rib ed cy cle wi ll b e r epe ated
-

As t h e s p ac e thro ugh wh i ch the pe ndulu m is urged o n exceed s th at

thro ugh whi ch i t is held b ack the act io n o f t h e escape wheel keep s
,
-

the pendulu m v ib rating This altern ate acti o n w i th and agai ns t t h e

.

pendulu m prevent s i t fro m b ein g as i t S ho uld b e the S O l e regul ato r o f

, ,
'

t h e S peed o f revo luti o n o f the es cape wheel ; fo r it s o w n t i m e o f vi b ra

-

t io n ins te ad o f depen ding o nly up on it s leng t h w ill al so d epend up o n

, ,

the fo r ce urgi ng the es cape

whe el ro und Therefo re any .

ch ange in the m ai nt aining

fo r ce w ill d is turb the rate o f
the cl o ck .

1 45 De ad be at . Escape -

m e nt — The o b j e ction ab le fe a
.

ture O f the an ch o r es capem ent

is remo ved in G rah am s d ead
’

beat es capem en t S h o wn in the ,

l o wer p o rt i o n o f Fig 221 The . .

im pro vem en t co nsis ts in mak

ing the o utl in e o f the l o wer
‘

s urfac e d b o f the left h an d

, ,
-

p allet and the upper su r

,

face o f the right h and p allet -

ar cs o f a ci r cle ab o ut C the
.

verge axi s ; the o bli que su r

.

faces b and i co mplete the

”
p allets The co ns tru ctio n in
“
.

dic at e d by d o tted l in es in the

figure insures th at the O blique
s urfac es o f the p allets shall
make equ al angles in thei r ,

no rm al p o s i ti o n w i th the t an ,

g en t s b C a n d iC t o the wheel
ci r cle no t S h o wn If we su p .

p os e the limi ts o f t h e swing

o f the p o int p t o b e l an d k ,

the act i o n o f t h e es cape wheel -

o n the pe n dulum is as f o ll o ws
FIG 221
The pendulu m b eing in it s
.

r ight extre m e p o s it i o n the t o o th b is b e ari ng ag ains t t h e cir cul ar p o rt i o n

,

o f th e p allet d ; as the pen dulu m s wi ngs t o the left u nder the act io n o f
 ES C APEM EN TS 49

gravi t y t h e t o o t h b w ill b egi n t o m o ve al o ng t h e i nclined face o f t h e

,

p alle t when t h e cent re li ne h as reached n and will urge t h e pen dulu m ,

o nw ard t o m where t h e ,
t o o t h le ave s the p allet and an o t her t o o t h 0 ,

c o m es in co n t act wi t h t h e cir cul ar p ar t o f t h e p alle t e whi ch wi t h the , ,

e xcep t i o n o f a S ligh t fri c t io n b et ween it and t h e point o f the to o t h w ill ,

leave t h e pendulum free t o m o ve o nward t h e wheel b eing l o cked in ,

p o s i t io n O n t h e return s wi ng o f t h e pendulum t h e in clin ed p art o f

.
,

t h e p allet e urge s t h e pendulu m fro m m t o n H en ce there is no re co il .

,

“
a nd t h e o nl y ac t i o n ag ains t t h e pe n dulu m is t h e very m in u t e fri ct i o n

b e t ween t h e teeth and t h e p alle t s The impuls e is here given t hro ugh
.

an ar c mn very ne arly b i s e c t ed b y t h e m iddle po in t o f t h e swi n g o f

,
”
t h e pen dulu m whi ch is al s o an adv an t age Th e t e r m de ad b e at h as
'

-
.
,

b een applied b e cau s e t h e s e co n d h an d whi ch is fi t t ed t o the es cape ,

wheel st e ps s o co mpletely when t h e t o o t h falls up o n t h e cir cul ar po r

,

ti o n o f a p alle t t here b ei ng no re co il o r sub s equen t tremb ling su ch as

,

“
o ccurs in o t her e s cape m ent s .

In w at ches the pen dulu m is repl ac ed by a b al an ce wheel s wi ngi ng -

b ackw ard and fo rward o n an arb o r u n der the act i o n o f a very ligh t
c o iled S pri ng o ft e n c alled a —
h air spring ”
t h e piv ot s o f t h e arb o r ar e
,

very ni cely m ade s o that t hey t urn wi th very S light fri ctio n
,
.

1 4 6. Th e Gr ah am Cylin d er Escape m e nt —
Thi s fo rm o f es capem ent
1s u s ed in the G en ev a w at ches H ere the b al an ce verge o ( Fig 222)
. .

h as at t ached t o i t a very t hin cyli ndri c al S hell r s centred

at o t he axi s o f t h e verge and t h e p o in
,
t o f t h e t o o t h b can
,
‘

res t ei t her o n the o u t side o r ins ide o f the cylinder during

a p ar t o f the s wi ng o f t h e b al an ce AS t h e cyli nder .
.

turns in t h e di re ct io n of t h e arro w ( Fig 222 A ) t h e .

, ,

wheel als o bei ng urged in the d i re ct i o n o f it s arro w the ,

inclined surface o f the t o o t h be co m es u nder the edge 3

o f t h e c yli nder and t hus urge s t h e b al an ce o nw ard ; t h is
,

g ives o ne i mpuls e as sho wn in Fig 222 B ,

The t o o t h FIG 222
.
,
.
. .

then p ass es s flies i nto t h e cyli nder and is st e ppe d b y

, ,

the co n cave surface near r In t h e O pp o site swing o f t h e b al ance the

.

t o o t h es capes fro m t h e cylinder the inclined surface pu shi ng r upward

, ,

whi ch gives the o t her i mpul s e in the o pp o sit e d i re ct i o n t o the firs t ;

t h e act i o n is the n repe ated b y the n ext t e e t h o f t h e wheel .

Thi s es capem ent is in it s act i o n nearly iden t i cal t o t he d ead —beat

, , ,

b u t t h e i mpul s e is here given t hro ugh s m all equ al ar cs s i t u ated at equ al ,

d is t ances fro m the m iddle p o i nt o f the s wi ng .

1 47 . Th e Ch r o n o m e te r Es cape m e nt is s h o wn in Fig . 22 3 . H ere t h e

verge o carries t w o cir cul ar pl at es o ne o f whi ch carries a pro j e c t i o n
, p,
whi ch s erves t o o perat e the de t ent d ; t h e o t her carries a pro j e ct i on n,

whi ch swings freely b y the t ee t h o f the escape wh eel when a t o o t h -

is
15 0 IN TERM ITTEN T L IN K WO RK —
. IN TERM IT TEN T M O TIO N .

res t ing u po n p allet d enco u nters a t o o th when the wheel is in

any o t h e r p o s it i o n .

The de t e nt d h as a co mp o u nd
co ns tru ct i o n an d co n s i s ts o f fo ur

p arts :
°
1 The l o cki ng s t o ne d a -

p i e ce o f ru by o n whi ch the t e e t h
o f the e s cape wheel re s t s
-

° '
2 The di s ch arging s pri ng l -

a very fi ne s trip o f hamm ered

9
3 A s pr Ing f

s whi ch t he
on

detent swings ,
and w h i ch att ache s

the wh o le t o the fram e o f t h e

FIG 223 . .
chro no m eter .

°
4 A s upp o rt e att ached t o ,

the b o d y o f the det ent t o prevent the s trip l fro m b end i ng upward
, .

A pin r prevents the detent fr o m appro aching t oo ne ar t he wheel .

The acti o n o f the es capem en t is as fo llo ws : O n a right h and swing -

o f the b al an c e the pro j e c ti o n

p m eet s the l i gh t s tr i p l whi c h b e n d i ng, , ,

fro m it s p o int o f att achm en t t o the detent o ffers bu t very l i ttle resi s t
,

an ce t o the b al an ce O n the re t urn s w ing o f t h e b al ance the pr oj e c

.
,

t i o n p m eets the s tri p l wh i ch can no w o nly b e nd fro m e and rais es

, ,

the detent d fro m it s s upp o rt r thu s allo wi ng the to o th b t o es cape

, ,

the es cape wheel b eing urged in the d i re c t io n O f the arro w Wh ile this
'

“
-
.

is o ccurring the t o o th b2 en co u n ters the pro j e ct io n n and g i ves an

, ,

im puls e t o the b al an ce ; the deten t m e anwh ile h as dro pped b ack u nder
the influen c e o f the S pring 8 and cat ches the next te e th o f the wheel b,
, .

It will b e no t i ced th at the impul s e is gIv e n t o the b al anc e imm e

d iat e l y after i t h as b ee n s ub j e ct t o the re s i s t an c e o f u nl o cking t h e .

detent d thu s imm ed i ately co m pensati ng thi s resi s t ance ; also th at

‘

the impul s e is gi ven at every al t ernat e s wi ng o f the b al ance .

The mo ti o n o f the b al an ce is s o adju st ed th at the im pul se is g i ven

thro ugh e qu al d is t ances o n each si de o f the mi ddle o f it s swing .
15 2 '
WHEEL S IN TRA IN S .

1 49 . pre cedi ng ch apters the element ary comb i nat io ns d is

In t h e ,

cu ss ed h av e in ge n er al ,
co n s i s ted o f t w o pri n cip al p art s o nly
, a driv er ,

and a fo ll o wer ; and it h as b ee n s h o w n h o w t o co nne c t t he m t o pr o du ce

t h e require d vel o city r ati o .

There may o ccur cas es h o wever In whi ch altho ugh theore t ically pos
, , ,

s ible it m ay b e pr actically i n co nve nie n t t o e ffe c t the required co m mu

,

nicat io n o f mo t i o n by a s i ngle c o mb i natio n In su ch a cas e a s eries .

o r tr ai n o f c o mb i n ati o ns is e m pl o yed in wh i ch the fo ll o wer o f the firs t

,

co m b i n ati o n o f the tr am IS carried b y t h e sam e axi s o r s liding pie ce

t o whi ch the driver o f the s e co n d is att ached ; the fo ll o w e r e f the s e co nd

‘

is s i m il arly co nne c ted t o the driver o f t h e t hird and s o o n In t hi s , .

s e ct i o n rev o lv ing pie c e s o nly o r tr ain s of w he e ls wil l b e di s cuss ed

, , .

Fig 225 S ho ws an ex am ple o f a tr ai n o f wheel s where the fo ll o wer B

.

an d driver C ar e pl aced o n the s ame axi s A b ei ng the firs t driver The, .

s e co n d fo ll o wer D an d the third driver E ar e al s o o n the s am e axis

, , , , .
.

The numb ers pre c eding the letters t i ndi cate the nu mb ers o f teeth o n
the wheel s u po n whi ch they ar e pl aced .

1 50 .Val u e o f a Tr ain o W e e l s
f h,
— B y the valu e of a tr ain we m e an
.

the r ati o o f the angul ar vel o cit i es o f the firs t and l as t axes o r wh at is , ,

equivalent the r ati o o f their ro t ati o ns in a given tim e Thu s in the

,
.

t r ai n s h o w n in Fig 225 if we let n1 repre s en t the turns o f A and né

,
,

the turns o f F the v alue o f the tr ai n will be

,

turns o f F n4
’

turns o f A n ,
If we let n2 and n3 repres e nt the tur ns o f the s e co nd and third axes r e
S pe c t iv e ly the v alu e o f t h e tr ai n co uld b e writte n
,

turns o f F n2 — n n4 n 4

turns o f A n 1 n2 n3 n1
X X ( 5 2 )
Th at is the v alue o f the tr ai n m ay be fo u nd by mul t iplyi ng to ge t her
,

t h e s ep ar ate r atio s o f the s yn chr o nal r o t ati o ns o f the su cces s ive p airs o f
axe s .

In 1 48 it w as s t ated th at t w o wheel s th at will wo rk t o gether mu s t

h ave the s ame pit ch There .

fo re the nu mb ers o f teeth

o n any t w o wheel s whi ch

will wo rk t o gether ar e pr o
p o rt i o nal t o the di ameters
o f the re s pe ctive pit ch cir
E 80 t
cle s It h as alre ad y b ee n .

S h o w n t h at t h e d iam e t ers o f

t w o r o lling cyli nders are

FIG 2 25 ~
invers ely p ro p o rti o nal t o t h e
ro t at io ns Fro m this it fo llo ws th at the ro t ati o ns o f a p air o f wheel s
.
 VAL UE O F A TRAIN .
15 3

ar e i nvers ely pro p o rtio nal t o the numb ers o f teeth o n the wheel s . Thu s
in Fig 22 5 we sh o uld h ave
.

turns o fB 200 turns o f D 120 turns o f F 80

turns o f E 30
’
tu rns o f A 80 turns o f C 60

turns o f F 200 _ 120 80 40

—
x X d

turns o f A 8 0 30 3
When the firs t and l as t axes o f a tr ain turn in the sam e dire ctio n the
v alue o f the t r ain is co ns idered posi tiv e and when in o pp o site dire ct i o ns
,

negative The v alue o f t h e t r ain in Fig 225 sh ou ld then b e writ ten

. .

turns o f F= _ 1
1 33 .

ur ns o f A
t
[W he n di s cu ss i ng the m e re co mplex epi cy cli c tr ai ns in Ch apter X I it

b e co m es ne cess ary t o u s e the plus o r mi nu s s igns in the so lu t i o ns as ,

the algeb r ai c su m o f t w o o r m o re co mp o nen t mo t i o ns will b e required ]

S i mil arly t h e v alue o f t h e b elt t r ai n sh o wn in Fig 226 where t h e
,
.
,

di ameters o f the pulleys ar e given in i n ches is ,

turns o f F_4 0 2 4 1 6 = 4 0 =
; X X
t u r ns ofA 16 12 6 3

FIG . 2 26 .

151 . G e n e r al Exam pl e .
—
e e ry th at all the s ep arate
It is no t n c ss a

v el o ci t y r at io s b e express ed in the s am e terms as previo usly expl ained

'
.

Fo r ex am ple l e t u s t ake a t rai n o f S ix axes and l e t :

, ,

1 The firs t axi s turn o n c e per m inute and the s e co nd o n ce in fifteen

°
,

s e co nd s .

2 The s e co nd axi s turn three ti m es while the t hird turns five ti m es

°
.

3 The t hird axi s carry a wheel o f s ixty tee t h driving a wheel o f

°
,

twenty fo u r t e e t h o n t h e fo ur t h axi s
-

4 The fo ur t h axi s carry a pulley o f t wenty fo ur i n ches di am e t er d r iv

°
-

ing by m e ans o f a b el t a pulley t welve in ches in diam e t er o n t h e fift h axis .

5 The fift h axi s h ave an angul ar vel o ci t y t w o t hirds o f th at o f t h e

°
-

S ixth axi s .

Then
60 5 60 24 3
X X X X _5 0
:
,
15 3 24 12 2
or i will make fift y turns while the firs t t urns o nce
the l as t ax s .

1 52 Dir e ct io n al Re l at i o n in Tr ain s — Thi s depend s o n t h e nu mb er

.

and m ann er o f c o nn e ct i o n o f the differe n t axes When t h e t rain co n .

154 WHEEL S IN TRAIN S .

S i s ts so lely o f S pur
pini o ns o n fixed p arallel axes the d ire ct i o n
-
wheel s or ,

o f r o t ati o n o f the s u cces s ive axe s will b e

altern ately in o pp o s i t e dire c t i o ns In any .

arr ange m e nt the dire c ti o n al rel ati o n can b e .

tr aced by pl acing arr o ws o n the d ifferent

wheel s S h o wing their dire cti o n o f r o tation
,

and f o ll o wi ng thr o ugh the e n tire co mb i na

ti o n It is frequently the cas e th at t w o

“
.

s ep ar at e wheel s o f a tr ai n as A an d B , ,

Pro 227 . Fig 22 7 may rev o lve abo ut the s ame _

. .
, axi s ,

and if they rev o lve in t h e s am e dire c t io n ,

they m ay b e c o nne cted by m eans o f t w o

o ther s pur wheel s revo lvi ng o n an axis -

p ar allel t o th at o f the wheel s ; while if t hey

revo lve in O pp o s ite di re ct io ns , Fig 228 .
,

they m ight b e co nn e c ted by o ne b evel wheel -

pl aced on an axis m aking an angle with

FIG 228 .
t h at o f the wheel s
.
.

When an annu lar whee l t h at is a wheel , ,

h avi ng teeth o n t h e ins ide o f an ann ul ar ring is u s ed inconne cti o n with ,

a pi ni o n it wil l b e n o t i c ed th at they b o th
,

revo lve in the s am e dire cti o n .

Id le Wheel — A wheel c alled an id le

w hee l whi ch act s b o t h as a driver and a

,

fo ll o wer is o ft en pl aced b e tw een t w o

,

o t her s In Su ch a caSe t h e vel o city r at io

.

o f t h e t w o extrem e wheel s is n o t af fe cted ,

bu t the dire ct i o n al rel ati o n is ch anged t h e ,

e x t re m e wheel s n e w r o t at i ng in t h e s am e

dire ct i o n w hile i f they geared dire ct ly

, ,

they w o uld r o t ate in O pp os ite dire cti o ns .

1 53 Exam pl e s o f Wh e e l s in Tr ain s
.
.

Fig 229 S h o ws the tr ain in a c o t t o n c arding

.

m achin e Fo r t h e t r ain we h ave t h e value

.

t urns B 13 5
X
37
x X E + 373 4
I7 20 FIG
,

26 33 2 29
t ur ns A . .

In the m a c hi n e the l ap o f co t t o n p as s i n g u n der the r o l l A i s m u c h dr a w n

o u t in i t s p a s s age t hr o ugh t h e m a chi n e a n d it b e co m e,

s n e c e ss ary t o so lve
fo r t h e r a ti o o f t h e s urf ac e S peed s o f the r o ll s B a n d A F o r t hi s we h a ve .
,

i
s nc e h
t e s urf a c e s peed equ al s o r t ur n s a d ia m e t e r ,

s urf ac e S peed B t urns B X d iam B .

s urf ace S peed A turns A X d iam A .

15 6 WH EEL S IN TRAIN S .

Th e v alue of t h e t rai n co nn ec
ting t h e ro ll s A and E is
t urns E 22 22
turns A 5 6 x20 20

E turns t i mes wh ile A turns o n ce the d raft h e r e be ing

‘

or S In ce
,

t h e r o ll s are o f the s am e d i am eter .

In o rder t o arrange the ro ll s fo r d iffere nt s t aples o f co t t o n and di f

fe r e nt draft s we mu s t b e able t o ch ange t h e _ d is t an ce b e t wee n t h e
axes o f the r o ll s t o su i t t h e f o rm er and the v al ue of the t rai n t o s ui t t h e
'

l at t er The fro nt ro ll C rev o l ves in fixed b e ari ngs ; t h e b earings o f

.

the remai ni ng ro lls ar e m ade adj u s t able whi ch n e ces si t at es m aking t h e ,

axe s o f the wheel s 2 and 3 an d 6 adj u s t ab le ,

.

The v alue o f the trai n co nnect ing A and E is never ch anged and it is ,

o nl y n e c e s s ary here t o pr o vide a sl o t for the adj u s t ab le s t ud M whi ch ,

furnishes the b e aring fo r the wheel 6 The v alu e o f t h e tr ain co nne ct .

ing C and A h o wever is ch anged t o give the required dr aft and th is

‘

, , ,

is u su ally acco m plished b y ar r angIng so t h at o n e o f the wheel s as 3 , ,

c alled a change gear can b e re mo ved e as i ly

,
and repl aced b y an o ther , .

The arrangem en t i s as fo ll o ws :
An ar m B c en tred o n t h e sh aft C carri es a s tud N 0 11 wh i ch turn the
, ,

t w o wheel s 2 and 3 The change gear 3 fi t s o ver t h e extended h u b o f

t h e wheel 2 and is m ade to t ur n wi th i t b y m
.

e ans o f a pin in the hu b '

a nu t and w as her o n t h e e nd o f the s tud s ervi ng t o keep t h e wheel s in

pl ace The ar m B is pro vided w i th a ci r cul ar S l o t wh o se cent re is in

.

the axi s o f C thi s S l o t b ei g supplied wi th a

n se t —s crew S in the st and ard
,

s upply in g the b e ari ng o f C After o n c e adj u s t ing the s tud N in the

.

ar m B s o t h at t h e wheel s 2 and 1 ar e in pr O pe r rel ative p o s i t i o n a nd ,

'

pl aci ng the n e cess ary ch ange wheel up o n the h u b o f 2 t h e s e t s crew S '

,
-

b ei ng l o o s e the ar m and wheel s c an b e turn ed o n t h e S h aft C u n til 3 and

,

4 co m e i nt o ge ar ; t he n tigh t e n ing t h e s cr e w S w ill s e cure the w h o l e in ,

»

'

p o si t i o n The sl o t is made l o ng e n o u gh t o all o w fo r t h e l arge st and

.

"

s m alle s t ch ange ge ar 3 This pri n ciple o f firs t adj u s ti ng a s tud carry

.
,

ing o ne o r t w o ge ars o n an ar m turni ng ab o u t o ne o f t h e S h aft s whi ch

,

it is desi red t o c o nn e ct and then swi ngi ng th i s ar m u ntil t h e s e co n d

,

co n t act is m ade is o ften m ade u se o f in pl aci n

,
g ch ange ge ars on l athes
and o ther m ach i n ery .

The s t and ard D furnishes t h e b e ari ngs fo r the ro lls C and A and t h e ,

s upp o rt fo r the ar m B an d the s t an d ard F s upplies b e ari ng s fo r al l thre e

,

roll s and a supp o r t fo r the adj u st ab le s t ud M o f the wheel 6 .

In a m achin e o f t hi s ki n d a s o called d raf t factor IS o ft e n de t ermi ned ,

as su m i ng t h e ch ange ge ar t o h ave o n e t o o th o nly The draft fact o r .

when div i ded b y t h e draft desired w ill give the nu m b er o f t ee t h In t h e

ch an ge ge ar ; an d co n vers ely the dr aft f act o r divide d b y t h e nu mb er
,

o f teeth in the c h an ge ge ar will give the dr aft I n t his cas e ( Fig 2 3 1 ) . .

 EN GIN E L A TH E TRA IN -
.

t he draft fact o r is
56 80 9
—
»
X -

1 36
Wi th a draft ge ar of 3 5 t ee t h t h e draft i s
1 40
35
th at is
s urface speed C

Engine l at h e Trai n
-
.
g
—Fi
2 3 2 g Iv
. e s an elevati on and e nd view of ‘

'

the head s to ck o f ah engine l at he , S h o wi ng the m et ho d o f co nne cting

FI
G . 23 2 .

the s
pi n d l e o r mand r el M wi t h t h e le ad s crew L The b ack gears G , H ‘
.

o n t h e s h aft NN h ave b ee n dr aw n in p o s i t i o n ab o ve t h e m an drel

,

i ns t ead o f b ack o f it where t hey ar e us u ally pl aced , s o t h at o ne figure

Will S h o w t he wh o le arrangem ent a co nven t i o n o ften ad o p t ed in draw
.
,

i ngs o f he ads t o cks .

The s t ep pulley C turns l o o se o n t h e m andrel M and carri es the ge ar .

‘
,

F at it s left h and e nd ; t h e ge ar wheels I an d A ar e at t ached t o t h e

-

m an drel an d t urn wi t h it
, The ge ar—wheels G and H co nne ct ed by a
.
,
'

h o ll o w S h aft t urn up o n an arbo r wh o s e axi s is p arallel t o t h e axi s o f t h e

,

m andrel This arbo r is pro vided wit h t w o e ccentri c b eari ngs NN S O

.

t h at b y t ur ni ng it sligh t ly the ge ars G an d H wi t h t heir h o ll o w sh aft

,

c o mm o nl k n o wn as back gear s c an b e thr o wn in o r o u t o f ge ar wi t h F

y ,

and I res pe c t ively An adj us t able cat ch is arranged b e t wee n the s t ep

.

pulley C and t h e wheel I s o t hat t h e wheel can b e co nne ct ed dire ct ly

,
4 )
1 t h e pulley C b y thro wi ng in t h e cat ch t h e back ge ars b ei ng o u t o f
,

gear o r indire ct ly thro ugh t h e b ack ge ars whi ch ar e ne w t hro wn in

,
, ,

t h e cat ch b ei ng adj u s t ed so th at t he pulley turns freely o n t h e m andrel .

T hi s cat ch co ns i st s o f an adju s t able pin mo vi ng in a radial S l o t in t he ,

gear wh eel I it bei ng held in po si t i o n by a spri ng o r t hu m b ne t s? When

, ,
-
‘
15 8 WHEEL S IN TRA IN S .

the t h is at the i nner e nd o f the S l o t i t w o rks in a ci rcul ar gro o ve in

ca c ,

t he pulley C ; b u t when i t is at t h e o uter e nd o f t h e s l o t it is l o cated

-

in a r ad i al no t ch cu t fro m the gro o ve thu s co m pelli ng C and I t o m o ve ,

t o gether .

Thus by co mbini ng a fo ur s tep pulley wi th back ge ars a s eri es o f

,
-

ei gh t S peeds can b e o b t ained fo r the m andrel fo ur w i t h the b ack

—

ge ars in and fo ur wi th the co n e o nly The co n e and b ack ge ar t rai n

,
.
-

S h o uld b e s o pr O po r t io n e d th at the s peed s ar e in ge o m etri c pro gre ss i o n .

If it is des i red t o h ave a cert ai n v alue fo r t h e t rai n fro m F t o I it

'

b e co mes ne cessary t o fi nd su i t ab le n u m b ers o f teeth fo r the fo ur ge ars

F G H and I It is t o b e no ti ced th at s in ce the axes M and N ar e
, , ,
.
,

p arallel the d i ame t er o f F d i am o f G wi ll equ al d i am o f H d i am

,
. . .

o f I; therefo re i f t h e s am e p i t c h were t o b e o n all fo ur ge ars we s h o uld

, ,

h ave t eeth o n F teeth o n G = t ee t h o n H t e e t h o n I In a l athe the .

p i t ch o n H and I wo uld u s u ally be a l i ttle gre ater th an o n F and G S ince ,

t h e teeth o n H and I b ear a gre ater s t ress .

Fo r ex ample let the value o f the train b e

,

turns I 1
turns F 1 0 ’

this r at io m ay be s ep ar ated i nt o t w o rat io s e rly

n a a l ike ; thu s ,

turns I 1 3
1 X ( )
5 4
.

F
’
t u r ns 10 10 3

and i f we ar e to u se no t less th an 24 teeth o n a ny wheel the tram ,

co uld
be as fo llo w s
t urns I teeth on F

wh i ch w o uld be a train su it ab le fo r b ack gears If it were requ i red .

t h at the pi t ch S ho uld be the s ame o n all the ge ars the t rain co uld b e ,

3 1 24 26
q

X ’
W h ere 24 7s .

10 3 80 78
This same type o f trai n o ccurs In
c l o ckw o rk b etwee n the m i nute and ho ur

h and s The value o f the train ( Fig 233 )

.
.

w o uld b e
turns M F
_ ’
turns H 1 10 8

or ,lett i ng A B C , , ,
and
-

D repres e nt
the nu mb ers o f teeth ,

A C 1 t urns H8
FIG . 23 3 . —
1
9X _ —= '
B D 30 32 T2 t urns M

rrangem ent the wheel s

a ar e all o f the sa me pit ch .
 60 WH EEL S IN TRA IN S .

G e ar on L e a d S cr e w ,
E .

In arr ang ing su ch a t able the s ame ge ars ar e u s ed as o ft en as poss1bl e ,

and s o pl ann ed th at both ge ars n eed n o t b e ch anged any o f t e ner than

is n e c ess ary .

It will b e no ti ced t h at whe n the s crew s S and L rev o lve in t h e s ame

.

dire ct io n the t hre ad s will b o t h b e ei t her right o r left h an ded ; while if

,
-

they rev o lve in o pp os ite dire c t io ns as in the figure o n e s crew mu s t , ,

b e righ t and the o ther lef t h an ded In t h e figure a right h an ded s crew
-

.
,
-

is b eing cu t the le ad s crew in t h is cas e b ei ng lef t handed

i

, To cu t a lef t .

h anded s crew ano ther i dle wheel s ho uld b e ins er t ed in the co nne ct ing
,

trai n In m any l athes it is arranged th at either o ne o r t w o idle wh eel s

.

c an b e t hr o w n b etween A and B a t ple asure by s i m ply m o vi ng an arm ,

pl aced n ear B in the head s to ck cas t ing .

In ge ar ing the s tud wi t h the le ad s crew a v ib r ati ng sl o tted ar m , ,

s im il ar t o th at de s crib ed in co nn e c ti o n with the r o ll tr ai n is m ade u s e ,

of. The wheel C is fi r s t pl ace d o n the s tud and t hen E is pl aced o n

‘

the le ad s crew ; a wheel D is then s ele c t e d fro m am o ng the ch ange

'

ge ars and pl aced o n the mo vab le s tud o f the ar m W, t h e s tud b ei ng

,

adju s ted s o th at C and D ge ar w ith e ach o ther ; the ar m is t he n Swu ng ,

.

o ver u n til D an d E ge ar with e ach o t her and cl amped 1n pos it io n b y

.

,
.
.
[

me ans o f the s crew T .

1 55. Cl o ckw o rk — A fam ili ar ex ample o f the empl o ym en t o f w h e e ls p

in tr ains is s een fn cl o ckw o rk Fig 23 4 repre s en t s t h e t r ains o f a c o m

. .

m o n cl o ck ; the nu mb ers n e ar t h e differe n t wheel s de no t e t h e nu m b er

o f t ee t h o n the wheel s n e ar whi ch t hey ar e pl ac ed

The verge o r an ch o r O vibr at es with t h e pendulu m P and if ,

we supp os e t h e pendulu m t o vib rat e o nce per s e co nd it will l e t o ne ,

—
t e e t h o f the e s cape wheel p ass fo r every d o ub le vib r at io n o r every ,

t w o s e co nd s Thu s the sh aft A will revo lve o n ce per minu t e ,

'

and is sui t ed t o c arry the s e co nd h an d S .

The value o f the tra

in betwee n the a xes A n
d
a C is

or the sh aft C rev o lves o nc e fo r s ix t y revo lu t io ns of A ; it

 C L O CKWO R K 61

is t here fo re uited t o carry th e minute h and M

s . ,
. The h o ur h and H
pl aced o n t his sh aft C b u t is at ,

t ach e d t o t h e l o o s e wheel F b y
‘

m e ans o fa h o ll o w h u b Thi s wheel .

is co nne ct ed t o t h e sh af t C by
m e ans o f a t r ain and i nt erm edi at e
S h af t E Th e v alue o f t hi s t rain is
.

t urns H 8 1 ,

M
°

t ur ns 12
The dru m D o n whi ch the ,

w eigh t co rd is w o u n d m ake s o n e
-

r ev o lu t i o n fo r every t wel v e o f t h e , ,

minu t e h an d M and t hu s rev o lves ,

t wi c e e ach d ay Then if t h e .
,

cl o ck is t o r u n eigh t d ays t he ,

d ru m mu s t b e l arge eno ugh fo r

.

s ix t ee n co il s o f t h e co rd ,
The . .

d ru m is co nne ct ed t o t h e wheel
G by m e ans o f a r at chet and
’

c li ck so
,
t h at t h e co rd can b e
w o u nd up o n t h e d rum w it ho ut ,

t urn ing t h e wheel , .

Cl o ck t r ai ns ar e u su ally ar
r anged as sh o wn In t h e figure ,

t h e wheel s b eing p laced o n sh af t s ,

o ft en c alled arb o rs wh o s e ’
,

b e ari ng s ar e arr ange d in t w o

p ar allel pl at es whi ch ar e kep t
t he r
p pO e r di s t an c e ap ar t by
s h ou l dered pill ars ( no t sho wn)
"

pl aced at t h e co rners o f t h e pl at es .

When t h e arb o r E is placed

o u t s ide as sh o w n
,
a s ep ar at e , l

b e aring is pro vided fo r it s o u t er

e nd .

5 6 Fre qu e n cy o f C o nt act be
1 .

t ween Te e t h Hu n t in g C o g — Le t
.
.

T an d t be t he u mb ers o f t h e
n

t ee t h on two wheels in ge ar and ,

T Cl
= — w hen redu ced t o it s l o w
t b FIG . 23 4 .

e st t erm s . It Is evident t h at t he
s am
e t ee t h will b e in co nt act aft er a turns o f t an d b turns o f T
, .

Therefo re t h e sm aller t h e nu mb ers a and b whi ch expre s s t h e vel o ci t y

,
1 62 WHEEL S IN TRA IN S .

rati o of the two a xes the mo re frequently will

,
t he sa m e p ai r of teeth
b e in co n t a c t .

Ass u m e t h e vel o ci t y rat i o of two xes t o a be e rly

n a as 5 to 2 .
,
NOW
i f we m ake T = 8O an d t = 32 , we S h all h ave

ex actly ,

and the s am e p air of tee t h w ill b e in t

co n ac t a fter five turns of t or t wo
turns of T .

If we no w c h ange T to 81 , then
g §é2
=
,
very n a e rly ,
t he

an gul ar vel o ci ty rat io b eing s car cely d is tingu ish able fro m w h at it w as
o rig inally B u t no w the same teeth will b e In co n t act o nly aft er 8 1
.

turns o f t o r 3 2 turns o f T .

The insert io n o f a t o o th in th i s mann er prevents co nt act b etween

the sam e p ai r o f teeth t o o o ften and ins ures greater regul ari ty in the ,

wear o f the wheel s The t o o th ins erted w as c alled a hu nting cog b e cau s e
.
,

a p ai r o f teeth after b e ing o n ce In co n t act w o uld gr adu ally s ep ar ate

, ,

and then appro ach b y o n e t o o th in e ach turn an d thu s appe ar t o hu n t ,

e ach o ther as they went ro u nd In cas t ge ars wh i ch w ill b e mo re .

,
“
o r les s i mperfe c t i t w o uld b e mu ch b etter i f an i m perfe cti o n o n any
,

t o o th co uld di s tri bute it s effe ct o ver m an y teet h rather th an th at all

the wear due t o su ch imperfe cti o n S h o uld co me alw ays up o n the s ame
te e th . Th is re sul t is mos t co mpletely o b t ai n ed whe n the nu mb ers o f
teeth o n the t w o gears ar e pri me t o e ach o ther as ab o ve when T and ,

t were 8 1 and 3 2 re spe ct i vely .

Th is sam e pri n ci ple is u s ed in a fo rm o f s t e p mo t i o n S upp o s e .

the wheel A Fig 2 3 5 t o h ave 61 teet h and B t o h ave 3 0 tee t h

,
.
,
The .

s am e teeth w ill b e in
co nt ac t after 3 0 turn s o f

A or 61 of B . If ne w

o ne of the wheel s A is
rranged On a m o vable
a

axi s an d t w o fal s e teeth

ar e s upplied on t he
wheel s so as t o m eet at
a p o int o ne wheel can ,

b e made t o pu sh t h e
o ther o ne s i de an d O per
FIG 23 5 '

at e a s t e p m o t i o n fo r a
. .

mach i ne after a certai n de si red mo ti o n , as 61 t urns in the ab o ve ex

ample , o f the fixed whe el B h as t ake n pl ac e .

Where it is ne cess ary t o h ave so m e ex act v alue t o t h e train as In

“
,

l k rk the ve pr i ple ly b e m pl ed t l i m i t ed
i

c o c w o ,
ab o n c c an o n e o y o a

extent .
164 WH EELS IN TRAIN S .

S ep arate 360 i nt o it s pri me fact o rs and pl ace thes e fact o rs in the nu mer
,

at o r le t t i ng the de n o m i n at o r b e wri tte n as S h o w n the f o ur u ni ts r e pr e

, ,

s e nti ng the f o ur s m all ge ar s in the fi nal tr ai n ; thu s ,

360 2 2 2 3 3 5
1

S i n ce 20 is the l e as t nu mb e r o f teeth t o b e u se d , _
‘
w e m ay nex t su b s t i

tut e fo r the fo ur u ni ts fo ur tw enti es , multi ply ing the nu merat o r a sol by

the sa me am o u nt g i vi ng
,

3 60 2 2 2 3 3 5 20 20 20 20
- - - - - - - 0 -

1 2 0 2 0 20 2 0- -

The fact o rs o f the nu m erat o r ar e now t o b e co mb ined i nto fou r nu mb ers

'

whi ch ar e t o b e t h e teeth fo r t h e l arge ge ars and t o ob t ain t h e b es t ,

result the tw enti es in t h e nu mera o r s h o uld b e fact o red as well as the

3 60 Tw o res ults ar e g i ven b el o w
.
:

3 60 1 00 1 00 90 64
I
or , b etter ,
3 60 _1 00 80
1 20 20 20

h owever it b e required th at the nu mb ers of teeth o n the wheels

If, ,

whi ch ar e in ge ar sh ould b e prim e t o e ach o ther it will b e ne cess ary ,

t o ch o o s e su c h nu mb er s o f tee t h fo r t h e small ge ars as will g i e when

v
co mb i n ed wi t h the f ac t o r s of the v alue o f the tr ai n nu mb er s whi ch c an

fulfil t h e requirem ents .

Fo r ex ample , l e t the v alue o f the tr ain b e 4 00 and I g )

6 . Four
t 25
p ai rs of w heel s Will b e fo u nd e e
n c ss a ry . Then we may writ e
4 00 2 2 2 2 5 5 2 7 27 2 6 2 6
- - - - - - - -

1 2 7 27 2 6 26 .

_ 1 04
X
1 04
X
13 5
X
13 5
27 27 26 26

Fo r the ther trai n when the v alue w as 3 60 with pr ime gears and t o
o , , ,

h ave the l arge ge ars as s mall as p o ss ib le the small gears will pro b ably ,

n eed t o b e all differe nt ; thu s ,

3 60 2 5 20 2 1 (2 1 1 ) 23
20 2 1 2 2 2 3
99 92 105 80
X X X
20 21 22 23
 M ETH O DS O F DES IGN IN G TRA IN S .
1 65

S h o uld the nu mer at o r o r deno minator o f the fractio n expressi ng the

value o f a t rain b e a l arg e ' '
prim e nu mb er o r co n t ain in co nvenient ly ,

l arge prim e f act o rs t hen ,

an appr o xi m at e r at io can b e So ught h avi ng
'
terms t h at can b e facto red .

In an o rrery t h e e arth mu s t ro t at e o n it s axis o n c e in 24 h o urs :

8 64 00 s e co nd s and rev o lve r o u n d t h e su n in 365 d ays 5 h o urs 4 8 m in

,

utes 4 8 s e co nd s = 3 15569 28 s e con d s Then the v alue o f t h e train will b e .

8 64 00 450 x

H ere 2 69 is a l arge prime n umb er ,

and to avo id It s u s e let us intro
d u c e in it s =pl ace ,

269 00 1 8 1X 8 1 X 4 1
2 69 0 0 1
1 000 10

Then ar r angIng t he fact o rs We ,

obt ain t h e fo ll ow ing t ram

81 81 41 47 13
X X X X = S65 24 3 Q
LG IO E T0
°

IO

whi ch gives a very cl os e appro xim at i o n .

This pr in p l e o f adding a very sm all amo u n t t o o ne o f the prim e

f act o rs o f t h e v alue o f a train in o rder t o ob t ain a numb er whi ch can
,

b e fact o red m ay b e applied in m any cas e s ; t h e co n di t i o ns In e ach cas e

,

c an al o n e de t erm i n e whe t her t h e v ari ati o n is perm i s s i b le o r no t .

2 Where an erro r o f a c er t ain am o u n t is all o w ab le as w o uld very

°
,

o ft e n b e t h e cas e the fo ll o wing m e t ho d m ay b e u s ed t o adv an t age

,
.

T 1 00
Fo r ex ample let the _
'

v afu e of t he t r ain b e 60 and — 5 It

‘

,
T
.

2
will be fou nd t h at thr e e paIr S of ge ars ar e needed . T herefo re t ake the
cu be r o o t o f 60 wh i ch is,
an d wri t e

X X n a e rly
T T T
.

S inc e t h e s mall ge ars ar e no t t o h ave les s th an 20 teeth , .

and s nci e
20 X 3 9 1 . we m ay writ e as a firs t appro xi matio n
79 79 1
79
X X
fi fi m ’

whi h will b e fou nd t o e qu al

c if t his resul t is 130 0 gre atly in erro r , ‘

a r edu c t i o n o f o n e or t w o t e e t h in t h e nu m er at o r o r an i n cre as e in t h e
~

deno m inat o r may give a cl o s er resul t , as

,

79 79
X X :

20 20 20
166 WHEELS IN TRAIN S .

1 58. M angl e w h e e l s - — Mangle wheel s

u s ed t o pro du ce re cipr o cat
.
-
ar e
ing mo ti o n fr o m the u nifo rm ro t ati o n o f a p ini o n and derive thei r ,

nam e fro m the firs t m achine in whi ch they were applied .

Figs 23 6 237 and 2 3 8 S h o w three fo rms o f mangl e w heel s

.
, , In -
.

“
Fig 2 36 the teeth ar e d rawn in o n o nl y a p ar t o f the pit ch curve
.

and in Fig 2 3 7 the p i t ch curve s o nly ar e s h o w n

. .

FIG . 236 . FIG . 23 7 .

In Figs 2 3 6 . the cy cle o f mo t io n o f the wheel is div ided i nto

an d 23 7
t w o p arts e ach p art h aving it s o w n defi nite v e l o ci t y r ati o whi ch is here
, ,
“
co n s t an t e xc ept fo r a sm all S p ac e at e ac h e nd o f the m o ti o n whe n t h e ,

InIo n Is b eing guided fr o m o ne pit ch c ir cle P t o the o ther they b ei n

p g ,

j o in ed at their end s b y S ho rt ci r cul ar ar cs .

Fig 23 6 h as the teeth cu t u po n the edge o f an annul ar gro o ve in t he

.

di sc A thes e teeth b eing pro perly fo rm ed t o ge ar with the pi ni o n P t h e

, ,

S h aft o f whi ch is so supp o rte d as t o all o w the pi ni o n t o ge ar wi t h b o th

the inn er and o uter s id es o f the gro o ve The pi nio n s sh aft pro j e cts .
’

b el o w the pin i o n and w o rk s in a gro o ve the width o f the gro o ve b eing

, ,

a li t tle gre ater th an the di am eter o f t h e p in i o n s S h aft

’
This gr o o v e .

s erve s t o keep t h e pinio n alw ay s in ge ar If we supp o s e t h e pi n i o n t o .

ro t ate right h anded the wheel A will firs t make abo ut { o f a ro t at i o n

-

,
L

left h anded and then ab o ut o ne ro tat io n right h anded and so o n

-

,
-

,
.

It will b e n o ti ced th at the ch ange o f mo ti o n is gradu al at e ach e nd whe n

the pInIo n 1s p ass in g fro m o ne p o s iti o n t o the o ther [ '
.

In Fig 23 7 the wheel A ( o nly o ne h alf o f whi ch is S h o wn) h as tee t h

.
-

cu t up o n t h e o u t s ide o f an annul ar r Ing pr o j e ct i ng fro m the fac e o f A ,

the pin io n ne w travelling o ut s ide o f the pit ch cir cle PP a gro o ve b ei ng ,

supplied fo r t h e S h af t as b efo re H ere the differe n ce b e t ween the v e lo c

.

it y r ati o s is less t h an in t h e previ o u s cas e and by maki ng the t w o ,

1 68 WH EEL S IN TRAIN S .

S o m et im es
the p ini on is fixed and the rack S h i ft s l aterally i t b eing
,

arr anged t o m o ve in s uit ab le gu i de s o r t o b e g o vern ed b y l i nk age s

pro perly arranged .

Mangle—r ack s ar e u s ed in som e f orms o f cy li nder pr int i ng press es t o

-

actu ate the t ab le .

 AGG REG ATE CO M B IN ATIO N S .

Aggr e gat e Co m bi n at i o n s is a te rm
1 59 . pplied t o su ch ass e mb l ages a

o f pie ces in m e ch ani s m in whi ch t h e m o t i o n o f t h e f o ll o wer is t h e re s ul t

an t o f t h e m o t i o ns given t o it b y m o re t h an o n e driver The nu m b er o f .

i ndependen t ly act ing drivers whi ch give m o t io n t o t h e fo ll o wer is gener

-

and c ann o t b e gre ater t h an t hree as e ach driver de t er m i n e s

'

ally t w e , ,

t h e m o t i o n o f at le as t o n e p o i n t o f the fo ll o wer an d t h e m o t i o n o f three ,

p o i nt s in a b o dy fixes it s mot i o n .

B y m e ans o f aggreg ate c o m b i n at ions we m ay pro du c e very r apid o r

S l o w m o ve me n t s an d co m plex p at h s whi ch co uld no t well b e o b t ai n ed ,

fro m a s ingle driv e r .

1 60 . Aggre gat e M o t io n by Li nkw o rk .

— Figs . 24 1 n
d
a
'
242 r e pr e

e
s nt t h e u s u al arr ange m en t o f
s u ch a c o m b n at o n ; i i A rigid b ar
ab h as t w o p o i n t s as a and b ,
’
,

e ach co nn e ct ed wi t h o ne driver ,

while c m ay b e co nn e c t ed wi t h
a fo ll o wer L e t aa , repre s ent t h e
.

l v o f a and bb, t h e l v o f b :
'
. .
,
. .

t o fi nd t h e l v o f 6 . Co nsider the
. .

m o t i o n s t o t ake pl ace s ep ar at ely ;

t he n if b were fixed t h e l v d a, ,
. .

given t o a w o uld cau s e c t o h ave .

a vel o ci t y repres en t ed by cc, '

.

Co nsideri ng a as fixed the l v ,

. .

FIG 24 1
bb, at b w ould give t o c a vel o ci t y
. .

cc, .
The aggreg at e o f t hes e t w o w o uld b e t h e algeb rai c su m o f cc, and
cc, . In Fig 2 4 1 we h ave cc, acti ng t o t h e left while cc, act s t o t h e
.
,

right ; t herefo re t h e res ul t ing l v o f c will b e cc, = cc, cc, act i ng t o t h e . .

-

left sin c e
,
In Fig 24 2 where b o t h cc, and cc, act t o t h e left
.
, ,

t h e re sul t is act i ng t o t h e lef t It will b e s een t h at t h e .

s ame re sul t s co uld have b ee n o b t ai n ed b y fi ndi ng the i ns t an t an e o u s

e
c nt re 0 o f ab in e a c h c as e whe n we s h o uld h ave l v c : l v a = co : ao . . . . .
,

In m any cas es t h e lin e s o f m o t io n ar e no t exactly perpe ndi cul ar

t o t h e link no r p ar allel t o e ach o t h er nei t her d o t h e p o i n t s a b an d c
, , , ,

n e c es s arily lie in t h e s am e s t r aigh t li ne b u t o f t en t h e co ndi t i o ns ar e

'

a ppr o xi m a tely a s a s s u m ed i n Fig s 2 4 1 a n d 2 4 2 s o t h at t h e err o r i n tro .

,

1 69
17 0 AG GREGA TE C O M B IN A TIO N S .

d u ce d b y so co ns i der ing them may b e su ffi ciently small t o be pr act i

ca lly di s reg arded .

AS ex amples o f aggreg ate mo t io n b y l inkw o rk we h ave the different

fo rms o f link mo tio ns as u s ed in the v alve ge ars o f revers ing s te am
engines H ere t he end s o f the link s ar e driven by e ccen tri cs and the
.
,

mo t io n fo r the v alve is taken fro m so m e interm edi ate p o in t o n the l ink

who s e dis t ance fro m the end s m ay b e v ari ed at will the ne arer e nd ,

h aving pro po rtio nally the gre ater influen ce o n the resulting mo tio n .

A wheel ro lling up o n a pl an e IS a cas e o f aggreg ate m eti o n the centre ,

—

o f t h e wheel mo vi ng p ar allel t o the pl an e and the wheel i t s elf ro t at ,

ing up o n it s cen tre The resul t ant o f thes e t w o mo tio ns g i ves the
.

aggreg ate re sult o f ro ll ing .

1 61 . Pu ll e y b l o cks
-
fo r H o istin g —The simple fo rms o f ho i s ting
.
~

t ackle ,
as in Fig 243 , . are ex amples o f aggreg ate co mb i natio ns Th e .

FIG 243 . . FIG 244 . .

she aves C and D t urn

o n a fixed ax i s turn o n a b e aring ,
while A and B
fro m whi ch the w eight W is su spen ded Fig 244 is in effe ct t h e s am e . .

as Fig 24 3 b u t give s a cle arer di agr am fo r s tudyi ng the l v r atio

.
,
AS . . .

su m e t h at the b ar ab with t h e S he ave s A and B an d the weight W h as

an upw ard vel o city repre s e n t ed b y v The effe ct o f t his at t h e sheave A

.
,

S i n c e the p o i n t e at any i ns t an t is fixed is equ i v alen t t o a wheel ro lli ng ,

o n a pl an e an d there w o uld b e an upw ard l v at d = 2v At the she ave . . .

,

B there is t h e aggreg ate m o ti o n due t o the d ow n w ar d l v a t e = 2v and . .

the upw ard l v o f the axi s b = v giving fo r the l v o f f 4v upwards

. .
,
. .
, .

lv F 4 W . .

W
'
l . v . 1 F
1 72 A GGREG A TE CO M B IN A TIO N S .

practi cally co nstruct e d is no t siiffi cie nt t o more th an Over co m e

' ' ' '
bl o ck
‘ "
as ,

the fri ctio n o f the ch ain and b e ari ng c .

1 63 Epicyc1i c Tr ain s may b e defined as trai n s o f W

. h eels in whi ch
s o m e o r all o f t h e wheel s h ave a mo ti o n c o m p o u nd ed o f a ro tat i o n ab o u t
an axi s and a rev o luti o n o r tr ans l ati o n O f th at axiS
, ,
.

The wheel s ar e u su ally co nn e cted b y a rigid link su ch as D ( Fig , .

This link is u su ally called the tr ain ar m and it o f t en r o t at es ,

up o n t h e axi s o f the firs t w heel '

A o f the tr ai n : t h e l as t wheel
o f the t r ain may o r m ay no t b e

pl aced up o n t his axis ?

In wh at f o ll o w s we w ill co n
s ide r a wheel t o h av e m ade o n e
“
turn o r ro t at i o n w hen an arro w
pl aced up o n it as in Fig 24 6 ’

,
'
.
,

co m es ag ai n in t o a p o s it i o n par
‘

allel t o it s fir s t p o s i t i o n w i t h t h e

head upw ard aft er a co nt inu ,

o u s angu l ar me t io n ei t her right ,

o r left h anded [The w o rd tu r n -

FIG 24 6 '

will b e u s ed 111 pl ace o f r o t at i on

. .
-

as i t is mu ch S h o rter ; right h an ded t u r n s Will b e co n s idered pos i tive and

-

left h anded tu r n s n egati ve ] In Fig 24 6 the wheel A is assu m ed t o b e

— ~
.
f

.
.

fixed and fo r + 3, o f a turn o f t h e ar m D as sh o wn the wheel B h as

,
1
,
‘
,

t urned a li t tle m o re th an + 4 as i n d i cat ed b y t h e p o s iti o n o f t h e arro w

, .

d e while t h e wheel C h as no t turn ed the arr o w be h avi ng m o ved par

:

, ,
.

allel t o i t s elf .

1 64 There ar e t w o m eth o d s b y whi ch thes e t r ai ns m ay b e so lved :

.

Fir s t B y re so lvi ng the re sul t ant mo tio n in t o it s co m p o n e n t s and

.

then all o wing the s e t o t ake pl ace in su ccessi o n the m o t i o n o f t h e am ,

b ei ng co ns idered firs t .

In Fig 24 7 l e t A h ave 1 00 tee t h an d B 50 ; al s o l e t A m ake + 5

.
'

turns ab o u t the fixed axi s a while the ar m D m akes t o fi nd

t he nu mb er o f turns o f B .

1 S upp o s e the m e ch an i sm l o cked s o th at

°

the wheel s c ann o t t urn in rel at i o n t o the ar m ,

and t h en tur n t h e wh o le —6 t urns ab o u t a t h e ,

nu mb er o f t urns whi ch t he ar IIIis t o m ak e Thi s .

is express ed b y the fi r St li n e o f the fo llew mg

FIG 24 7
t ab le .

2 U nl o ck t h e tr ai n and pu t the whe e l fo r whi ch t h e m o t i o n is g i ven

°
, ,
.

in t hi s c as e A where it sh o uld b e
,
A is t o im ake + 5 t urns bu t it h as
.
1

b een t urn ed — 6 t urns w ith the ar m when t h e t r ain w as l o cked ; it mu s t

therefo re b e no w turned 1 1 in o rder th at it s resul t an t t urns S h all b e 5 .
 EPIC Y CL IC TRA IN S . 73

This will cau se B t o ma ke 22 turns s i n c e the v alue o f t h e t r ain

—
,

t urns B —2 These mo t i o ns ar e expressed by t h e s e co nd line o f t h e

.

t ur ns A
t ab le .

3 T aking the algeb r ai c su m o f t h e ab o ve co mp o n en t m o t i o ns will

°

give the re sul t ant m o t io ns as expre ss ed b y t h e t hird line o f t h e t ab le

,
.

A B Ar m
1
°
Tr ai n l o cked 6 6
Tr ain u nl o cked ar m fixed 11 22
°
2 ,
.

Resul t ant t urns

3
°
5
'
2 6 — —

If in the s am e t rai n it w e r e required t o fi nd t h e nu mb er o f t urns whi ch .

t he ar m m u s t m ake In o rd er t h at B sh all m ake

— 28 t urn s , while A m ake s
’

5 , we m ay l e t a: b e the nu mb er o f t urns o f t h e ar m and pro ceed as ab o ve .

Wit h t he t r ain lo cked t urn the who le a: t urns

'
°
1 ,
.

2
°
Wi t h t h e t r ai n unl o cked and ar m fixed turn , ,
A — x whi ch
— x
will u s e B t o t urn
ca ) .

3 Addi ng t hes e co m p o n e nt m o t i o ns and equ at i ng the t urns o f B

°

thu s fo u nd wi t h t h e given nu m b er o f t urns will give an equ at i o n fro m

.

whi ch cc m ay b e fo u n d: Thes e st ep s ar e express ed in t h e fo ll owi ng t able :

A B Ar m
1
°
Trai n l o cked a
: 2:

Train unl o cked ar m fixed +5 2) (5 w)

°
2 ,
. 90 0

R esul t an t t urns 2) ( 5 ) + 54:

°
3 +5 93 at
—
B ut t ur ns of B 28 — 2) (5 — ) + x;
as

v : —6 = t urns o f ar m .

S eco nd M e tho d .
—B
y the u se o f a ge n er al equ at i o n whi ch m ay b e

wri t t en fo r any o f t hes e t r aIns ,

Wh i ch is usu ally t h e mo re co nvenient
m et ho d .

In t he pr o b lem j u s t so lved we cOu l d wri t e t h e fo ll o wi ng gen er al

s t at em e n t in t h e fo r m o f an equ atio n and a S i m il ar s t at e m e n t co uld
, ,

b e mad e fo r any e p1 cy cl ic t rai n :

equ at i o n it will b e s een t h at t he fi r s t t erm can always b e e x

In t hi s
press ed in t erms o f t h e nu m b ers o f t ee t h on t h e g e ars as it is S im ply ,

t h e v alue o f t h e t r ain ass u m in g t h e ar m fixed It i s abs o lute ly es s enti al .

that thi s v alu e of the tr ai n be expr ess ed as or d epend i ng o n w he ther

the gear s co n s i d e r e d tu r n i n the sa me or in opposi te d ir ecti o ns r e lati ve to
the ar m .

S u b s t it u t i ng the d at a o f t he firs t pro blem gi ven u nder ,

t he t abul ar
me t h o d w o uld gIv e ,

ab so lu t e t urns B — t urns ar m B +
6)
ab s o lu t e t urns A — t urn s ar m 5
1 74 A GG REGA TE CO MB IN A TIO N S .

where B in the l as t term repre s ents the abso lute turns of B ; therefo re
B +6
’
5 +6
turns B — 28 .

Wi th t h e d ata as gi ve n in t h e s e co nd cas e u nder the tabular method ,

where 3: repres ents the turns o f t h e ar m and B and A t he abso l u te ,

t urns o f B and A res pe ct i vely ,

2 B — ar m — 28 — x
‘

1 A — ar m 5 — a:
-
1 0 + 2x = — 28 v ; -

x = — 6 turns .

Pro ble ms th is ki nd may h ave t h e d at a so g i ven that the

nu mb ers o f teeth o n the ge ars o r o n so me o f

them m ay b e requ i red Thu s in Fig 24 8 su p . .

p o s e t h at A is t o m ake + 5 turns and B — 28 , ,

while t he a r m tur s
n — 6 ; t o fi nd the nu mb er
o f teeth n eeded o n the wheel B i f A h as 1 00

teeth and t o determi n e whether o r no t an i dle

,

FICi 248o
wheel is n eeded b etween them B y the general .

e qu ati o n
“
,

rel at i ve turns B ab so lute turns B turns ar m

— — 28 + 6
rel ati ve t urns A ab so lute turns A turns ar m 5 +6
o r the v alue o f the trai n rel ative t o the ar m m u s t b e 2 ; s o B m u s t h ave
—

5 0 tee t h and no i dle wheel is requ i red si n c e the v alu eo f the trai n is
, ,

neg ati ve .

1 66Examp e s o f Ep
l i y li T i — Fig 24 9 s ho ws an appli cati o n
“
. c c c r a n s .

o f the t w o wheel tr ai n co mm o nly kn o wn as the S u n and Planet Whee ls

-

firs t devi s ed by Watt t o avo id t he u se o f a

c r ank whi ch w as p ate n ted ; b u t in h is devi ce
,

t h e pin b wo rked in a cir cu l ar gr o o ve ar o u nd

the cent re a whi ch t o o k t h e pl ace o f the link ab
, ,

and kep t t he t w o wheel s in ge ar The r o d B .

is at t ached t o t h e b e am o f the e ngi n e and a ,

repres ents the engi ne sh aft While in t his .

c as e we canno t s ay t h at the wheel C d o e s no t

t urn yet it s act i o n o n the wheel D fo r an

, ,

i nt erv al o f o ne ro t ati o n o f the ar m is the ,

s am e as th o ugh it did no t tur n as the p os i t i o n ,

at the s t art and s t e p is the s am e Then t o FIG 249

.

fi nd t h e turns o f D fo r o ne turn o f the li nk ab

,

R H we w ill firs t di sco nn e c t the r o d and l o ck the tr ai n thus o b t ai ni ng

. .
, ,

the firs t li ne o f the fo llo wi ng t ab le Then as C h as b ee n turned + 1 .

, ,

w e u nl o ck the tr ai n fix the ar m and turn C

,
1 gi v 1 ng t h e s e co nd l ine
,
-

, .
1 76 A G G REG A TE C J M B IN A TIO N S .

'
ar e o f e S ize Th is trai n h as al so b een u s ed in fib re r c pe m aki ng
t he s am .
-

machi n ery t h e pulley s B b ei ng o fte n made S li gh tly Smaller i n di am eter

,
-

FIG . 25 2 . FIG . 25 3 .

th an A when it will b e fo u nd th at th ey wi ll turn S lo wly in the O pp osi t e

,

dire ct i o n t o th at o f the ar m D gi ving a s ligh t addit io nal t wis t t o the

,

s t r an d s o f the r e pe as they ar e b e ing l aid and m aki ng a r e pe le ss li ab le ,

t o u ntwi st .

If the wheel C in Fig 2 5 0 h as m o re teeth th an A it will t urn in the

.
,

s ame dire cti o n as the ar m Fig 2 5 3 called Fer gu s on s par ad ox S h o ws

. .
,
’
,

an arr angem en t givi n g the three cas e s the wheel E h aving the sam e ,

n u mb er o f teeth as A C O ne m o re th an A and F o ne le ss th an A B
, , ,
,

b ei ng an idle wheel co nn e cting A with the o ther three Th e ar m D turns .

.

freely o n the ax1s o f the s t an d G while A is fas t t o the s t and If D ,

.

make s 1 t urn we h ave fo r the o ther wh eel s b y the t ab ul ar m eth o d :

, ,

A D C E F
‘

°
1 Train l o cked +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
2
°
Tr ai n u nl o cked arm fixed ,
. 1 0 E

gg 1 -

g%
3
°
Re sult an t m o t i o ns 0 +1 1
+ 6, 0

Thu s C turns sl o l
,
R H and F . .
,

s l o wly L H in res pe ct t o t h e wheel E

. .
, ,

all ge ari ng with the pi n i o n B

1 67 The train m ay b e a co m p o u nd
.

trai n and al so the l as t wheel o f

,

the t rai n m ay t urn ab o ut t h e s am e ax1s

as the firs t as s h o w n in Fig 2 5 4
,
Le t . .

the numb ers o f t ee t h b e as i ndi cated o n

the wheel s ; t o fi nd t h e nu m b er o f t u r ns '

o f A wh ile D m ake s + 1 5 t urn s and ,

—
the ar m m akes 3 turns ; also t o fi nd 4

the turns o f B C Us ing the t abul ar .

FIG . 25 4 .
m eth o d we h ave :
A D A rm .

1 Train l o cked
°
.
3 —3 —3

2 Tr ai n u nl o cked ar m fi xe d
°
+2 , ( )
1 8 + 1 8 . .
0
— — —3
3 Re sul t an t m o t i o ns
°
1 2
+ 15
O r A w i ll m ake — 1 t ur n n
ad the s leeve o n w h i ch the,
wheel s B and C
are fas t wil l m ake
— 9 ; turns .
 EX A M PL ES O F EPIC Y CL IC TRAIN S .
177

1 68 . Annul ar
wheel s frequ ent ly en t er i nt o c o ns t ru ct i o n of

t rai ns an d the firs t and l as t wheel s o f t h e

,

t rai n w o uld u s u ally turn ab o u t t h e s am e

axi s .In Fig 25 5 let A h ave 20 tee t h and
,

C h ave 200 tee t h ; C is t o make — 1 6 ;turns

while A m akes +5 0 turns To fi nd t h e nu m .

b e r o f t urns whi ch t he ar m D m us t m ake .

Us i ng t h e gen er al equ ati o n fo r th is ,

rel at i ve tur ns A
rel at ive t urns B

ab so l ut e t ur ns B t u rns D — 1 6 —x
,

50 — x
FIG 25 5
—16 — x
. .
’

Therefo re t h e ar m D mu s t m
'

ake 1 0 turns
The Tr iplex Pu lley blo ck Fig 256 is an ex am
.

ple o f the u se o f an
,
.
,

a nnul ar epi cy cli c t r ai n ; H ere t h e annul ar D is m ade fast t o t h e cas i ng

'

E so t h at it d o es no t t urn The sh aft H t u r ns in b e ar ings in t h e b l o ck

'

fram e o r casi ng E it s axis co in ciding Wi t h th at o f t he annul ar D : The

,

g e ar s B and C ( o f w h i ch t here ar e three equ i di s t ant s et s t o di s tri b ute the

FIG . 25 6 .

s t re ss evenly ut the axi s) co nne ct A wi t h D and t urn l o o sely o n

ab o

s t ud s fas t t o t h e di sc G whi ch in t urn is m ade f ast t o t h e h o ll o w s h af t o f

,

t h e ch ai n wheel G turni ng in b e arings as s h o w n in t h e c as i ng E A .

h and ch ai n wheel K is at t ached t o t h e e nd o f t h e s h aft H t urni ng l o os ely ,

in t h e h o ll o w s h aft o f t h e ch ai n whe el G and s erv es t o act uat e t h e t r ain , .

l
.
1 78 A G GREGA TE COM B IN A TIO N S .

The problem is t o fi nd t he l v rat io o f W t o F Th i s i nvolve s fi nd i ng . . .

firs t t h e a v r ati o of G t o K
. . .

It w ill b e s een th at G is the arm; D , the fixed annul ar is t h e l ast ,

wheel arid A the firs t wheel o f t h e t rai n ; t h e ar m turns t h e lift i ng ch ai n

whe e l and the h an d ch ain wheel K turns A It is t hu s n e cessary t o
,
.

fi nd t h e nu mb er Of turns o f G fo r o ne turn o f A Kno wi ng the a v . . .

rati o o f G t o A and the d i ame t ers L and M o f the ch ai n wheel s we may

‘

, -

ob t ai n the l v rati o o f the ch ai ns

.
-
. .

1 69 . Epi cy cli c B e v e l Tr ain s — Fig 25 7 repres e nts

. a ce m m o n
‘

fo r m
of ep i cy cl i c b evel the t w o b evel wheels D and E
train ,
co ns s i t i ng of -

a t t ached t o S leeve s free t o t ur n

'

ab o ut the s h aft ex t e n d i ng t hr o ugh

them This S h aft carries the .

cross F wh i ch makes the

'
at

b e ari ngs fo r t h e i dlers GG co n

FIG 25 7 n e ct i
.
n g t h e b evel s D and E ( o nly
.

o n e o f the s e idlers IS n e ce s s ary ,

o ar e u s ed t o fo r m a b al an c ed p ai r thu s redu ci ng fri c ti o n

alth o ugh t h e t
w ,

an d we ar) The S h aft F m ay b e gi ven any nu m b er o f t urns b y m e ans

.

o f the wheel A at the s am e t i m e t h e b evel D m ay b e tur n ed as de s i red

, ,

and t h e pr o b le m w ill b e t o deter mi n e t h e res ul t i n g m o t i o n o f the b evel

E} The sh aft and cro ss F here co rres p o nd w i th the ar m o f t h e e picy l ic

S pur ge ar tr ai ns fo r we m ay ass u m e the b evel s l o cked so th a t t hey d o
-

no t tur n rel ative t o F an d the n give the de s ired mo t i o n t o F ; the b evel s

,

m ay the n be u nl o cked and while F rem ai ns fixed s u ch m o t i o n m ay b e , ,

gi ven t o eit her o f them as the d at a requ i re Fo r ex ample in Fig 25 7 .

,
.

let A make + 5 tur wh ile B m ake s — 4 ; t o fi nd t h e r e s u l t in m i

'

ns g o t o n

of C When t he b evel s ar e arranged as in Fig 2 5 7 t h e wheels D and

. .

E mu st h ave the s ame nu mb er o f teeth [It will b e fo u n d cle are r in .

thes e pro ble ms t o assu m e th at the m o t i o n is p o si t i ve whe n the ne arer

s i de o f the wheel m o ve s upw ard in wh i ch c as e a d o w nw ard m o t i o n w o uld ,

b e n eg at i ve ; o r i f a d o wnw ard m o t i o n is ass u m ed as p o si t i ve the n u p ,

w ard mo t i o n w o uld b e neg at i ve ] S o lvi ng the prob lem by the t abul ar .

meth o d we h ave : ,

D E F
1
°
Trai n l o cked . 5 +5 +5
ar m
—9 0
2
°
Tr ai n u nl o cked ,
fixed . +9

3
°
Result ant mo ti o n .
-
4 14 +5

Or the wheel C will m a ke 1 4 tu rn s in the s am e dire c ti o n a s A .

So lvi ng thi s pr o b le m b y the ge n er al equ a ti o n a n d let t i n g D E a nd , , ,

F in the l atter p art o f the e q u at i o n repre s e n t the a b s o lu t e tur ns o f D , ,

,
1 80 A GGREGA TE C O M B IN A TIO N S .

1
°
Tr ain l o cked .

Tr am u nl o cked ar m fixed
°
2 ,
.

14 0
3
°
Result an t mo ti o n + 40
59
1 70 O t h e r Ex am pl e s of Epi cyc li A n ep i cy cli c b evel train
c Tr ain s —
“
.

is u s ed in co nn c e ti o n w i th a train co nt ain ing a p air o f co n e pull eys in ,

a f o rm o f w ater wheel g o vern o r -

regul at ing t h e supply o f fo r

w ater t o the Wheel Fig 260
’

. .

is a di agr am fo r thi s tr ain the ,

p o si t i o n Of t h e b elt co nne cting

t h e co n e pulleys b ei ng regu
'

l ated b y a b all g o v erno r co n

n e ct ing b y lever s w i t h the gu i d

ing fo rk s o f the b el t The gov .

erne r is S O regul ated th at when

ru nni ng at the m e an speed the
b el t will be in it s m id p os iti o n -

at wh i c h pl ace the turn s o f E

and D s h o uld b e equ al an d

FIG 2 60 . .
,

O pp o s it e in dire c ti o n in whi ch ,

c as e the ar m F will n o t b e tur ni ng If the b elt m o v e s up fro m it s m id

.

p o siti o n and if A turns as sh o wn the ar m F will turn in the s am e d ir e c

, ,

tio n as the w heel E As an ex am ple fi nd t h e di am eters a: an d y if C is t o

.
,

turn d ow nward 1 turn fo r 2 5 turns o f A in the d ire ct i o n sh ow n and mu s t

the b el t b e cr oss ed or o pen ? S o lvi ng b y the gener al equ ati o n we h ave ,

—
+1
7
E— F E+ 1
61 6
E

Th e plu s S i g n i n d i c ate s th at E m u s t tur n upw ard or O pp os i te to

'
D,

an d t herefo re an o pe n b el t is required . To fi nd the rat i o equ ate the

t ur n s of E fo u n d
,
ab o v e , to the turns of E fo r 25 t urns Of A through
t h e b el t ; thus ,

Or if t he d Iame t e r v
.
= 7 4 i nches , t hen t he di am eter y wo uld be inches .
 C YL IN D ER B O RIN G —B A RS . 18 1

Epi cy cli c u s ed in co nne cti o n wi t h a s crew in cyli nde r

t r ai ns ar e , ,

b o ri ng b ars t o feed t h e cu t t er co ll ar al o ng t h e b ar
-
L e t F Fig 2 61 .
,
.
,

repres ent su ch a b ar supp o rt ed in the centres o f a l at he E repres ents

, .

FIG . 2 61 .

the cutter h o ld i ng co ll ar
-
The cyli nder t o b e b o red is m ade fast t o
.

t h e b e d o f the l at he an d t h e pro b le m is t o feed t h e co ll ar E t hr o ugh

,

the cyli n der while E t urns wi t h F To t his e n d E is p aired wi t h a .

s c rew ru nni ng in a gro o ve in t h e b ar an d drive n b y a ge ar D

. The ,
.

m o t i o n o f D is due t o t h e epi cy cli c t r ai n A B CD t h e s t ud o n whi ch ,

the wheel s B and C ar e m o u nt ed being fas t t o t h e b ar F and s o cau s

i ng B C t o rev o lve ab o u t the ge ar A m ade fas t t o t h e t ails t o ck o f t h e
’

l at he .

In Fig 2 61 if F turns as sh o wn an d if t h e s c rew h as f o ur t hre ad s per

'

,
.

i n ch R H fi nd t h e res ul t i ng m o t i o n o f t h e co ll ar E fo r o n e t urn o f F
. .
,
.

C alling t h e m o t i o n o f F p o s i t ive an d so lvi ng b y t h e t ab ul ar m e t h o d :

A
1
°
Trai n +1 .

ar m —
°
2 Train unl o cked ,
fixed 1

°
3 R e s ul t an t m o t i o n .

B ut t h e t urns o f D de t erm i n e the m o t i o n o f E will

whi ch we n eed to
b e t h e t urn s rel at ive t o F o r — 1 s i n ce t h e m o t i o n o f E al o n g
,

F is due o nly t o t h e turns o f t h e s crew in F If t h e s crew m akes 9 o f a 2

.

t urn in a dire c t i o n o pp o site t o t h e m o ti o n o f F t h e co ll ar E wil l t ravel ,

l ”
t o t h e righ t whi ch i s t heref o re it s t ravel fo r o n e t u r n o f t h e ba r
Tg , , , .

It will b e evident t h at s in c e A is fix ed an d F t urns d o wnw ard the

, ,

s am e re s ul t w o u ld b e o b t ained b y assu m ing F fixed and t urning A u p

w ard o n ce The t rain fro m A t o D i s arranged s o t hat o ne gear C
.
, ,

w ill b e a ch ange ge ar whi ch m akes it p o ss i ble t o v ary the r at e o f m o t i o n

,
18 2 A GG REGA TE CO M B IN A TIO N S .

Fig . 2 62 s hows an a ppl i catio n o f t he wh i ch w ill

s u n an d plane t w he e l s ,

give the s ame feed o n a bo ring

bar as the arr angeme nt jus t de
s crib ed In t his cas e the s crew . .

S is at t ached t o the co llar in t he

Sam e w ay as b efo re an d t h e e nd ,

o f the s crew pro j e c ts b ey o nd t he

e nd o f the bo r i ng b ar and car -

r ies a s pur whe el A A pin i o n -

B sup po rted by an adj u s t able ,

s tud in the e nd o f the b ar ,

ge ars with the wheel A This .

p inio n is preven ted fro m turn

ing by the S lo tted l ink w o rking
FIG 262
o n the s t at i o nary pin P whi ch
. .

is u sually placed mu ch further b el o w the b o ring bar th an here sh o w n -

.

The ac t io n o f the wheel B is the s am e as that o f C Fig 249 ,

. .

Le t t h e pit ch o f the s crew S b e i E H and let A h ave 9 0 teeth and

”
. .
,

B 20 teeth the bar turning right h an ded as s een fro m the right Call
,
-
.

ing m the tur ns o f B n the turns o f A a the turns o f the b ar and

, , ,

rel ative turns A

rel at i ve turns B ’

and the nu t turns 1 ; ther e fo re the feed is ex}, 1 5 a n d the co ll ar

is draw n t o w ard t h e righ t .

To revers e the fe ed in this mach i ne the s tud o f the wheel B is dro pped ,

so th at A an d B ar e no l o nger in ge ar ; then the idle wheel C is adju s t ed

s o t h at it ge ars with A and B the s tud of the w he e l C mo ving in a T
,

S l o t c o n c e n tri c with the s crew S N ow m 0 a = = 1 a nd e = then

.
, ,

n = $3; and the nu t turns 1 ; therefo re the feed is § X z

3 = 1
7 fi
,,
y

as b efo re b u t no w the nu t mo ve s t o w ard the left

,
.

171 . Ro be r t s s W i n din g o n M o t i o n
’ -— O n a mule the S pu n .

yarn is w o u nd up o n a slightly taperi ng spindle in co ni cal

l ayers as sho wn in Fig 2 63 fo rm ing wh at is called a cap
,
.
,
.

The fo rm at io n o f the co p may b e d iv i ded in t w o p art s :

1
°
the fo rming o f the capbottom up o n a bare S p indle by
s uperp o s i ng a s er i e s o f co ni cal l ayers o f y ar n with a co n tinu
ally i n cre asi ng verti cal angle ; and 2 the b u ild ing o f the b o dy
°

o f the co p b y w i nd i ng the y arn in a s erie s o f n e arly co ni cal

l ayers . If we co nce i ve the w i nding o n t o b eg i n at the b as e .

o f the co n e fo rming the 0 0 pb o t t o m it is evident that the

, ,

s peed o f the S p i ndles mu s t i n cre as e in o rder t o wi nd o n the

FIG 263 . .

s am e am o u n t o f y ar n fo r the s am e tr avel o f the S pi ndle .

Fig 2 64 S ho w s the pri ncip al p arts o f a mule that ar e co ncerned in

.

the w inding o n o f the yarn The carri age GG travels in and o ut

.
 84 A GG REG A TE C O M B IN A TIO N S :

pi ni o n tt ached t o the drum s h aft by a rat ch e t s imil ar t o th at sh o wn

is a .
'

in Fig 1 9 9
. Thi s allo ws the dru m t o turn freely w hile sp i nni ng 1s g o w g
.

o n and s e cure s the co nne cti o n o f J and the s h af t whe n ever J tur ns in
‘

the dire ctio n o f t h e arro w .

3 A ch ai n FF, whi ch co nn e ct s the dru m H with an adju s t able bl o ck

°

E in the qu adr an t ar m A s crew S s erves t o regul ate the p o s i t i o n o f t h e

.
‘

bl o ck in the qu adran t ar m Thi s s crew m ay b e tur n ed by a wre n ch

.

applied t o the s qu ared e nd D o r by m e an s o f t h e b evel ge ar s a t C .

When w ind ing o n b egins the carri age is at it s e xt r e me r igh t p o siti o n

,
‘

the drum H b eing at H 1 and the qu adran t in the p o siti o n D1 N o w

, .

i f we supp o s e the qu adr ant t o b e fixed in t h e p o sitio n D1 and all ow the

carri age t o m o ve in the dru m H will r o t ate in the d i re cti o n o f t h e arr o w
,

with a very ne arly u nifo rm vel o ci t y ; In t his cas e it will gradu ally
ac c eler ate as t h e c h ai n is at t ached t o a p o i nt no t in l i ne w ith t h e mo t i o n
,

o f the t o p o f the dru m If o n the o ther h and we all o w t h e carri age

.
, ,

t o s t and s till and swi ng the qu adr an t ar m fro m D1 t o D, the dru m ,

will ro t ate in a dire cti o n O pp o si t e t o th at o f the arro w with a co ns t an tly

de cre as ing angul ar vel o city pro p o r t i o n al t o t h e perpendi cul ar let f al l
fro m C t o the lin e o f the ch ai n whi ch is the li ne o f conne cti o n All o w , .

ing b o th o f t hes e m o ti o ns t o t ake pl ac e s im ul t an e o u sly b y co nn e ct i ng ,

the carri age as des crib ed wi t h the pini o n B it will b e fo u nd th at t h e ,

mo t i o n o f the ar m in p ass i ng fro m D1 t o D2 will s ub tr act fro m the firs t

n e arly u nifo rm moti o n o f u nwi n di ng o f the ch ai n a co n tinu ally d e cr e as

ing am o u nt and thu s t h e s pi ndle s whi ch ar e drive n by t h e dru m H

, ,

thro ugh t he trai n and rat chet will h ave a co ns t antly accelerat i ng ,

angul ar vel o ci t y .

The faller wire V regulates the p o s iti o n o f w i nd i ng up o n the co p

’
,

an d t h e co u n t er f aller w i re V t akes up an y S l ack b y mo vi n g upw ard

-

t h e wi n di ng o n b ein g s o pl ann ed t h at o nly an am o u nt o f y arn equ al t o

the t ravel o f t he carri age is w o u nd up o n the CO p fo r e ach r u n in o f t h e .
-

carri age .

'
Thi s m o t i o n w o uld b e su i t ab le fo r wi ndi ng a co ni cal l ayer o f a ce r
t ai n s ize b u t a different m o tio n is ne cess ary t o fo rm the co pb o t t o m
,
.

As t h e firs t l ayer o f the co pb o t t o m is pl aced up o n t h e b are s pi ndl e

- -

( o r up o n a thi n c o pt u b e ) a n e arly u n if o r m,
m o t i o n is c alled fo r in t h e

w i nd i ng ; T hi s is o b t ai n ed by pl aci ng t h e bl o ck E in t h e p o si t i o n E9 ,

the pro per o ne t o s t art the c0 pb o t t o m : the mo t i o n o f H will n o w b e a

very gradu ally acceler at ing o n e AS the CO p gradu ally bu il d s u p t h e .
~
,

travel o f t h e faller wire b ei ng higher a nd higher as s h o wn by t h e s u c ,

c es s iv e l ayers in Fig 2 63 t h e screw S is turn ed b y m e ans o f t h e b evel

.
,

gears at C and the p os i t i o n o f t he nu t E 1S s o regul ated t hat t h e p r o pe r

,

am o u n t o f y ar n is w ou nd up o n t h e S pi ndle fo r e ach r un in of t h e c arri age

-

The m o vem ent o f t he nu t E o utw ard is regul ated by t he co u nt er falle r , ,

-

w i re V whi ch thro ws i n t o ge ar a tr ai n o f m e ch ani sm o perat i ng t h e

,
 FUS EE . 85

sc rew S whenever the thre ad s W b e co m e s o t aut as t o draw the wire

b el o w it s no rm al p o s i t i o n mo vem en t o f the nu t E aw ay fro m C cau s i ng
,

less and less m o ti o n t o t h e spindle .

The mo t io n o f t h e f aller w ir e is g o verned by an i n cli ned r ail t h e

‘

incli ne b ei ng v aried so th at in building t h e c0 pb o t t o m t h e wire will

mo ve so as t o m ake the wind ing cl o s er at the b o t t o m t hu s i n cre as ing ,

the di ame t er m o re rapidly t here t h an at t h e t o p

'

The nu t E is m o ved o u t w ard u nt il it re aches a s t o p whi ch is adj u s t e d

in p o siti o n t o b uild the co p up o n t h e C O pb o t t o m t h e wi ndi ng m o t i o n ,

b ei ng t hen t h e s am e fo r e ach r u n in Of the carri age t h e p at h o f t h e falle r

-

wi re being h o wever su c cess i vely higher and higher

, ,
.

The figure sho ws the carri age ru nni ng i n t h e dire ct i o ns o f mo t i o n o f ,

the different p at h s b eing sh o wn by arro ws The nu t E is no w in t h e

,
.

pro per p osi t i o n t o b uil d t h e CO p up o n t h e co pb o t t o m ; fo r a l arger sized

'
-

Co p it w o uld b e n e ce ss ary t o all o w E t o m o ve f ar t her o u t t o w ard E

whi ch is the ext rem e p osi t i o n .

1 72
. A Fu se e is a co ntriv an ce ad o pted in so m e o f the o lder fo rm s
o f w at ches in o rder t o m ain t ai n a u nif o r m f o r c e up o n t h e t r ai n o f
,

n m n f r h
wheel s a d co pe s at e o t e de creasi g p o wer o t e n f h m ai n—S pri n g .

In t hi s cas e t h e fu s ee co ns i st s o f a gro o ve o f a heli cal n at ure t race d

r

up o n a co no id fo rm ed b y r e v ol v ing a hyperb o l a o n o n e o f it s axes

,
‘

The S pri ng is pl aced in a cyli ndri cal dru m and this dru m is co nne ct ed ,

t o t h e fu s ee b y a c o rd o r ch ai n As t h e S pri ng u n co il s and it s fo r ce
.

d i min ishes t h e co rd b ei ng drawn t o t h e cyli nder ac t s o n a co n t i nu ally

,

i n cre as i ng ar m t h e gro o ve b ei ng s o m ade t h at t his ar m i n cre as es in t h e

,

pro per rat i o .

In m e ch anis m the fu s ee is freque nt ly em pl o yed t o t rans m i t m o t i o n ,

an d t he n it e n ab les u s t o derive a c o nt i nu ally i n cre as i n g o r de c re as i ng

mo t i o n fro m t h e u nifo rm m o t i o n o f t h e fu s ee s h aft .

The groo ve o f the fus ee m ay b e t r aced up o n a co ne o r o t her t aperin g

s urf ace o r it m ay b e co m pre s s ed i n t o a flat
, S pir al cu r ve ; in all cas es ,

t h e effe c t pro du c ed will b e t h at due t o a su c ces s i o n o f arm s whi ch

radi at e in perpendi cul ar dire cti o ns fro m t h e
fixed ax1s and co nt inu all y in cre as e o r de
,

cre as e in le ng t h .

Tw o fu s ees m ay b e co m bi ned ( Fig 2 65 ) .

s o th at t h e m o t i o n pr o du c ed m ay b e in c r e as

ing at firs t and t hen de cre as i ng at t h e l as t .

S u ch a devi ce k no w n as a s cr o ll is u s ed
, ,

t o o perat e t h e c arri age o f a s pi n n ing m ule -

whi ch sh o uld h ave an accelerat ed m o t i on .

up t o t h e m iddle o f it s p at h an d t hen a
, ,
,

ret arded m o t i o n t o t h e e nd o f it s p at h ,
FIG 2 65
t h e s t ar t and s to p b ei ng s l o w
'

.
 CHAPTER XII .

E
( H R NG
A I — CO N S TRUCTIO N O F G EAR TEETH -

1 73 . In Ch apter IV, t ted th at tee t h co uld be fo rmed

44 , it w as
'
s a

fro m ro lli ng cylinders o f s u ch S h ape th at by t hei r S l i d i ng act io n t h e

s am
'

e a v rat i o co uld be ob taine d fo r the axes O f the ro ll ing bo d i es as

. .

w o uld be o bt ained if the ro ll ing b o d i es were assu med t o dri ve e ach

o t her w i th o ut s l i pp i ng .

In o rder t o d iscu ss the act i o n o f s u ch gears and t o desi g n them it , ,

will b e n e cess ary t o u nde rs t an d the foll o wing defini ti o ns o f the v ari o u s
terms co ns t antly u s ed :
— The p i t ch s urface o f a t o o thed wheel o r rack is
1 Pitch S u r face
°
.
, ,

the element ary s urfac e fro m whi ch the t oo th curves ar e fo rmed as ,

e i ther o ne o f a p air o f r o lli ng cyl i n ders

—
2 Pit ch Lin e The p i t ch line o f a gear wheel is the trace O f the
° -
.

p i t ch surface o n a pl ane perpendi cul ar t o the ax is o f t h e wheel ; in a

'

c yli n der th i s w o uld b e a ci r cle ; in a r ack where the teeth ar e f o rm ed

q

fro m a pl an e i t w o uld b e a s traight l in e Where the teeth ar e f o rmed .

fro m ro lli ng co nes the p i t ch l ines ar e comm o nl y t aken as the l arges t

i nt er s e c ti o ns o f the perpend i cul ar pl an es thu s gl v mg the bas es o f the ,

ro lli ng co nes as thei r p i t ch ci r cles .

3 Pi t c h Po i n t The p i t ch p o in t o f a p ai r o f ge ar wheel s is the

° — -

p o i n t o f co n t act o f t heir p i t ch l ines as the p o int c Fig 2 66 The pi tch

, ,
. .

p o i nt o f a t oo t h is the p o i n t where the t o o th curve c r o ss e s the p i t c h l i n e ,

as a , , Fig 2 66
. .

4
°
Pi t ch .
— Di am e t r al Pit ch .
—The
p i t ch is the d is t an ce m e asured o n
t h e pi t ch l i ne fro m a p o i nt o n o ne t o o th t o the co rres p o nd i ng p o in t o n
t h e n ext t o o th as ao , Fig 2 66 and is equ al t o t h e th i ck nes s o f the t oo th
, ,
.
,

plu s the S p ace b et wee n the t e e t h a, b1 + bl c In all cas es the p i t ch mu st

, ,
.

b e an al i qu o t p ar t o f t h e p i t ch l i ne and in o rder th at t w o wheel s may ,

ge ar wi t h e ach o ther they mu st h ave the s ame p i t ch Thus in Fig 266 . .

ca 1 m u s t equ al caz .

Di ametr al Pi tch — TO l ay o u t the teet h o n a p ai r o f wheel s it is ,

ne ce ss ary t o u s e t h e pit ch ; b u t i f the p i t ch is arb i trarily ass u m ed i t

,

1 86
1 88 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -
.

e qu al ,
sothe fo r mer defi ni ti o n is b e t ter B ackl ash prevent s t h e
t h at .

no n ac t i ng S ide s o f the tee t h fro m t o u ching and s o m e s h ould alw ays b e

-

.
,

pro vided bu t it m ay b e very sm all In accurat ely cu t ge ars

,
.

6 Ad d e n d u m — The adden dum 1s the term applied t o the leng t h o f

°
.

the to o th o uts ide th e pit ch ci r cle as d , c, Fig 266 and a ci r cle drawn , ,
.
,

thro ugh the p o i nt e2 with 0 2 as a centre is called the ad d end u m li ne o r

cir cle and l i m i t s the t o p s o f t h e t ee t h
,
.

°
7 R o o t C i r cl e —The ro o t lin e o r ci r cle i s a line drawn thro ugh t h e
.

b o t t o ms o f the S p aces as thro ugh f, Fig 2 66 , ,

. .

°
8 Cl e ar an ce —The cle aran c e is the d ifferen ce b etween the rad i al
.

d is t ance fro m the p i t ch line o f o ne wheel t o it s ro o t ci r cle and t h e ad d e n ,

d u m o f the o t her wheel and is the am o un t by whi ch t h e t o p s o f t h e

,

tee t h o f o ne wheel cle ar the b o tto ms o f t h e S p aces o f the o ther as they ,

p as s the li ne o f cen tres ; th us in Fig 266 my is t h e c learan ce o n t h e

,
.
,

wheel A and is e qu al t o In mo s t wheels th e adde ndu m is

the s ame o n e ach o f t w o
wheel s in ge ar s o t h at the ,

cle ar an c e w o uld b e t he
di fference b e t wee n the r a
d i al d is t ances fro m t h e
p i t ch ci r cle t o the ro o t .

and adde ndu m cir cles as ,

d zlz d zez "

-

° —
9 Le n g t h Th e

n
.

le g t h o f a t o o t h is the
di s t an ce b e t wee n the ad
d e nd u m and ro o t cir cles
m e as u red o n a r adi al li ne ,

as ezf z
Fig 2 66
,
. .

°
10 B re ad t h Th e .

b re ad t h o f a t o o th is the
d is t ance me as ured o n an
ele ment o f the pit ch su r
face between the t w o
,

b o u ndi ng s urfac es o f t h e
t o o th .

11
°
Par t s of th e

Te e t h —Face an d Fl ank .

—The face o f a t o o th is
th at p art o f the t o o t h
curve exte ndi ng b ey o nd

Fm , 2 67 .
the pi t ch cir cle as ca ,

caz , Fig 267 ,. and t h e fl ank is th at p art o f the curve wi t h i n the p i t ch

c i rcle ,
as cbl , cbz . If t h e wheel A is t h e dri ver and t urni ng as s h o wn , it
 A RCS O F APPRO A CH A N D RECES S 18 9

will be s een th at the fl ank o f the dri ver ac ts up o n the face o f t h e

fo ll o wer during the appro aching act io n t h at is while t h e teet h ar e , ,

s lidi ng t o w ard e ach o t her an d ,

t h at duri ng t h e re cedi ng act i o n t h e
face o f t he driver will dri ve t h e fl ank o f t h e fol lo wer The acting flank .

is the p ar t o f the fl ank whi ch co m es i nt o co nt act wi t h t h e face o f t he

t o o th o f t h e o t her wheel fo r it will b e evide nt fro m Fig 267 t h at t h e
,
.

ent ire fl ank canno t co m e in to co nt act Thus t h e acting fl ank of t he

.

to o t h o n A is d x= cy d b eing the firs t p o in t o n t he fl ank o f A t o com e

,

int o co nt act with t h e fac e o n B .

12
°
Po i nt o f C o n t act — Pat h O f Co n tact — Po i nt s o f co n t act ar e
p o i nt s where the tee t h t o u ch e ach o t her as f and 9 Fig 267 and , ,
.
,

the p at h o f co nt act is a smo o t h curve draw n thro ugh t h e su ccessive

p o in t s o f con t act o f a p ai r o f t eeth while in act i o n as t h e curve d ce , ,

Fig 267
. . Th e p ath o f co n t act is always li m i t ed b y t h e addendu m
cir cles,
as at d and e an d will b e fo un d t o alway s p as s thro ugh t h e
,

pi t ch p o i nt o f the wheels .

1 3 Ar cs an
°
d A n g l e s o f Ac t i o n —Ar c s an d. An gl e s o f Ap pr o ach
an d Re ce ss .
—In Fig 268 let C 1 and D1 b e a p air o f t ee t h in co nt act at
.

FIG . 2 68 .

the p o int at where the co ntact b egins and l e t C2 and D2 b e the,

p air o f tee t h in the p o si t io n where co nt ac t j u s t e nds at c ; then the ar c

o f acti o n is the ar e thr ough whi ch t h e pi t ch li ne o f ei t her wheel m o ves

while a pair o f tee t h ar e in co nt act as a1 b1 = a2b2 The angles of action

, .

are t h e angles t hro ugh whi ch t h e wheels move while a p air o f t eeth

ar e in ac t i o n and if t he diame t ers ar e no t alike t hes e angles will be

, ,
19 0 CON S TR UC TIO N OF GEAR TE TH -
E .

in vers ely as the r ad n o f the p i t ch ci rcles sin ce the ar cs whi ch sub tend
,

them ar e equ al . Fo r A ( Fig 2 68) the angle o f a ct io n is (xi and fo r

.
,

B ,
042 .

The ar cs of appr oach ar e a1c = a2c the ar cs thro ugh wh i ch the p i t ch ,

li nes mo ve wh ile t h e t eeth ar e m o ving t o ward e ach o t her whi ch ,

acti o n e n d s whe n the p o i n t s a1 and a, the p it ch p o ints O f the ,

teeth m eet e ach o ther at 0

,
S imil arly t h e ar cs of r ecess ar e cb1 = cb2
. .

The angles o f appro ach and o f re c es s fo r the wheel A ar e the angles su b

tended by t h e ar cs o f appro ach and o f re cess respe ct i vely 81 and fl , ,
.

Fo r the wheel B the angles o f appro ach and o f re cess are E , an d 79

respe ct i vely .

In order th at o ne p ai r o f teeth sh all no t c e as e thei r act i o n un t il the

'

next p ai r ar e in co n t ac t the ar c o f act io n m u s t b e at le as t eq u al t o the

,

i t c h an d in pr a c ti c e i t s h o ul d b e co ns i derab ly m o re i f m u ch fo rc e is
p ,

t o b e trans mi tted s o th at u s u ally t w o p ai r o f teeth o r m o re ar e always

, , ,

in co nt act .

The appro ach ing act i o n is mo re Inj u n o u s th an the rece d ing actio n ,

fo r in appr o ach the fri ct io n b etween the teeth add s t o t h e pres

s ure o n the b e ar i n gs o f t h e wheel s wh ile in re ces s the revers e is the
,

c as e .

1 4 Lin e o f Actio n o L e o C o
°
r in f nn i
e ct o n — O bliqu ity o f Act ion . .

Th e line o f act i o n o r l in e o f co nn e ctio n is a lin e n o rmal t o the to o th

, ,

curve s at the i r p o i n t o f co n t act as is al w ay s the c as e 111 p 1 e ces in sli din g

,

co nt ac t ( se e The co m p o n en t mo t io ns al o n g th is l in e will b e the

s am e fo r the t w o p o i n t s in co n t ac t as wil l al so b e the c as e fo r the fo r c e
,

co m p o n e n t s tr ans mi tted The o bli qu ity of acti on o r angle ofobli qu i ty is

.
, ,

t h e angle whi ch any l in e o f act io n m akes wi th the co mm o n t an gen t t o

‘

the t w o p i t ch l ines Thus in Fig 2 68 the teeth C1 and D1 in co nt act

. .

at d will h ave fo r the li ne o f ac t i o n the n o r m al d c an d the an gle o f ,

'
o bl i qu it y in th at p o s i t i o n will b e 5 1 The m ax imu m angle o f o bli qu i ty
.

i n appr o ach w o uld b e the angle o f o b liqui ty at the b eginning o f appro ach ,

whi ch is 81 in the figure and 52 wo uld b e the m ax imum angle o f o bli qu i ty

,

i n r eces s s in c e cc is the lin e o f acti o n at the e nd o f the p ath O f

, ,

co nt act .

The angle o f obl i qu i ty S h o uld no t b e l arge as the fo r ce requ i red t o ,

o ver co m e a g i ven res i s t an c e w o uld i n cre as e i f the angle o f o b l i qu i ty

i nc re as ed S in ce the mo m ent ar m o f the fo r ce al o ng t h e l ine o f co nn e cti o n

,

wo uld de cre as e in the dri ven wheel i f the angle o f o b liqu ity i n creas ed ,

ne ces s i t at ing a gre ater pre ss ure b y the d ri vi ng to o th .

ed . —
1 74 . G e ar in g Cl assifi
The fo ll o wing ar e the vari eti es o f t oo th
whee ls co mmo nly me t with in pract i ce .

— H ere the axes Of the wheel s ar e p arallel

1 Spu r G e ar ing ( Fig
°
.
,

If we s upp o s e the nu mb er o f tee t h t o b e i n cre as ed indefi nitely their ,

1 92 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -
.

the cas e S ho w n press ure will res ult al o ng the axes o f the gears
In , '
.

To neutral i ze th is axi al press ure the tw is t i ng can b e m ade t o s t ar t at ,

t h e cen tral pl an e o f the wh eel and pro c eed the s am e o n e ach S id e as , ,

S h o w n at A .

“
5 S cr e w G e aring ( Fig — H ere the teeth al so h ave a heli coi d al
°
.

fo rm as in tw is ted gearing and redu ce t o hel i cal l ines ; bu t thes e hel i c es

, ,

lie up o n cyl inders wh o s e axes ar e in differen t pl an es the p i t ch surfaces ,

to u ching in a S i ngle p o int o nly As illu s trated b y the w o rm and .

”
wheel i t is the s crew l i ke act i on al o ne o f o ne wheel o n the o ther whi ch
,
-

t rans mit s t h e m o t io n .

FIG . 2 73 . FIG . 27 4 .

6
°
Face G e ar ing ( Fig 2 74 ) is
mu ch u s ed in m o dern mach inery . no t .

The teeth gener ally co nsis t o f turned p ins proj e c t ing from ci rcul ar di s cs ,
bu t m ay b e arr anged o n o ther s urfaces th an pl anes ; the axes als o m ay
be incl ined to each o ther .

In th i s cas e the teeth ar e ci r cul ar in s e ct i o n and t o u ch o nl y in o ne ,

p o int ; and when the nu mb er is i ncre as ed i ndefi ni tely t w o ci r cles to u ch ,

ing e ach o ther at thei r ci r cu m feren ce will res ult Face wheels then .
-

, ,

h ave no p i t ch s urfaces pro perly s o called, b u t surfaces _ o f so m e k ind

ar e requ i red t o s upp o r t the teeth Th is cl ass o f ge ari ng w as b est .

ad apted t o w o o den m ill m ach i n ery an d at o ne t i m e w as u s ed al mo s t ,

e x cl usi v ely fo r th at purp o s e .

Fu nd am e nt al Law G ov e r nin g t h e Sh ape s o f Cu r v e s S uitabl e fo r

'

1 75 .

To o t h C u r v e s — In Fig 2 7 5 l e t A and B b e t w o p i e ces in S l i di ng c o nt act

.

at the p o int d w i t h nn as the co mmo n no rm al t o the act ing surfac es a

t

d , and ass u m e t h e p i e ce B , turni ng R H t o b e driv ing the p i e ce A . .

,
.

Draw 0 1a and 0 20 perpe n d i cul ar t o nn The d i re cti o n o f mo ti o n o f the .

p o i nt a in A and also the dire ct io n o f mo ti o n o f b in B ar e in th is p osi

, , ,

t io n al o ng nn ; therefo re the l v o f a mu s t b e equ al t o the l v o f b, fo r

,
. . . .

if l . v . were gre ater th an l v o f b the curves in co nt act at d wo uld

of a .
-

.
,

s ep arate Thi s fact is al so evi den t b y no t i cing th at nn is the line of

.

conn ecti o n b etwee n the S l i ding p i e c e s in co n t ac t at d and the co m ,

p o n e nt s al o n g n n o f t h e l v s o f any p o i n t s in e i ther A o r B s i tu ated o n

.
’
~

nn m u s t b e equ al ; a an d b whi ch ar e in the give n p o si t i o n m o v i ng

,

, , ,

al o ng n u m u s t therefo re h ave the i r l v s equ al

’
. .
,

lv
. . a = a v A >< o l a
. . and lv . . b= a v . . Bo b .

lv
. . a=l v . . b;
av . . A a v . . B = 0 2b ol a .
 L A W GO VERNIN G S HA PES OF TO O TH C URVES . 19 3

B ut by co ns tru ct i o n the tri angles o l ac and o z bc ar e s imil ar fro m whi ch

,

oz b 0 1 a = 0 2c ol e ;
a v . . A : a v . . B = o ze ol o .

If now we draw the two c ircles sh o wn d o t ted thro ugh the p o int c wi th
the cent res 0 1 and o an d ass u m e the cir cles t o m o ve in ro lli n g co n t act ,

we S ho uld h ave
a v . . o1 a v . . 0 2 = ozc ol c .

Therefo re the t w o pi e ces A and B wi t h t heir axes at o1 and o 2 res pe ct ,

iv e ly h ave an a v r ati o d ue t o their s l i di ng co n t act exactl y t h e sam e

,
. .
, ,

FIG . 27 5 .

at this ins t ant th at o f t w o ro lling cyli nders o n the s ame axes and in
as

co nt act at 0 Thus i f a cons t ant a v rat io is t o be mai nt ained whi ch 1S

. : .
,

t h e S pe ci al fu n cti o n o f ge ari ng it is O nl y n e c e ss ary th at the to o th cu r ves

,

s hall be so shaped that at any poi nt of co n tact the common nor mal to the
cu r ves s hall pass thr o u gh the pi tc h poi n t of the w hee l s Fo r i f o n m o ving .
,

the pie ces A and B i nt o so m e o ther p o siti o n and drawi ng the no rmal t o ,

the act ing curves at the ne w p o int o f co nt act it were fo u nd th at this ,

no rm al p ass ed t hro ugh so m e o ther p o i nt th an c o n the li ne o f c e n tres ,

it co uld b e pro ved th at t h e a v rati o w as the same as th at o f so me

. . .

o ther p ai r o f r o lli ng cyli n der s in co n t act at the p o i nt where the ne w

.

no rm al cro ss es the lin e o f cen tre s .

This Law th at the nor mal to _

,
the too th cu r v es at any point of contact
mu s t pas s thr ou gh the pi tch poin t of the gear s is fund amen tal t o all types ,

o f ge ari ng if c o n s t an t a v rat i o is t o b e fio b t ain e d

‘

. . .

Fig 27 6 S ho ws a pinio n and annul ar wheel with o ne p air o f tee t h in

.

co n t ac t at d nn b ei ng t h e co mmo n n o rm al t o the curves at d

,
o l a and .

0 20 ar e dr aw n perpendi cul ar t o nn Then by t he s ame reaso ning as in

"

.
,

Fig 27 5 ,
.

lv
. . a =l v . . b;
lv
. . a=a v. . ol >( ol a and lv
. . b= a . v . 0 2 X 0 2b ;

av
. . o1 a v
. . o = 0 2b 0 1 a = 0 20 ol e ;
19 4 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F G EA R—TEETH .

o r, the teeth in co nt ac t at d wo ul d give t o the axes o1 and o2 the g

sa me
ratio as th at o f the t wo c yli nders in i n ter nal co nt act at 0 .

FIG 2 7 6
. .

1 76 . Rat e determine the rate o f sl i ding o f o ne to o th

o f Slid ing .
— TO
up on ano ther at any p o s it io n i t will b e ne cessary t o fi nd the l v o f the . .

p o int o f co ntact cl In each o f the teeth and reso lve thes e l v s into their ,
.
’

co mp o n en t s al o ng the co mmo n n o r mal and the co mm o n t angen t In .

Fig 276 let d e repres ent the l v Of d aro und 0 1 ; the co mp o n en ts o f d e

‘

. .
.

al o ng t h e co mmo n no rmal and t angen t ar e di and d g r e s pe c tively The .

dire ct ion o f the mo t io n o f d aro un d 0 2 is alo ng the line dh To fi nd the .

magnitude o f it s l v we h ave d i as it s co mp o nen t al o ng the co mmon

. .

no r mal si n c e thi s no rmal is the lin e o f co nn e c tio n b etwee n the t w o

,

S liding surface s and co mp o n en t s al o ng the li n e o f co nn e ct io n mu s t b e

equ al This will give dh as the l v o f d aro un d 0 2 and die as it s co m

,

. . .
,

p o nent al o ng the co mmo n t angent The rate o f sliding will b e fo u nd t o

.

b e gk equ al t o d g + d k s in c e the co mp o nents al o ng the t angent act in

, ,

O pp o s ite dire ctio ns .

77
1 G e.n e r al Pr o bl e m — Co nj u gat e Cu r v e s
.
— G i ven the face o r
fl ank
o f a t o o th o f o ne o f a p ai r o f wheel s t o fi nd the fl ank o r f ac e o f a t oo th
,

o f t h e o ther The so luti on o f th is prob lem depend s o n the fu nd a

.

men t al l aw § 1 7 5 ,
In Fig 277 let the fl ank and face o f a t o o t h o n
. .

A b e give n If A is co ns idered as the driver p o i nt s o n t h e fl ank as

.
, ,

a and b will be p o i n t s o f co n t ac t in the appro achi ng acti o n and by the ,

,

l aw t hey can pr o perly b e p o in t s o f co nt act o nly whe n t h e no rmals t o

the fl ank at t hes e p o i nt s p ass th ro ugh the p it ch p o i nt : t herefo re drawi ng
1 96 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -
.

Ano ther m eth o d o f s o lving the ve prob lem is sh o w n in Fig 278

ab o .
,

where 0 1 and 0 2 ar e a p air o f pl ates who s e edges ar e sh ape d t o ar cs o f the

given pit ch cir cles AA 1 and B B , due all o w ance ,

b eing m ade fo r a t hin s trip Of m et al gh co nne ct , ,

ing the pl ates t o ins ure no s lippi ng o f t heir e dg es

,

o n ea
1 ch o ther .

At t ach t o 0 2 a th in pie ce o f s heet m et al M the , ,

edge o f whi ch is sh aped t o t h e given cu rve aa, ; ‘

3
1 an d t o 0 1 a pie c e o f p aper D the pie ce M b eing
1 , ,

elev ated abo ve 0 1 t o all o w s p ace fo r t h e free mo ve

m ent o f D N o w ro ll the pl ates t o gether keep ing ,

“
.

the m et alli c s trip gh in tens ion and with a fi n e , ,

FIG 278 marki ng —p o int trace up on the p aper D fo r a su ffi

, ,

c ie n t nu mb er o f p o s iti o ns , the o utli n e o f the cu rve aa l A Curve j us t .

t o u ching all the su ccess ive o utlin es o n D as w is the co rres p o nding

,

to o t h curve fo r o , .

Co nj u gate Cu r v e s — Any t w o curves s o rel ated t h at b y their S liding ,

z

c o nt act m o ti o n will b e tr an sm itted with a co ns t an t a v r ati o as in ro ll

,
. .
,

ing cylinders ar e called co nj ug ate curves

,
The curves in t his c as e ar e
.
, ,

o ften c alled o d on to id s .

1 78
. After fi nd i ng the pro per S h apes fo r the t o o t h curves and kno w
ing the p i t ch b ackl as h ad d en du m and cle aran c e t he tee t h m ay b e
, , , ,

d rawn as in Fig 2 7 9 . A co n veni en t m eth o d o f l aying

. the p i t ch ab1

FIG . 2 79 .

on the p i t ch ci r cle is ind i cat ed in the figure ; let ab b e equ al t o the p it ch ,

l ai d o ff fr o m t h e pit ch p o in t o n the t angen t ; s t ar t ing fro m b s p ace o ff

,
 THE D RA WIN G O F RO L LED C UR VES . 197

t o ward aequ al d i visio ns s uffi ci ently sm all S O th at when s p aced b ack on

t h e pit ch c ir cle t h e differe n ce b e t wee n ch o rd and ar e m ay b e negle ct ed ;
o ne o f t hes e divi s i o ns as c w ill co m e suffi cie n t ly ne ar t o a t h at it ma
, , y
b e co ns idered t o b e o n t h e pi t ch cir cle as well as on t h e t ange n t Fro m .

t hi s p o i nt e s p ac e b ac k o n the pit ch ci r cle the s am e nu mb er o f d i vi si o ns .

g ivi n g t h e p o i n t b,;
an d a b1 w i ll b e very n early equ al t o ab This m e t h o d .

o f S p ac i ng m ay b e u s ed t o c o ns tru c t the t o o th c urve s in t h e t w o s s

y
-

tems o f ge ari ng t o b e dis cu ss ed in this ch apter .

If t h e fl anks ar e ex t e nded u n til t hey j o in t h e roo t l i ne a very we ak ,

t o o t h wo uld o f t e n res ul t ; t o avo id this a fi llet is u s ed whi ch is limi t ed,

b y t h e ar c o f a cir cle co nn e c t i ng the ro o t li n e wi t h t h e fl ank and lyi ng ,

o ut s ide t h e ac t u al p at h o f t h e e nd o f t h e f ac e o f t h e o t her wheel This . .

actu al p at h o f t h e e nd o f the f ac e is c alled t h e tr u e clear i ng cu r ve t h e ,

co ns tru ct i o n o f whi c h is t aken up l at er in 1 79 ,

Fig 2 7 9 s h o ws a rack and pi ni o n in ge ar

. If t h e p ini o n dri ves the .
,

p at h o f co nt act will b e kal The end s o f the acting fl anks ar e also i nd i

.

c at e d at m and n .

1 79 . Th e Dr aw in g o f R o ll e d Cu r v e s — Any
urve d escri bed
c by a

p o int ca rried b y o ne lin e whi ch ro lls up o n ano t her m ay b e calle d a r o ll ed

The line whi ch rrie the tr i g p o i nt is called the gener atr ix d e

ca s ac n -

s cr ibi ng li n e o r d es cr ibi ng ci r cl e while t h e o n e in co nt act w i t h whi ch i t

, ,

ro lls is called t h e dir ectr i x o r base line; ei t her lin e m ay b e s traigh t o r ,

b o t h m ay b e cur v ed .

1 Th e Cycl o id
° — This curve is t raced b y a p o int in the ci rcu m fer
.

e n ce o f a cir cle whi ch ro lls up o n a s trai ght li n e as a dire c trix as the ,

curve aa2a9 ( Fig 2 8 0 ) trac ed b y the p o i n t a in t h e cir cu m feren ce o f the

.

c ir cle wh i ch r o ll s o n the s t r aight t an gen t line ae .

FIG . 28 0 .

To co nstru ct the curve l ay off o n the ci r cu mference o f t he rolli ng

,

ci r cle a s eri es o f equ al d i vis i o ns as s h o wn and o n t h e t angen t l in e a ,

S i mil ar s eri e s o f d i vis i o ns s u c h th at the div i s i o n s o n t h e ar c ar e o f t h e

s am e le ng t h as t h o s e o n t h e s tr aigh t li n e an d t h at t h e c o rre s p o ndi ng ,

p o ints wi ll ro ll int o e ach o t her Thi s divis i o n m ay b e m ade b y carefully

.
198 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F G EA R TEETH
-

u sin g p i g d i vi ders s e t t i ng them so fi ne t h at t he difference b e t ween

s ac n -

a ch o rd and it s ar c is i n appre c i ab le o r b y re c t ifyi ng b y c al cul at i o n a

,

p o rt io n o f t he ar c o f the ro lli ng cir cle and dividi ng b o t h i nt o t he s am e

nu mb er o f e q u al p art s as h as b ee n d o n e in t h e fig u re
,
The ce nt re o f
,

the roll ing ci r cle mo ves o n a li ne 0 0 4 p arallel t o t h e t ange nt li n e and it s

, ,
.

p o si t io n can b e fo u nd fo r e ach d i vis io n b y ere ct i ng p erpen di culars

thro ugh t h e d i v i si o ns o n the d i re ct rix To fi nd a p o int as a co rre
.
,

spo ndi ng t o t h e fo u r t h d i vi s i o n : H ere the ce ntre o f t h e ro lli ng ci r cle is

at 0 4 and the ci r cle is t ange n t t o t h e dire ct r i x at c ( pe r pen d i cul arl y

,

u nder the p o i nt e1 o n the ci rcle h avi ng ro lled t o t h e p o int e o n the

d ir e ctrix . H en ce s tri king an ar e fro m 0 4 w i t h a rad iu s o, e equ al th at ,

o f the de s c ri b i ng ci r cle and i nters e ct i ng t h i s w i th an ar c s tru ck fro m

'

t h e t ange nt p o i nt 6 w i th a rad ius eq u al t o the co rd ael we O b t ai n t he ,

p o int a, In the s ame w ay o ther p o int s may be fo u nd s The ins tan

t ane o u s cen tre o f the ro ll i ng cir cle is at the t ange nt p oint e and a, e is ,
.

the no rmal it s lengt h repres en ti ng the radius o f curvature o f the cy cl o id

,

at the p o int a, . In fact the cy cl o i d mi ght b e drawn b y m aking i t t an

e n t t a s er i e s o f ar cs s t r u ck as ab o ve fro m the divi s i o ns o f the d i re c trix
g o .

Ano ther me t ho d o f l o cat i ng the p oi nt a4 is t o draw t hro ugh the p o i nt

61 o n the ci r cle a l i n e el a4 p ar allel t o the d i re c tri x a nd no t i ng where it

int e rs e ct s the co rre s p o ndi ng ar c o f the ro lli ng cir cle .

2 Th e Epicycl oid — Th is curve is traced by a p o int in the ci rcu m

° ~

FIG . 28 1 .

ference o f a ci r cle wh i ch ro ll s o n the o u tsid e o f ano ther ci r cle as a dir e c

tri x
The co ns tru cti o n Fig 28 1 is S i m il ar t o t h at o f t h e cy cl o i d and t h e
,
.
, ,

figure is lettered t o co rresp o nd ; the cen tre o f the des cribing circle mo ves
20 0 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F G EA R TEETH .

Fig 283 ho ws the co ns tru ctio n o f a hyp o cy cl o id the le t t ers co rre

. s ,

s po nd ing t o t ho s e in the previ o u s curve s ; t h e small c ir cle abl c1 r o lli n

g
t o t h e righ t i nside o f the l arge cir cle abcd tr ac es t h e curve aa2a9a5
, , If .

ano ther cir cle a ezf z

wh
,
o s e di
,
am eter is equ al t o the differen ce b etween t h e
diameters o f the dire c t i ng cir cle and t h e des crib ing cir cle abl cl as in Fig , .

283 is ro l led i ns ide the dire ctin g cir cle ex act ly t h e s am e hyp o cy clo id
, ,

will be traced as that traced by the cir cle ab, c, and these hyp o cy clo id s ,

FIG . 283 .

will ide as sho wn in the figure pro vided t h e describi ng cir cles ro ll
co n c i ,

in O ppos i te dire c ti o ns ; thu s in the figure the cir cle ae9 f9 ro ll s t o the lef t
and give s t h e p o i n t s a, a4 while the cir cle abl c1 ro ll s t o t he right and
, ,

gives the p o i nt s a, as as This d ou ble gener ation of the hypocyclo id will

, ,
.

b e referr e d t o in di scu ss ing annul ar whe e l s u s i ng thes e curves .

When the diameter o f the ro lling cir cle is o ne h alf t hat o f t h e cir cle -

in whi ch it ro lls the hyp o cy cl o id b e co me s a di ame t er o f t h e dire c t i ng

,

cir cle .

4 Th e Inv o l u t e o f t e C i r cl e
°
h — This curve may be co nsidered as
.

generated by a p o i nt in a s traigh t line whi ch ro ll s up o n a cir cle It may .

al so b e r eg arded as gen er ated by u nwin di ng an i n ex t e ns ib le fi ne thre ad

fro m a cylinder ; the thre ad b eing alw ays t au t and always t angen t t o
the cyli nder it s leng t h is thu s equ al t o t h e ar c fro m whi ch it w as unwo und
,
.
 TH E DRA WIN G O F RO LL ED C URVES . 20 1

To fi p o int as d , in t h e inv o lute ( Fig

nd o ne Dr aw the r adiu s
, ,
.

0c. and perpe n di cul ar t o it dr aw t h e

t angent caz M ake t h e t angent caz .

equ al in leng t h t o the ar c ac and a2 is

a p o i nt o n t h e i nv o lu t e
“
The radiu s .
,

o f curv ature o f the i nv o lu t e at a2 is az e .

'

It is gener ally m o s t co nvenie nt t o l ay

of f equ al divis i o ns o n t h e dire ct ing
cir cle ,
an d o n so m e s tr aight lin e a
S i mil ar s erie s o f divi si o ns equ al t o t h os e

o f the cir cle Then draw t angents at

.

the divi s i o ns o f the dire ct rix and o n ,

thes e lay off dis tan ces co rresp o nding

t o t h e different ar cs t h e di s t an ces b ei ng ,

t ake n fro m t h e divided s t r aigh t l ine

Fro mt h e co ns t ru ct io n it can b e seen
.

t h at t h e no rmal at any p art o f t h e

invo lu t e is always t angent t o t h e
dire ct ing cir cle In ge aring where in
FIG 28 4
.

for t h e t ee t h
.

v o lu t e curve s ar e u s ed
.

t h e dire ct i ng cir cle is called t h e bas e cir cle .

5 Epi t r o ch o i d
° — The t erm epi t ro ch o id is u sed in a general w ay t o
.

n am e t h o s e curve s t raced b y r o ll ing o ne cir cle up o n ano ther when t h e

marking p o i n t is no t S it u at ed up o n t h e cir cu m feren ce o f the ro lling

-

cir cle .When the marking p o in t is S i t u at ed o u t side o f t h e cir cum feren ce -

o f the ro lling cir cle t h e l oo ped curve tr aced is kno wn as a cu r tate epi
,

tr o cho id ; when it is S itu ated ins ide the curve is kno wn as a pr o late ,

epitro cho id .

The ab o ve meth o d o f dr awi ng t h e cy cl o id al curves may here b e

—
u s ed ; bu t the t raci g p o int no w no t b eing o n t h e cir cu mferen ce o f t h e
n ,

ro lling cir cle must b e l o cat ed in it s different p o s it i o ns by a meth o d o f

.
,

tri angul at i o n fro m p o int s wh o se p os i t io ns ar e kno wn .

In Fig 285 t h e cir cle A wi t h it s centre at 0 ro ll s o n the l ine B

. Th e .

po int a carried b y A will trace an epitro ch o id To draw the curve

, , .

first l ay off equ al S p aces o n A and B pb1 = pb pc1 = pc su ch th at b ro lls , , ,

t o b, c t o cl e t c an d fi nd the co rres p o n ding p o s itio ns o f the cent re o f

, ,
.
,

A 0 10 2 e t c
, ,
To l o cate o ne p o in t o n the curve as a3 when d ro ll s t o d l
.
, , ,

we know t h at a is always S itu at ed a di s t ance 0 a fro m t h e centre o f t h e

ro lling cir cle and t h at when d ro lls t o d 1 the centre is at 0 3 ; therefo re
,
'

a mu s t b e s o m ewhere o n an ar c s t ru ck fro m 0 3 wi t h a r adiu s 0 9a9 = oa ;

al so a is di st ant d a fr o m d and whe n d ro ll s t o d 1 the p o i n t a m u s t b e ,

fou nd at (1 3 o n the ar c abo u t 0 3 dis t ant d l a9 = d a fro m d , AS d 1 is the ,

9

ins tant aneo u s cent re a is mo ving ab ou t it fo r t h e i nstant In the ,

.
'

sam e m ann er o ther p o i n t s as d l a9 m ay b e fo u nd , , ,

.
20 2 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH -
.

Ifthe ar cs drawn fro m b, cl d l e t c ar e extended it will b e fo und

, , ,
.
, ,

th at the epitro ch o id is t angen t in ternally t o them and t he curve may ,

b e dr awn wi t ho ut fi nding the p o in t s a, a2 e t c as fo ll o ws : A fter l aying , ,

.
,

o u t the p o in t s whic h r o ll in t o e ach o ther as b bl e t c with b, as a centre

‘

,
.
, , ,

and ab a s a r adiu s dr aw an ar c a1 w ith cl as a centre and ac a s radius

‘

draw ar e a, e t c ; then draw the curve E in ternally t angen t t o t h es e ar cs

,
. .

The clear ing cu r ve defined in 1 78 is an epitro ch o id and i s cons tru cted ,

FIG 285 . .

the meth o d j us t des crib ed as will b e evident Fig 279,

‘

by ,
on referring to .

w here the co nstru cti o n is cle arly sh o wn .

1 80 S pu r G e ar i n g, Cy cl o i d al Sy st e
.
m .
— G e n e r ati on O f t h e To o t h

:O u tli n e
—In Fi
.
g 2 86 let.0 1 and 0 2 b e the ce n t re s o f t h e t w o wheel s A
an d B , t hei r pi t ch ci r cle s b ein g in co n t ac t at t h e po m t a Le t the .

s m aller ci r cle s C and D , w i th c e n tre s at p1 and p, , b e pl aced S O th at they

a e
r t a n ge n t t o t h e p i t c h c i r c le s a t a A s s u m
. e the c e n tre s O f the s e f o ur
ir
c c s le t o b e fixed a n d th a t they tur n in r o ll i n g co n t a c t ; the n i f t h e

p o i nt a o n the ci r cle A mo ves t o d l a2 a3 the s ame p o int o n B will mo ve

(

, , ,

t o b, b2 b
, 9
a,
n d o n C t o c l ,
c ,
6 3 ,
N o
. w i f the p o i n t a o n the c i r c le C
,

ca rr i e s a m a rki n g p o i
-
n t i
,
n It s m o t i o n t o c 1 i t w i ll h a ve tr a c ed fr o m the
ir
c c le A the hyp o c y c l o i d a c
, l
an,
d a t the s a m e t i m e fr o m the c ir c le B
t h e ep i c y cl o i d b e
l l
Th .
i s c a n b e s ee n t o b e true i f t h e c i r c le s A a n d B
ar e n o w fixed ; a n d i f C r o ll s in A the ,
p o i n t c 1 will r o ll t o a , tr a c i n g t h e ,
204 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -

“
.

a, d 1 m ay be t he face o f a t o o t h o n A , and b4d 1 t h e flank o f a o o on B , t th

'

“
’ ‘ ‘
-

“
,

t he n o r mal d l a t o the t w o c urv es in cont act at d , p assi ng t h r ough a

‘ '
’ ’
‘

c .

The flank and fac e fo r t h e t eet h on A whi ch were

’

previ o u sly fo u nd h ave b ee n add e d t o t h e face and fl ank j us t fo un d,

'
'
" " ‘

givi ng t h e co mple t e o u t lines in co nt act at d l ,

.

If no w the wheel B is turned L H the t o o t h sh o wn O n it will dri ve

'
f
. .
,

t h e t o o th o n A gi v i ng a Co ns t ant aiv rati o b e t wee n A and B u n til the

'
.
,

face o f the t o o th o n B h as co m e t o the e nd o f it s acti o n w i t h t h e flank

’
'

whi ch it is dri vi ng at ab o ut t h e p o i nt 62 ,
.

The fo ll o wi ng facts will b e ev i dent fro m the fo reg o i ng d is cu ssi o n :

in the cy cl o i d al s ys te m o f ge ari ng thef
lank and face w hi ch ar e to act u pon
md
,

each o t her mu st be gener ated by the sa e es cr i bi ng ci r cle , b u t t h e d e scrib

ing c the face and flank o f the teeth o f o ne wheel n eed no t b e
ir cles fo r
alike The path of contact i s always o n the d escr i bi ng ci r cles; in Fig 2 86
. .

i t is al o ng the l ine d l acl S e e al so 1 89 . .

181 . Inte r ch ange abl e

l W
A s e t o f wh e els any t w o o f wh i ch
h ee s —

will ge ar t o gether ar e cal led inter ch ange able wheel s Fo r t hes e t h e .

s am e de s c rib i ng ci r cle m u s t b e u s ed in gen er at i ng all t h e face s and

"
-

fl anks The s ize o f the d es crib i ng cir cle d epend s o n the pro pert i es o f
.

the hyp o cy cl o id whi ch cu fv e fo rms the fl anks o f the tee t h ( ex cep t ing
,

in an annul ar wheel ) If the di am e t er o f the des crib i ng cir cle is h alf

.

th at o f the p i t ch ci r cle the fl anks will b e rad i al ( Fig 287 A ) wh i ch

,
:

.
, ,

FIG . 28 7 .

g ives a co m
p arat i vely we ak t o o th at the roo t If the des cribing ci rcl e .

is made s m aller t h e hyp o cy cl o id curves aw ay fro m the rad iu s ( Fig 2 8 7 B )

, .
,

and w i ll g i ve a s tro ng fo rm o f t o o th ; bu t i f the de s crib ing cir cle is l arger

,

t h e hyp o cy cl o id will curve the o t her w ay p assi ng i n si de the r adi al ,

li nes ( Fig 2 8 7 ; C ) and giving a s t ill weaker fo rm o f t o ot h and a fo rm

,
;
,

o f t o o th whi c h m ay b e i mp o ss i ble t o s h ape wi t h a mil li ng cut t er -

.
 IN TERCH A N G EA B L E WH EEL S . 205

Fro m t he ab o ve the pract i cal co n clu s io n w o uld appe ar t o b e t h at t h e

diame t er o f t h e describ ing cir cle S h o uld no t b e mo re t h an o e h alf t h at
n —

o f t h e p it ch c ir cle o f t h e s m alle s t wheel o f t h e se t It will b e fo u nd .

,

h owever th at when t h e di am eter o f t h e des crib ing cir cle is t aken fi ve

,

eighth s t h e diameter o f t h e pi t ch cir cle t h e curv at ure o f t h e fl anks will

,

no t be great wi t h t h e o rdinary pro p o r t i o ns o f heigh t t o t hi ckness o f

so ,

tee t h t h at t h e sp aces ar e any wider at t h e bo t t o m t h an at t h e pi t ch

,

cir cle : t hi s b ei ng the cas e t h e t ee t h can b e S h aped b y a m illing cu t t er

,
-

In o ne s e t o f wheel s in co m mo n u s e t h e di am e t er o f t h e des crib ing

cir le
c is t ake u h h
n s c t at i t —
will give radial fl ank s o n a 1 5 t o o t h pi nio n ,

o r fi v e eigh t h s th at o f a 1 2 t o o t h pi n i o n the s m alle s t wheel o f t h e se t

-
-

,
.

This des cribi ng c ir cle h as b een u s ed wi t h ex cellent results .

'
As an ex ample given an i nt er ch ange able se t o f cycl o id al ge ars 2 P
, ,
-

.
,

r adi al fl anks o n a 1 5 —t o o t h pini o n ; a pinio n h avi ng 24 tee t h is t o drive

o ne h avi ng 3 0 t eeth The di ame t er o f a 2 P 1 5 t o o t h pini o n w o uld be
.
-

.
,
-

7 i n ches ; t o gIv e r adi al fl anks o n thi s pini o n the di ameter o f the d es cr ib

.

FIG . 2 88 .

ing ir cle would b e 3 % inches This is the di ameter o f the des cribing
c .

'

cir cle fo r al l the f aces and fl anks fo r any ge ar o f t h e se t The 24—to o t h .

pini o n will h ave a d iam et er o f and t h e 30 t o o t h will h ave 1 5 di am e -

t er. This will give the di agram in Fig 288 ready fo r the ro lli ng o f t he
.
,

t o o th o utli n es .

1 82 . To d r aw t h e
t e e th fo r a pair o f cycl o i d al w h e e l s, an d t o d e t e r
mi ne t h e pat h o f co n t act — In Fig 28 9 , give n t h e pi t ch c ir cle s A and B
. .

and t he de s c rib i ng circl e s C and D , C t o ro ll t h e face s fo r B and the

 206 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F G EA R—TEE TH .

fl ank s fo r A while D is t o ro ll t h e fac es fo r A and t h e fl anks fo r B

, Thes e .

curve s m ay b e r o lled at an c o n ve n ie n t pl ac e In t h e figure if the

y .
\
,

wheel A is t o b e the driver and is t o turnas S hown any po m t as b o n A

, , ,

may b e ch o s e n , a p o i n t a o n B at a di s t an c e fro m the pit ch p o i n t

FIG . 28 9 .

a =
i bf . The ep i cy cl oid and hyp o cy cl o id ro lled fro m a and b respe ctively ,

and sh o w n in co n t ac t at b, w o uld b e suit ab le fo r t h e f ac e s o f t he t ee t h

,

o n B an d t h e fl ank s o f the teeth o n A re s pe c t ively and co uld b e in ac t i o n

,

d uring appr o ach . The curves m ay b e ro lled as i ndi cated by the ligh t
lines The m eth o d u s ed t o ro ll thes e curves is S h o wn in Fig 2 9 0
. .
,

where the cir cle C is traci ng a hyp o cy cl o id o n A fro m the p o in t

“
0. As su m e the cir cle C t o s t art t ange nt t o A at o and t o r o ll as
.

s h o wn ,
drawi ng it in as m any p o s it i ons as m ay b e des ired t o
-

o b t ai n a s moo th curve and the s e p o s i t i o ns d o n o t g n e e d

,
t o b e equi
d i s t ant ; thu s in the figure the cen tre o f C is at b c and d fo r , ,
 20 8 C O N S TR UC TIO N OF G EA R TEETH .

the pi ni o n A dri vi ng t h e rack B as sh o wn in Fig 2 9 1 t o d etermi ne if .

an ar c o f appr o ach equ al t o ab is p o s s i ble Th e pat h o f co nt act mu s t

.

the n b egi n at c wh ere the ar c ac is equ al t o ab The face o f t he r ack s

, .
’

t oo th m u s t b e lo ng eno ugh t o re ach fr o m b t o c and th is depend s o n t h e

_ ,

t hi ckn es s o f the t o o th me asured o n the p i t ch l i n e si nc e t h e n o n acti ng -

s ide o f t h e t o o th mu s t n o t c au s e the t oo t h t o b e co m e p o i n ted b e f

,
o re

t h e p o i nt c is re ached To se e i f th i s is p o s s ible w i t h o ut the t o o t h curves ,

.

d r aw a l i n e fr o m c p arallel t o the li ne o f c en t re s ( in gen er al thi s l i ne is

d rawn t o the ce ntre o f the wheel ; the rack s cent re b ei ng at infi ni ty gives
’

FIG 29 1
'

. .

the l i n e parallel t o the l i ne o f cen tres) and no te the p o in t d where this

,

. li ne cro ss es the p i t ch l i n e o f t h e rack If bd were ju s t equ al t o o n e h alf

. .
-

the thi ckn ess o f t h e t o o th t h e t o o th w ould b e po In t e d at c and t he

, .
, ,

d e sired ar c o f appr o ach w o uld b e j u s t p o s sible ; i f bd were less th an one

h alf t h e thi ckness o f the t o o t h the t o o th w o uld no t b e co m e p oi nted
,

u nt il s o m e p o i n t b ey o nd c w as re ached so t h at t he acti o n wo uld b e

,

p o s s i b le an d t h e tee t h n o t p o i n ted as S h,
o w n b y the figure .

If i t is des ired t o h ave the ar c o f re ce ss equ al t o the ar c ai then t h e

‘
,

p at h o f co nt act mu s t go t o g and t h e fac e o f t h e p ini o n mu s t rem ain in

,

c o nt act w i t h t h e fl ank O f t h e r ack u n t i l t h at p o int is re ached o r the ,

face mus t b e l o ng e no ugh t o re ach fro m f t o g Draw ing a li n e fro m g .

t o t h e ce ntre o f the pi ni o n A we fi n d th at the di st an c e ih is gre ater

,
 A N N UL AR WH EELS . 09

t h an o ne -
h alf of fit whi
,
c h is t ake n as the thi ck n e s s o f t h e t o o th ; there
ar c o f re cess is no t p o ssible even wi t h po i nt ed teeth
’
‘
fo re the d e sire d
’

1 84 . Whe e
Ann u l ar l s — Fig 2 9 2s ho w s aprnl o n A d n v rngan annul ar
. .

wheel B t h e d escrib ing cir cle C generating the fl anks o f A and t he faces
,
.

o fB ,
w hich in an annular wheel lie i ns i de t h e p it ch ci r cle while Dgen erates ,

t h e faces o f A and t he fl anks o f B The des cri bing cir cle C is called the
.

i nter i or d escr i bing ci r cle and D is called t h e exter i or d escr i bing cir cle
,
.

The m e t ho d o f rolling th e t oot h curves and t h e act io n o f t h e teeth ar e

, ,

t he s am e as in t he case o f t wo ext e r nal whe els the pat h of cont act b ei ng

,

FIG 29 2 . .

"

In t hi s c as e ef
g whe n the pini o n t ur n s R H If t hes e wheel s we re of an
. .

in terch ange ab le se t the des crib i ng cir cl es w o ul d b e alike and fo u nd as

,

expl ai ned in 1 8 1 an d t h e annul ar w oul d then ge ar wi t h any wheel o f

,

t h e s e t ex cep t i ng fo r a limitat i o n whi ch is d i s cu ss ed in the fo ll o wi ng

p aragraph .

1 85 . L im i t at i o n in t h e Use o f an Annul ar Wh e e l of t h e Cycl o i d al

Syst e m —
. Referri ng t o Fig 29 2 , i t . will be evi dent th at if ,
t he pi ni on
2 10 CO N S TR UC TIO N OF G EA R TEETH-
.

dri ves the faces o f the p i ni on and annul ar w ill tend t o be rather ne ar e ach
,

o ther dur ing re c e ss ( duri ng appr o ac h al so o n th e no n act ing s ide o f t h e -

tee t h ) The u su al co ndi t i o ns ar e su ch t h at t h e fac es d o no t t o u ch ; bu t

.

t h e co n d i t i ons m ay b e s u ch t h at the faces will t o u ch e ach o t her wi t h o u t

i n terferen ce fo r a cert ai n ar c o f re cess ; o r fi nally the co n di t i o ns m ay
, , ,

b e s u ch t h at t h e faces w o uld i n terfere whi c h w o uld m ake t h e wheel s ,

i mp o ssib le .

To de t ermi n e whe t her a g i ven cas e is p oss ib le i t is n e cess ary t o refer

t o the d o u b le gen er ati o n o f the epi cy cl o id and o f the hyp o cy cl o id 1 79 , ,
'

2 and
°
The ac t i ng face o f the pi nio n Fig 29 2 is ro lled b y t h e ex ,
.
,

t e r io r des crib i ng c ir cle D whi le the ac ting face o f the annul ar is gener
,

at ed b y t h e in t eri o r des cri b in g cir cle C Tw o s u ch faces ar e s h o w n in .

Fig 293 as they w o ul d appe ar if ro lled fro m t h e p o in t s g and h equi

.
,

dis t an t from the pit ch p o in t It T h e ac ting face o f A is an epi cy cl o id .

,

and is m ade b y r o lli ng t h e ci r cle D t o the r ight o n A ; in 1 79 it ,

w as s ee n th at a ci r cle wh o s e di am eter is equ al t o the su m o f t h e d iam

e t e r s o f A an d B w o uld r o ll the s am e epi cy cl o id if r o lled in the s am e

dire ctio n Thi s ci r cle is E Fig 293 and is called the in ter med iate d e
’

. .
, ,

s cr ibing cir cle of the pi n io n The ac ting fac e o f the annul ar is a hyp o
.

cy cl o id r o lled b y the i n teri o r de s crib i ng cir cle C r o lling t o t h e lef t i ns ide

o f B ; in it w as s een th at the s am e hypo cy cl o id w o uld b e r o lled

-

b y a cir cle who s e di am e t er i s equ al t o t h e d ifferen c e b e t ween t h e di am

e t e r s o f B and C pr ov id ed i t i s r o lled i n the opp os i te d ir ectio n
,
This cir cle .

is F Fig 29 3 and is called the in ter media te d es cr ibing cir cle of the
,
.
,

ann u lar .

the fo ur ci rcles A B E and F turn in ro ll ing co nt act t hro ugh

If no w , , , ,

ar cs e ach equ al t o kg t h e p o in t k wil l b e f o un d at g h m and n o n t h e

, , , ,

re spe ctive cir cles t h e po int k o n E h avi ng r o lled t h e epi cy cl o id _

, gm ,

wh ile It o n F r o ll s the hyp o cy cl o id hn .

To de t er min e whe t her these f aces d o o r d o no t t o u ch o r co nfli ct ,

as sum e th at t h e give n co n di t i o ns g ave t h e cir cle s E and F co i n c iden t

as in Fig 2 9 4 where .
,

diam A + di am D = d iam E= d iam B

. . . .
— m =
dia C d iam F
. . .

H ere if t h e t hree cir cle s A B and ( EF) t urn in r o lling co n t act the , , ,

p o in t to m o vi ng t o g o n A w ill m o ve t o h o n B and t o ( mn ) o n t h e c o m
m o n int erm edi at e cir cle This m eans t hat the co mm o n in t erm ediat e
.

c ir cle co ul d s imul t an eo u sly generat e t h e t w o faces ; t herefo re t h e t w o

faces ar e in perfe ct co n t ac t o n t h e in term ediat e cir cle Thi s co nt act .

w o uld co nt i nue u n t il t h e addendum cir cle o f o ne o f t h e wheel s cro ss es

the in t erm edi at e cir cle t h e addendu m cir c le cro ss ing firs t ne ce ss arily
,

limi t i ng t h e p at h o f co n t ac t .

The ab o ve m ay b e s t at ed as fo llo w s : If the in ter med iate d es cr i bing

2 12
'

C O N S TR U C TIO N O F GEA R—TEETH .

urs an d it is eviden t if t h e ar cs kg km kn and I

o cc , ,
ch ar e equ al as they
, , ,

mu s t b e if the cir cles mo ve in rolling co n tac t th at the smaller

, ,

FIG . 29 4.

FIG 2 9 5
. .

co mes ( and c o ns equently E) the gre ater w ill b e the sp ace b e t We en "
t he
faces .
 L IM ITA TIO N IN TH E US E O F A N A NN UL A R WH EEL .
21 3

This may be s att ed as fo ll Ow s : If the in ter med i ate d es cr i bing cir cle of
the pin i on i s smaller than tha t of the ann u lar , ithe face s do n o t tou ch, and
t he action i s in all r es pects simi lar to the cas es o
f exter n a l w heels .

In Fig 296 t h e. ext eri o r describ ing cir cle D is made l arger th an it is

FIG . 29 6 .

in Fig 29 4 , s o th at the int erm edi ate E o f the pini o n 1s l arger t h an F ,

t h at o f t h e annul ar Making the cir cle D l arger w o uld give the face o f
.

t he pin i o n le s s curvature whi ch wo uld cau s e t h e curve m t o cr o s s t h e

, g [

curve hn giving an i mp o ss ib le c as e Therefo re i f the in ter med i ate of

, .
,

t he pini on i s gr eater than that ofthe annu lar the acti on i s imposs i ble , .

1 86 . Tofi nd t h e sm all e st
l t o ge ar w i t h a gIv en p1ni On —This
an n u ar .

w ill b e mo s t cle arly S h o w n b y so lv in g a pro b le m L e t the d a t a b e as .

fo ll o ws : Cycl o id al in t er ch angeable gears 8—P rad i al fl anks o n a 1 2 to o t h

, , .
,
-

pini o n ; fi nd t h e sm allest annul ar wh i ch a 20 t o o th pinio n can dri ve and

‘ ‘

S h o w the p at h o f co nt act if t h e pi ni o n t urns R H The su ccess ive s teps . .

ar e sh o w n in Fig 2 9 7 .The e xterio r and i nt eri o r des crib i ng cir cles are
.

di a et er t e ge r b ei g 8 P ; wi t h rad i al fla nks On a 1 27t o o th pi ni o n

m h a s n —

an d the di am
. .
,

The di ameter o f t h e 20 t o o t h pinio n is 9 - 2 9 et er o f t h e

:

int erm ediat e o f t h e pinio n will b e 2 5 — The smalle s t annul ar

Wi ll b e o f s uch S ize t h at it s int ermedi at e c irc le will co in cide wi t h t h at
'

Of the pi ni o n ; b u t the di am eter o f t h e i n t erm edi at e o f the annul ar is

2 14 CON S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -
.

equ al t o the d ifferen ce b etween the d i am eters of the ann ul ar and o f t h e

i nteri o r des crib i ng cir cle o r ,

d i am o f ann
” '
. ul ar i
i
35
d i am . o f an nul ar 3} 4

and the smalle st annula r w ill h ave 3 2 teeth

The p ath o f co nt act l imi ted by t h e addendu m ci rcles drawn in Fig
,
.

FIG . 29 7

29 7 is abc the u su al p ath

, , ,
and in a dd i ti o n t he p ath bd o nthe co mmon
i nterm ed i ate .

1 8 7. Lo w -
n u mbe r e d Pinion s , Cycl oid al Sy st e m . l i qu i ty o f
-

The ob

ac oti n i n c y cl o i d a l ge a r s is c o n s t an tly v a ry i n g ; i t d im im s h es duri n g t h e

a ppr o a ch b e c o m i n g zer o a t the p i t ch p o i n t a n d the

,
n i n c re as e s dur i n g
,

t he re c e s s .F o r wheel s d o i n g he a vy w o rk i t h as b ee n f o u n d b y e x p e r i
e nce th at the maxi mu m obl iq u i ty sh ould no t in general ex ceed g i ving
a m e an o f When mo re t h an o ne p air o f teeth ar e in co ntact a h igh ,

maxi mu m is less ob j e cti o nab le .

As t e h n u m b er o f teeth in a w h eel de c re a s e s they n e c

, e s s a rily b e co m e

l o nger t o s e cure t h e pro per p ath o f co nt act and b o t h the o bliquit y o f ,

ti
ac o n and the s l i di n g i n c re a s e F r.o m the pre c e d i n g co n s ider a t i o n s t h e
2 16 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH -
.

ar e as 2 to 1, 3
making t h e angle bha equ al t o ( t is impo rt ant t o
I
ti ce th at t h e line gc d o es no t p ass thr o ugh t h e point a excep t ing in the
' '

no

s i ngle c a s e o f a r adi al fl ank ge ar ) The angl e 0 b etween t h e t angent and

?
.

the ch o rd ab will alw ays b e o ne h alf the angl e ahb subt ended by t h e arc
‘
-

ab . Th is gives the angle o f o bl i qu i t y Therefo re we fi nd t h at t w o

p i ni o ns wi th six teeth and radi al fl anks wi ll wo rk w i th ar cs o f appro ach
an d re ces s e ach e q u al t o o n e h alf the p i t ch an d w ith a m axim u m angl e
’
‘

B y all o wi ng a gre at er angle o f o bl i qu i ty t h e teeth

‘

o f o b l i q ui ty o f

m ay b e m a
' '

de a l i ttle l o nger and so gi ve an ar e o f act i o n g re ater th an t h e

,

p i t ch whi ch sh o uld b e the cas e in pract i ce

,
.

Tw o p i ni o ns w i th five teeth e ach will w o rk w i th descr ib ing ci r cle s

h avi ng d i am eters three fi ft h s the di am eter O f t h e p i t ch ci r cles and ar cs
-

o f appr o ach an d re c e s s e ach equ al t o o ne h alf the p i t ch as s h o w n b y -

Fig 2 99 the p ath o f co nt act b eg inni ng at a the ar cs ab cb and d b e ach

.
, , , ,

FIG . 299 .

b eing equ al t o h alf the p i t ch The act ro n is p ossible since d e is

o ne -
.
,

less th an o ne h alf the th i ckness o f the t o o th

-
The m aximu m angle o f .

o bl i qu i ty is the angle bge b eing 36 and bha b eing a} o f or

°

Tw o p i ni o ns w i th fo ur teet h e ach w ill j u s t b arely w o rk with d e s cr ib

ing cir cles h avi ng di am et ers fi v e eigh t hs the diam ete r o f t h e pi t ch cir cle
-

an d wi t h n o b ackl ash the ar cs o f appr o ach and re ces s e ach b e ing one
,
 L O W N UM B
-
ERED PIN IO N S , C YC LO IDAL S YS TEM . 2 17

h alf t he pi t ch Fig 3 00 sh o ws t h e d i agram fo r t his cas e and the te eth

. .
,

ar e app are n t ly p o i nted whi ch wo uld b e t h e c as e i f d e were j u s t o ne h alf

,
-

t h e t hi ckn es s o f t h e t o o t h.To de t ermi n e the p o s s ibil i t y o f t h e act i o n

t he a ngle d ie may b e cal cul at ed It s ho uld no t b e gre at er t h an 22 1 °
.

”
t o all o w the des ired ar c of appr o ach
°
It will b e fo u nd t o b e 22 2 7 1 9
.
’

FIG 3 00
. .

so th at the acti o n is j u st p ossible The m axi mum angle o f o bli qui ty

'
.

0 will b e fo u nd t o b e
A p ini o n wi th fo ur teeth wi ll w o rk wi th a p ini o n h av i ng fo ur tee t h
or any hi g her numb er i f the ar c o f actio n is no t required t o b e
,

gr eater th an the p i t ch the maximum angle o f o bli qui ty no t ex ceeding

,

The requ i rement s m ay b e Very d ifi e r e nt fro m the abo ve in every

res pe ct ; an ar c o f acti o n gre ater th an t h e pit ch wo uld u su ally b e
req uired ; i t might b e desired t o h ave t h e ar c o f re cess great er t h an
t h e ar c o f appro ach ; it m igh t n o t b e ad m iss ible t o h ave s o gre at an
"

angl e o f o bliquity o r t o h ave the teeth cu t u nder so far as a de scri bi ng

218 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH -

c 1r cl e fi e i ghth s the p i t ch ci r cle wo ul d re qu i re

ve
-

. The results w oul d

of co urs e v ary w i t h the co nd i t i o ns i m p os ed .

1 88 Ar bit
. y Pr o po r t ion s The teeth o f gear wheels m ay b e
r ar -
-

des ig ned b y the pre ced i ng m eth o ds so as t o fulfil any pro p os ed co nd i t i ons
o f appro ach i ng and re c ed i ng ac t i o n In the m aj o ri ty o f cas es the ex act
.

le ng t hs o f t h e appro ach ing and re c ed ing act i o n ar e no t imp o rt an t pr o

v id e d they ar e l o ng e n o ugh It is a very co mm o n pract i c e t o m ake the
.

wh o le leng t h o f a t o o t h a certain frac t i o n o f t h e p i t ch ; the p art wh i ch

pro j e cts o ut si de o f the p i t ch circle b eing m ade a l i ttl e less th an that
w i th in t o all o w the pro per clearan ce .

No n e o f the arb i trary pro p o r t io ns can b e co nsi dered ab so lute as ,

the pro per amo u nts o f clearan ce and b acklash depend o n the pre cisio n
wi t h wh i ch the t o o th o u t l ines ar e l ai d o u t t o b eg in w i t h and t hen o n the ,

a c cur ac y w i th whi ch the t eeth ar e m ade t o co n fo rm t o t he s e o utli n es .

In t h e b es t ou t ge ars m an ufac tured t o d ay t h e teeth b arely cle ar

’

e ac h o t her whe n the fr o n t s ar e in c o n t ac t an d in any cas e the all o w an c e ,

m ade s h o uld depe n d o n the ac curacy o f w o rkman sh i p In cas t ge ars .

mo re cle aran c e is ne cess ary t o all o w fo r i rregul ar shrink age and

r appi ng ; o r fo r s light der ange m en t s o f t h e m o ul d .

Th e fo ll o wi ng t able gives so m e o f the pro p o rti o ns in co mmo n u se ,

P repre se n t i ng t h e c i rcul ar p i t ch .

/1 0 P P /5 P 7 50 P
7 4
0 .

P 1
/15 P 0 . 0 60 P + 0 0 4
.

6
/, 0 P P 11
/ P .
0 . 690 P
P 0 . 345 P
0 4 75 P
.
7
/ ,5 P 0 . 4 7O P
6
/n P 0 525 P
.
8
/,5 P 0 . 5 30 P + 0 0 2
.

/ P P / I5 P 0 60 P + 0 0 4
1 1
0
’

. .

In t h e firs t three s yst em s the per cent age o f b ackl ash is co ns t ant ,

the b ackl ash thu s in cre asi ng wi t h the p i t ch It is b et t er h o wever t o .

, ,

de cre as e the per cent age o f b ackl ash as t h e p i t ch gro ws l arger ; fo r the
l arger t h e pit ch the sm aller w ill b e the pro p o rti o n b o rne t o i t by any
,

u n av o i d ab le erro r in w o rkm ans hip The l as t sys tem ( 4 ) o f Fai rb airn

.

an d R an ki n e is b as ed o n thi s v i ew o f the pro per pro p o rt i o ns o f b ac k

l ash ; t h e am o u nt o f b ackl ash g1v e n 1s h o wever m u ch l arger th an t h at , ,

no w ge n er ally all o wed .

Teeth pro p o rti o ned b y any o f the fo ur sys tems will in gen eral b e o f
o o d s h ape and ans wer t heir purp o s e S h o uld t h e wheel ha ve les s th an
g ,
.

twelve t ee t h o r sh o uld t h e ex act amo u n t o f appro ach ing o r re cedi ng

,

act i o n b e o f i m p o r t an c e n o arb itr ary s ys t e m is t o b e u s ed

,
~
bu t t h e ,

r per d i m e ns i o n s s h o ul d b e de t ermi n ed b y the m eth o d s as e xpl ai n ed

p o .
 C O N S TRUC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -
.

ce n tre s to the t angen t p o ints of the bas e cir cle s and the line ,
o f ob liquity .

Then
01a 0 2a = 0 1 b
~
0 c ( 60)
i vo lute wheel s t he ra
'

or , in a pa1r o f n d u of t h e bas e cir cl e d l r e ct ly

”
s ar e '

pro p o rt i o nal t o t h e radii of t h e pi t ch cir cl es If th e t eeth can b e ro lled

.

fro m t h e b as e cir cles 1n su ch a w ay as to give a co ns t ant a v rat i o in . .

v e r se ly pr o p o rti o nal t o th e ir r ad ii the n the des i red r esul t Of a cons t ant

,

FIG ; 30 1 .

av . rat i o inver s ely p ro p orti o nal t o the r ad n o f the pit ch cir cles will be
. .

o b t ain ed .

Im agi n e the b as e cir cle s t o b e co nn e ct ed by in ex t e ns ible b and s bc —

and f g s i m il ar t o a c r os s ed b elt co n n e c ti ng a p air o f pulley s an d as su m e ,

'

“
t h at no s lippi ng o f the imagin ary b and o ccurs as t he b as e c ir cle s ar e
'

turned ; al so l e t the“l ine be carry a m arki ng p o int The curves whi ch

,
-

t hi s m arki ng p o in t w o uld trac e o n t h e pl ane s o f t h e res pe ct ive b as e

- } -

c ir cles w o uld b e suit ab le fo r t o o t h curve s Thu s if we. ass u me t h e ,

m arki ng p o i nt t o s t art at b and mo ve through a dis t an ce be the p o int

-

b o n t h e b as e c ir cle C w o uld h ave m o ved t o i where bf i s equ al t o be , ,

and the m arki ng p oi nt will h ave t raced the i n

-

vo lu t e fc o f t h e b as e cir cle
C At the s am e ti m e a p o i nt g o n t h e b as e cir cle D cg b ei ng e q u al t o
.
,

c b will h ave m o ved t o c and the m arki ng —

, , p o int b will h ave t raced t h e
 PA TH O F C O N TA C T . 21

inv o lu t e hc of t h e b as e cir cle D Thes e t w o in vo lu t es will b e sui t ab le .

fo r t o o t h curve s fo r t hey w ill evide nt ly give by t heir s lidi ng act io n t h e

,

s am e mo t i o n t o t h e b as e cir cle s as t h e b as e cir cle s h ad while t h e curve s

were b eing generat ed whi ch w as a linear mo t i o n o f t h e c1r ole C equ al

,

t o t h e linear m o t i o n of D and he nce t h e a v o f C a v o f D as oz c : o l b

, . . . .
,

and fr o m equ at i o n ( 60) t hi s a v rat i o is t h e same as t h at o f t he pi t ch . .

c ir cles A and B in r o lli ng co n t ac t Therefo re t hes e i nvo lu t es b y t heir .

s lid ing act i o n w ill give t o t h e wheel s an a v r at i o t h e s ame as t h e pit ch . .

cir cle s w o uld give b y t heir r o lli ng co n t a ct .

It w ill al s o b e s een in Fig 3 0 1 t h at t h e fu nd am en t al l aw o f ge aring .

is fulfilled t h at is t h e no rm al t o t h e t o o t h curv e s at any p o in t o f co n

, ,

t act p ass e s t hr o ugh t h e pi t ch p o i nt t hi s co mm o n no rm al b ei ng alw ays ,

t h e li ne o f o b liqui t y .

The invo lu t es t hus fo u nd fo rm b o t h t h e face and flank o f t h e t oo th ;

and al t h o ugh t h e fac e m ay b e l o nger eve n u n t il t h e tee t h b e co me p o in t ed

t h e act ing fl ank ( t h at is t h e par t o f t h e fl ank w hi ch can b e in pro per

,

co nt ac t wi t h t h e f ac e o f t h e o t her w heel ) canno t p ass i ns ide t h e b as e

c ir cle ,
t h e addi t io nal p ar t o f t h e fl ank ne cess ary t o carry t h e t o o t h
do wn t o t h e roo t cir cle _ n o t b ei ng p ar t o f t h e inv o lu t e .

Kno wing t h e pi t ch and t h e b ackl ash b o t h o f w hi ch ar e l aid o ff o n ,

t h e pi tch cir cles t h e t eet h m ay b e dr aw n in as sh ow n in Fig 3 0 1 t h e

, .
,

adde ndu m b ei ng li m i t ed h o wever as w ill b e s ee n in the f o ll o wi ng p ar a

, ,

graph .

19 1 .Pat h o f C o n t ac t — Re l at i o n be t w e e n t h e Pat h o f C o n t act an d

— Lim t o f t h e Ad d n u m —
t h e Arc o f Act i o n i . e d As w as s een in t h e pre .

vi o ns p aragraph t h e p at h o f co nt act is on t h e lin e o f obliqui t y It is

,
’
.

lim i t ed as in all s ys t ems b y t h e respe ct ive addendu m cir cles and t he

, , ,

addendu m w o uld b e a m axi m u m when the t ee t h ar e p o i nt ed In t h e in .

v o lu t e sys t em h owever t h e addendum cir cles ar e limited Fig 3 02

, ,
. .

sh o w s t h e act ing s ide o f a p air o f t ee t h as t hey appe ar w he n in co n t act

at t h e p o i n t b where t h e b as e cir cle C is t angen t t o t h e li n e o f o b liqui t y ;

,

at t he pi t ch p o i n t a ; an d at t h e p o in t c where t h e b as e cir cle D is t ange nt ,

t o t h e lin e o f o b liqui t y If t h e face cc o f t h e w heel A is m ade l o nger

.

whi h i uld t h were i d ) pp re fl i t

'

( c t c o b e if t h e o o t n o t y e t po n t e n o a a n t co n c ,

wo ul d o ccur ; bu t if t h e wheel s were t urned fu r t h e r s o t h at t h e p o int o f

'
,.

c o n t act w o uld t en d t o b e b ey ond c t h e addi t i o n al i nv o lu t e fac e h as no ,

l o nger an inv o lu t e w i t h Whi ch t o b e in ge ar and t h e r adial fl ank ex t en ,

si o n as dr awn in Fig 3 02 w o uld no t b e co n jug at e t o t h e addi t i o nal inv o

,
.
,

lu t e face Co nflict wo uld t hen o ccur fo r t h e curve conjug at e t o t he

.
-

inv o lu t e w o uld lie wi t hin t h e radi al fl ank This co n jug at e o f t h e i nvolute .

co uld b e u s ed b u t o ne o f t h e chief adv an t age s o f t h e in v o lu t e s y s t e m

, ,

whi ch will b e no t i ced l at er w o uld t hereb y b e des t ro yed ,

.

Therefo re in Fig 3 02 t h e co nt act canno t b egin so o ner t h an at t he

,
.
,

po int b wit h A driving E H and canno t go b eyo nd 0 ; o r in a p air o f . .

, ,
2 22 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F G EA R—TEETH .

e x t ernal i nv o lu t e wheel s the ad d end u m i s limi ted in each w hee l by the tan
g e n t po i n t ofthe li n e o fo bl iqu i ty an d the ba s e cir cl e o
fth e o ther w hee l
To i nsure perfe c t act i o n the ar c o f act i o n mu s t b e at le as t equ al t o
t h e pi t ch. In the i nvo lu t e sy s t em the p ath o f co n t act is no t equ al t o
t h e ar c o f act i o n bu t is equ al t o t h e ar c t hro ugh whi ch the b as e cir cles
,

m o ve while a p air o f t eeth ar e in co n t ac t while the ar c o f acti o n is the

,

ar c thr o ugh whi ch t h e pi t ch cir cle s m o ve in the s am e ti m e S i nce t h e

.

p it c h c ir cles and b as e c ir cles t ur n t o gether t h e a r cs, m o ved

FIG . 3 02 .

w ould ub te nd equ al
s angles and ar e pro p o rtio nal to the re spe ctive r ad n
,

therefo re
p at h o f co n ac
t t ar e mo ved t hro ugh b y b as e cir cle
ar c o f ac t i o n ar c m o ved t hro ugh by pi t ch cir cle
r adiu s of b as e ir cle
c

radiu s o f pi t ch cir cle

The l as t term o f t he abo ve equ ati o n is o b t ai ned by no t i cing th at t h e

r adiu s o f t he b as e cir cle fro m b and o f the pit ch cir cle from a ar e res pe ct
iv e l y perpe ndi cul ar t o t h e li n e o f o b liqui t y and t o t h e t ange nt .

Th e ab o v e rel atio n is i ndi cat ed in Fig 3 0 2 fo r the ar c o f re ce ss

. The .

t w o t ee t h in c o n t ac t at a m o ve t hro ugh t h e ar c o f re c e ss ac when t hey

will b e in co nt act at c ; the p at h o f co nt ac t is ac eq u al t o the ar c ig ,
2 24 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH -
.

the p i t ch ci r cle A If cf is less th an .

o n e h alf the thi ckn e ss

-

o f t he to o t h ,

the ac ti o n can go as far as c and .

the tee t h W ill n o t b e p o i nt ed : In

the figure ass u mi ng n o backl as h the
, ,

th i ckness o f the t o o t h w o uld be eg ,

and cf is le ss th an 2 eg ; t herefo re the

ac t i o n is p o ss ib le as is s h o w n b y ,

th e t w o teeth drawn in co n t act

at c .

1 94. Inv o l u t e Pi n i o n an d Rack .

—Fi h w a p i
3 04ni on dri vi ng
g o
. s s

a r ack The p ath o f co nt act c anno t

.

b egi n b efo re the p o in t a b u t the ,

re cess is no t l im i ted ex c ep t i ng by .

the adden du m o f the pini o n sinc e .

the b as e l in e o f the rack is t angen t '

t o the l i ne o f o b liqu i t y at i nfi ni t y .

Fo r the s am e re as o n i t w ill b e evide n t -

th at the sides o f the tee t h o f t h e

r ack will b e s tr aight li nes pe r pe nd icu
l ar t o the li n e o f o bl i q u i t y In the
‘

figure the addendu m o n the rack is

made mu ch as the will all o w th at is so th at the p ath o f
, ,

FIG . 3 04 .

co n t ac t w ill b eg in at a The adden du m

. of the p1 n1 0 n will gi ve the e nd

of t he p at h o f co nt act at b
.
 WHEEL
'

IN VO L U TE PIN IO N A N D A N N UL AR . 225

In Fig 3 0 5 , the d iagr arrr fo r a pin i o n and a rack , le t it be required

'
:
.

to de t erm i ne if t h e p at h o f co n t act can b eg in at a and go as far as b ;

to b e so lved wi t h o u t u s in g t h e '

t o o t h curves The s o lu t i o n is
.
'

_
s imi l ar t o t h at in F or

t h e co n t ac t t o b egi n at a t h e
face o f t h e r ack mu st re ach t o
'

a . Dr aw t h e lin e ac pe r pe n
d icu l ar t o t h e li n e o f o b liqui t y ,

ivi n g e d a s t h e ar c of a
g p
p r o a ch ; dr a w a e p a r allel t o

the li ne o f centres an d if cc ,

i s less t h an o ne h alf t h e t hi ck -

n es s o f t h e rack t o o t h t h e ,

a ppr o achi ng act i o n is p o s s i b le

w i t h o u t po in ted t eeth S i mi .

l ar ly fo r t h e re cess draw the ,

FIG 3 0 5 . .

l i n e bf perpendi cul ar t o t h e li n e o f o bl i qu i ty g i vi ng d i equ al t o the ar c ,

o f re c e ss ; m ake t h e arc d g o n t h e pi n i o n s pi t ch c ir cle equ al t o d i t he n

’
,

t h e f ace o f t h e pi ni o n s t o o t h w
’
il l p as s t hro ugh b and g ; draw t h e line .

bh t o t h e c en t re o f t he pi ni o n and no te t h e p o in t h where it cr o ss es ,

t h e pi ni o n s pi t ch cir cle If gh is le s s t h an o n e —h al f t h e t h i ckn e ss o f t h e

’

t o o t h t h e re c ess is p o ss ib e w i t ho ut po mt e d t ee t h
,
l . e
.

1 9 5 Inv 0 1u t e Pi n
.

. i o n an d Annu l arW heel — Fig 306 sh o ws an inv o lu t e . .

pini on drivi ng an annul ar wh eel Thi s cas e is v ery s im ilar t o a p inio n .

an d r ack . The add en du m o f t h e annul ar i s limi ted by the t angent p o i n t

a o f t h e pi ni o n s b as e cir cl e a nd t h e li n e o f o b liquit y while t h e ad d e n
’

d u m o f t h e pini o n is u nli mi t ed ex c ep t b y the tee t h b e co m i ng p o inted ,

.

T h e b as e cir cle o f t h e annul ar l i es i ns ide t h e ann ul ar So t h at it s p o in t ,

o f t angen c y wi t h t h e li ne o f o b l iq u it y is at b If w e t ake so m e p o i n t
‘
‘
'
: -

o n t h e li n e o f o b liquit y as c and ro ll t h e t o o th curve s as t hey w o uld

, ,
, '

appe ar in co n t ac t at t h at p o i nt t h e tee t h o f t h e an nul ar will b e fo u n d

,

t o b e co n cave an d t h e adde ndu m o f t h e annul ar w il l s eem t o b e li mi t ed

,
'

b y t h e b as e cir cle o f t h e ann ul ar where t h e c urves e n d B u t if t hes e

' '
.

t w o t ee t h ar e m o ved b ack u n t il t hey ar e in co n t act at a it wil l b e evident ,

t h at t h e an nular s t o o t h curve can no t b e ex t e nded b ey o n d a w i t h o u t

’ ’

i nt erfering with the radi al ext ens i o n o f t h e fl ank of the pi ni o n There

’

fo re t h e addendu m o f t h e annul ar is limi t ed b y t h e p o int o f t angency o f

t h e b as e c irc le o f t h e pi n i o n and t h e li ne o f o b liqui t y .

196 . Po ss i bili t y o f S e par at in g t w o Inv o l u t e W h eel s — O ne o fthe mos t .

i m po rt ant fe at ures o f inv olu t e ge aring is t h e f act t h at t w o su ch wheel s

m ay b e s e par ated wi t hi n lim i ts wi t ho u t des t r o yi ng t h e ac cur acy o f t h e
, ,

a v r at i o
. . . In t his w ay t he b ackl as h m ay b e adju s t ed s i n ce t h e o rigi nal ,

p i t c h c ir c le s n eed n ot b e in co n t a c t T o s h o w t h at thi s is s o F ig
. 3 0 1 ,
.
 22 6 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH -
.

may be redraw n u si ng the s am e pit ch cir cle s and b as e c ir cles bu t s ep arat ,

ing the m sligh t ly , keeping the teeth in co nt ac t , as h as b een d o n e in Fi

g .

307 Co nn e c t the b as e cir cles b y the t angen t bc

'

.
If n o w t h e l ine bc .

carrie s a m ark ing p o i n t it will evide n t ly tr ac e the i nv o lutes o f the t w

o
-

, ,

bas e ir cles
c , as de and he, an d thes e curves mu s t b e the me
sa as t h e t o o th

FIG . 3 06 .

urve s i n Fig 30 1 In Fig 3 0 7 thes e cu rv e s d e and he will give an a v

’

c . . . . .

rati o t o the b as e cir cles invers ely as t heir r adii bu t t h e radii o f t hes e b as e ,

cir cles ar e dire c tly as t h e r adii o f the o rigi n al pi t ch c ir cle s ( Fig .

hen ce in Fig 3 0 7 t h e to o th curves d e and he w o uld give an a v r at i o t o

. . .

the t w o wheel s invers ely as the radii o f the o rigin al pit ch c ir cles al t h o ugh ,

thes e cir cles d o no t t o u ch The p at h o f co n t act is no w fr o m h t o e

.
,

whi ch is co nsider ab ly sh o rter th an in Fig 3 0 1 ; it is h o wever gre at er t h an

.
, ,

t h e no rm al pit ch so th at the acti o n is s t ill suffi cient

,
The lim i t o f t h e .

s ep ar ati o n will b e whe n the p at h o f co n t ac t is ju s t equ al t o t h e no r m al

pit ch The angle o f o bliquity is bam whi ch is gre ater th an in Fig 30 1

.
,
. .

The b ackl ash h as als o i n cre ased .

Theo reti cally the w heel s h ave ne w pit ch cir cles in co nt act at a and ,

a n e w angle o f o b liquity al so a gre at er cir cul ar pi t ch wi t h a c er t ai n

,

am o u n t o f b ackl as h ; and if we h ad s t arted with t hes e l at t er d at a w e ,

s h o uld h ave o b t ai n ed ex actly t h e s am e w h eel s as in Fig 3 0 1 o nly s ligh t ly .

,

s ep ar at ed It will b e s een th at t h e ra dii o f the ne w pit ch cir cle s ar e t o

.

each o t her as the r adii o f the res pe ctive b as e cir cles and co ns equent ly as ,
 28 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -
.

1 9 7. _ince the t o oth cu rve in an

Inte r ch an ge abl e Inv o l u te G e ar s .
—S

inv o lute wheel depend s o nl y o n the b as e cir cle o r in o t her w o rd s o n the

,

d iam eter o f t h e pit ch cir cle and the angle o f m ay b e

“
des ig ned s ep ar ately ke eping the n or mal pit ch the s am e in each wheel
, .

o f a se t the adden du m and cle ar an ce b ei ng s o t aken th at n o i nt erferen ce

,

will o ccur with the s m alles t wheel des ired in t h e se t

L e t it b e requ ired t o de s ig n an i nv o lute wheel h av i ng 3 6 teeth and .

with an o b l i qui t y o f 1 5 t h e smalles t w heel o f the se t t o all o w ar cs

°
, l

o f appr o ach and re c e ss e ach

equ al t o t h e pi t ch In Fig . .

3 08 A is the pit ch cir cle , ,

bac t h e li n e o f o b liqu i ty .
,

an d B t h e b as e c ir cle o f the

3 6 t o o th wheel The pi t ch
-

is appr o xi m ately and

is l aid o ff o n the t angen t

‘

o n e ach s ide o f a s o t h at

ad = ac Th e de
s ir ed p at h o f co n t ac t will /

t hen b e fo u nd t o b e bac ,

pit ch: Th e adden dum fo r

the 36 t o o t h wheel mu s t
"

p ass thr ough b and s h o uld ,

n o t b e gre at er fo r t h e s m all ,

e s t wheel o f the se t w o uld

theo ret i cally h ave it s b as e

c ir cle t ange n t t o t h e lin e o f

o b liqui t y at b ju s t all o w ing ,

the p ath of co nt act t o go

to b This w o uld give the
.

c en tre of t he sm alle s t

pini o n o f the s e t at 0 2 ,

p r o vided h o wever th at the , ,

di st an ce ao 2 can b e u sed '

w i t h the given pit ch In .

thi s example t h e wheel s a re

6 P s o t h e r adiu s o f t h e
-

.
,

pi t ch cir cle mu st b e divis ible

int o t welfths of in che s
,
,
.

Thi s will gen er ally thro w

FIG 3 0 8
. .
the act u al centre a lit t le
b eyo n d the ce nt r e fo u nd
'

in the di ag ram .
The addendum c ir cle o f the ,

s malle s t wheel will p as s thr ough ;c th i s will give the r oo t cir cle C fo r
 IN TERCH A N G EA B LE IN VO L U TE G EA RS . 29

t h e 36 t o o th -

pini o n the clearan ce being know n We h ave t hu s t he com

, .

p l e t e di agr a m f o r t h e 3 6—t o o t h wheel an d m ay pr o ceed t o r o ll t h e t ee t h . .

S i n ce t h e p at h o f co n t ac t is no t i nt ended t o go b ey o nd 0 t h e i n v o lutes ,

n eed n o t b e ext en de d t o t h e b as e cir cle and i ns t e ad o f u s i ng r adi al ,

ex t ensi o ns fro m t h e i n vo lu t es t o t h e r o o t cir cle s t r aigh t l ine s t angent .

,
‘

t o t he i n v o lu t e s at t h e p o i nt s w here a cir cle F draw n t hro u gh t h e p o i nt '

,

c,
cu t s t hem m ay b e u s ed ,
If a t o o t h were j u s t re ady t o b egi n acti o n
.

at c as sh o w n in Fig 30 8 t h e li n e o f o bliqui t y w o uld at th at p o s i t io n

,
.
,
.

o f t h e t o o t h b e no rm al t o t h e act i ng i n v o lu t e
, t herefo re if we draw t h e
l ine cf fro m c perpendi cul ar t o t h e li ne o f o bl iq u it y it will give t h e d ir e c ,

t i o n o f t h e des ired fl ank ext ens i o n at t h at p o si t i o n If a cir cle is no w .

draw n wi t h o as a cent re and t an gent t o t h e lin e cf the fl ank ex t ensio ns

fo r all t h e t e e
,

t h will b e t angent t o t hi s cir cle as s h ow n In t h e figure fo r ,

o ne t o o t h Thi s will resul t in a s t ronger fo rm o f t o o t h t h an t h at o bt ained

.

w i t h a r adi al exten sio n .

When int er ch ange able gears ar e co ns t ru cted with invo lu t e t eeth t h e ,

a dde n dum is m ade t h e s am e fer a l l wheel s and is u su ally t aken as in ,

.

t h e epi cy cl o id al s ys tem e qu al t o t h e di am e t r al pi t ch ; bu t wh e
,

,
n the

adde n du m is t hu s arb i t r arily ch os e n t h e t ee t h o f the l arger wheel s , ,

p ar t i cul arly o f t h e rack wo uld b e li able t o co nfli ct wit h t h e flank ext en

,

s i o n s o f t h e s m aller wheel s ; t o av o id s u ch i n t erfere n c e the end s o f t h e

t ee t h mu s t b e ro u nded o ff .

Arbi t r ary Pr o po r t i o n s fo r Inv o l u t e G e ar s Rankine ’

1 98 . .
—
s rule to
m ake t h e ent ire leng t h o f t h e t o o t h 0 7 5 P o r t hat o f Willis t o m ake .
,

i t 0 7 P w il l give g o o d re sul t s Exp erien ce h as sh o wn t h at fo r o rdi n ary

J

. .
,

p urp o s e s t h e o b liqui t y s h o uld n o t e xc eed fr o m 1 5

°
t o W he n it
i s n o gre at er t h an t hi s it is s af e t o s ay t h at t hes e t ee t h ar e e qu al t o t he

c y cl o id al o r any o t her s , eve n f o r he avy Wo rk ; in addi t i o n t o o t her ad v an

t age s t h at h ave b een m e n t io n ed it is t o b e o b s erved t h at t h e fo rm o f

'

,
'

the t o o t h is a s t r o ng o n e
’

1 99 Pin G a. e rin g
— In t hi
-
s f o r m o f ge ari ng t h e. t ee t h o f o n e wheel
c o ns i s t o f cylindri c al pin s and th o s e o ft h e o t her o f s urf ac es p ar allel t o
,

c y cl o id al surf ace s fr o m whi ch t hey ar e derived , ,

.

In Fig 3 0 9 let 0 1 an d 0 2 b e t h e cen t res o f the pi t ch cir cle s wh o s e »

c ir cu m
. ,

feren ces ar e divided i n t o equ al p ar t s as cc and cg N o w if we ,

.

s upp o s e t h e wheel s t o t ur n o n t h e ir axe s an d t o b e in r o lling co n t act

‘

a t c t h e p o in t e o f t h e whe el 0 1 wil l t r ac e t h e epi cy cl o id gp o n t h e pl an e

,

o f t h e wheel 0 2 and m erely a p o i n t e up o n t h e pl an e o f 0 1

,
L e t cf be .

a curve s i m il ar t o ge an d i m agin e a pin o f n o s e n s i b le di am e t er a rigid —

m at eri al li n e — t o b e fi xed at c in t h e u pper wheel Then if t h e l ower .

o n e t ur n t o t he righ t it wil l drive t h e pin b efo re i t wi t h a c o n s t an t vel o ci t y

,

r at i o t h e act i o n endin g at c if t h e drivi ng curve b e t erm i n at ed at f as

,

s h o wn .
 '
23 0 C O N S TR OC TIO N ’
O F GEA R TEETH
-
.

If the pins be m ade o f a s ensible di am eter the o utlines o f t h e t ee t h ,

up o n the o ther wheel ar e curves p arallel t o the o riginal epi cy cl o ids, _as
s h o wn in Fig 3 10
. The diam eter o f the p1ns i s u su ally m ade ab o u t
.

equ al t o t h e thi ckn ess o f t h e to o th the r adiu s b eing therefo re ab o ut i

, , ,

the pi t ch ar c Thi s rule is h o wever no t i mperative as the pi ns are

.
, , ,

o ften m ade co ns ider ab ly sm aller .

FIG . 3 09 . FIG 3 1 0
. .

Cle ar anc e for the pro v i ded b y fo r mmg t h e ro o t o f the to o th

pin is
wi t h a s em i cir cle o f a r adius equ al t o that o f t h e pin the cent re b eing ,

i ns ide o f the pit ch cir cle an am o u nt e q u al t o t h e clear an ce required .

The pins ar e o rdin arily supp o r t ed at e ach e n d t w o d is cs b ei ng fixed ,

up o n the shaf t for the purp o s e as sh o wn in Fig 2 74 thu s making wh at is

, .
,

called a lan ter n wheel o r p inio n .

M o d e o f Ac t i o n — In
wheel w o rk o f this ki nd the acti o n is al mo s t
.

who lly co nfined t o o ne s ide o f t h e line o f c en tres In t h e element ary .

fo rm ( Fig 3 09 ) t he act io n is wh o lly o n o ne s ide and re ceding s in ce

.
, ,

it canno t b egin u n til t h e pin re ache s 0 ( if 0 2 drives ) and ce as es at c ; ,

i f 0 1 is cons i dered t h e dr i ver ac ti o n b egins at c end s at c and is who lly

, , ,

appr o achi ng . As appr o aching ac t i o n is i n j uri o u s pin ge ari ng i s no t ,

ad apted fo r u se where t h e s am e wheel h as b o th t o drive and to

fo ll o w ; the pins ar e therefo re always given t o t h e fo llo wer and t h e ,

tee t h t o t h e driver .

Whe n the pin h as a s ensib le diameter the t o o th is sho rtened and ,

it s thi ckn es s is de cre as ed ; the li ne o f act i o n is al so s h o rtened at c Fig 3 10 ,

.
,

and ,
inst ead o f b eg inning at c will b egin at a p o in t where t h e no rmal
,

t o t h e t o o t h curve thr o ugh the cent re o f t h e pi n firs t co m es in co n

, ,

t act wi t h the derived curve mi This no rm al s e nd w ill no t fall at c

.
’
,

bu t at a p o i nt o n the ar c cc b ey o nd o n acco u nt o f a pro pert y o f t he ,

curve p ar allel t o an epi cy cl o id The p arallel t o t he epi cycl o id is sho wn

.
23 2 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH
' ‘

re ach b efo re the t o o th will b e in co nt act with the p in o r is the p o in t th at ,

n mu s t r each b ef o r e t h e co mm o n n o rm al t o t h e pin an d t o o t h cu rv e
"
p ass es th ro ugh the pi t ch p o in t .

N o w acti o nb egins when the axis o f the pm Is at r and e nd s at t ; if ,

r t = cc we h ave an ex act li m iti ng c as e an d t h e as su m ed r adiu s o f t h e m

p
is a m
,

axi mu m ; if r t < ce t h e r adiu s is t o o gre at ; b u t if r t > cc t h e cas e is

, ;

pr acti cal To get the ex ac t lim i t a pro cess o f tri al and err o r sh o uld b e
.

reso rted t o When t h e pin is a p o int the m e t ho d s u s ed in cy cl o id al

.
,

ge aring m ay b e applied ; th e co rre ctio n for a pin o f s ens ible di am et er

‘

can the n b e m ade b y applyi ng the m e t h o d o f Fig 3 12 . .

Wh e e l an d Rack As t h e pins ar e always given t o the fo ll o wer

'

— .
,

we h av e t w o cas es . .

1 Rack d r ives g i vi ng the pi n whe el and r ack Fig 3 1 3 H ere t h e

° -

.
, , .

FIG . 3 13 . Fi e . 3 14 .

original t oo th is b o und ed by cy cl o id s gen erated b y t he . pit ch cir cle of t he

wheel .

2
°
Whee l d r ives , givi g the rack and wheel H ere ( Fig
n pin -

. . 3 14 ) t h e
o r1g1n al t o o th o u t lin e is the involute o f the wheel s pit ch cir cle ’
.

FIG . 3 15 . FIG . 3 16 .

In s i d e Pin G e ar i n g — H ere a l so there ar e t w o cases .

1
°
Pin i on d r i ves ( Fig . The o rigin al t oo t h o u t li nes will be
 DoUB LE PO IN T GEARING
. 1

-
. 23 3

intern al epi cy cloid s g ener at ed by ro ll ing t he pit ch cir cle o f the annul ar
wheel o n the p i nio n s pi t ch cir cle ’
.

2 Annu lar w hee l d r ives ( Fig

°
H erethe o rigi nal t oo th o u t l i ne i s
.

.
the hyp o cy cl o id tr aced by ro lling t h e pini o n S pit ch cir cle in the wheel s
,
-
’ ’ ’

cir cle
t
Pa h o f Co nt act.
— In t h e elem e n t ary fo rm o f t o o t h ( Fig 3 09 ) t h e .

p ath o f co nt act is o n t h e cir cu m feren ce o f the pi t ch circle o f t h e foll o wer

01 a ,
s c c W
.
he n a p i n is u s ed i t s c e n t re alw a y s lie s In t hi s c ir cu m fere n ce ,

a d
n i t s p o i n t o f c o n t ac t m ay b e f o u n d b y l ayi ng o ff a di s t a n c e ci equ a l
to the r adiu s o f t h e p i n F
( g i 3 17 ) o n the. c o mm o n n o r m a l D r aw in g .

FIG 3 1 7
. . FIG . 3 18 .

of thes e rmal s all o f whi ch mu s t p ass t hrough t h e

co mm o n no ,

pi t ch po int c and l aying off t h e r adiu s o f t h e pin ci o n each w e h ave

, ,

t h e p at h o f co n t act ci kno wn as the limacon .

Do u bl e po n t ii —
This fo rm o f geari ng sh o w n in Fig 3 1 8
G e ar n g
z oo .
-

, .
,

gives very smo o t h actio n where no t mu ch fo r c e is t o b e t ransmit ted

. .

The pit ch cir cles ar e here t aken as the des crib ing cir cles ; t h e f ace cg o f
the pin io n 0 1 is generat ed b y r o lling the pit ch cir cle 0 2 o n t h at o f 0 1 and
. ,

t h e fa ce of is gen er ated b y r o ll ing the pi t ch c ir cle 0 1 o n 0 2 If 0 1 is co n .

s id e r e d t h e driver act i o n b egi ns at d t h e p o int c o f 0 1 s li d i ng d o w n t h e

, ,

face cfwhile 0 travels fro m d t o c In t h e re ceding act io n t h e p o i nt c o f .

t he t oo t h o f 0 2 is act ed o n b y the face cg whil e 0 m o ves fro m c t o c The .

S p aces mu s t b e so m ade as t o cle ar t h e teeth This comb inat io n redu ces .

fri ct i o n t o a m inimum and gives the o bliquity o f act i o n less t h an in any

.

c as e ex cep t in ge arin g b u t t h e tee t h ar e mu ch u nder cu t and we ake ned

p ,

b y t h e cle arin g curves and if mu ch fo r ce 1s t o b e t ransmi t t ed t h e line o f

,

co nt ac t will so o n b e w o rn aw ay .

Sh o u d e d Whe e s
r l —
When t h e tee t h of a wheel as 0 1 Fig 3 1 8 ar e
.
, ,
.
,

under cu t and we ak t hey ar e so m et im es uni t ed at t heir end s b y annul ar

rings cast with t h e wheel and the wheel is then s aid t o b e s hr ou d ed
, .
23 4 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH
"

-
.

This shro uding s treng t hen s t h e t ee t h and is u su ally appli e d t o t h e pi ni on ’

,

where t h e we ar is gre at er ; it m ay ext en d t h e wh o le dep t h o f t h e t e et h

o f t h e pi ni o n o r b o t h pi ni o n an d wheel m ay b e s hr o uded t o h alf t h e
,

leng t h o f t h e tee t h The l at ter arrangem ent is s eld o m ad o p t ed o n

.
.

acco u nt o f the di ffi cult o f c as t in g the wheel s

y .

20 1 . Th e o r y
S an g ’
s .
— A co n j ug ate
curve h as alre ady b ee n defi n ed ,

If in Fig 2 7 8 we assum e any t o o t h o u t li n e as aal we m ay co n

.
, ,

s t ru ct a s erie s o f wheel s as su m i n g differen t pi t ch c ir cle s th at will w o rk

, ,

wi t h t h e wheel h avin g the ass um ed t o o t h o u t lin e Th en any o ne o f t h e .

s erie s m ay b e t aken an d a s e co n d s erie s cf wheel s m ad e fr o m it s t o o t h

o utli ne Fro m t h e m e t h o d o f gen er ati ng the t o o t h o u t l in e s it fo ll o ws

.
,
.

th at any wheel o f the firs t s erie s will ge ar with any o ne o f t h e s e co nd .

N o w if t h e co nj ug ate t o o th o utli n es o n any t w o equ al wheel s b e m ade the

s am e ,
t he t w o s eries will b e iden t i cal an d the wheel s will all b e inter
ch ange ab le If the t o o t h and s p ac e ar e t aken e qu al t o e ach o ther t w o
.
,

r acks fo rmed fr o m t h e ab o ve equ al wheel s will ex act ly fi t int o e ach o ther ,

t h e t o o t h o f o ne fi l ling the S p ac e o f t h e o ther and b eing at t h e s am e

t i m e equ al t o t h at o f the o ther .

H en c e we m ay as sum e the o utlin e o f a r ack t o o th su ch th at it is made

up o f fo ur equ al lin es in al t ernat e revers i o n ( thu s g1v mg a symm etri cal
t o o t h ab o u t it s cent re lin e) and fro m it d erive an in t er changeab le s e t o f
wheel s If the rack b e m ade up o f equ al cy cl o id al ar cs t h e cy cl o id al
.
,

s y s t e m wi t h a co ns t an t de scrib ing cir cle will b e o b t ain ed ; if it b e

b o u nded b y o b lique s tr aight lin e s t h e i n v o lu t e sys t em will b e repr o ,

d u ce d .

The r ack m ay b e arb itr arily assu m ed pro vided it fulfils t h e ab o ve ,

co n di t i o ns an d d ifferen t s eries o f wheel s may b e d erived

,
This m e t ho d .

o f c o n s t ru ct in g the t o o t h o u t lin e whi ch is pr act i cally t h e revers al of t h e

,

o rdi n ary w ay is due t o Pr o fes s o r S ang

,
.

S h o uld we no w sh ape a cut t er t o the ex act o utlin e o f a r ack t e o t h

an d t hen give t o it a re c ipr o cat i ng m o t i o n p ar allel alw ays t o t h e ax is o f ,

a ge ar wheel bl ank
-
whi ch is m ade t o m o ve In referen c e t o the rack
,

t o o t h j u s t t h e s am e as it w o uld if t h e pi t ch s urface o f t h e rack and t h at

o f t h e wheel were in r o lli ng c o n t ac t wi t h e ach o t her t h e r ack t o o t h w o uld ,

s h ape t h e s p ac e o f t h e wheel ; it b ei ng u nder s t o o d t h at t h e wheel is n o t

m o ved wh ile t h e r ack t o o t h is cu t ti ng an d t h at it is o nl y r o lled fas t ,

e no ugh t o give a ligh t chip t o ou t e ach t im e t h e t o o t h m o ves in t h e cutt ing

dire ct io n O ne sp ace h aving b een cu t the b l ank is tu rn ed t hro ugh t h e
.
,

pi t ch angle and the O perat io n is repeat ed u nt il t h e wheel is fo rm ed .

This m e t ho d h as b een applied in a b evel ge ar cu t ting engine - -

.

202 Un symm e t ri c al Te e t h
. .
— In al l
the figures hitherto given the
tee t h ar e s y m m e t ri cal , so t h at they w ill act equ ally well whe t her t h e
wheel s ar e t urned o ne w ay or t h e o ther In cas es where the ac t i o n
.
236 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F G EAR—TEETH .

e nd pressure p ar all el t o the axes When the po int o f co nt act is in t h e

.
'

pl ane o f t h e axes t h e s e co nd co m p o nent is zero ; advant age m ay b e t aken

o f thi s as will b e s h o w n so th at t here m ay b e no s lidi ng ac t i o n b e t ween
, ,

the t ee t h The e nd pressure is n eu t r alized as expl ain ed in 1 74 4

.
,
°

S li d i n g Fri c i o t n E li m in a ed
t — In this cas e t h e angle o f t wi s t is at
le as t equ al t o t h e pi t ch angle and sh o uld b e a l it t le mo re In Fig 3 21 . .
,

whi ch repres ents a trans vers e s e ct i o n o f a p air o f t wis t ed wheel s su p ,

po s e t h e o rigin al t o o t h o u t li n e s t o h ave b een

th o s e sh o wn d o t t ed Then cu t aw ay t h e faces
.

as s h o w n b y full lin e s h avi ng t h e n e w f ac e s t an

gent t o t h e o l d o nes at t h e pi t ch p o in t 0 ; we
n o w h av e l o s t pr o per co n t ac t ex c ep t th at at c

fo r t h e s e cti o n sh o wn b u t b y t wi s t ing t h e
,

wheel s thi s co n t act can b e m ade t o t r av e l al o ng

t h e co mm o n elem en t o f t h e pi t ch cyli n ders
‘

t hr o ugh c fr o m o ne s ide o f t h e wheel t o t h e

FIG 3 2 1 o t her A s im ple co n s t ru ct i o n t o u s e in t hi s
.

c as e is t o m ake t h e fl ank s o f t h e wheel s r adi al an d the f ace s s e m i cir cles

t angent t o the fl anks The acti o n here is purely r o lli ng and is very
.

s m o o t h an d n o i s eless ; b u t fo r he av y w o rk it is b e s t t o u se t h e co mm o n

fo rms o f teet h wi t h sliding act io n s o th at t h e pressure m ay b e d is t r ib

,

u t e d o ver a li n e i ns te ad o f acti ng at a p o in t .

204 Appr o xim at e Fo r m s o f Teeth

.
— To s e cure perfe ct sm o o t h n es s o f
.

ac t i o n in t o o t hed wheel s it is n e ce ss ary th at t h e t o o t h o u t li n e s s h o uld

-

b e ac cur at ely l aid o u t as expl ain ed in the pre cedi ng p age s an d t h at the
, ,

t eeth when co ns t ru cted sh o uld co n fo rm ex actly with t h e o u t lin es f o u nd .

If t h e tee t h ar e t o b e cu t the ex ,
act curve s s h o uld b e u s ed as whe n t h e ,

tter i e m de it will t t h ur a t e h a pe a w l l a a n y o t her

‘

cu s o n c a cu e a c c s s e s .

W he n ,
h o wever t h e
,
t ee t h a r e t o b e c a s t o r f o
,
r so m e o t her re aso n perfe ct
ac c ur ac y is n o t required t h e,
ex a c t c urve s m a y b e repl aced b y q t h e r s

whi ch appro xim at e t o t hem mo re o r less cl os ely bu t whi ch ar e s i mpler ,

t o co ns t ru c t Thi. s i s p o s s i b le a s t h e
,
tee t h b ei ng s h o r t o n l y a s mall
.

p art o f the t he o re t i cal curve is u s ed In t hes e appr oxim at io ns t h e pr o

.

p o r t i o ns o f t h e tee t h ar e u su ally
g o vern ed b y o n e of t h e s et s o f
arb i t r ary pro p o r t i o ns given in
1 88 . The t w o prin cip al m e t h o d s
o f appr o xi mat i o n ar e : 1 b y cir
°

onl ar ar cs an d 2 b y curved t e m
°
,

pl at es .

Appr o xi m at i o n by C i rcu l ar
r
A cs — Wi lli s Me thod Le t o an d
—

3 22) b e t h e ce nt res o f F 3 22
0 1 ( Fig
IG . .

tw o pi t c h c ir c le s In co n t a c t a t 0 D. r a w a l in e c 1 m ak i n g a n an gle 0
 '
A PPRO X LM A TE FO RM S O F TEETH . 37

w it h t he res and t hr o ugh c draw t h e lin e ch perpe ndi cul ar

li ne o f c nt e ,

t o qql O n ch assu m e any p o in t as k and t hro ugh t his p o i n t dr aw

.
, ,

t h e lin es [co an d ko l q i n t er s e ct ing qq1 at p an d g res pe c t ively Thes e .

p o in t s m ay no w b e t aken as limi t ing t h e leng t h o f t h e co nn e ct mg r o d o f -

a fo ur b ar lin k age o pqol

-

t h e lin ks o p an d o l g turn in g ab o u t 0 an d 0 1
,

res pe c t ively It b eing t h e i nst ant an eo u s axi s o f pql

,
Fo r t h e a v rat i o . . .

we h ave
a v 0 ol o
. .
p
7
a v . . ol g oc

whi ch is t h e s ame as t h at fo r t h e ro lling pit ch cir cles This angul ar .

v e l o ci t y rat io is al so m o m ent arily co ns t ant as ch is perpe ndi cul ar t o pq .

98 p age 7 5 ) an d fo r a s ligh t angul ar m o vem en t o f t h e links ei t her w ay

,

fro m t heir pres ent p o si t io n pq wo uld s t ill p ass t hr o ugh c If no w t hr ough .

any p o i n t as m o n pg we dr aw t w o cir cul ar ar cs “ as mn and m t wi t h

, , p , ,

an d q _ as c en t res r e s pe c t iv e l y _t h e y will d o fo r t o o t h curve s s i n ce t hey

, ,

will re ai p d g t
t n an a a d i t a n ce = m + m = a p a r t t hu s repl acing t h e
s p q pq ,

link and will al so h ave fo r a lim i t ed mo t i o n t heir co m mo n no rmal at

, , ,

t h e p o in t o f con t act p assi ng t hro ugh t h e pi t c h p o in t c In t h e figure mn

’

m igh t b e co n s idered t h e face o f o an d mt t h e fl ank o f 0 1 H ad t h e

, .

p o int m b een t aken o ut s ide o f pq b o t h ar cs w ould h ave b een co nvex t h e ,

s am e w ay If 0 1 b e pl aced s o t h at t h e angle ho l e is acu t e as for example

.
, , ,

at 0 t hen q will fall at q1 o n t h e s am e s ide o f c as p an d t h is will m ake ,

t h e fl ank mt co n cave i n s t ead o f co n vex B u t if ho 1 b e co m es p ar allel .

t o ps t hen q will f all at an i nfin i t e di s t an c e fr o m p an d mt will b e co m e

, ,

perpen di cul ar t o ps -

Appli c at i o n t o Inv o l u t e Tee t h where t h e o u t li n e o f t h e t o o t h co n

,

i
s st s o f a s i n gle a c
r — In Fig 3 22 let ch b e co m e infi ni t e ; t hen op and o g
. .
l

will b e co m e perpendi cul ar t o pcq and t h e p o int s p and q will b e fo u nd at

,

r an d s re s pe c t ively Le t t h e ar cs o f t h e t eet h b e s t ru ck t hr o ugh c and

.
,

l e t o cr d t h e r adiu s o f t h e wheel 0 c = R and t h e required r adiu s o f t o o t h

z
, ,

o u t li n e cr = D t hen D = R co s d whi ch is i n depen den t o f t h e wheel 0 1 as

, ,

well as o f t h e pit ch an d nu m b er o f t eet h o f 0 If t hen t h e angle 0 and

-

.
, ,

t h e pi t ch b e m ade co n s t ant m a se t o f wheel s any t w o wheel s o f t h e se t ,

will w o rk t o get her :

As su m e (9 7 5 a very co n ve n ie nt v alue t hen
°

D R co s 7 5 3 0 ° ’
RX very ne arly .

To pply t hi s appro xim at io n l e t oc ( Fig 3 23 ) b e t h e radiu s o f t h e

a ,
.

pi t ch cir cle o f t h e pro p o s ed wheel Dr aw cp m aking an angle o cp .

,

3 0 wit h 0 c and dr o p t h e perpendi cul ar 0 p up o n cp o r b e t t er

° ’
75 , , , ,

des crib e a s emicir cle o n 0 c and m ake t h e ch o rd cp i oc ; t hen p will

,
z

b e t h e c ent re fo r t h e t o o th o u t li n e acb dr aw n t hro ugh c The t o o t h .

may now b e co mplet ed as sh o wn The cent res o f all t h e curves are .

23 8 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH .

fo u nd on the ir cumference
c of a c i rcle of a r ad i u s op and t h e lengths
,

o f the teeth s h o uld b e kept

within th e l imi ts m entio ned in

19 1 .

Fo r co n veni ence a b evel

t empl ate , as s h o wn at T may ,

b e made , the angle o cs being

°
The edge cs can
75
then b e gradu ated i s ize ; now ,

kno wing the radiu s o f the

wheel the p ositio n o f p m ay,

FIG 3 23
. .
b e f o u n d dire c tly b y adju s t i ng .

the t empl at e as sh o wn and ,

n o t i ng the p o i nt p at the r adiu s re ad ing o n the s c ale .

Appli c ati o n t o C y cl o i d al Te e th where the s ide o ft h e t oo th co ns is t s

o f t w o cir cul ar ar cs .L e t 0 ( Fig 3 24 ) b e the centre o f the g i ven wheel
.
,

FIG

“
. 3 24 .

01 th at of a wheel wi t h whi ch it is t o gear and c the pit ch p o int Draw

“ , .

(10 9 1 m aki ng an angle 0 wi t h 0 0 1

;
an d t hr o ugh c dr aw the perpe ndi cul ar
,

lock m aki ng kc 161 0 and less th an e i t her o c o r 0 1 0 Dr aw o h and o l k cut t ing

.
,

a t an d re s pe ct i vely L a o ff cm = pit ch o n the pi t ch cir cle A A o n

g o
p q1 .
y 1

the side o f c o pp o site p and q1 ; then p is the centre and pm the radius o f
t he face o f o draw n thro ugh m whi ch face will w o rk with a fl ank o f0 1 wi t h
,

a c e ntre g1 and r adiu s ql m L i ne s fro m 0 1 and 0 thro ugh kl l o cat e the

‘

t oo t h centres p1 and q ; then l ayi ng o ff cn = pit ch o n A we h ave pm , ,

the r adiu s o f the faces o f 0 1 and qn the radiu s o f the fl anks o f o Circles
, ,
.

d dr w thr ugh nd q abo u t 0 will l o cate the fac e and fl ank

pi a n a n o a
qs
p
c en tre s res pe ctively fo r the wheel 0 an d c ir cle s thro ugh p1 and q1 ab o u t 0 1
,
240 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F G EAR—TEETH .

h as rr anged a t ab le whi ch gives t h e r adii o f t o o th curves and the r adial

a

d i s t an c e s b etween t h e pit ch cir cle and t h e face and t h e fl ank c en tre

.
.

c ir cle s .

Mr G ran t h as al so arr anged a t ab le kno wn as G rant s o d o n t o

.
,
’
,

”
g r a ph t ab le in
,
whi ch the a ppr o x i m at e c ir c ul ar ar cs a r e m ade t o co n

fo rm m o re n e arly t o the the o ret i cal s h ape th an b y t he Willis me t h o d

)

The Will i s ar c lies wh olly within the true curve while t h e G rant ar c int er

“
,

s e c t s t h e t o o t h f ac e in three p o i n t s ; viz at the pit c h lin e at the adden du m .

, ,

line and at a p o int m idway b etween The ab o ve t ables m ay b e fo u nd

,
.
‘

in A H and b o o k o n t h e Teeth o f G e ar s b y G eorge B G rant ,

. .

Ro bi s o n s T e m pl at e O d o n t o gr aph
n
’ — This ingeni o u s i ns trum en t the .
~

i nvent i o n o f Pro f S W Ro b inso n gives the o u t lin e o f t he t o o th dire ct

. . .
, ,

and m ay b e u s ed in the p atter n sh O p fo r l ayi ng o u t ge ar p atterns -

It .

“
w as f o u nd t h at the curve t o s ati s fy the m athem ati cal co nditi ons in
,

wh at pre cedes 1 mu s t be o ne of r apidly ch anging curv ature appro

,
°
,

m at ing very cl os ely t o the epi cy cl o id 2 it m us t b e very n e arly pe r pe n

'
°

d icu l ar t o the pit ch c ir cle at t h e m iddle p o int o f t h e t o o th o u t lin e ; and

3 it mu s t i n ters e c t the adden du m cir cle at the s am e p o in t as t h e e picy
°

c l o id ; in s h o r t i t mu s t co in cide wi t h t h e epi cy cl o id al face The curve

,
.

m o s t co mpletely s at i s fying the s e co nditi o ns w as fo un d t o b e a l o g ari t h m i c

s p i r al .

The O d o nt o graph co ns is ts o f a t hin b rass pl ate fgh ( Fig grad .

u at e d o n t h e edge gh the figure s h o wing the i n s t ru m en t ab o u t o n e s ix t h

'
-

s ize A cco m p an yi ng t h e ins t r u .

ment ar e t ab les v arying ac co rdi ng

t o t h e kin d o f t o o t h des ired Fig . .

3 26 sho w s the m e t h o d o f u s ing t h e

O d o n t o gr aph t o l ay o u t a wheel

b el o nging t o an i n ter ch ange ab le

l s erie s The t ab le is here arr anged
f
.

in f o ur co lu mns givi ng : 1 Di am
°

“
e t er in in ches 2 N u mb er o ft ee t h ;
,
°

3 Fac e s e t t ing s ; 4 Fl ank s e t

° °

t i ng s . L e t l cl1 b e the pi t ch cir cle whi ch is k no w n when the pit ch an d ,

n u mb er o f t eeth ar e give n ; ass u m e 0 the m iddle p o i n t o f a t o o t h an d ,

l ay o ff t h e ar c cc = it s h alf t hi ck n es s Dr aw t angen t s ct and cs t o the

-

pit ch cir cle at c an d c S e t t h e ins tru m en t in the p o s it i o n fgh the

.
,

pro per divis io n o n the s cale fo u nd fro m the co lumn o f face s e t t ings , ,

b e ing b r o ught t o d while at t h e s am e t ime t h e curved edge j g is t angen t

t o ct and e is o n the edge gh ; no w dr aw t h e face ca
,
To draw t h e .

fl ank t h e i ns tru m ent is pl aced in t h e p o si t i o n fl gl hl t h e pro per fl ank ,

re ading b eing at c an d the curve fi gl b eing t angent t o cs

,
.

Pro fe sso r Ro b ins o n s p aper m ay b e fo u nd in Van No s tr and s Maga

’ ’

z in e V_
,
ol 15 . .
 B EVEL GEA RIN G . 24 1

Prof J F Klein h as re cen tly in tro du ced a m eth o d o f finding co rre c t

. . .

t o o t h o u t lines b y m eans o f t ables spe ci ally prep ared fo r t h e differen t

s y s t ems o f ge ari ng The m etho d co ns is ts in gi v i ng , by t able t h e d is
.
,

t an ces o f p o in t s o f t h e t oo t h o u t line ,

fro m e ach o f t w o perpendi cul ar refer

e n c e li n e s X X an d Y Y ( Fig 3 2 7 ) dr awn .

thro ugh so m e e asily fixed p o i nt in t he

t o o t h o utlin e Each o f t h e t w o s ets o f
.

d is t an ces is expressed in s im ple de cim al

fr act io ns o f t h e pit ch o r d iameter and , ,

for e as e in t ab ul at i o n co mpu t at i o n and x , ,

l aying o u t o ne o f t hes e s e t s is arr anged

,

in gro u ps o f equidifferent v alues The .

co m pu t at i o ns fro m t h e t ab les ar e very

s im ple o nly sh o r t divi s i o n o r m ul t ipli

,

c at i o n b ei ng n e c e ss ary fo r de t er m i n i ng

o rdi nary o u t lin e s A f t er m aking t h e

.

co m pu t at i o ns t h e dr awi n g o f t h e o u t
,
FIG 3 2 7 . .

l in e o n ly i n vo lve s t h e u s e o f t h e squ are

an d t h e ab ili t y t o l ay o ff di s t an ce s ac cur at ely T ables ar e al so given by .

m e ans o f whi ch t w o reference lin es o n e o n e ach s ide o f a to o t h m ay b e , ,

l o cat ed in pro per rel at io n t o each o t her thu s m aking it u nn e cess ary t o ,

u se co m p ass e s This m e t h o d is espe ci ally u seful in l ayi ng o u t t h e o u t

. .

lin es o f t h e t ee t h o f l arge wheel s where it wo uld b e i nco nve n ient t o ro ll

up t h e curves in t h e o rdi nary w ay .

20 5 .B e vel G e ari n g — In t h e di s cu s s i o n o n t h e tee t h o f s pur wheel s -

t h e m o t i o ns were co n s idered as t aki ng pl ace in t h e pl ane o f t h e p aper ,

an d we h ave t hu s de al t wi t h li n e s i ns t e ad o f s urf ace s B u t t h e pi t ch .

an d de s crib i ng curve s an d al s o t h e t o o t h o u t li n e s
,
ar e b u t t r ace s o f ,

surf ac e s ac t ing in s t r aigh t — line co nt act and h avi ng t heir elem e nt s per ,

p e n d i cu l a r t o t h e pl an e o f t h e p aper In b evel ge ari ng t h e pi t ch su r

.

faces ar e co nes and t h e t ee t h ar e in co n t act al o ng s t raigh t lines bu t

,
, ,

t hes e lin es ar e perpen di cul ar t o a s pheri cal surf ace and all o f t hem p as s ,

t hr o ugh t h e cen t r e o f t h e s phere whi ch is at t h e p o i n t o f i nt ers e ct i o n o f

,

t h e t w o pi t ch co n es .

As in s pur gearing an ele m ent o f t h e s am e r o lling cyl inder ge ner ates

the f aces o f t h e t ee t h o f t h e driver and t h e fl anks o f t h e t ee t h o f t h e ,

fo llo wer s o in b evel gearing an elem ent o f t h e s am e ro lling co ne h aving

, ,

it s apex at t h e p o int o f i nt ers e ct io n o f t h e axes o f t h e t w o pi t ch co nes ,

ce s o f the driver s and t h e fl ank s o f t h e f o ll o wer s t ee t h

’

g e n er a t e s t h e f a
’

an d v i ce ver s a .

Le t —
o u c an d s ct— o Fi
( g 3 2 8
.
) b e t h e pi t c h e co n s o f a
p air o f b evel
'

gears in co n t act o n t h e lin e 0 0 . L t

e o cc b e a t hird co ne in co n t ac t
—

e x t er n ally wi t h s ot—o
"

a d
n i n ter nally wi t h o—u c o n the lin e 0 0 The abo ve .
,
24 2 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F G EAR TEETH -
.

three e
co n s , b ei ng in will have their axes in a pl ane p ass
co n ac t t on 0 0 ,

ing thro ugh o c S upp o s e t h e b as es .

o f the co n e s t o b e cir cul ar p o r t i o ns

o f a s pheri cal surf ac e wh o s e ce ntre is

at o and wh o s e r adiu s is c o and let ,

the three co nes turn in r o lling co n

t act o n oc their axes b eing fixed ; t hen ,

the p o int 1 o n t h e s mall co ne will de °

s crib e a s pheri c al epi cy cl o id ih o n t h e

’

S pheri cal b aSe o f the co n e s ct o pr o

-

d u ce d an d a spher i cal hyp o c y cl o id,

the b e o f the co n e o cu ; o r
fg
—
o n as

the elem ent co o f the co e cc w o uld

n o —

generat e the pro per surfaces fo r t h e

faces o f the teeth o n s ct o and fo r
—

fl ank s on o— u c thes e surfaces b eing ,

the s am e as th o s e fo rm ed b y all o w
FIG 3 28 . .

ing a righ t lin e t o p ass thr o ugh 0 and

mo ve al o ng ih and fg res pe ctively as dire ct ri ces As the co mmo n no rm al .

pl an e t o t h e t w o t o o th surfaces gen erat ed b y the ab o ve m et ho d alw ays

p ass es thro ugh t h e co mm on elem ent o f co nt act o f the t w o pi t ch co nes ,

viz oc therefo re they ar e S uit able t o o th surfaces and will m aint ain by
.
, , ,

their sliding co nt act t h e s am e a v ratio as the pit ch co nes wo uld m ain t ain
. .

by r o lli ng co nt act S i n ce the ab o ve m eth o d o f d r aw ing the s h apes o f

.

b evel ge ars o n a true S pheri cal s urface in v o lves m u ch l ab o r the fo ll o wi ng ,

appr o xi mate m eth o d given by Tr e d go ld is extens ively u s ed where ’

, ,

ab so lu te accuracy is no t required .

FIG . 3 29 .

Tr e d gold
’
s Appr o xi m at i on — In the pl ane o f t h e axes o f the tw o
‘

rolling e
co n s Fi
( g 3.2 8) draw acb perpendi cul ar t o oc int ers e ct ing ,
t he
 CON S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH -
.

The meth o d o f finding the t oo th o utlin e up o n the no rmal cone

“
gr aphi cally is sh o wn in Fig 330 where A is an e nd view B a side view .
, , ,

f t h e a r —wheel an d C the devel o p m e n t o f the t t h utli n e S i n e

o e g ,
o o o c .

the t o o t h pro j e cts b eyo nd the pit ch cir cle t o t, the no rm al co ne w ill ,

ex t end t o t whi ch fixes t h e ext rem e di am eter o f t h e b l ank tu ; pr o

,

j e c t in g r 1
t o a t we fi n d the
,
di am e t er o f the pr o j e c t ed r o o t c ir cle r s T h e .

p o int s t c r e t c in rev o lving ab o u t the axi s ao des crib e cir cles whi ch
, , ,
.
, ,

appe ar as s tr aigh t l in e s in B an d as c ir cles in A pr o j e cted in t heir true

, ,

s ize . It is o b vi ou s th at the le ng t h o f the ar e w hich m e asures t h e t hi ckness

o f t h e t o o th at the adde n du m roo t pit ch o r any o t her pr o j e cted circl e ,

, , ,

w ill b e the s am e in t h e e n d view A as in the devel o p ment whi ch enab les

'

u s t o dr aw the o utli ne s o f the tee t h in the e nd v i ew as s h o wn all o utli nes ,

b eing the s am e Fro m thes e ou t lines th o s e o n the S ide view B m ay be

.

fou nd by t h e pri n ciples o f pro j e cti o ns

The teeth ar e lim i t ed at thei r sm aller en ds by ano ther no rmal con e
o n whi ch the o utli n e will h ave the s am e f o rm as o n the l arge e nd S in c e .

all ele m e nt s o f the teeth ru n t o t h e vertex 0 this s e cond o u t lin e m ay ,

b e fo un d fro m t h e firs t the m eth o d o f ob t ain ing it b eing s uffi cien tly
,

in d icat e d in t he figure
l W is the devel o pment o f the to o th o u t lin e o f
.

a wheel t o w o rk wi t h the o n e sh o w n B ot h wheel s h ave r adi al fl ank s .

,

and the d evel o p m en t is co n ven ien tly l o c at e d fo r dr awing b o th wheel s at

the same time ; o ne m ay b e S h o w n in gear wi t h the o ther .

C on s t r u ct i o n o f t h e C o rre c t T o o t h O u t li n e L e t d oc ( Fig 33 1) .
-

b e t h e p i t ch cone fac the n o rm al co n e i ndefin itely exten ded ; and let

_
,

o h b e the axi s o f a de s crib i ng co n e co b t angent t o t h e pit ch co n e o n ,

t h e lin e co an d in t ers e ctin g t h e no rm al co ne o n t h e curve cr s tb

,
The .

right h and figure is a pro j e ct i o n o n a pl an e at righ t angles t o ao and

-

t h e cir cle cgd is sh o wn in it s t rue s ize cl gl d l ; the curve o f in t ers e cti o n ,

appe ar s as cl r l s l tl bl the m et h o d o f o b t aining t w o o f it s p o ints b eing

,

cle arly s h o w n .

S upp o s e t h e axes o f the pi t ch an d des crib ing co nes t o b e fixed and ,

s upp o s e t h e co n e s t o t ur n in r o lli ng co n t ac t in t h e dire ct i o ns s h o w n b y

t h e arro ws ; t he n t h e elem en t co o f the des crib i n g co n e will s weep up

the o u t line fo r t h e t o o t h face and will always pier ce t h e no rm al co ne
’

in so m e p o in t o f t h e curve ctb t h e no rm al co n e b ei ng fixed as far as

'

it s rel ati o n t o the curve is co n c er ned Kn o wi ng the ratio o f the b as es .

o f the pi t ch an d de s crib i ng co n e s t h e angul ar m o t i o n o f o n e c an b e

,

fou nd fro m th at o f t h e o ther either gr aph i cally as sh o wn in t h e figure , ,

o r b e t t er b y cal cul at i o n If t h e pit ch co n e turns t hro ugh an angle

.

cl a l l z
mp l t h e des crib ing co ne will t urn t hr ough an angle mn l t h e
, ,

elemen t will b e fou n d at or giving u s t h e p o int r 1 and the sm all p o rtio n,

o f t h e pr o j e ct ed t o o th o utli n e 1 r l To fi nd an o ther p o int s upp o s e t h e .

,

t ur ni ng t o go o n t o 2 giving the p o in t S , r 1 h aving n ow g o n e t o u a p o int

, , ,

f o und o n t h e ar c r l u abo ut a1 by m aking the angle r 1 a1u = 1a12 In .

 B EV EL GEA RIN G .
2 45

the me
sa w ay ot her p o i nt s m ay b e fo u nd giving the pro j e ct ed o u t l ine
,

3t whi ch is t o b e devel o ped as sh o wn at D b efo re it c an b e applied

,
.

,
1

t o t h e no r mal co n e t o fix the t o o t h o u t li n e s In o rder t o accur at ely

.

fi x t h e o u t li n e gre at care mu st b e u s ed and s ever al p o i nt s sh o uld b e

,

fo u n d i n t erm ediat e t o t h o s e S h o wn in t h e figure .

In l aying o u t t h e tee t h o f i nt ernal b evel wheel s b y Tr e d go l d s pr o c e ss

’

1s evide nt th at the s ize o f the de s cri b i ng cir cle s mu s t b e fixed wi t h

FIG . 33 1 .

d ue reg ard t o t h e li mit s ob t ained fo r annul ar S pur wheel s t o prevent -

i n t erfere n ce up o n t h e devel o p m e n t o f t h e no rm al co n e Fr o m t h e ab o ve .

we dedu ce as a s afe pract i cal rule fo r t h e size o f t h e des crib ing co nes
,

u s ed in t h e ex ac t pr o c ess t h at t h e di am e t ers o f t heir b as es sh o uld no t be

,

g re a t er t h an th os e o f t h e de s c ri b i n g c ir cle s u s ed in the appr o x im at e

m et ho d
C o n e an d Fl at Di s c — When a co n e r o lls o n a flat d is c t h e no rm al
.

c o n e b e co m e s a cylin der an d if Tr e d go l d S pr o c e S b e applied a cas e

’
,
s ,

l ike t h at o f a r ack and s pur wheel pres en t s i t self

-

It is t o b e o b s erved .

th at if we s t ar t wi t h su ch a flat b evel w h e e l / m aking i t s d e v el o ped r ack

,

t ee t h o f equ al curve s in al t ern at e revers i o n any t w o b evel wheel s g earing

,

with it will gear wi t h e ach o t her

7
24 6 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH .

Inv o l u t e W hee s —
l . Tr e d go l d
pro cess is here applied t o t h e devel
’
s

0 ped bas e cir cles o f the no rm al co nes The exact o u t li ne o f t he teeth o n

.

the no rm al co ne wo uld b e fo un d b y no t ing o n it the inters e ct ing p at h

o f a lin e carried b y a pl an e in r o ll i ng co n t ac t wi t h t w o b as e co n es and
, ,

turning o n an ax is p ass ing thro ugh the apexes o f the pit ch co nes per
p e n d icu l ar t o the pl an e .

Me t o d of C
h t t in g t h e T e e th — The t o o th surfaces b eing co ni cal ’

u
,

their o utlines ar e co ns tant ly ch anging ; it is then im p o s s ib le t o cu t them

accur ately w i t h an o rdin ary mil ling cu t t e r f Thi s m e t h o d h o wever is -

o f t e n u s ed fo r s m
, ,

all b evel ge ars To dis tri b ute the unav o id able erro rs
.

as u nifo r ml y as p o ss ib le i t is t h e pr act i ce t o make the cut t er co n fo rm

'

t o the m iddle s e c ti o n o f the t o o t h and t o m ake it tr avel o n t h e elem en t

,
-

o f the t o o th o n t h e pi t c h co n e where t h e fac e and fl ank j o i n and at t h e

, ,

s am e tim e al o ng the r o o t c o n e The cutter is m ade narro wer t h an t h e

.

sm alles t s p ac e and o nl y o n e S ide o f t h e t oo t h is cu t at a t im e

,
With t his .

m eth o d the fl ank o f the t o o th at the l arge e nd is t o o full and t h e face

n o t full e n o ugh ; at the small e nd the err o rs ar e revers ed ; the surfaces

al so ar e cyli n dr i cal and n o t co n i cal as they sh o uld b e M e s s rs B r o w n . .

and S h arpe m ake t h e cle ar an c e t h e s am e at b o t h e nd s o f the t e e t h ; t h e

cu t ti ng angle is thu s the co m plem en t o f the face angle o f the ge ar wi t h

whi ch the o ne b eing cu t is t o w o rk ; they al so sh ape t h e cutter t o b e

co rre ct fo r a p o i n t o n the t o o th o e th i rd o f it s b re ad t h fro m the l arge e nd
n — .

The syst em o f di am e t ral pit ch is al s o applied t o sm all b evel ge ar s

,

the sam e rul es h o lding it b eing alw ays u nders t o o d th at by the pi t ch

,

cir cle is m e ant the l arge s t o r t h at o f t h e b as e o f t h e r o lli ng pi t ch co n e

,
.

There are ho wever _

,
m achi nes whi ch will out true b evel gears
,
.

Twi ste d B e v e l wh e e l s It is t o b e no ti ced th at b evel gears may

- —
.

b e st epped in the s am e w ay as S pur ge ars and the advan tages aris ,

ing w o uld b e the s am e ; bu t t here ar e practi cal reas o ns why t his arrange
m en t is no t em pl o yed The wheel s m ay have the pro cess o f twi st ing
.

applied t o them as in twi s ted ge ari ng ; in s u ch cas e the o nly o b j e c t i o n is

the diffi cul ty o f fo rm ing the teeth : as far as o u t line go es any o u t li ne t h at ,

is s ui t able b efo re twis ti ng w ill al so b e aft er t wis tin g .

2 0 6 S cr e w G e ar i n g
.
—
W o rm an d Wh e e 1 The mo st fam ili ar ex ample
— .

is th at o f the Wo rm and Wheel where the axes ar e S i t u at ed in pl anes at

,

right angles t o e ach o ther as S h o wn in Fig 33 2 H ere let 0 b e the centre

,
. .

o f a pit ch cir cle t hr o ugh c an d tt the pi t ch li n e o f a r ack

,
In t h e pl ane .

o f the p aper co ns t ru c t tee t h o n the s e pit ch li nes o f any pr o per fo rm fo r

s pur ge ar i n g If no w the r ack o utlin e b e t aken as t h e m eridi an s e ctio n

.

o f a s crew wh o s e pi t ch is equ al t o t h at o f t h e r ack o ne turn o f t h e s c rew ,

o r w o rm will adv an c e t h e wheel o ne t o o t h ju s t as th o ugh we co ns idered ,

t h e s crew t o act as a r ack and t o b e m o ved al o ng it s axis a dist anc e equ al

,

t o t h e pit ch ; the wheel b ei n g m ade very t hi n t h e s crew ac ti o n o f t h e ,

su cce ss ive e qu al merid i an s e cti o ns as they c o m e i nto the pl ane o f t h e

248 C O N S TR UC TIO N O F GEA R TEETH -
.

20 7 . C l o s e fi t t in g -
W o rm u ch a wheel an an d Wh e e1 .
— To m ake s ,

ex ac t co py o f t h e s crew is m ade o f s t eel and t he n it is flu t ed and h arde ned , ,

s i m il ar t o a t ap s o as t o b e c o m e a c u t
,
t i n g —t o o l w hi ch may be u sed t o ,

fi ni s h t h e t ee t h u su ally ro ughed o u t by t h e m e t h o d o f Fig 3 3 3 Pl aci ng

,
. .

this cu t ti ng t o o l in pro per p o s i t i o n in referen ce t o t h e axis of t h e wheel

-
'

and in t h e n o t che s pr e vi o u s ly m ade it can b e m ade t o cu t ou t t h e whee l ,

b y it s r o t at i o n t h e axe s b ei ng press ed ne arer t o gether as t h e cu t t i ng

,

g o es o n Wo rm—wheel cut t ing m achin es ar e no w m ade where t h e w heel

.
-

can b e give n t h e pr o per r o t ati o n in rel at i o n t o the w o r m b y i ndepe nde n t

m e ch ani sm When the w o rm is all o wed t o cu t all o f t h e mat eri al aw ay

.
,

n o guidi ng no t che s b ei ng m ade the wheel will h ave m o re tee t h t h an ,

w anted as t h e cu t ti ng b eg i ns o n a cyli nder l arger t h an the pit ch cyli nder ;

,

the to o th fo rm is also u ns ati s fac to ry .

The i nv o lu t e fo rm o f t o o th is u su ally applied in w o rm ge ari ng as it ,

g ives a s traigh t s ided s cre w and a ch ange in t h e di s tan ce b e t wee n t h e

-

axe s d o e s no t affe c t the v el o c ity r ati o .

Fo r a cl o s e fi t t ing w o rm wheel the b l ank is u su ally o f the fo rm sh o wn

— -

at t h e right in Fig 3 32 where t h e lines o l } and t

.
, t hr o ugh the axi s
o f the w o r m de s crib e co n e s o n t h e axi s 0 6 whi ch li m it t h e tee t h , .

S i n ce al l s e ct i o ns o f a s c rew o n pl an es p ar allel t o and equidi s t ant

fro m it s axis ar e alike they will act t h e s am e as th e meridi an s e ct i o n
,

o f Fig 33 2. Thi s e nab les u s t o dr aw t h e o u t li ne fo r the t ee t h o f a cl o s e

.

fi t t ing w o rm as s h o wn in Fig 33 4 where t h e view at the left co rre s p o nd s

,
.
,

t o t h e s e cti o n at t h e right o f Fig 33 2 The t ee t h o f t h e wheel fo ll o w t h e . .

cir cle o f t h e w o rm thr o ugh an angle 2 a whi ch o ught no t t o ex ceed

”

The pi t ch p o i n t 0 t o s e cure the s tr o nges t to o t h o n t h e w heel sh o uld

, ,

b e l o cat ed h alf w ay b etwee n i and h in whi ch cas e the t eeth o f the wheel
-

will b e cu t aw ay m u ch less at their p o int s t h an t h o s e sh o wn N o w ,

.

p ass a pl ane t hro ugh cd par allel t o ab ; it will cu t fro m t he s crew t h e '

o u t li n e o f a r ack as sh o wn at B Fig 33 4 ; t h e co n jug at e o f t hi s r ack ,

.

t o o th will give the s h ape o f the wheel s t o o th o n t h e pl ane cd Int h e ’

.

s am e w ay o t her pl ane s m ay b e p ass ed p ar allel t o ed

,
The co nt o ur o f .

t h e teeth o n t h e co n i cal s ide s o f the wheel m ay b e fo u nd b y devel o pi ng

the co nes and applying a m e t h o d s i mil ar t o Tr e d go l d s u s ed in drawing ’
,

b evel ge ars The s ever al s e c t i o ns fo u nd m u s t b e pr o perly l o cat ed rel

.

at iv e l y t o e ach o ther an d a su ffi cie n t nu mb er o f o utli n e s will e n ab le t h e

,

wheel p at t ern t o b e m ade .

It h as b ee n f o u nd in pr ac ti ce th at t h e w o rm wheel t o give g o o d -

re sults s h o uld not have less th an 25 teeth ; t h e ob liqui t y o f act io n fo r

,

an i n v o lute wheel t o o th m ay b e t ake n ab o ut

H i n d ley W o r m —Fig 33 5 sh o w s t h e cl o s e fi t t ing H i ndley w o rm and

. .
-

wheel H ere the co nt our o f t h e w o rm co rresp o nd s wi t h t h at o f t h e

.

ro o t cir cle o f the wheel at it s cen t ral pl ane Th e w o rm is cu t wi t h a .

t o o l sh aped t o t h e co nt our o f it s thre ad ( in thi s cas e s traight s ided ) bu t -

, ,
 50 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH
-
.

i ns t e ad o fbei ng advan ced u nifo rmly p arallel t o the ax is o f the w o rm the ,

t o o l is here m ad e t o turn u ni
fo rmly abo ut an axis h avi ng -

the s am e p o s i t i o n rel ative t o the

axi s o f the w o rm as t h e wheel

t o b e drive n This angul ar .

mo tio n fo r o ne ro t atio n o f t h e
wo rm is the s am e as th at
des ired in the wheel Aft er .

turni ng the wo rm it m ay be
made t o cu t a cl o s e fi t t ing -

wheel in t h e mann er previ o u sly

des crib ed fo r t h e o rdin ary cl o se
fi t t ing w o rm and wheel Th is .

w o rm when pro perly m ade h as

a gre ater b e ari ng surface th an

the o rdi nary fo rm and hen ce ,

the pressure and wear o n t h e

teeth o f the wheel ar e b o th
d is trib u t ed and thereb y r e
d u ce d It is extens ively u s ed
.

in drivi ng elev at o r drums .

Cl os e fi t t ing w o rm s s h o uld
-

FIG 33 5
always be well lub ri cat ed and
. .

ar e fo r th at re as o n u su ally pl ac ed u nder t he ir wheel s s o th at t hey m ay ,

r u n in a bath o f o il the w o rm and wheel b ei ng en cl o s ed in a s ui t ab le

’

tigh t casi ng .

M u l t ipl e th r e ad e d S cr e w wh e e l s
-
— S o far the s crew h as b een su p
-
.

p o s ed t o b e s ingle t hreaded it s pi t ch b eing t h at of t h e fund am ent al

-

r ack t o o th If now we d o uble t h e heli cal pit ch t h e angul ar vel o ci t y o f

.
, .

the t hin wheel ( Fig 3 32) will b e d o ubled and o nly alternat e t ee t h w ill
.
,

c o m e i n t o ac ti o n To b ri ng the rem ainin g t eeth in t o acti o n t h e s crew

.
,

c an b e m ade d o ub le — t hre aded and thi s will at the s am e tim e red u c e the
,

pressure up o n each t o o th In t h e s am e m anner t h e heli cal pit ch m ay

.

b e m ade any nu mb er o f tim e s as gre at as the t o o th pit ch the nu mb er

,
,

o f t hre ad s b ei n g i n cre as ed ac co rdi n gly ; the di am eter o f the s crew in

s u ch cas e s h o uld b e m ade gre at e no ugh t o av o id ex cess ive o b liquity o f

a c ti o n . Th e s crew m ay the n h ave as man y thre ad s as t here ar e teeth

u p on t h e wheel o r m o re ; the c o mb in ati o n w il l the n appe ar as s h o wn in
,

Fig 2 7 3
. When the numb er o f t eeth o n the wheel b e co mes infini t e the
.
,

w heel b e co me s a r ack and it s teeth will h ave an o utlin e like a p o rti o n

,

o f an o rdi nary nu t .

'

208 Ob
. li qu e S cr e w G e arin g — The axis o f the s crew may cross the
p l an e o f t h e wheel o b liquely a n d give m o t i o n t o
,
the wheel b y it s e nd
25 2 CO N S TR UC TIO N O F GEAR TEETH -
.

The twi s t o f the wheel is here fou nd by the sam e me t h o d as that

sh o w n in Fig 3 33 . Devel o ping the heli cal lin e t hro ugh p1 ( t h e pit ch
.
«

p o int ) as sho wn at pho ( pk b ei ng equ al t o t h e cir cu m feren ce o f A and

,

perpendi cul ar t o po) we h ave the angle pok th at the co mm o n t angent

,

it o f the heli ce s in co n t act at p m ake s wi t h pa The no rmal s e c t io ns .

r and o o f the wheel o n the pl an e s thr o ugh r and 0 w o uld b e t h e s am e

’ ’ ‘

, ,

as p and t h e wheel w o uld thu s b e a s im ple twi s t ed o ne if m ade fr o m a

’

cyli ndri c al b l ank The length o f the pit ch ar e o n the wheel is pe co r

.
,

resp o nding t o cc ( Fig and th i s mu s t b e an aliqu o t p art o f the

. .

pi t ch cir cum ference .

Act i o n o W e e
n h l — It m ay b e s een in Fig 3 37 th at o ne turn o f t h e
. .

w o rm will drive the wheel t hro ugh m o re th an t h e o rigin al pi t ch angle ,

alth o ugh the p it ch o f the s crew is equ al t o

the di ago nal p i t ch o f the r ack in Fig 33 6 . .

In th at cas e the r ack t o o t h alw ays ac ted

ag ai ns t a s urf ace wi t h re ct ili n e ar ele me n ts

perpendi cul ar t o the pl an e o f ro t at io n ; bu t

here the w o rm ac ts ag ains t hel i c es o f the
s am e pit ch cr o s s i ng t h e pl ane o f r o t ati o n ,

The vel o city r atio b eing co n

”

s t an t we m ay co nfine o u r at t ent io n t o t h e
,

heli ces up o n the pit ch cylinders and s tudy ,

their act i o n as repres ent ed in their devel

O pm e n t s o n the co mmo n t ange n t p l an e t o

t he pit ch surfaces In Fig 3 3 8 l e t cc and . .

dd b e elemen ts o f the pi t ch cylin ders o f the

wheel and w o rm re s p ectively i n ters e c ti ng at
FIG 3 3 8 . .
“
,

p a n d fixi n g the t angen t pl an e ; al so let po

be the pit ch o f the w o rm pk it s pi t ch c ir cu mferen ce and o h the devel o ped

, ,

helix as i n Fig 33 7 it p ar allel t o oh is the co mmon t angent t o t h e t w o

,
. .
, , .

heli ces In co nt act at p O n o ne turn o f t h e w o rm p go es t o 0 while t h e

.
,

p o int p o f the wheel mu st mo ve in the dire ct io n pf If we co ns ider pm .

as the helix o f t h e wheel and supp o s e the s crew t o b e pu s hed al o ng pd , ,

act i ng as a r ack po m ay b e re so lved i nt o t w o co m p o ne n ts pm and pe

,
.

The firs t o f thes e pm is sim ply a sliding co m p o nent and is ineffe ctive ;
, ,

bu t pe repre s ent s the lin e ar m o t io n o f the wheel due t o the mo t io n ,

p o o f the s crew N o w let p

. k repre s e n t the li n e ar m o ti o n o f t h e drivi n g
p o int p acting agains t t h e helix pm It s no rm al and t angent ial co m .

p o n e nt s ar e pg and p] re s pec tively Th e m o t i o n o f p in t h e wheel is .

'

al o ng pi and it s no r mal co m p o n e n t mu s t als o be pg whi ch w o uld ag ain

, ,

give us pe as t h e li near m o t i o n o f the wheel .

Suppo s e no w tha t a d o ub le t hre ad is des ired up o n the wo rm wi t h o u t ,

ch anging t h e sub d ivi s i o n o f t h e wheel in su ch cas e we mu s t d o ub le .

the pi t ch arc pc and t hen pn will b e the pit ch o f t h e wo rm fo u nd by

, ,
 O B LIQUE S CREW GEARIN G ’
. 253

m aki ng pi = 2pc, and drawing kin 11 11 is then the co mmo n t angent t o the
.

t w o heli ces and pk the co mmo n n o rm al co mp o n ent

, N o w in Fig 338 bo th
. .

kc and kn will fo rm righ t h anded heli ces up o n t h e pi t ch

-

cyli nder o f t h e s crew ; bu t o n wr appi ng t h e t ange nt

pl ane d o wn up o n t h e pi t ch cylinder o f t h e wheel kn ,

will b e co me a right h anded and ko a left h anded helix

- -

Hen c e t here mu s t b e an i nterm ediat e p os i t io n in whi ch

t h e devel o ped w o rm helix will b e p arallel t o cc and w ill
therefo re b e co m e a re ct ilinear elem ent o f t he wheel s ’

pit ch cylinder Su ch a case is ob tained by t h e pr o

.

p o rt i o ns sh o wn in Fig 3 3 9 let t ered t h e sam e as Fig 3 3 8

. . .

If pc and the o b liqui t y cpo ar e give n the pit ch and ,

cir cu m feren ce o f the s crew ar e fo u nd b y dr awi ng thro ugh

c a perpe ndi cul ar t o pc cu t ti ng 1 90 at o and pk ( a per

, ,
FIG 33 9 . .

p e nd i cu l ar t o po ) at k If .
p c a n d p k ar e give n dr aw ,

an ar c ab o u t p wi t h a r adiu s pc and als o draw po perpe ndi cul ar t o pk;

'

then kc tangent t o t h e ar c fixes t h e pit ch pa and t h e obliquity cpo The .

wheel in this cas e b e comes a commo n s pur wheel as sh o wn in Fig 34 0 -

, . .

FIG . 3 40 . FIG . 341 .

O bl iqu e S cr e w an d Rack — If the di ameter o f the ob lique wo rm

.

wheel be in cre ased indefin i t ely it will b e com e a rack who s e t o o t h surfaces
,

ar e made up o f re ct ili n e ar elem e nt s S u ch a case is sh o w n in Fig 3 4 1

. . .

An o b lique wo rm co uld b e made t o cu t it s o w n wheel ju s t as in t h e

'

co mm o n cas e ; t h e c ylin dri c al b l ank m ay t hen b e m ade t o co n fo rm t o t h e

curvat ure o f t h e s crew and t h e t ee t h b e li mited by co ni cal fru s t a i ns te ad

,

o f tr ans ver s e pl ane s .

 56 IN D EX .

PA G E

B evel geari ng ; Tr e d go l d ’
s a ppro ximat ion 24 2 , 243
B evel gearing t w is t ed ,

B inder pulleys
B o ri ng b ars
-
.

61
Cam an d sl o t t ed s liding b ar -

1 44
Cam , cyli ndr i cal —
70 72
Cam , des ign o f, fo r givi ng m o t i o n o n st raight line n o t passi ng t hr o ugh t h e
axis o f c am .

Cam , design o f fo r giving m o t io n o n s t raight l ine pas sing t hr o ugh t h e axis

m
o f c am

Ca di agr am fo r arm o ni c m o t i o n h ”

Cam di agr am fo r u nifo rm ly acce le rat e d and uniform ly re t arded m o t io n - -

Cam diagr ams

Cam diagr ams fo r giv i ng r apid m ot io ns .

Cam ; gene ral c as e

Cam , he art . .

Cam , inv olut e

Cam , po s it i v e m o t i o n -

Cam , u se of ro lle r in a .

Ce nt re , i ns t ant ane o us

Ce nt re o f mo t io n , pe rio d i c .

Ce nt ro id .

Ce nt ro ids in ant i paralle l crank -

linkage .

Ch ain , Mo r se r o cke r
Ch ain , Reyn o ld s ile nt
Chai ns
Ch ai ns , ge are d
Chains , high s pe e d -

Ch ro n o me t e r es cape m e nt
Cle aran ce .

Cle ari ng curve .

Clo ckw o rk .

Clo sed pair

Closed pair , i nversio n o f
Close fi t t ing wo rm an d whe e l
-

Co ne pull eys , e qual .

C o ne pulle ys s o lve d fo r r
c os s ed b e lt
Co ne pulle ys s o lve d fo r o pe n b e lt
Co nes , Evans fri ct io n

(b nic four -
b ar linkage .

Co nj u gat e cu v e s r .

'

CO r d s and ro pe s driving b y ,
.
 25 7

Co rd s , paralle l m o t i o n by .

C o rd s , s mall , co n ne ct i ng no n paralle l -
axe s

Co unt e r , m e chani s m o f .

C r ank and r o cke r .

Cro s se d belt , le ngt h o f . .

C ro s se d b e lt , so lut io n o f co ne pu lle ys usi ng

Cro w ni ng o f pulle ys
Cro w n whe e l e s cape m e nt
-

C urve s , co nj ugat e .

Curves , ro lle d
Cycl o id
C ycl o idal ge aring .

C ycl o i d al ge ari ng ; ann ular w h e e ls

C ycl oi d al ge ari ng ; arbit r ary pro po r t i o ns

Cycl oid al ge ari ng ; int e r change able w h e e l s

C ycl o idal ge ari ng ; l o w num be re d pi ni o ns
-
.

C yclo idal ge ari ng, pat h o f co nt act in .

Cylin d e r an d s ph e re , r olling
Cy lind e r e scape m e nt
C ylind e rs , r o llin g
C y li nd ri cal cam

D be at escapeme nt
e ad -

De ad po i n -
ts .

Des cri bi ng cir cl e s

De s cribi ng cir cle s e xt e ri o r an d int e rio r ,

D e s cribi ng cir cle s , int e rm e d iat e .

De si gni ng t rai ns m et ho d s o f ,
.

D iagr am s fo r cam s
Di agram s fo r cam s givi ng rapid m o t i o ns
Di ffe re nt i al pul le y bl o ck -

Diffe re nt i al screw s .

D isc an d ro lle r .

D o u ble act i ng pawl-

.

D o uble ge ne rat i o n o f t h e e pi cyclo i d .

Do u ble ge ne rat io n o f t h e h ypo cyclo i d .

'
D o uble H o o ke s j o int
’

Do uble os cill at i o n by linkwo rk

Do u bl e p o i nt ge aring
-

Do uble ro cki n g le ve r -

D rag link -
.

Ecce nt ri c
Effe ct ive pull in a be lt .

Ellips e s linkage for d rawing (e llipt i c t ram m e l)

'

Elli ps e s li nkage for t urning ( e llipt i c chuc k)

, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Elli ps e s lob e d w he e ls fro m

,

Ellipse s ro lling
_ ,
2 58 IN DEX .

Ellipse s ro lling , ,
as q ui ck re t ur n
-
mo t i o n

Ellipt ic chuck

Engi ne lat he t rai n -

.

Engine o s cillat i ng ,
.

Epi cy cli c bevel t rains

Epi cy cli c t rai ns .

Epi cycli c t rains used in ro pe m aki ng -

Epi cy cl o id .

Epi cy cl o id do uble ge nerat io n o f

,
.

Epi t ro cho id curt at e and pro lat e,

.

Es capem e nt anch o r ,

Es capem ent chro no met er ,

Es capeme nt cro wn wheel ,

-
.

Es capem ent dead be at ,

-
.

Es capem ent G raham cylinder ,

Evans fri ct io n co nes

Expansio n o f element s in l inkwo rk
Ext eri o r des cribi ng circle .

Feat h er an d gro o ve .

Fo r ce cl o su re
-
.

For ces relat io n b et we en, and linear vel o cit ies in m e chanis m
,

Fo r ces t ran smit t ed b y li nkwo rk .

Fo ur b ar linkage
-

Fo ur b ar li nkage , co ni c
-
.

Fo ur b ar linkage , par alle l mo t io n b y

-
.

Frequen cy o f co nt act b e t wee n t e et h .

Frict io n cat ch -
.

Fri ct io n co nes , Evans -

Fri ct io n ge aring -
.

Fri ct i o n geari ng, gr o o ve d

-

G earing
G earing, b e ve l
G eari n g hai ns -
c .

G earin g chains hi gh s pee d

-

,
-
.

G eari ng fri ct i o n ,

G e ari ng pin ,
.

G eari ng s crew ,

G eari ng ske w ,

G eari ng spur ,
.

G eari ng t wi s t e d ,
.

G e n e va s t o p .

G raham cyli nde r e s cape me nt .

G r ant s O do nt o gr aph
’
.

G ravi t y m o t i o n fo ll o wi ng _
,
l aw of

Gui d e pulle ys
-
2 60 IN DEX .

PA G E

Li nkage , d1 agr ams t o s ho w a v . . or l v rat io

. . in a.

L i nkage , fo ur b ar -
.

L inkage , isos celes sliding bl o ck -

.

L i nkage sli di ng b l o ck
,
-

Li nkage s wi ngin g b l o ck
,
-
.

Li nkage t urn ing b lo ck

,
-
.

Li nkwo rk aggregat e m o t i o n by
,

Li nkwo rk d o ub le o scillat i o n b y
,
.

Li nkwo rk e xpans io n o f ele m ent s in

,

Li nkw o rk f or ces t ran sm it t e d b y

,
.

Linkwo rk giving h arm o ni c mo t io n

Linkw o rk int ermit t ent
,
.

Linkwo rk s l o w m o t i o n by
,
.

Linkwo rk w it h o ne sliding pair .

—
86 1 02
Li nkw o rk w it h t w o s liding pairs . .
—
1 0 2 10 7
'

L o b ed wheel s fro m ellips es

L ob ed wheels fr o m l o garit hm i c spiral s
Lo cki ng devi ce s .

Lo garit hm i c s piral s l ob ed whe els fro m ,

Lo gari t hmi c s piral s r o lli ng ,

—
32 3 5

Mangle racks -
.

Me chanis m
Mo rse ro cker j o int chain -

Mo t i o n , ac celerat ed .

Mo t io n co m po sit i o n and resolut io n o f

,

Mo t i o n , c o nt i nuous .

Mo t io n, int erm it t ent .

Mo t i o n o f t r ansl at i on .

Mo t i o n p arallelo gram o f
,
.

Mo t i o n p aralle l o pi pe d o f
,
.

Mo t io n pe ri o di c cent re o f
,

Mo t i o n , re cipro cat ing

Mo t io n re t arde d
,
.

Mo t io n , unifo rmly ac ce lerat e d and ret arded

Mule pulleys
-

N on ylindri cal ro lling surfaces

-
c .

N o n par all e l axes b elt s an d pulleys co nn e ct ing

~
,

N o n paralle l axes co nne ct e d by small co rds

-

N o rm al pit ch . .

O blique r w ge aring
sc e - 25 0 25 3
-

O b l i q ueworm an d whe e l 25 1
O b liquit y an gle o f 1 90 , 2 1 9
,

O b liqui t y li ne o f 219
,
 IN DEX . 26 1

PA G E

O bli qui t y o f act io n .

O d o nt o graph , G rant
’
s

O d o nt o gr aph , Kle in s
’
.

O do nt o gr aph , Ro bi nso n s
’

O d o n t o gr aph , Willis ’

O d o nt o ids .

O l d ham s co upling
’
.

O pe n b e l t , le ngt h o f .

O pe n b e lt , s o l u t io n o f co ne pulle ys u s i ng
O s cill at i ng e ngine

Pairs o f e le me nt s .

Pai rs o f e le m e nt s , in co m ple t e
Pant o graph .

Parab o las , ro lling .

Par allel cranks .

Paralle l r o d .

Paralle l m o t i o n b y cords .

Paralle l mo t i o n by fo ur b ar linkage -
. 1 25
Paralle l m o t i o n ; pan t o graph . 120 —1 2 3
Paralle l m o t i o n , S co t t Russe ll s
’
-
1 1 6, 1 1 7
Paralle l m o t io n , Wat t s
’
. 123
Paralle lo gram o f m o t io n . 7, 8
Paralle lo pipe d o i m o t i o n '
8
Pat h o f co nt act . 188
Pat h o f co nt a ct an d ar e o f act io n, re l at io n b e t w e e n , in invo lut e ge ring
a 22 1—223
Pat h o f co nt ac t in cycl o idal ge ari ng . 20 4 20 5
Pat h o f co n t act in inv o l u t e ge aring 22 1
Pat h o f co nt act , li m i t s o f, in cyclo id al ge arin g 20 7
Paw l 1 28
Pawl , do uble act ing -
. 132
Paw l , re ve rs i ble . 1 30
Pe au ce llie r s s t raight —line m o t i o n
’
. 1 14
Pe ri o di c ce nt re o f m o t i o n 12
Pin ge ari ng . 19 1 2 29 —23 3
Pit ch cir cle o r line . 15 1 , 1 86
Pi t ch , diam e t ral . 1 86
Pi t ch li ne o f a pulle y
-

. 40
Pi t ch , no rm al . 223
Pi t ch o f a ge ar w he e l -
. 15 1 , 186
Pit ch o f a s cre w . 17
Pi t ch po i nt 186
Pit ch sur face .
1 86
Po s it ive m o t io n cam
-
.
68
Pri m ary and se co ndar y pie ces 15
Pulle y bl o ck , d i ffe re nt ial
-
.
171
Pulle y blo ck, t ri pl e x
-
.
1 77
Pulle ys ; angular ve lo ci t y rat io . 41
26 2 IN DEX .

P lleys
u , bel t s and t o co nne ct ,
no n -
paralle l axes
Pu lle ys ,
b i nder .

Pulle ys ,
co ne .

Pu lle ys ,
cr o wni ng o f

Pulleys , guide
Pulleys ,
line O f co nne ct io n o f
Pulleys ,
mule .

Pulleys ,
pit ch surface o f
Pulleys ,
s t e p pe d

Pulleys , t ight and l o o se

Quart er t urn belt

-

Qui ck ret urn m o t ion us ing ant i paralle l crank linkage

- -
.

Qui ck r e
-
t ur n m o t i o n u s i n g r o lli n g el l ip s e s O r ell ipt i c gears .

Quick ret urn m o t io n us i ng s wingi ng blo ck linkage

- -

Qui ck re-
t ur n m o t i o n u s i n g t ur n i ng b l o c k li n kage -
.

Qui ck re t urn m o t io n Whit wo rt h

-

Rack and pin i o n .

Rack in i nvo l ut e ge aring

Rack , mangle .

Rat chet wheel -

.

Re cess , ar cs and angles o f

Re cipro cat i ng mo t i o n .

Relat i o n b e t ween fo rces and li near vel o cit ies in m e chani sm s

Ret arded m o t i o n .

Reve rs ible pawl .

Revo l ut i o n
Reyno ld silen t ch ai n .

Ro be r t s s s t raigh t li ne m o t io n
’
-

Ro b e r t s s wi ndi ng o n m o t io n
’
-

Ro b inso n s O do nt o graph
’
.

Ro cker , crank and .

Ro lled curves .

Ro llin g b o di es , i nst ant aneo us axis o f .

Ro lli ng
Ro lling co nt act .

Ro lli ng cylinder and s phere

Ro lli ng cylin ders . 23—25
Ro lling ellipses . 36
Ro lling hyperb o las 38
—
Ro lli ng l o garit hmi c spirals . 3 35
2
Ro lling parab o las . 37
—
Ro lli ng surfaces , no n cylindrical -
. . 30 3 9
Ro o t li ne o r cir cle 1 88

Ro pe s , co rd s and 52, 5 3
2 64 IN DEX .

To ggle
To o t h urves l aw go verning t h e shapes o f
-
c ,

Trai n engine lat he

,
-
.

Trai n o f whe els v alue o f a ,

Train s crew cutt ing

,
-

Trains epi cy clic

,

Trains o f wheels d ire ct io nal relat i o n in ,

Trains o f wheels exam ples o f ,

Trains o f wheels met ho d s o f designing ,

Translat io n m o t io n o f ,

Triplex pulley blo ck -

.

Turning blo ck linkage -

Turn in g blo ck linkage ; qui ck ret urn m o t io n

- -

Twist e d b evel gearing .

Twist ed gearing .

Un iversal j o int .

Un symmet ri cal t eet h

Ve l o cit y
Velo cit y, ang ular

Velo cit y rat io Of rigidly -

co nn cte ed po int s

Wat t s parallel mo t io n
’

Wheels int er change able

,
.

Wheels in t rains .

Wheels mangle , .

Wheels m asked ,
.

Wh it wo rt h qui ck ret urn

Whit wo rt h qui ck ret urn expans io n o f ,

Willi s O do nt o graph
Wind ing o u mot io n Robe r t s s
-

,
’

Wire ro pe
Wo rm and wheel .

Wo rm and whee l clo se fi t t ing ,

-

Wo rm and whee l Hi ndle y wo rm ,

Wo rm and whee l o b li que ,

.

Wo rm and wheel vel o cit y rat io in ,

Kidd e r s Ar chi t ec t
’ ’
s and B uil d er ’
s Po ck t b oo k e -
. RM tt e n Ed it io n .

e o. morocco .

Me rr i ll s S t ones fo r B u il ding and

’

No n me t allic Mine r als : The ir O ccurre nce

-
and Uses . . 8v o .
'
Mo nckt o n s St a ir bu ilding -

Patt n P actical T atis on Foundat i ns

o
’
s r re e o

Peab dy s Na al Ar hite ctur

o
’
v c e.

Rich y Hand bO k f S u p r int nd nts of Co ns tru cfi on ( In p

e
’
s o )or e e e . r es s .

Sabins Indu tr ial and Ar ti stic T chn lo gy of Paints and Var niw
’
s 8 o e o v .

S ie be r t and B iggin s M d e n S t on cu t ting and Mas nr y L ’

8va
o r e -
o . .
'
Sno w s Prin ipal S p cies f W o d c e 8 o o o v ,

So nd e ri k s Gr aphi c St at ics wi t h Appli at i ns t T u sse s B e ams and Ar es

’

g
c er c o o r , , c .

vo .
Wait s Engineer ing and
’
h
Ar c it e ctu ral Jur is pr udence
Sh 0 0 9 0
La w o f O pe r at i o ns Pr liminary t
e o Co ns tr u ct io n in Engineering and Ar c i h
5 00

“
S hee p , 5 so
Law o f C o nt r acts . . . 8 vo . 3 oo
Woo d s Ru st le ss
’
Co at in gs . Corr osio n and Electr o lysis ofIron and St ee l . 8v o . 4 oo
a so
Wo r cest er and At ins o n k ’
s l Ho spitals Establishmw t and Mainte nance
S ma l , .

Su gg e sti o ns fo r H pital Ar hit ct ur with P lans for a Small H spital

os c e e, o

u m .
.

I as
“
Th e Wo rl d s ’
Co lumbian Exp o s it io n o f 1 8 9 3

ARMY AN D NAVY .

B e rnad ou ’
s S mo kl e e ss Po w d e r , Nitr o -
ce ll ul ose .and h y
t h e T e or of th e Ce llul o se

rs mo , a so
B r ufi
’
s Te xt b ok O dnan e and Gunner y
-
o r c . . 8 vo . 6 oo

h
C ase s Scr
’
ew Pr o p e ll rs and Mar ine Pr pu lsio ne o . 8vo . 3 oo

4 t o . 3 so
Orob or e and S q u ir e s o lar iz in o t o c r ono ra : ’
P g Ph -
h g ph . 8v o . 3 cc

Cr o nkhit e s unne ry fo r N o n—
’
G
commissio ne C cct a d m 24 mo mor o cco ,
. z oo

Davis s E e me nt s o f Law
’
l .

3
’
y d
Tr eatise o n t h e Mi i t ar Law o f Unit e St at es l . 8v o . 7 0 0
h
S e e p, 7 so
De B r a k s Ca al y O u t po t Du t i s
c
’
v r s e . . s4mo mor occo . z ao
Diet z s So ldier s First Aid Handb o k
’ ’
o Iomo moro cco .. r as
Dr ed g s Mo d n F e n h Ar t i ller y
e
’
er r c

Durand s Res istan e and Pr pu lsi n o f S hips

’
c o o . a

'Dy er Hand bo o k o f Ligh t Ar ti lle ry

’
s . . 3 oo
Eissl e r a M o e r n i
’
Ex o siv e s d H gh pl
Fiebe ge r s Te xt o o o n Fie Fo r t ifi
’
-
b k ld cati on . S mall 8 v c , 2 00 .

Hamilt Gu nn r s Cat echism

on 8
’
Th e e
’
.

H fi s Ele m ntar y N a al Ta t ics

o
’
e v c
'
Ingalls s H andb oo k f P ob l ms i n D ir ect Fire
’
o r e

y s Tr eatise on Ele tr omagne ti c Phe nomena Vo ls I and II 8vo each

L ons
’
c . . . . . . . 6 oo

ahan 8 P rman nt F rt ifi cat io ns 8vo half mo cc o

M ( M cr eat )
’
ro 7 so
‘

e e o . n . . .

Manual for C ur ts mar tial o -

M cu r s Atta k of F r tifie d Places r am

‘

’
er c o . 2 oo

Ele m nts f t h e Art of War e o 8vo .

. 4 oo
Met calf s C t f Manuf act ur s And t h e Administratio n 6! Wo ksho ps Pu b lic
’
os o e -
r .

87 0 . 5
. oo
”
O r nance d and Gunne y 2 v o h r . . . r amo o 5 0°

Murr ay ’
s In fantr y Drill Regu latio ns .
 Ph lp P a ti al Ma in Su v ying
e s s
’
r c c r e r e 8v o . a so
Pow ll s Ar my O fi i
e
’
Examin ce r s
’
er ra mo , 4 oo
S harpe s Art f S b si ti ng A mi in War 18 mo , mo r occo . r so
’
o u s r es

Walk s L t n Expl si
’
e e c u re s o o ves

Wh e l eS ieg O p at i ns and Milit a y Mining

er s
’
e er o ;
r 8 vo . a so

Wint h p Ab ridgm nt f Milit a y Law

ro
’
s e o r .
3 50
Woo dhu ll s N t n Milit ar y Hygi n
’
o es o e e 16 mo , r so
Yo ung S impl El m nt s f N a igat i n r6 mo mo r o cco 1 00
’
s e e e o v o ,

S n d Ed iti n En la g d an d R
e co is d o , r e ev e 1 6mo . mo rocco . 2 oo

Flet hc er s
’
P r act ica l In t ru s c t io ns in Quant itati ve Ass a in y g wit h t h e B low pipe .

r am o , mor oc co , r so
Fur man 3 M anu al of Pr act ical Assaying
’
8 vo . 3 os

Lodge s No t es o n Assayin
’
and Me tallur ical g g La bo r at or y Experiments .

( In pr es s ) .

Mille r a Manual o f Ass aying

’

O Dr is co ll s N o t e s o n t h e Tr e at me nt of Go l O r es
’ ’
d
Ri cket ts and M iller s No t e s o n As saying
’

' d
Ulke s M o e r n Ele ct r o lyt i c C 0 ppe r Re fining .

Wilso n s Cyanide ’
P r oce ss e s

C o mst o c s ie k F ld A tr
’
s o no my fo r Engine e rs .

g
Crai s Az imu t
’
h .

Do o litt l e s
’
Tr e at is e on P r act ica l As tr onomy
G or e
’
s G des y
Ele m e nt s of eo .

Hayfo d T xt b oo k f G d t i As tr n my
r
’
s e -
o eo e c o o

Me rr iman El m nt s f Pr ise S ur v ying and Ge o d esy

’
s e e o ec e .

Mi hi and H a l w Pr a t i al As t o no my
c e r o
’
s c c r

Whit s El m nt s f Th e t i al and D script i e Ast r o n

’
e e o e or e c e v o my .

B O TANY .

Dav e npo rt ’
s S t at is t ic a l Mt ho d
e s, w it h Sp e cia l Refere nce t o B io lo gical Variati o n.

r6 mo . mor occo . r as
T hom e and B e nn e tt s
’
l and Physi logical B t any
S t r u ct ur a o o . r omo , a as
We st er mai er mpe ndiu m of G en al B ta ny ( Schne ide r ) 8m .
’
s Co er o . . 2 o.

CHEMIS TRY .

Adr iance
’
s La b
y Cal lati n and S pe ifi c Gravit y Tables
o r at or cu o s c . ra mo . r as

All n s Tabl f I n Analy is

’
e es or ro s 8y o , 3 oo
Arno ld s Co mpen d ium of Ch mist ry
’
( Mande l ) e . . . Sms ll Bv o . 3 so
Aus t e n N t C h mi ca l St u d nt s
’
f s o es or e e . r anio . r so
a
3 00
B er nad o u ’
s S mo k le ss Pow d
e er . -
Nit r o -
ce llulose . and T e o r h y of t h e Ce u ll los e
3 90
I 30
B r o wning s l nt r o du ct io n t o t h e Rar er El e me nts
’
. 81 0. r so
h
B rus and Pe nfi e l d s Manua of De t erminat iv e Miner al o y
’
l g . 4 as
’
Q
Classe n s uant it at ive C e mical Ana ysis E e ctr o ysis. ( B o lt wo od h l by l l . ) . 8v o . 3 so
xz mo . a
’
Coh n s Indic at o rs and Te st . so

3 so
Cope land s Man ual f B act eri logy ( In p p a ati n )
’
o o . re r o .

Craft s S h t C u se in Q alit at i Chemi al Anal ys is ( S chs e fi er J me .

’
or o r u ve c . . sa 1 so

Dr e ch se l s Ch e m ical Re actio ns
’
.

Duhe m s Th e r mo d ynamics and Ch emist ry

’
.

3
 Eiss le r s Mo e r n H ig Exp lo siv es
’
d h 8o 4 oo
Eflr o nt s Enz yme s and t he ir Applic at io ns
’
( Pr e sc o t t . . 8vc , 3 co
Er d mann 8 Int r o u ct io n t o C he mic al Pr e par at i o ns ( D u nlap
’
d . . 1 2 111 0 . I 23

Fle t c h er s
’
P r ac t ica l Ins t r u ct wns
‘

1n Q u ant i ta t i v e As sa in y g w it h t h e B l o w p ipe
1 2 mo , mo r oc c o . r so
Fow ler s Se w ag ’
e Wo r ks Ana lys es 1 2 mo 8 2 cc
Fr es e niu s s Manual of Q ualit ativ e Ch e mical Analys is
’
( We lls ) . . 8 vc , S .
00
Manu al of Q ualit ative C he mical Analysis Par t 1 D e scriptive ? . . ( We l s d
évo, 3 00
S yst e m of Instr uct io n in Q ua
nt it ati ve C h e mical Analysis ( Co hn ) .

l
.

2 vo s

Fu er t e s ’
s Wat e r Pu b li H alt h
and c e rz mo . r so
Fur man Manu al f P a tical A aying
’
s o r c ss 8vo , 3 oo

Gill G as and u e Ana s is fo r Eng ine e r s

’
s F l ly r z mo . r 25

Gro t e nfe l t s ri ncip e s _

’
D yP
o i Mo e r n air ( Wo lL)
r act ic e P l i mo l d ‘

. . 2 oo
Hammar st e n T xt b k o f P hy i l g al C h mi t r y ( Mand e L)
’
S W)
i

s e -
oo s o o c e s .
, 4 oo
H lm Prin ipl f Mat h mati al Ch mi tr y ( M gan )
e
’
s c 1 2 mm
es o e c e s . or .
"
! so
Hering s R ady R fe ence Tables ( Co nversi n Fact rs) s 6mo mor occo
’
e e r o o . , , 2 59
. . 8v o . 3 on

y Manual f S tu d nt s
La b o r at o r or e . na e m , 75
Holle man s T xt b k f In gani Chemistr y ’
e -
oo o or c . . . 8 V0 . 2 5°
T xt b k f O gani C h mi tr y ( Walk r and M tt )
e -
oo o r c e s . e o . 8vo , 2 50
.
j Labo at or y Manu al f O gani Chemist y
. ( Walk
r o r c r . er . rz mo , 1 oo

Ho pkins O il h mis t s Hand b k ’

s -
c e
’
oo . 8v o , 3 00

Jacks n 8 D ir ti ns f r Lab at y W k n Physi l gi al C h mistr y

“
'
o
’
ec o o or or or 1 o o c e . . 8v o , r 2 5
8 vo , 2 so
rz mo , 1 oo

d
Lan au er s S pe ctr u m Ana s is ( Tin e
’
gl ly . .

P l y
Lassar Co h n s r act ica Ur inar Ana s is
’
ly
( Lo r enz m . . Iz o, 1 00

A ppl
ic at io n o f S o me G
ener a l R
e act io ns t o Inv e st i gat i n in O gani o s r c
Ch m t y ( Tingl ( In p e is r . e. re s s

Le ach s Th In p t i n an d An aly i f F d w i t h S p cia l R f t o S t at e

’
e s ec n o s s o oo e e er e ce

C nt l ( In p p ti n ) o ro . re ar a o .

Lob s El t r ly is and El t r yn t hes i f O gani C m p nd ( L rz m

’
ec o s nz ec os s o r c o ou s. ore . o. 1 oo

Lo dg N t es n Ass aying and M tallu r gical Lab r at r y Expe r ime nt s ( In

’
e 3 o o e o o .

p ) r es s .

Lu ng T hn h mi al Analy is ( C hn ) ( In p )
’
e s ec o c e c s . o . r es s .

Mand l Han db k f B i
e
’
s h mi cal Lab at y oo m
or o c -
e or or rz o. r so
Mar t in s Labo at ry Gu id t o Qualit at i Analys is w it h t h e B IO Wpipe 1 mo
’
r o e ve . . 2 , 69
Maso n W at ’
pp ly
s ( C n i d d P i n c i pally
e r su f m a S a nit ar y S t an d p in t o s ere r ro o

3 d Edit i n R wr itt e n
- .
.

o .
8 e vo , 4 00

Examinat i n f Wat r ( C h mi al and B act i l gi al ) o o m e . e c er o o c . rz o. r 25

Matt h w Th T xt il Fib ( In p )
’
e s s e e e r e s. r es s .

M y r s D t min at i n f Rad i l in Ca b n C mp nds

e e
’
e er o mo o c es r o o ou . rz . r so

rz mo , 1 oo

Mixt er s Ele me ntar y Te xt b o o k o f Che mi str y r z mo ,

’

’ - r so
Mor gan 8 O u t line o f The ory o f S o lu t io n and it s
’
R e su lts 1 2 mo , 1 oo

Ele me nt s of Phys ical C he mis tr y r z mo , 2 oo

Morse s ’
Cal cu at io ns l u se d in Can su gar Fact e -
o r ie s . . . 1 6mo , mor o cco , r so
Mullike n Ge n ’
s er a lM e t h d f r t h e Id nt ifi at i
o o e c o n of Pur e O gani r c Co mpoun s d .

.Lar e 8 v o , g 5 oo

Nich la o
’
s Wat e r -
s u pp ly . ( Co nsi d ere d mainly f ro m a C h e mi c al an d S ani t ar y
Standpo int , 1 8 83 .
8vo , 2 so
8 Lab r y Gui d in C h mical Analys is 8 vo . 2
’ oo
O B rin e
’
o r at o e e .

O Dris co ll s No t e s o n t h e Tr eat me nt of o O r e s
’ ’
G ld
m nol o b k h l h gy ( L — B o z ar t . )
K T f C i T r nz
’
l b k xt a c o e
0 s t and o e c s e o o o
e c e - .

( In pr ep ar at i on ) .

O s t wa
’
s S ld
c oo o f C e mis t r ar t O n h l
e ( amse ) h y P . . R y . ( In pr es s . )
4
Fr ench and I s s St eo t omy
'
’
ve er .

G oo dhu 8 Muni ipal Imp e me nts

e
’
c rov ra mo .
Go dr i h s Eco no mic Di po sal of Towns Re fuse
o c
’
s
’

G ore ’
s Ele me nt s o f G eo d esy
B yfo d T xt b o k f Ge d t ic Astr n my
a r
’
s e -
o o o e o o

Her ing 5 Ready Refe ence Tables ( Co nversio n Fact ors )

’
r 6mo mo ro cco
r .
, ,

Ho w e s Re taining Walls for Eart h

’
m . 12 o,

Jo hnso n s The o ry and P act ice o f Su e ying

’
r rv

S t at i cs b y Alge b aic and Gr aphi Me t h d r c o s

Ki rat e d s S ew age D is po al
e
’
s

Laplace s P h ilo s phi al Essay o n P b abilit i s

'
( Trus o tt and Em r y ) 2 mo
o c ro e . c o . 1 ,

Ma han Tr at ise n Civi l Engi nee ring ( 8 7 3

’
s e (W d o 8 o . 1 oo . . v .

D e scripti e Geom t y v e r

Merr iman s Ele ments of P e cise Sur v yi ng and G o de y

’
r e e s

Me rriman and B r oo ks ’
s Handb ook f r S o u rv e y o rs r 6mo , mo r o cco , 2 oo

. 8 vo . 3 a
ra m . 2 oo

Patt on Treatise n Ci il Engine e ing

’
s o 8 v r vo ha lf l at h e er , 7 so
Ree d s To pogr aphi al D rawing and Sk et hing
’
c c 5 oo
Rid e al a Sem ge and t h e B a t rial Pu rifi cati n of S w age
’
c e o e 8 vo , 3 so
Sie b er t and B iggin s Mod n St n u t t ing and Ma nr y
’
er o e c -
so 8vo . r so
S mi t h s Manu al of To p graphical D aw ing ( M millan
’
o r . c . 2 so
S ond eri k s G aphic S tat ics m m Applicati ns t
c er
’
rT u sse . o o r s. B e ams , a nd
Arches . 8 vo , 2 so
Tayl r and Th m p n 8 T t Plain and R i nf d
’
o r atise o n C nc o so e o re e , e o r ce .
( In pr es s .

Civi l Engin P ktb k mo ro cco ,

’ ’
T a t w in
r u e s e er s oc e -
oo 1 6111 0 , 5 ea
Wai t s Engin ing and A hit e ct u al Ju i pru d ence
’
eer rc r r s . 00
he ep S , 6 so
Pr minar y t o Co nstr uct i o n 111 Eng ine e r ing and Ar chi
‘

Law o f O per at io ns e li a

sy o , 5 00
S h ee p , 5 so

Warr e n s S t e r e o t omy— Pr oble ms in St one cu tt ing

’
v
svc , 2 so
'
We bb s Pr o ble ms in t h e U e and Adj us tme nt o i Engine e ring s /
Instr u me nts .

16 mo , mo r occ o . r
-

as

Whe e ler s Eleme ntar y Cour se o f Civ il Engine e r ing

’
. . . 8 vo , 4 oo
Wilso n s To po gr aphic S urv eyi ng
’
. 8v o , 3 so

B RIDGES AN D RO O FS
"

l
Do lar ’
s P r act ic a lT r e at i e o ns t h e C o ns t r uct io n o f Ir o n Highw ay B ri dg es . . 8vo , 2 oo

pavér. 5 0°

B urr
’
a C o u r se o n t h e S t r e sse s i n B r i dg es an d Ro o t Tr uss e s , Ar ch e d Rb i s , an d
S u s e ns ion B ri e s p dg B VO . 3 50
Du B o is ’
s Me ch anics of Engi ne e ring . Vo l . IL . S ma ll 4 t o, 10 oo

Fost er ’
3 Tr e at ise on W oo de n Tr est le B ri dg es .

F o w le r a
’
Co fi er -
d am P r ocess fo r Piers
Gr e e ne
’
s R of Trusse s
o .

'

Ar ch es i n Woo d , Iro n , and 2 so

D e sign of S imple R of o -
tr u sse s in Wo o d and St e e l 8 ve , 2 00

Joh nso n . B r yan , and Tu rneaur e 8 The o r y and Pr act ice in t h e D igning of
’
es
M o d er n Fr ame S t r u ct u r e s d . S ma ll 4 t
. o, 10 so
Merr im an and l ac e by s Te xt b o o k o n Ro ot s and B ridge s ’
-

Pa t I —S t sse s in S impl
r re e Tru ss e s ”

Pa t II — Graphic S tati s
r c
Part III B idg D esign
.

.
-
r e .
4th Edit io n , R e w r it t e n

Mo r
t on s
’
Me mphis B r idge . 4to . 1 0 oo

6
Wad d e U a De Po ntibus ’
.a Po ke t b o k f r B ri dg
c -
o o e Engine e rs . . . 16 mo moro cco ,
, 3 oo
Spe cifi cat io ns for St ee l B r id ge s . 1 2 mo , 1 2s

Woo d s Tr eati se ’
on th e T he ryo of th e Co nstr u ct io n o f B ri dges and R fs oo . 8 vo , 2 oo

W h D e sig ning
rig t s f D ’
aw pan : o r -
s s

Part IL Ri t d tr u and Pin -

ve e -
ss -
conn ct e e dL on
g
-
s pan Draws . 8vo , 2 so

HYDRAULICS .

B axln
’
s Expe rime nts u po n t h e Co nt r act ion of t he Liq u i dV e in Issuin g fr o m an
8 vo ,
‘

. 2 oo

Diagrams f M an V l it y f Wat in O p n Chann ls o e e oc o er e e pape r . 1 so

Co fi n c Graphi cal S o l t i n of Hydr a uli P ble m 16 mo . mor o cco .
’
u o c ro s . 2 so
Fle t her a D ynam m t ers and t h e M asur m nt f P w er
’
o e . e e e o o . 1 2 mo . 3 cc
F lwe ll s Wat
o u pply Engin
’
ing er s -
eer

Friz e ll Wat er pow e r

’
s -
8v o , 5 cc
Fue rt es 3 Wat er and Pu blic Healt h
’
” . 12 mo , r so
Wat e r fi lt r atio n Wo r ks -
r z mo , 2 so
Gang uillet Kutt er s Ge ner al F rmu la f t h Unif m Fl w
and
'
o or e or o of Wat er in
Riv rs and O t h r Chann ls ( Her ing and T au t w in
e e e r e. sv a, 4 oo
Haz en sFiltr at i n of Publi Wat e su pply
. . .

’
o c r -
sv c , 3 oo
8v o 2 so
He rs h l s c e
’
r 15 Experime nts on t h e Carr in y g Capacit y o f Lar ge Rivet d
, e , Me t a l
Co n duits
Mason s Wat er ly ( C nsid ed Prin ipally f om a Sanit a y
’ -
su pp . o er c r r S t an d
p int ) 3 d Edi t i on Re wr itt e n o .
, 8y o , 4 oo

Mer riman s T at is n Hyd au lics ot h Edit i n R w r it t e n 8170 , 5

’
re e o r . o , e oo

Michi El ments f Analyt i al Me hani s

e s
’
e o c c c 8y o . 4 oo

S chu yl r s Res rv oirs f

e Irrigat i n Wat
’
p w e and D m tic
e or o , er -
o r. o es Water

h mas and Watt Impr e m nt of Riy rs ( P t 44

T o
'
’
s ov e e . os . c; a d diti o na l) , 4 to , 6 cc

Tur neaure and Ru ll Pub li Wat er su pplies sse s c -

.

W gmann s D ig n and Co nstr u ct i n f D ams

e
’
es o o

Wate r u pply f t h e Cit y f New Y k f om 65 8 t o 8 9 5

-
s o o or r 1 1

We ieba h Hydrau lics and Hydrau lic M t rs ( Du B ois

c
’
s o o . .

Wils n Manual f Irrigat i n Engin ering

o
’
8 o o e

Ele me nts o f Ana lyt i al Me hani cs

c c

MATERIALS O F ENGINEERIN G .

Ba ke r s
’
Tr eat ise on Maso nr y Const r uct io n 8y o , 5 cc

“
5 cc

B l ac kUnit e States u ic
’
s d P bl 5 oo
h
B ov ey 3 Str e ng t o f Mat e ria s and T e or of S t ru ctur e s
’
8vo , l h y 7 so
B urr s E asticit and
’
l y
es is ta nce o f t h e Mat erial s o f En ine e rin R
6t h Ed i g g .

ti o n . e wr itt e n R 8y o , 7 so
B yrne 9
’
i H gh y
wa Co nst r uction
l y d_
8 v a. .
5 00
Insp ect ion o f t h e Mat eria s and Wor kmanshi Emp o e i n Cons t r u ct io n l p ‘

gm
.

1 o, 3 oo

c h rh s M hani
u c
’
ec cs o f Engine ering 6 00
Du B ois ’
s Me c anics h o f Enginee ring . Vo l I . . S mal at o , l '
7 so
t nso n s
’
Mat e r iak of Co ns tr u ction
”
g
Lar e 8 v o , 6 00
Kee p 8 Ca t I
’
s ron 8 vo , 2 so
Lanz a
’
s Applie d M e c h anics 8 v o , 7 so
Mar te ns s Handb oo k o n Test ing M
’
at e rials ( He nning . . 2 vo s l . . 8 v o . 7 so
Merri ll s St o nes fo rB ui lding and D e cor at ion
’
8v o . 5 oo
Me rr iman b k o n t h M chanics of Mat rial
’
s Text -
oo e e e s .

S t r ngt h f Mat ials e o er

M t calf S t e l A Manu al f S t e l mo ,
’
’
e s rs e . or e -
u se 12 2 ob

Pat t n P a ti al T at i n F n dat i n
o
’
s r c c re se o ou o s

Rich y Hanbb k f r B uilding sup rint nde nt f C n tr u t i n

e
’
s oo o e e s o o s c o . ( In p r ess ) .

R ckw e ll R ad and Pa ments n Fr anc

o
’
s o s ve i e .

Sabin s In dust r ial and Ar t ist i Techn l y f Paint sZandE

’
Var nish c
g
o o o

S mit h Mat ia ls f Machin s

’
s er o e

Sn w _ P in ipal S p i of W d
’
o s r c ec es oo

S pald in g Hydr a lic C m nt

’
s u e e

T xt b k n R ad and Pa m nts
e -
oo o o s ve e .

Tayl an d Th m p s n s T at i
'
Plai n and R inf ( In
’ f T
or n C n t o o re se o o cr e e , a e or c e d .
p r es s
h
.

T u rs t o n 3
’
Mat e r ials of En ginee r ing 3 Part s . . 8 00

Par t L— N o n me tallic Mat e rials o f Engine e ring

-
and M eta ll gy ur 8v e . 2 00

Par t II— Ir o n and S t e e l

. gy o , 3 so
Par t III — A Tr e atis e
. on B r asse s , B r o nz e s , and Ot h er A lo l y s and h
t e ir
C o ns tit u e n t s 8y o , 2 so
Th r t n T xt b k
u s o
’
s e -
oo Mat er ials o f Co ns t r u cti o n
of th e .8 vo . s 00

Ti ll n S t t Pa m e nt s and Pav ing Mat e r ials

’
so s r ee ve 8v o , 4 oo

Wadd ll D P nti b e
‘
s e o us ( A Pock e t b o o k for B ridge Engine e rs
.
-
. . 16 mo mo r
, .
3 oo

S peci l dg s fi cat io ns fo r S t e e B r i e . 1 2 mo , 1 2s

Wo d T at i
o
’
n th sRe i tan e f Mat ials and an App ndix n t h Pr
re se o e s s c o er , e o e es
r ati n f Tim b e v o o er 2 on
El m nt f Ana lyti c al M han i
e e s o 8 ec cs vo, 3 oo

Woo d s Ru t l C at ing C
’
i n and El t ly is f I n and S t ee l
s e ss 8 o s: orro s o ec ro s o ro vo , 4 oo

RAILWAY EN GINEERING .

Andr e w s Han db k f r Str ee t Railw ay Enginee rs

’
s oo o . 3 X 5 inc es h mor o cco , 1 as
B er g s B u il d ing an d S t r u tu r f Am i an Railr a ds
’
s c es o er c o 4 t o , 5 oo
ks s Han db o k f St r t Rail ad L cat i n 16 mo mo r o cc o ,
’
Broo o o ee ro o o 1 so

“
,

B u tte s Ci vil Engin s Fi ld b o k 1 6mo , m o o cc o ,

’ ’
e er e -
o
r 2 so
1 6mo , mo r o cc o , 1 so
Railway an d Ot h
Ear t hw o r k Tabl e ser .

D awso n s ’
Engi ne e ring an d Elect ri c Tr ac tio n
Po cke t bo ok 1 6mo mor occo
” -
. , , 5 ao
Dr e dge s Hist or y of t h e Pe nnsylv ania Rai lr o ad : Pape r '
’
, 5 oo

D rinke r s Tu nne ling Explo siv e Co mpou n ds and Ro ck D rill s 4 t o half mo r

’
, , , , . 25 oo

Fisher Tab le of Cu bic Yar ds

’
Ca d bo ar d 25

Go dwin Railr oad Engine rs Fie ld b k and E

s r .

xpl rs Gu i d e 6m m n
’ ’ ’
s e -
oo or e . . . 1 o, o , 2 so
How ar d T an it i n C r v Fi ld b o k
’
s r 1 6mo m s o u e e -
o , o r o cc o . 1 so
Hu ds n Tabl s f Calcu lating t h C b i C nt e nts of Excavati ns and Em
o
’
s e or e u c o o a

bankm e nt s . 8v o . I 00

Mo lit or R sid nt Engine rs

and B oar d s
’
Manu al fo r e e e 16 mo , 1 oo

Nagle s Fi ld Manu al f r Rail ad Engin e mo ,

16 mo r occ o
’
e o ro e rs . . 3 oo
Phil br i k Fi ld Manu al f Engin rs
c
’
s e or ee 1 6m o , m o ro cco , 3 oo

Se a l Fi ld Engin ing
r es s
’
e e er 1 6m o , m or o cco , 3 so «

Rai lr ad S pir al
“
'

o . 1 6m o , mor o cco , 1 so
Tayl s Pr is m i dal F rmu la an d Ear t hw k 8v o , i so
’
or o o or ”

T au t win
r M t h d f Cal u lat i ng
g th C b i C nt
e s
’
e o o c e u c o e nt s o f Excav at i ons and
Em b ankm nt s b y t h Aid f Diag am e e o r s sve , 2 so

Th e Fi l d Pr a t ice f {Laying O t Ci lar e c o u r cu Cu r v es fo r Railr o ad s .

12 m o , m o r o cco , 2 so
Cr oss Pa per .
'
25

We bb s Railr o ad C o nstr u ct ion

’
. 2 d E dit i on , R e wr itt e n 1 6111 0 m o r occ o , 5 oo

We llingt o n s Eco no mic The or y ’

of t h e L ocat i o n of Railw ays S ma ll 8 vo , 5 oo

DRAWIN G .

B ar r ’
s Kin e mat i c s o f Machine ry
B art l et t s
’
M e chanical Drawin g .

CC
Lo Ch at e lier s H i ’

s gh
t e m er at ur e Mea ur e ment s ( B o u d o usr d —B ur z e ss ) 1 2 m o
-
p . .

l ly l
Lab s E ec t r o s is and E e ctr os nt esis of O r anic Co mpo un s ( Lor e nz ) 1 2 mo ,
’
y h g d .

Ly o ns s Tr e at is e o n E e ctr o ma ne t ic
’
e no me na l
V o s 1 and II 8 v o , e ac , g Ph l . . . . h
Mic hie Ele me nts of Wav e e Mo ti o n R lat ing t o So und and Lig ht 8v o ,
m
. .

Niau d e t s Ele e ntar y Tr e at ise o n Electri c B at t er ies

’
( Fish oack l . . . 12 mo ,
Ro se nber g s Electrical En ineerin ( Haldane Gee —Kinz brunner )
’
g g . . . 8vo ,
Ry an . No rr is and Ho xie s Electr ical Mac iner y Vo l l
’
, h . . . . . 8v o ,

Till manEle me ntar y Le ss o ns in Heat

’
s

To r y and Pit che r s Manual of Lab or at o r y Physics

’
.

Ulke s Mo d e r n Ele ct r o lyt ic C o pp er Re fi nin g

’

D av is ’
s Ele me nt s o f Law
a 8vo , 7 oo
S he e p . 7 so
Mu tual for Co ur ts mar tial -
. 1 5°
Wait s Engine erin and Ar c it e ctural Jur ispru de nce
’
g h 8v o , 6 00
S h ee p. 6 5.
L aw of O perat io ns Pr e liminary t o Constr uctio n in Enginee ring and Archi

Law o f Co ntr acts

Wint hr o p s Abridgme nt of Militar y Law
’
.

MAN UFACTURES .

“
B ar n
ad k le ss Powde r—Nitr o ce llu lose and The ry o f t h e C llul e
ou s
’
S mo e -
o e os

Mo l u le ec

B o lland s Ir n F und e r 2 mm
’
o o 1

The Ir o n Found er Su ppl e me nt 1 2 mo

, ,

Encyé l pe d ia o f Fo u nd ing and Dictio nar y o f Foundr y Te rms Use d in t h e

o

12 mo ,
Elssler Mo der n Hi h Explo siv es
’
s g -

. . 8v o ,
B flr o nt s Enz ymes and t he ir Applicat io ns ( Pre scott )
’
.

Fitz gera ld s B ost on

’

1 8 1110 . 1 oo

.sy o . 3 os
.8v o . 2 so
Leac h e Th
'
e Inspe ct ion and Analysis of F od wit h S pe cial Ref o e re nce to S tat e
Co nt r o l ( In p eparat io n )
. r .

'
Met calf s S t eel A Manual fo r S t ee l use rs .
-
. mo 12 , 2 oo
Me t cal fe s Co st of Manu fact u re s And t h e Ad minis tr atio n o f Wor ks ho x
’ -
is .

Pu b lic and Pr i v at e

Me yer ’
s Mo d ern Lo co mo t iv e Co nst r uct io n .

0 R e is i g Gu ide
’
s to Pi
e ce . 8v o. 2 5 o.

. . Bavo . 3 00

12 mg . 2 oo
'
S pe nce Handb o k f r Ch mists of B et sugar Houses
r s o 1 6mo m
o cc e e -
. . , o ro o. 3 cc
H andb x t or s ugar Manut act ur ers and t h ir Chemis ts
oo r 6mo m r o c o e . . o c . 2 00

Taylo r and T o mpso n s Treat ise o n Co ncr ete Plain and Re info rced ( In
’

h . .

p r es s .

Thornt on s Manual of S team bo il e rs t he ir D esig ns ,Consu uct io n and O per a

’ -
'
,
 Walke s De ct u res o n Explosives
’
8v c , 4 oo

MATHEMATICS
Ba k er s
’
Elliptic Funct io ns .

B ass s Ele me nts o f Difi er e nt ial Cal cu lus

0 ’

B rig s ’
g s Ele me nt s o f P lane Analyt ic Ge o me t ry

Davis du ti n t o t h Lo gi of Alg bra

’
s Int r o c o e c e

Di k n Co lle g Al g b a
c so
’
s e e r

Answ ers t o D i k on Co ll g Al ge bra c s

’
s e e

Int od t i n t th Th
r y f Alg b aic Equati
uc o o e e or o e r o ns

Halst d El m nts f G m t y
e
’
s e e o eo e r

Ele m nt a y S ynt h t i G m t r y
e r e c eo e

J o hns on s
’
T hr ee pla -
po k t siz ce pap Lo ga it hmic
r Ta les b : Vest -
c e e er , Is
c pi f 100 o es or 5 oo

M unt e d o n h avy car db o ar d 8 X in h o e , t o c es, 2s

c0 pies f 1o or 2 00
El m nt ary T ati
e n t h Int e gral Calc lus
e re S ma ll 8
se o e u . . vo , 1 so
Cur Tra ing in Ca t ian Co
ve dinat es
c m
r es -
or 12 o, 1 oo
T eat i rn O r dinar y and Par t ial Difi e e nt ial Eq uat io ns
se o Small 8 r vo , 3 so
The ry f E rs and t h
o M t h d of Le ast Sq ua es
o rr o m e e o r 12 o, 1 so
0 Th t ica l M chanie or e e mo
cs . 12 , 3 cc

Lapla Phil phical E ay n Pr obabiliti s ( Truscott and Emo y ) m

ce s
’
o so ss o e . r . 12 o, 2 oo
Ludl w and B ass o El m nts f T igo nome tr y and L gar it hmic and O t h
. e e o r o er

Trig n m t y and Tabl o pu b lis hed se pa at e ly

o e r Ea h es r . c ,

nr m and Wo od w ar d s H ighe r Mat h e mat i cs

’
8y o ,
Mer riman s Me t h od o f Le ast S qu ares
’
8v o ,
Rice an d Jo hnso n s Ele me nt ar y Tr e at ise o n t h e Difi
’
e ren t ial Ca l lu
cu s 8v o ,
Difi e r e ntial and Int e gr al Calculu s . 2 v o s. l in o ne S ma ll 8 vo .

Wo od s Ele me nts
’
dinat e Geo metry
o f Cc o r -

Tri g o no me t r y Analyt ical Plan and Spher ical

: , e,

MECHANICAL EN GINEERING .

MATERIALS o r ENGINEERING . STEAM ENGINES AND B O IL ERS -

ld
B a win s S t e am H e at in g f r B ilding!
o u

B enj ami n Wrinkles and Rec ipes

’
s

Car p nt e s EW
e nta l Engin r ing
r
’
e ee

H ating and V ntilating B ildings

.

e e u ”

Car y s S m k S u p r essi n n P lan ts using B it umino us Co a l

’ ‘

o e o i . ( In p r ep
at n ) por io .
 l dge and F
Co o i ree man 5 El e m e nt s
’
G of e ne r a l D r aft ing fo r Me c hanical Jin
g in ee rs . ( In pr es s ) .

f
Cr o mw ll T at i e
’
s re se o n T t h d G aringoo e e . Is mo . I s)
Tr e atis e on B e l t s and Pu lle ys . I2 m o , I so
Dur le y sKinemat i ’
f c s f Ma hin e
o c s .

Flath er s D ynam m t rs and th M asu r ment of Pow r

’
m o e e e e e e . Iz o, 3 oo
Rope Driving ma . Iz , 2 oo

Gill s G a and Fu l Analysis for

’
s 111 0 e I2 . I 25
Hall Ca L bricati n
’
s r u
_m o . Iz o , I oo

Her ing R ady R f n Tab l ( C n i n Fa t )

’
s e 6m m e er e ce es o v er s o c ors 1 o, o r o cc o , 2 50
Hutt n s Th Gas Engine
o
’
e .

Jo ne 3 Ma hine D sign
’
s c e

Part I Kinematics f Ma hiner y 8

“
r
-
o c . vo , I so
Pa t II Form S tr ngt h and Pr o porti ns of Parts
r .
-
8 vo , e , o , 3 00
K nt s M hani al Engin s P ke t book
.

I6m m
’ ’
e ec cc c e er oc -
o, o ro o, 5 oo

K e rr s P w and P w T an mi i n
’
o er o er r s ss o .

Le na d M a hin S h p T l an d M t h ds
’
o r s ( In p es ) c e o s, oo s, e o . r s.
'
Ma C d Kin mat i s ;
c or P a ti al M han is m s e c or , r c c ec .

M hani al D aw ing ec c r

V l it y D iag am
e oc r s .

Mah an In d t r ial D awi ng ’

s us r .

P l Cal ifi P w f F ls
oo e s
’
or c o er o ue

Re id s C rs in M han i al D aw ing
’
ou e ec c r

T xt b k f M h ani al D aw i ng and El m nt a y Ma h in D ign 8 o

e -
oo o ec c r e e r c e es . . v . 3 oo
Rich ar d s ’
s Co m pr e s se d Air Iz mo , I so
R b in
o son s Me c anis m '
P in r l
c ip e s o f h .

S ch w am b an d M e r r i s E e m e nt s o f Me c anism
’
( In pr es s ) ll l h .

h
S mit s Pr e ss w o r in o f Me t a s
’
-
k g l
h
T ur st o n s Tr e at ise o n Fri ct io n and Lo st Wo r
’
in Mac hine r y k an d Mil l
Wo r k 8v o . 3 0°

ml
. .

An i a as a h
M a c ine an d Prime M ot o r , an d t h e Laws o f Ener g e t i cs u m . I cc

War re n s l ’
E e me nts o f Ma c ine Co ns t r ucti o n and Dr aw in h g B r a, 7 so
We is bac h s Kine mat ics ’
an d th e Po w er of Tr ans miss io n . H e rr mann
8 v o, 5 0
g
M ac ine r h y of Tr ans missio n and G ove r n o rs . ( H e rr m ann— Klein ) . . 8v o , 5 oo

Hy d rau h cs and Hydr a li u c Mo t o rs .

( Du B o is ) .

Wo lfi ’
s Wind mi n as a Prime 8v c , 3 00

MATERIAL S o r ENGINEERIN G .

B o vey 3 S tr ngt h f Mat ials and Th ry of S tr uctu s

’
e o er eo re

B urr s Ela t i it y and R s ist ance f t h Mat erials of Engin ring

’
s c 6t h Edit n e o e ee . io ,

R t es e 8 o
. . v . 7 so
Chur c h s M e ch ani f Engi ne e ring
’
8 vo cs o .
, 6 oo

J hns n Mat ia l f C n t r u t i n
’
o o s er s o o s c o

Ke p Cast I n
e
’
s ro

Lanza s A pp lied M hani c

’
ec s

Mar te ns s Hand b k n T st ing Mat e rials ( H enning )

’
oo o e ; .

Meri iman T xt b k n t h M hani o f Mat rials

' ’
s e -
oo o e ec cs e

S t r e ngt h f Mat er als o t

Me t calf St l A Manual fo S t l u se ’
s ee . r ee -
rs .

Sabin s Indu t r ial and Ar tist i T hn l gy f Pai nt s and Varni h

’
s c ec o o o s .

'
Smit s h
h
T urst o n s Mat e ria s
’
l of Engineer ing

Part TIL — A Tr e at ise on B rasse s , B r onz e s , and Ot h er Allo ys and t heir

. 8vo 2 so
Text - b ook of t h e Mat l
e ria s of Co ns tr uct io n . 8 vo , 5 oo

12
 p
Co m t o n Firs t
Le sso ns in M eta w o r in
’
s l k g
-

Co mpt o n and De Gr ood t s Th e S ee Lat

’
p d he
ll
Cr o mw e s Tr e at is e o n To ot h ed e arin
’
G g
Dana s ’
Te xt -
boo k of Eleme nt ary Mec hani cs for t h e free of l ges
Co le and
Is mo , I so
12 mo , 2 oo
Dr ed ge ’
s Re o d f th e T ans po r tat ion Exhibi ts
c r o r B uil in d g of th e Wo r ld s ’

C lumbian Exo posit io n o f I89 3 4to , half m o r oc c o , 5 00

Du B o is
’
s Ele ment a y Pr inciple s of Mechanics
r

Mec h ani cs o f En gine e rin g . Vo l 4 . . l

Sma l 4 t o , 7 so

Duxl e y Kin mat ics of Ma hines

’
s e c

Fit z g rald s B st o n Machinist

e
’
o .

l lat h s D ynamo me t e rs and t h e Measu re me nt o f Po w er

’
er ,

G os s
’
s Loc o mo t ive S par ks

Par t IL —For m , St reng t h . and Pro po r tio ns of Par ts

Le o nar ds Machi n e S hp o s, Too ls and Me t ho ds ( In p res s )

“
.
, .

Merr iman s Text ’ -

boo k on th e M e chani cs o f Mat e riah

Re agan s Lo co mo t iv e
’
p
Sim le . Co m po und , and Ele ct ric t amo .

Te xt - bo ok o f Me c anica h lD r awin g and El e me ntar y Mac ine h D esign 8v o ,

12 mo ,

Sch wamb Merrill s Ele me nts o f Mec anism ( Ia

and
’
h . press .
)
S inc lair s
’
Lo co mo t iv e e ngine Runnin and Ma nagement
-
g

S pangl Gr ee ne Mars hall s El ment s St e am gineering

’
er , . an d e of -
en

Animal as a Mach ine and r ime Mo t o r , and t h e Laws o f Ene r P ge tics . I2 mo , I ao

Warr e n
’
s E e m ent s o f Mac ine C l
o nst ru ct io n an d D r awing h 8v o, 7 so

Machine r y o f Transmissio n and G o v e r nors . ( H err mann 8v o , 5 oo

Woo d s Ele me nts o f Ana lyt i cal Me chani cs

’
8y o , 3 00

Pr inci ple s o f El e me nt ar y Me chanics I2 mo . I 25

g

,
Ih e Wor ld s Co lumbianExpo sit io nof 1 89 3
’

14
 METALL URGY .

Eglest o n s Me t allur gy o f S ilv er

’
, Go ld , and Mer cur y

0 "Il e s ’ s Le a d -
s me lt ing . ( Po st a g e 9 ce nt s a ddit ional ) . I2 m o . 2 so
2 so
Kunh ar d t Pr actice f O r e Dr ess ing in Eur p
’
s 8 o o e . . vo , I so
Le Chat li High t e mpe atur M asur ements ( B o d ua d B u gess ) 2 m
e er s
’
-
r e e . u o r A -
r . I o .3 oo

Met alf S t l A Manua l f r St ee l use rs

c
’
s ee . 2m o -
1 o, 2 oo

Smit h s Mat rials of Ma hin 1 m

’
e c es 2 o, I ao

Thurs t n s Mat r ials o f Engin r ing

' In Thr ee Par ts
'

8 ee y o, 8 00
o e .

Part II —Ir n and St el . o e

Pa t III A Tr atise o n B rasses B r o nz es and O t her Allo ys and t h ir

r .
-
e , , e

. 8v o , 2 so
'M
l de Ele ct r o lyt ic Co pper Re fining 8v o ,
O he s o rn . 3 oo

B arr inge r
’
s Desc ipt io n r of Miner als of Co mm er cial Value . O blo ng , mo r o cc o . 2 so
Bo yd s R ’
e so ur ce s o f S o ut hwest Vir inia g 8v o . 3 cc

. P cke t b o k f
o -
o or m , 2 oo

B r us hs ’
Manu al De te rminati of ve Mineralo gy . . 8v o , 4 oo
h st Cata lo gu e f Minerals

“
C e er s
’
o 8v o , pape r . I oo
C ot , I 2 5 l h
Dict io nar y of th e Names of Miner ah ” 8 v o , 3 so . .

Dana s S ys t e m of Mine ralogy

’
. . Lar g e sy o , half l t h ea er, I2 so
First Appe ndix t o D ana s ’
Ne w S yste m of . Lar g e 8v c , I oo

8vc . 4 oo

Miner als and Ho w t o S t u dy Th e m . 12 mo , I a)

l gue of American Lo alit ies o f Minerals
C at a o c . Lar g e 8v o , I 00

Manu al f Mineral gy and P trography o o e . Iz mo . 2 oo

. . 8vo , I as

Egl e st o n s Catalo gu e of Mineral s

’
yms
and S non y sv a , 2 so
Hussak ’
s Th e Det er minat io n o f R k t a ming Mi ne rals
oc -
. ( Smit h . S ma ll 8v o , 2 oo

4 0°

Penfle l d ’
s No t es on D et er minat iv e Miner alo gy and R e co r d of Mine r al Test s .

pape sy o , r, 0 so
Rose nbusch s Micr osco pical ’
Physiogr aphy of the Ro ck making Min als -
er

( Id d insa )
llman s T xt bo k f Imp rt ant Miner als and Docks
Ti ’
e -
o o o

Wil liams s Manu al of Lit h logy ’

o .

B e ard s Ventilat ion o f Min s

’
e . 1 2 mo , 2 so
B o yd s Re so urc es o f So u t hw st Vir ginia
’
e . 8 vo , 3 00
Map o f So u t hw est Vir gi nia . Po k t boo k f m c e -
or , 2 ao
D inker s Tunneling Explosi e Co mpound
r
’
, v s , and Rock Drills .

4t half m r occo o, o , 25 oo

Eissle s Mod ern Hig h Explosiv es

r
’
A
. .t . 8v o , 4 oo

Go o dye a r s
’
Co a l mines of t h e We st ern Coast of t h e Unit e d Stat e s
-
Iz mo , 2 so

as Il e s
’
s Le a d -
me lting
s . ( Pos tag e 9 c . a ddit ional ) .

Kunh ar d t Dr essing in Euro pe

’
s P actic r e of O r e .

O Dris ll N t es o n t he T eat ment of Go ld O es

’ ’
co s o r r

Wal ke s Le tu res o n Explosiv s

’
c e .

Wilso n s Cy anide Pr ocesse s

’
.

e a a o s o o s s s s s s c o o - s c i o o o o o o o o o 32 mg) . 1 50
g
o

Hydraulic and Plac er Minin .

 S ANITARY S CIEN CE .

l d
Cope an s Manua
’
l of B acte rio l gy ( In p epa ati n ) o . r r o .

Fo l w e ll s Se w er a e
’
g ( D signing Constru ti n and Maint e nance )
. e . c o .

Go o drich s E no mical Disp sal of T w n s Re fuse

’
co o o
’

Haz e n s F iltr ati o n of Pu b lic Wat er su ppli s

’
-
e

Le ac h ’
s Th e Ins pe ct io n and Ana lysis of Foo d wit h S pecial Refe r e n ce t o S t at e
Co ntr o l . ( In p r epar at i o n . )
Maso n ’
s Wat e r -
su p ply . ( Co nsi der e d Pr incipally fr o m a Sani t ar y St an d
po int ) 3d Re writt e n
. Edit io n , 8v o . 4 00
Wat r ( Che mi al and B act er i l gi al )
Examinati o n o f e . c o o c . I 25

M rr iman Ele m nt s f S anitary Engi n ring

e
’
s e o ee 8 vo . 2 oo

( Co nsider e d Mainly fr m a C hemica l

'
Nich o ls s W at e su pply r- . o and S anit ar y
2 50
Iz mo , 2 oo

Pr e sco tt and W in s lo w s Ele m e nt s o f Wat er B act e r iol ogy

’
, w ith S pec ia lR f e e r e n ce

to S an it ar y W at e r Analysis . . Iz mo , I 2 5
Pr ice s Handb k n S anit ati n
’
oo o o 1 2 mo , I so
Richar d s s Co st of F oo d A S tu dy in Di tar ies Iz mo .
’
. e I 00

C st of Liv ing as Mo difi e d by S ani t ar y Sc i nce

o e 1 2 mo , I ao

Richar ds and Woo dman s Air Wat er and Fo od fr ’

, . o m a S anit ar y S t an d
Richar ds and Williams s Th e Dietar y ’
Co mp t u er

Rid eal ’
S ew a e s g and l Purifi cati n of Sewag
B act er ia o e

Tur nea ur e and Russe ll s Pu b lic Wat e r su pplies

’
-

Whipple s Micr ’
os c py f D rinki ng w at e
o o -
r

Wo odhu ll s No e ’
t s an d Milit ar y Hy gi ne e .

MISCELLANEO US .

ker s D e p se a S undings
B ar
’
e -
o 2 oo

Emmons s G l gica l Gui de b o ok o f t h Ro cky

’
eo o -
e Mo untain Excurs ion of t he
Int rnat io nal C ongr ss of Ge o logists
e e .

Ferr e l s Po pu la T at ise on t h e Winds

’
r re

Hainiss s Am i an Railw ay Manage me nt

’
er c Iz mo
Mo tt ’
s Co mpo siti o n, D ige st ibility .and Nu t rit iv e Va lu e of F d oo . Mo unt e d c hart .

Falla y f t h e Pr nt The r y of S und

c o e se I6m o o o

Rick tt s s Hist or y of Rensse lae Po lyt e chnic Inst itu t e 82 4 1 8 94 S mall 8

e
’
r . I -
. vo .

Rat h r h am s Emph as iz e d Ne w Testame nt

e
'

S t e e l s T e atis on t h e Dis ease s o f t h e D g

’
r e o

Tot t e n s Imp r t ant Qu st io n in Me t o lo gy

’
o e r

Th e W r l d s C l mb ian Exp osit i n i 8 9 3

’
o o u o o 1

Vo n B e hr ing s Su pp ssio n of Tu b er cul o sis ( B o lduan ) ( In p s )

’
re . . r es .

W ces t e and At kinso n Small Hospitals Est ab lis hme nt and Maint e nan
or r . , ce .

and S u ggest i ons for H os pit al Ar chit e t ur e wit h Plans fo a S mall c . r

t 3 5

HEB REW AND CHALDEE TEXT B OO KS -

.

Gree n s Gr ammar f t h e He b ew Langu age

’
o r .

Eleme nt ar y H b w Gr ammar e re .

G es e nius
’
s He b r ew and C a h ldee Le xico n t o t he O ld Test ame nt Scr ipt ure s .

Smal 4 t o , alf mor occo . 5 . l h oo